Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 18, 2010
Registration No. 333-                     
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION AND
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL EMPLOYEES’ SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN AND TRUST
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
         
Maryland   6712   Being Applied For
(State or Other Jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employer
Incorporation or Organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification Number)
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501
(800) 342-2824

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501
(800) 342-2824

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Richard S. Garabedian, Esq.
Benjamin M. Azoff, Esq.
Michael Epshteyn, Esq.
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
(202) 274-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: þ
If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer  o Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Smaller reporting company  þ
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
                                             
 
  Title of each class of     Amount to be     Proposed maximum     Proposed maximum     Amount of  
  securities to be registered     registered     offering price per share     aggregate offering price     registration fee  
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share
    6,528,380 shares     $ 10.00       $ 65,283,800 (1)     $ 4,655 (3)  
 
Participation Interests
    437,706 interests                           (2)    
 
 
(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
 
(2)   The securities of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to be purchased by the Atlantic Coast Bank 401(k) Plan are included in the amount shown for common stock. However, pursuant to Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. Pursuant to such rule, the amount being registered has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such plan.
 
(3)   Pursuant to Rule 457(p), filing fee to be paid is offset by $9,543 previously paid by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation on June 28, 2007 under Registration Statement No. 333-144149. No shares were sold pursuant to the previously referenced Registration Statement.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

Prospectus Supplement
Interests in
ATLANTIC COAST BANK
Employees’ Savings & Profit Sharing Plan and Trust
Offering of Participation Interests in up to 437,706 Shares of
ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Common Stock
     In connection with the adoption of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is allowing participants in the Atlantic Coast Bank Employees’ Savings & Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the “Plan”) to invest all or a portion of their accounts in stock units representing an ownership interest in the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. Based upon the value of the Plan assets at March 31, 2010, the trustee of the Plan could acquire (through purchase of new shares or exchange of existing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation for shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation) up to 437,706 shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, at the purchase price of $10.00 per share. This prospectus supplement relates to the initial election of Plan participants to direct the trustee of the Plan to invest all or a portion of their Plan accounts in stock units representing an ownership interest in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund at the time of the stock offering.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s prospectus, dated _________ ___, 2010, accompanies this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the conversion and stock offering of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock and the financial condition, results of operations and business of Atlantic Coast Bank. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.
 
      For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page ___ of the prospectus.
      The interests in the Plan and the offering of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation have not been approved or disapproved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
      The securities offered in this prospectus supplement are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.

 


Table of Contents

     This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, in the stock offering, of stock units representing an interest in shares of common stock acquired by the Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to reoffer or resell interests in shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation acquired through the Plan.
     You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank and the Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.
     This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of common stock or stock units representing an ownership interest in common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of Atlantic Coast Bank or the Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.
     The date of this prospectus supplement is ____________ ___, 2010.

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    1  
 
       
    1  
    1  
    2  
    3  
    3  
    4  
    4  
    5  
    6  
    6  
    6  
    7  
 
       
    8  
 
       
    8  
    8  
    9  
    9  
    10  
    10  
    11  
    12  
    18  
    18  
    19  
    19  
    20  
    21  
    21  
    22  
 
       
    23  

 


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING
     
Securities Offered
  Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is offering participants of the Atlantic Coast Bank Employees’ Savings & Profit Sharing Plan and Trust (the “Plan”) the opportunity to purchase common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation through the purchase of stock units. The stock units represent indirect ownership of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s common stock. At the stock offering purchase price of $10.00 per share, the Plan may acquire up to 437,706 shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in the stock offering, based on the fair market value of the Plan’s assets as of March 31, 2010.
 
   
 
  Only employees of Atlantic Coast Bank may become participants in the Plan and only participants may purchase stock units through the Plan. Your investment in stock units in connection with the stock offering is subject to the purchase priorities listed below.
 
   
 
  Information with regard to the Plan is contained in this prospectus supplement and information with regard to the financial condition, results of operations and business of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is contained in the accompanying prospectus. The address of the principal executive office of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank is 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501.
 
   
 
  All questions about this prospectus supplement should be addressed to Christi Stone, Vice President Human Resources, Atlantic Coast Bank, 930 N. University Blvd, Jacksonville, FL 32211; telephone number (904) 998-5500; or e-mail StoneC@atlanticcoastbank.net .
 
   
 
  Questions about the common stock being offered or about the prospectus may be directed to the Stock Information Center at (______) ____________.
     
Atlantic Coast Financial
Corporation Stock Fund
  In connection with the stock offering, you may elect to transfer all or part of your account balances in the Plan (other than from the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund) to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund, to be used to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation issued in the stock offering. The Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund is a new fund in the Plan established to hold shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. It is different from the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund, which presently holds shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, the mid-tier holding company of Atlantic

 


Table of Contents

     
 
  Coast Bank that will be eliminated in the reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC into Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, the newly formed stock holding company of Atlantic Coast Bank. At the close of the reorganization and offering, shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation held in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund will be exchanged for shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation pursuant to the exchange ratio (discussed in greater detail in the accompanying prospectus) and the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund will be merged into and become part of the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund.
     
Purchase Priorities
  All Plan participants are eligible to transfer funds to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund pursuant to the offering. However, such directions are subject to the purchase priorities in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, which provides for a subscription offering and a community offering. In the offering, the purchase priorities are as follows and apply in case more shares are ordered than are available for sale (an “oversubscription”):
 
   
 
  Subscription Offering:
  (1)   Depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank with $50 or more as of March 31, 2009, get first priority.
 
  (2)   Atlantic Coast Bank’s tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan and the 401(k) plan, get second priority.
 
  (3)   Depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank with $50 or more on deposit as of ____________, 2010, get third priority.
 
  (4)   Depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank as of _________, 2010, get fourth priority.
    Community Offering:
  (5)   Natural persons residing in the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s get fifth priority.
 
  (6)   Public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation as of ____________, 2010 get sixth priority.
 
  (7)   Other members of the general public get seventh priority.

2


Table of Contents

    If you fall into subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4), you have subscription rights to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the Plan to pay for the stock units. You may also be able to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1), (3) or (4) through subscription offering category (2), reserved for its tax-qualified employee plans.
     
Purchases in the Offering
and Oversubscriptions
  The trustee of the Plan will purchase common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in the stock offering in accordance with your directions. Once you make your election, the amount that you elect to transfer from your existing investment options for the purchase of stock units in connection with the stock offering will be sold from your existing investment options and transferred to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund and held in a money market account, pending the formal closing of the stock offering several weeks later. After the end of the stock offering period, we will determine whether all or any portion of your order will be filled (if the offering is oversubscribed you may not receive any or all of your order, depending on your purchase priority, as described above). The amount that can be used toward your order will be applied to the purchase of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and will be denominated in stock units in the Plan.
 
   
 
  In the event the offering is oversubscribed, i.e., there are more orders for common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation than shares available for sale in the offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase ownership interests in common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation sold in the offering, the amount that cannot be invested in common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, and any interest earned on such amount, will be reinvested in the existing funds of the Plan, in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). The prospectus describes the allocation procedures in the event of an oversubscription. If you choose not to direct the investment of your account balances towards the purchase of any stock units in connection with the offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the Plan as previously directed by you.
     
Composition of and Purpose of Stock Units
  The Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund will invest in the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. In addition, the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund will maintain a cash component for liquidity purposes. Liquidity is required in order to facilitate daily transactions such as investment

3


Table of Contents

     
 
  transfers or distributions from the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund. For purchases in the offering, there will be no cash component. A stock unit will be valued at $10.00. After the offering, stock units will consist of a percentage interest in both the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and cash held in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund. Unit values (similar to the stock’s share price) and the number of units (similar to number of shares) are used to communicate the dollar value of a participant’s account. Following the stock offering, each day the stock unit value of the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund will be determined by dividing the total market value of the fund at the end of the day by the total number of units held in the fund by all participants as of the previous day’s end. The change in stock unit value reflects the day’s change in stock price, any cash dividends accrued and the interest earned on the cash component of the fund, less any investment management fees. The market value and stock unit holdings of your account in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund is reported to you on your quarterly statements.
     
Value of Plan Assets
  As of March 31, 2010, the market value of the assets of the Plan was approximately $4,377,062, all of which is eligible to purchase or acquire common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in the offering. The Plan administrator informed each participant of the value of his or her account balance under the Plan as of March 31, 2010.
     
Election to Purchase Stock Units in the Stock Offering
  In connection with the stock offering, the Plan will permit you to direct the trustee to transfer all or part of the funds which represent your current beneficial interest in the assets of the Plan (other than amounts invested in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund) to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund. You may not transfer amounts that you have invested in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund into the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund. This exchange will take place automatically. The shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation currently held by the Plan will be exchanged for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock pursuant to the exchange ratio. The trustee of the Plan will subscribe for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock offered for sale in connection with the stock offering, in accordance with each participant’s direction. In order to purchase stock units through the Plan, you must purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in at least 25 shares in the offering through the Plan at the $10.00 purchase price (e.g., a $250 initial investment). The prospectus also describes maximum purchase limits for investors in the stock offering.

4


Table of Contents

     
How to Order Stock in the Offering
  Enclosed is a Special Investment Election Form on which you can elect to purchase stock units in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering. Please note the following stipulations concerning this election:
    You can elect to transfer all or a portion of your current account (other than amounts you have invested in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund) to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund.
 
    Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 stock units, which equals $250.
 
    Your election, plus any order you placed outside the Plan, are together subject to a maximum purchase of [_________] shares, which equals [$____________.]
 
    The election period to purchase stock units in the offering through the Plan opens _________, 2010 and closes at ___:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on _________, _______________, 2010.
 
    During the stock offering period, you will continue to have the ability to transfer amounts that are not directed to purchase stock units in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund among all other investment funds. However, you will not be permitted to change the investment amounts that you designated to be transferred to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund on your Special Investment Election Form.
 
    The amount you elect to transfer to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund will be held separately until the offering closes. Therefore, this money is not available for distributions, loans, or withdrawals until the transaction is completed, which is expected to be several weeks after the closing of the subscription offering period.
     
 
  If you wish to use all or part of your account balance in the Plan to purchase common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation issued in the stock offering, you should indicate that decision on the Special Investment Election Form.
 
   
 
  If you do not wish to make an election, you should check Box E in Section D of the Special Investment Election Form and return the form to Christi Stone, Vice President Human Resources, at

5


Table of Contents

     
 
  Atlantic Coast Bank, 930 N. University Blvd, Jacksonville, FL 32211, to be received no later than ___:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on __________________, __________________, 2010. You may return your Special Investment Election Form by hand delivery, inter-office mail or by mailing it to Christi Stone at the above address in the enclosed self-addressed envelope, so long as it is received by the specified time.
     
Order Deadline
  If you wish to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation with all or part of your Plan account balance, you must return your Special Investment Election Form to Christi Stone, Vice President Human Resources, at Atlantic Coast Bank, 930 N. University Blvd, Jacksonville, FL 32211, to be received no later than ___:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on _________, ____________, 2010.
     
Irrevocability of Transfer Direction
  Once you make an election to transfer amounts to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund in connection with the stock offering, you may not change your election . Your election is irrevocable. You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of stock units among all of the other investment funds on a daily basis. You may also continue to transfer funds into and out of the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund which will purchase shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in the open market (but not in the offering) or sell the shares in your account until the closing of the offering. After the formal closing of the stock offering, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock will stop trading and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will trade on the open market.
     
Future Direction to Purchase Common Stock
  You will be able to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in stock after the offering through your investment in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund. You may direct that your future contributions or your account balance in the Plan be transferred to the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund. After the offering, to the extent that shares are available, the trustee of the Plan will acquire common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation at your election in open market transactions at the prevailing price. Special restrictions may apply to transfers directed to and from the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund by the participants who are subject to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, relating to the purchase and sale of securities by officers, directors and principal shareholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. In addition, if you are an officer of Atlantic Coast Bank that is restricted by the Office of Thrift Supervision from selling shares acquired in the stock

6


Table of Contents

     
 
  offering for one year, the stock units that you purchased in the stock offering will not be tradable for one year. However, any stock units that you held in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund prior to the stock offering are freely tradable and not subject to this one-year trading restriction.
     
Voting Rights of Common Stock
  The Plan provides that you may direct the trustee as to how to vote any shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock held by the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund, and the interest in such shares that is credited to your account. If the trustee does not receive your voting instructions, the Plan administrator will exercise these rights as it determines in its discretion and will direct the trustee accordingly. All voting instructions will be kept confidential.

7


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE PLAN
Introduction
     Atlantic Coast Bank (formerly Atlantic Coast Federal) adopted the Atlantic Coast Federal 401(k) Plan and Trust, dated August 7, 2002, and amended it into the Atlantic Coast Federal (now Atlantic Coast Bank) Employees’ Savings & Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, effective June 1, 2003 (referred to as the “Plan”). The Plan was further amended and restated, effective January 1, 2010. The Plan is a tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).
     Atlantic Coast Bank intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code. Atlantic Coast Bank will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
      Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”) . The Plan is an “individual account plan” other than a “money purchase pension plan” within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except to the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the Plan.
      Reference to Full Text of Plan . The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the Plan. Copies of the Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with the Plan administrator c/o Atlantic Coast Bank, Attn: Christi Stone, Vice President, Human Resources, 930 N. University Blvd, Jacksonville, Florida 32211; telephone number: (904) 998-5500; fax: (904) 744-4214; email: StoneC@atlanticcoastbank.net . You are urged to read carefully the full text of the Plan.
Eligibility and Participation
     Employees of Atlantic Coast Bank who have completed three consecutive months of service are eligible to become participants in the Plan on the first day of the month coinciding with or following the date they satisfy the period of service requirement. Leased employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan. The Plan year is January 1 to December 31 (the “Plan Year”).
     As of March 31, 2010, there were approximately 153 employees, former employees and beneficiaries participating in the Plan.

8


Table of Contents

Contributions Under the Plan
      Salary Deferrals . You are permitted to defer on a pre-tax basis up to 75% of your salary (expressed in terms of whole percentages), subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and to have that amount contributed to the Plan on your behalf. For purposes of the Plan, “salary” means your basic salary plus commissions, overtime, bonuses, incentives and personal leave. In 2010, the annual salary of each participant taken into account under the Plan is limited to $245,000. (Limits established by the Internal Revenue Service are subject to increase pursuant to an annual cost-of-living adjustment, as permitted by the Code). You may elect to modify the amount contributed to the Plan by filing a new elective deferral agreement with the Plan administrator once per calendar quarter.
      Employer Matching Contributions . Atlantic Coast Bank will make matching contributions to each contributing participant’s account in a amount equal to 50% of your salary deferrals, up to 6% of your salary.
      Rollover Contributions . You are permitted to make rollover contributions to the Plan.
Limitations on Contributions
      Limitations on Employee Salary Deferrals . For the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2010, the amount of your before-tax contributions may not exceed $16,500 per calendar year. Salary deferrals in excess of this limit are known as excess deferrals. If you defer amounts in excess of this limitation, your gross income for federal income tax purposes will include the excess in the year of the deferral. In addition, unless the excess deferral is distributed before April 15 of the following year, it will be taxed again in the year distributed. Income on the excess deferral distributed by April 15 of the immediately succeeding year will be treated, for federal income tax purposes, as earned and received by you in the tax year in which the contribution is made.
      Catch-up Contributions . If you have made the maximum amount of regular before-tax contributions allowed by the Plan or other legal limits and you have attained at least age 50 (or will reach age 50 prior to the end of the Plan Year), you are also eligible to make an additional catch-up contribution. You may authorize your employer to withhold a specified dollar amount of your compensation for this purposes. For 2010, the maximum catch-up contribution is $5,500.

9


Table of Contents

Benefits Under the Plan
      Vesting . At all times, you have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest in the elective deferrals you have made and any earnings related thereto. Employer contributions vest in accordance with the following schedule:
         
Completed   Vested
Years of Employment   Percentage
Less than 2
    0 %
2 but less than 3
    20 %
3 but less than 4
    40 %
4 but less than 5
    60 %
5 but less than 6
    80 %
6 or more
    100 %
     However, a participant will become 100% in his or her employer contributions made to the Plan upon the earlier of: (i) attainment of the normal retirement age (60); (ii) disability; or (iii) death.
Withdrawals and Distributions from the Plan
     Applicable federal law requires the Plan to impose substantial restrictions on the right of a Plan participant to withdraw amounts held for his or her benefit under the Plan prior to the participant’s termination of employment with the employer.
      Withdrawals upon Termination . You may request a distribution from your account following your termination of employment. Following your termination, you may elect to leave your account balance in the Plan and defer commencement of receipt of your vested balance until no later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you attain age 70 1 / 2 .
      Withdrawal upon Disability . If you are disabled in accordance with the definition of disability under the Plan, you will be entitled to the same withdrawal rights as if you had terminated employment.
      Withdrawal upon Death . If you die while you are a participant in the Plan, the value of your entire account will be payable to your beneficiary in accordance with the Plan.
      In-Service Distribution . In-service withdrawals of employee pre-tax elective deferrals, employer matching contributions, and rollover contributions are permitted in the event of financial hardship or your attainment of age 59 1 / 2 .
      Loans . The employer may, in its discretion, make loans available to Plan participants.
      Form of Distribution . You will have the right to elect to be paid your benefit under the Plan in either a lump sum or various forms of installments offered under the Plan.

10


Table of Contents

Investment of Contributions and Account Balances
     All amounts credited to your accounts under the Plan are held in the Plan trust which is administered by the trustee appointed by Atlantic Coast Bank’s Board of Directors. Prior to the effective date of the offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into one of the following funds:
  1.   Target Retirement 2015 Fund
 
  2.   Target Retirement 2025 Fund
 
  3.   Target Retirement 2035 Fund
 
  4.   Target Retirement 2045 Fund
 
  5.   Income Plus Asset Allocation Fund
 
  6.   Growth & Income Asset Allocation Fund
 
  7.   Growth Asset Allocation Fund
 
  8.   Stable Value Fund
 
  9.   Short Term Investment Fund (Money Market)
 
  10.   Long Treasury Index Fund (Government Bond)
 
  11.   Aggregate Bond Index Fund
 
  12.   S&P 500 Stock Fund
 
  13.   S&P Value Stock Fund
 
  14.   S&P Growth Stock Fund
 
  15.   S&P MidCap Stock Fund
 
  16.   Russell 2000 Stock Fund
 
  17.   Nasdaq 100 Stock Fund
 
  18.   US REIT Index Fund
 
  19.   International Stock Fund
 
  20.   Atlantic Coast Bank Certificate of Deposit Fund
 
  21.   Personal Choice Retirement Account
 
  22.   Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund

11


Table of Contents

Performance History and Description of Funds
     The following table provides performance data with respect to the investment funds available under the Plan through March 31, 2010:
                                                 
Performance Return as of March 31, 2010
                            Trail   Trail   Trail
    Monthly   Year-to-   Last 12   3 Yr   5 Yr   10 Yr
Stock Funds   Returns   Date   Months   Annual’d   Annual’d   Annual’d
Target Retirement Funds (10)
                                               
Target Retirement 2015 Fund
    3.52 %     3.22 %     30.78 %     -0.71 %     n/a       n/a  
Target Retirement 2025 Fund
    4.55 %     3.93 %     39.07 %     -2.06 %     n/a       n/a  
Target Retirement 2035 Fund
    5.47 %     4.38 %     46.65 %     -3.23 %     n/a       n/a  
Target Retirement 2045 Fund
    5.65 %     4.46 %     47.40 %     -2.95 %     n/a       n/a  
Asset Allocation Funds (2)(8)
                                               
Income Plus
    1.41 %     2.43 %     17.22 %     3.22 %     4.56 %     3.99 %
Growth & Income
    3.34 %     3.46 %     30.40 %     0.23 %     3.82 %     2.28 %
Growth
    5.27 %     4.44 %     44.71 %     -3.23 %     2.71 %     -0.19 %
Fixed Income Funds
                                               
Stable Value Fund (7)
    0.19 %     0.54 %     2.10 %     2.75 %     3.18 %     3.99 %
Short Term Investment Fund
(money mkt) (5)
    0.00 %     -0.04 %     -0.03 %     1.95 %     2.81 %     2.68 %
Bond Funds
                                               
Long Treasury Index Fund
(gov’t bond) (5)
    -1.94 %     0.80 %     -7.63 %     5.46 %     4.79 %     6.46 %
Aggregate Bond Index Fund (9)
    -0.18 %     1.62 %     7.16 %     5.66 %     4.87 %     5.70 %
Stock Funds
                                               
S&P 500 Stock Fund (5)
    5.97 %     5.24 %     48.97 %     -4.67 %     1.35 %     -1.19 %
S&P Value Stock Fund (4)
    6.31 %     6.91 %     53.64 %     -8.00 %     0.38 %     0.85 %
S&P Growth Stock Fund (4)
    5.67 %     3.63 %     45.43 %     -1.08 %     2.42 %     -3.31 %
S&P Midcap Stock Fund (5)
    7.05 %     8.92 %     63.10 %     -1.40 %     4.57 %     5.46 %
Russell 2000 Stock Fund (4)
    8.07 %     8.68 %     61.91 %     -4.33 %     2.89 %     3.21 %
Nasdaq 100 Stock Fund (3)
    7.65 %     5.25 %     58.45 %     3.21 %     5.37 %     -8.12 %
US REIT Index Fund (6)
    10.09 %     9.51 %     108.85 %     -12.60 %     2.43 %     n/a  
International Stock Fund (1)(2)
    6.23 %     0.69 %     53.80 %     -7.35 %     3.28 %     0.43 %
Other Investments
                                               
Atlantic Coast Bank Certificate of Deposit Fund
    0.10 %     0.30 %     1.00 %     n/a       3.10 %     n/a  
Personal Choice Ret. Account (11)
    n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a       n/a  
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund
    51.4 %     60.4 %     -13.10 %     n/a       -32.40 %     n/a  
Effective November 4, 2005, State Street Global Advisors (“SSGA”) assumed Investment Manager responsibilities for all Funds from Barclays Global Investors (“BGI”) and became the provider of benchmark index returns. Historical returns of the index funds reflect BGI management prior to November 4, 2005, and SSGA’s management thereafter. Unit values are determined as of the last business day of each month. Pursuant to the Trust agreement under which SSGA operates these funds, SSGA uses industry standard fair value pricing practices when and if it is deemed necessary. Investment fund returns are shown net of fees. Benchmark indices are not investment funds and have no fees. Dividends and interest are automatically reinvested. Total expenses charged to each fund, as a percentage of each fund’s estimated average assets per year, are for investment management services, trustee services, recordkeeping and administration.

12


Table of Contents

As of January 1, 2008, they are as follows: International Stock Fund 0.624%; Nasdaq 100 Stock Fund 0.624%; Russell 2000 Stock Fund 0.624%; S&P MidCap Stock Fund 0.624%; S&P Growth Stock Fund 0.624%; S&P Value Stock Fund 0.624%; S&P 500 Stock Fund 0.624%; Long Treasury Index Fund 0.624%; Aggregate Bond Index Fund 0.624%; REIT Fund 0.624%; Stable Value Fund 0.624%; Short Term Investment Fund 0.460%; Target Retirement Funds 0.930%; Asset Allocation Funds 0.930%.
All funds except Nasdaq 100 Stock Fund, US REIT Index Fund, Short Term Investment Fund and Government Short Term Investment Fund may engage in securities lending.
Effective October 2008, the Lehman Brothers indexes were rebranded under the Barclays Capital name. Past performance is no guarantee of future performance. See following notes.
(1)   Prior to September 30, 1999, this Fund was limited to no more than 25% exposure to Japan.
 
(2)   The Asset Allocation Funds and the International Stock Fund were first offered July 2, 1997. Returns prior to inception are simulated using the returns of market indices for, or actual funds of, the Fund’s investment components, and are net of fees.
 
(3)   The Nasdaq 100 Stock Fund was first offered on May 1, 2002, while BGI’s underlying Nasdaq 100 Fund was initially offered on August 7, 2000. Returns shown for periods prior to May 1, 2002 are based on returns of the then-existing BGI funds (when available), and on the (hypothetical) returns of the Nasdaq 100 index for periods prior to the inception date of the BGI fund. All returns are net of fees.
 
(4)   The Russell 2000, S&P Growth and S&P Value Stock Funds were first offered on January 4, 2000. Returns prior to January 4, 2000 are hypothetical and are based on the returns of the then-existing BGI funds, and are net of fees. Effective December 16, 2005 the S&P 500/Barra Growth and S&P 500/Barra Value indexes were reconstituted as the S&P 500/Citigroup Growth and S&P 500/Citigroup Value Indexes. Additional information can be found at www.styleindices.standardandpoors.com.
 
(5)   The S&P MidCap, S&P 500, Long Treasury Index, and Short Term Investment Funds were first offered on June 17, 1997. Results prior to that date are hypothetical, based on previous investment returns of the then-existing BGI funds, and are net of fees.
 
(6)   The US REIT Index Fund was first offered on January 1, 2005. Returns shown for periods prior to that date are hypothetical and are based on the returns of the then-existing BGI fund for the MSCI US REIT index, and are net of fees.
 
(7)   The Stable Value Fund is a separately managed account; historical return data represents its actual performance.
 
(8)   The Asset Allocation Funds are designed investment vehicles utilizing various asset classes represented by index funds and, under BGI management, were managed on an exclusive basis. Only hypothetical results are available from January 1, 1992 to July 2, 1997 (the inception date of the Asset Allocation Funds). Note that SSgA changed certain allocations and underlying indexes (see fund descriptions for information on same).
 
(9)   The Aggregate Bond Index Fund became available effective April 30, 2006. Results prior to that date are based on historical investment returns of the then-existing SSGA fund, and are net of PSI fees which would have been levied.
 
(10)   The Target Retirement Funds first became available effective August 1, 2007. Results prior to that date are based on historical investment returns of the then-existing SSGA fund, and are net of PSI fees which would have been levied.
 
(11)   This fund is self-directed brokerage account administered through Charles Schwab and Company, Inc. As a result, there is no historical data availability.

13


Table of Contents

The following is a description of each of the Plan’s investment funds:
Target Retirement 2015, 2025, 2035, 2045 Funds. The funds seek to offer investment strategies with asset allocations which become more conservative as you near retirement. You simply select the fund with a date closest to when you expect to retire and invest accordingly. Each fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing is a set of underlying SSGA collective trust funds representing various asset classes. Each Fund is managed to a specific retirement year (target date) included in its name.
Income Plus Asset Allocation Fund. This fund is an asset allocation fund that invests approximately 70% of its portfolio in a combination of stable value investments and U.S. bonds. The balance is invested in U.S. and international stocks. Its objective is to preserve principal over short periods of time and to offer some potential for growth over time. The fund diversifies among a broad range of stable value securities to reduce short-term risk and among a broad range of large U.S. and international companies to capture growth potential. The fund is structured to take advantage of market opportunities with a small flexible component.
Growth & Income Asset Allocation Fund. This fund is an asset allocation fund that invests in U.S. domestic and international stocks, U.S. domestic bonds, and stable value investments. Its objective is to provide a balance between the pursuit of growth and protection from risk over time. The fund diversifies among U.S. and international stocks, U.S. bonds and stable value investments to pursue long-term appreciation and short-term stability and takes advantage of market opportunities with a small flexible component. The fund invests in a portfolio of approximately 60% U.S. and international stocks. The remaining 40% of the fund is held in U.S. fixed income and stable value investments such as Guaranteed Investment Contracts (“GICs”), Synthetic GICs and Bank Investment Contracts.
Growth Asset Allocation Fund. This fund is an asset allocation fund that invests the majority of its assets in stock—both domestic and international. Its objective is to pursue high growth over time. The fund diversifies among a broad range of domestic and international stocks and takes advantage of market opportunities with a large flexible component. The fund invests approximately 55% of its portfolio in U.S. equities. The fund also invests 25% of its assets in a tactical component which, over the long term, is normally invested in the S&P 500, such that the total allocation in U.S. domestic equities could be 80%. As markets change, the fund manager may shift a portion of the tactical components to various fixed income securities. The fund invests another 20% of its portfolio in international stocks. The international component represents the markets of up to 20 economically developed countries, which are weighted to reduce risk. Stock investments include the S&P 500 Index and the MSCI Europe, Australia and Far East Index.
Stable Value Fund. This fund invests primarily in fully benefit-responsive GICs, Synthetic GICs and Bank Investment Contracts that provides a liquidity guarantee by the issuer and prior to maturity, at contract value, permit withdrawals, transfers and loans by employees without penalty or adjustment. Its objective is short- to intermediate-term: to achieve a stable return over short to intermediate periods of time while preserving principal.

14


Table of Contents

Short Term Investment Fund (Money Market). This fund invests in a broad range of high-quality, short-term instruments. Its objective is to achieve competitive, short-term rates of return while preserving principal. The fund invests in short-term instruments issued by banks, corporations, and the U.S. Government and its agencies. These instruments include certificates of deposit and U.S. Treasury bills. The fund seeks to match the total rate of return of a Citigroup Three-Month Treasury Bill.
Long Treasury Index Fund (Government Bond). This fund invests in U.S. Treasury bonds with a maturity of 20 years or more. Its objective is to earn a higher level of income over the long-term along with the potential for capital appreciation. The fund’s goal is to match the performance of the Barclays Capital U.S. Long Treasury Bond Index. This index invests in U.S. Treasury bonds with 20 years or more to maturity. The fund is not exposed to credit risk since it invests only in bonds backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. The fund is exposed to interest rate risk, however, since the long maturity of the bonds means that the fund’s value may fluctuate substantially in response to changes in long-term interest rates.
Aggregate Bond Index Fund. The fund invests primarily in U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity of 10 years or longer. The fund invests in a well diversified portfolio that is representative of the U.S. Long Treasury bond market. The fund buys and holds securities, trading only when there is a change to the composition of the Index or when cash flow activity occurs in the fund. The Fund seeks to match the total rate of return of the Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index
S&P 500 Stock Fund. This fund invests in the stocks of a broad array of established U.S. companies. Its objective is long-term: to earn higher returns by investing in the largest companies in the U.S. economy. The S&P 500 Stock Fund is an index fund whose goal is to match the performance of the S&P 500 Index by investing in most or all of the same stocks. The S&P 500 Index represents almost 75% of the value of all publicly traded common stocks in the U.S. Because the S&P 500 Index includes 500 established companies of different sizes and different sectors of the U.S. economy (industrial, utilities, financial, and transportation), this fund is broadly diversified in common stocks.
S&P Value Stock Fund. This fund invests in most or all of the stocks held in the S&P/BARRA Value Index. Its objective is long-term: to earn higher returns by investing in a diversified portfolio of large-capitalization value stocks. The S&P 500 Value Stock Fund is an index fund whose goal is to match the performance of the S&P/BARRA Value Index by investing in most of the same stocks. The S&P/BARRA Value Index represents approximately 50% of the market capitalization of the S&P 500 Stock Index. The S&P/BARRA Value and Growth Indexes are constructed by dividing the stocks in the S&P 500 by a single attribute: market price to book value ratio. The S&P/BARRA Value Index includes companies with lower price to book value ratios.
S&P Growth Stock Fund. This fund invests in most or all of the stocks held in the S&P/BARRA Growth Index. Its objective is long-term: to earn higher returns by investing in a diversified portfolio of large-capitalization growth stocks. The S&P 500 Growth Stock Fund is an index fund whose goal is to match the performance of the S&P/BARRA Growth Index by investing in most of the same stocks. The S&P/BARRA Growth Index represents

15


Table of Contents

approximately 50% of the market capitalization of the S&P 500 Stock Index. The S&P/BARRA Growth and Value Indexes are constructed by dividing the stocks in the S&P 500 by a single attribute: market price to book value ratio. The S&P/BARRA Growth Index includes companies with higher price to book value ratios.
S&P MidCap Stock Fund. This fund invests in the stocks of mid-sized U.S. companies. Its objective is long-term: to earn higher returns which reflect the growth potential of such companies. The fund invests in the stocks of mid-sized companies which are expected to grow faster than larger, more established companies. It is an index fund whose goal is to match the performance of the Standard & Poor’s MidCap 400 Index (the “MidCap Index”) by investing in many of the same stocks as the MidCap Index. MidCap refers to a company’s size as measured by its market capitalization. The MidCap Index includes 400 stocks which represent the middle tier of the U.S. stock market (the S&P 500 represents the largest tier).
Russell 2000 Stock Fund. This fund invests in the stocks of a broad array of small U.S. companies. Its objective is long-term: to earn higher returns that reflect the growth potential of such companies. The Russell 2000 Stock Fund is an index fund whose goal is to match the performance of the Russell 2000 Index. The Russell 2000 Stock Fund invests in most or all of the same stocks held in the Russell 2000 Index. The Russell 2000 is one of the better known indices used to measure the performance of U.S. small company stocks. These 2000 companies make a up a subset of the smallest companies held in the Russell 3000 Index. Companies of this size generally have greater investment risk and potentially higher returns than mid- and large-capitalization stocks. Because this is an index of 2000 companies, it is broadly diversified in terms of industries and economic sectors.
Nasdaq 100 Stock Fund. This fund invests in the stocks of the 100 largest and most actively traded non-financial companies on the Nasdaq Stock Market. Its objective is long term and offers investors the opportunity to share in the potential of substantial capital growth. The Nasdaq 100 Stock Fund is an index fund whose goal is to match the performance of the Nasdaq 100 Index by investing in most of the same stock. The Nasdaq 100 Index reflects Nasdaq’s largest non-financial companies across major industry groups, including computer hardware and software, telecommunications, retail/wholesale trade and biotechnology. This is a higher risk fund as the securities included in the index tend to be concentrated in specific industries that tend to experience a high degree of volatility.
US REIT Index Fund. The fund invests primarily in equity shares of real estate investment trusts (REITs). REIT’s invest in loans secured by real estate and invest directly in real estate properties such as apartments, office buildings, and shopping malls. REITs generate income from rentals or lease payments and offer the potential for growth from property appreciation and the potential for capital gains from the sale of properties. The fund seeks to match the performance of the Dow Jones/Wilshire REIT Index while providing daily liquidity. This market capitalization weighted index is comprised of 90 publicly traded REITs. To be included in the index a company must be an equity owner and operator of commercial (or residential) real estate and must generate at least 75% of its revenue from such assets. Minimum requirements for market capitalization and liquidity also apply. The fund typically invests in all securities in the Dow Jones/Wilshire REIT Index in proportion to their weighting in the Index. As such the fund

16


Table of Contents

seeks to maintain sector and security weightings that closely match the Index. This replication process results in low turnover, accurate tracking and low costs.
International Stock Fund. This fund invests in approximately 1,000 foreign stocks in approximately 20 countries. Its long-term objective is to offer the potential return of investing in the stocks of established non-U.S. companies, as well as the potential risk-reduction derived from broad diversification. The fund invests in the stocks of established companies based in Europe, Australia, and the Far East.
Personal Choice Retirement Account. This fund is a self-directed brokerage account option administered through an alliance with Charles Schwab and Company, Inc. The Personal Choice Retirement Account offers a wide range of investments, including more than 2,000 mutual funds from over 300 fund families, as well as individual securities.
Atlantic Coast Bank Certificate of Deposit Fund. This fund was established in 2004. Fund assets are invested in certificates of deposit of Atlantic Coast Bank. In addition, this fund also
maintains a small cash component for liquidity purposes. Liquidity is required in order to facilitate daily transactions such as investment transfers or distributions from the fund. An appropriate cash liquidity level is established as a percentage of the entire investment fund and is based on the plan’s provisions, estimated activity levels, and maturity of Certificates held in the fund.
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund (Current Employer Stock Fund). The Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund consists primarily of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a federally chartered majority-owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, a mutual holding company. Investments in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund involves special risks common to investments in the shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Following the offering, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will cease to exist, but will be succeeded by a new Maryland corporation, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation which will be 100% owned by its public shareholders. Shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation which were held in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund prior to the conversion and offering will be converted into new shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, in accordance with the exchange ratio. As soon as practicable after the closing of the stock offering, the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will be merged into the Atlantic Coast Financial Stock Fund.
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund (New Employer Stock Fund) In connection with the stock offering, you may, in the manner described earlier, direct the trustee to invest all or a portion of your Plan account in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund, which consists primarily of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. Subsequent to the stock offering, you may elect to invest all or a portion of your contributions in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund; you may also elect to transfer into the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund all or a portion of your accounts currently invested in other funds under the Plan. After the offering, the trustee will, to the extent practicable, use all amounts held by it in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund to purchase shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, taking into consideration cash amounts needed to maintain liquidity in the account. It is expected that all

17


Table of Contents

purchases will be made at prevailing market prices. Performance of the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund depends on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank and the market conditions for shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock generally. Investments in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund involves special risks common to investments in the shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation.
For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see “Risk Factors” section of the accompanying prospectus and the section of the prospectus supplement called “Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities” (see below).
An investment in any of the funds listed above is not a deposit of a bank and is not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. As with any mutual fund or stock investment, there is always a risk that you may lose money on your investment in any of the funds listed above.
Administration of the Plan
      The Trustee and Custodian. The trustee of the Plan is Reliance Trust Company. Reliance Trust Company serves as trustee for all the investments funds under the Plan, including during the offering period for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock. Following the offering period, Reliance Trust Company will also serve as the trustee of the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund.
      Plan Administrator. Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Plan is administered by the Plan administrator, Atlantic Coast Bank. The address of the Plan administrator is 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501, telephone number (912) 283-4711. The Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan, maintenance of Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.
      Reports to Plan Participants. The Plan administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).
Amendment and Termination
     It is the intention of Atlantic Coast Bank to continue the Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, Atlantic Coast Bank may terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your

18


Table of Contents

accounts. Atlantic Coast Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that Atlantic Coast Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.
Merger, Consolidation or Transfer
     In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the trust assets to another plan, the Plan requires that you would receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
     The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the Plan and transactions involving the Plan.
     As a “tax-qualified retirement plan,” the Code affords the Plan special tax treatment, including:
     (1) the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year;
     (2) participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and
     (3) earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.
     Atlantic Coast Bank will administer the Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.
      Lump-Sum Distribution. A distribution from the Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on account of the participant’s death, disability or severance from employment, or after the participant attains age 59 1 / 2 , and consists of the balance credited to the participant under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans, if any, maintained by Atlantic Coast Bank. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by Atlantic Coast Bank, which is included in the distribution.

19


Table of Contents

      Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution. If a lump-sum distribution includes Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock; that is, the excess of the value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
      Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA. You may roll over virtually all distributions from the Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.
Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities.
     Federal law provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities. Because you may in the future have investments in the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund under the Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.
      Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities. The Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund from that investment into other investment alternatives under the Plan. You may contact the Plan administrator shown above for specific information regarding this right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of either the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund or the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund.
      The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings. To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one

20


Table of Contents

company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.
     In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in employer common stock through the Plan.
     It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.
Additional Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) Considerations
     As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the Plan’s assets by participants and beneficiaries. The Plan’s feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a “fiduciary” because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as Atlantic Coast Bank, the Plan administrator, or the Plan’s trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your Plan account.
     Because you will be entitled to invest all or a portion of your account balance in the Plan (other than amounts invested in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund) in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of the ERISA require that the Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to the common stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability
     Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of public companies such as Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of

21


Table of Contents

Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of the common stock through the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund of the Plan by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.
     In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 provides for the recovery by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s common stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock within any six-month period.
     The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.
     Except for distributions of common stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common stock distributed from the Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases of units within the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Stock Fund for six months after receiving such a distribution.
Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets
     Financial information representing the net assets available for Plan benefits and the change in net assets available for Plan benefits at March 31, 2010, is available upon written request to the Plan administrator at the address shown above.

22


Table of Contents

LEGAL OPINION
     The validity of the issuance of the common stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., which firm is acting as special counsel to Atlantic Coast Bank and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in connection with Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s stock offering.

23


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS
 
ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
(Proposed Holding Company for Atlantic Coast Bank)
Up to 2,760,000 Shares of Common Stock
(Subject to increase to up to 3,174,000 shares)
 
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Maryland corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share in connection with the conversion of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization. The shares of common stock we are offering represent the ownership interest in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation currently owned by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. Immediately following completion of the conversion offering, we will be offering no more than 1,650,000 shares of common stock for sale at $10.00 per share to certain investors in a supplemental public offering. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “ACFC.” For a period of 20 trading days after the completion of the conversion offering and supplemental offering, we expect our shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACFCD,” and, thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “ACFC.”
 
In the conversion offering, we are offering the shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank in a “subscription offering.” Depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on March 31, 2009 will have first priority rights to buy our shares of common stock. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering.” We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a “syndicated community offering” managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.
 
We are offering up to 2,760,000 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis in the conversion offering. We may sell up to 3,174,000 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares of common stock or changes in market conditions, without resoliciting purchasers. We must sell a minimum of 2,040,000 shares in the conversion offering to complete the conversion offering. In addition to the shares we are selling in the conversion offering, we also will simultaneously issue up to 1,482,070 shares of common stock to existing public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in exchange for their existing shares. The number of shares to be issued in the exchange may be increased up to 1,704,380 shares of common stock if we sell 3,174,000 shares of common stock in the conversion offering.
 
The minimum order is 25 shares. The subscription and community offerings are expected to expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [Extension date #1]. Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the conversion offering is terminated or is extended, with Office of Thrift Supervision approval, beyond [Extension date #1], or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 3,174,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,040,000 shares. If the conversion offering is extended past [Extension date #1], or if the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 3,174,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,040,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel your order. If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest. Funds received in the subscription and the community offering prior to the completion of the conversion offering will be held in a segregated account at Atlantic Coast Bank and will earn interest at 0.10% per annum.
 
Immediately following completion of the conversion offering, we intend to sell no more than 1,650,000 shares of common stock to certain investors in the supplemental offering. The completion of the supplemental offering is contingent on the completion of the conversion offering. The conversion offering is not contingent on the completion of the supplemental offering, however if the supplemental offering is not completed, we may resolicit subscribers in the conversion offering. We must reach the minimum of the valuation range in order to complete the supplemental offering.
 
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis in the subscription and community offerings and the supplemental offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is not required to purchase any shares of common stock that are being offered for sale.
OFFERING SUMMARY
Price: $10.00 per Share
 
                                 
    Minimum     Midpoint     Maximum     Adjusted Maximum  
 
Number of shares in conversion offering
    2,040,000       2,400,000       2,760,000       3,174,000  
Gross conversion offering proceeds
  $        20,400,000     $        24,000,000     $        27,600,000     $        31,740,000  
Number of shares to be issued in supplemental offering
    1,650,000       1,650,000       1,650,000       1,650,000  
Gross supplemental offering proceeds
  $        16,500,000     $        16,500,000     $        16,500,000     $        16,500,000  
Estimated conversion offering expenses, excluding selling agent commissions and expenses
  $        1,159,000     $        1,159,000     $        1,159,000     $        1,159,000  
Estimated conversion offering selling agent commissions and expenses(1)
  $        1,119,340     $        1,275,400     $        1,431,460     $        1,610,929  
Estimated supplemental offering placement agent commissions(2)
  $        605,000     $        605,000     $        605,000     $        605,000  
Estimated total net proceeds
  $        34,016,660     $        37,460,600     $        40,904,540     $        44,865,071  
Estimated total net proceeds per share
  $        9.22     $        9.25     $        9.28     $        9.30  
 
(1) The amounts shown assume that 25.0% of the shares are sold in the subscription and community offerings and the remaining 75.0% are sold in a syndicated community offering. The amounts shown include: (i) selling commissions payable by us to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated in connection with the subscription offering equal to 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold in the subscription offering and community offering (net of insider purchases and shares purchased by our employee stock ownership plan), or approximately $56,654, at the adjusted maximum of the offering range; (ii) fees and selling commissions payable by us to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and any other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated offering equal to 5.5% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, or approximately $1,309,275 at the adjusted maximum of the offering; and (iii) other expenses of the offerings payable to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as selling agent estimated to be $245,000. See “Pro Forma Data” and “The Conversion and Offering — Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation” for information regarding compensation to be received by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated and the other broker-dealers that may participate in the syndicated community offering, including the assumptions regarding the number of shares that may be sold in the subscription and community offerings and the syndicated community offering used to determine the estimated offering expenses. If all shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering, the maximum selling agent commissions and expenses would be $1.4 million, $1.6 million, $1.8 million and $2.0 million at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum levels of the offering, respectively.
 
(2) The amounts shown assume that 550,000 shares are sold in the supplemental offering to investors who have participated in any credit facility with us and the remaining 1,100,000 shares are sold in the supplemental offering to other investors. The amounts shown include: (i) selling commissions payable by us to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated in connection with the supplemental offering equal to 1.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold to investors who have participated in any credit facility with us, or approximately $55,000; and (ii) selling commissions payable by us to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated in the supplemental offering equal to 5.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of common stock sold to other investors, or approximately $550,000. See “Pro Forma Data” and “The Supplemental Offering — Placement Agent Compensation; Plan of Distribution” for information regarding compensation to be received by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated.
This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of principal.
Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.
 
These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency. Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Stifel Nicolaus
For assistance, please contact the Stock Information Center, toll-free, at [Stock Information Number].
The date of this prospectus is [Prospectus Date].


Table of Contents

 
 
[MAP TO BE INSERTED ON INSIDE FRONT COVER]
 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
 
    1  
    21  
    37  
    39  
    40  
    42  
    42  
    44  
    46  
    48  
    57  
    98  
    98  
    129  
    139  
    140  
    164  
    166  
    167  
    194  
    196  
    203  
    207  
    209  
    209  
    210  
    210  
    210  
    F-1  

i


Table of Contents

SUMMARY
     The following summary explains the significant aspects of the conversion offering, the supplemental offering and the exchange of existing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock for shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. For additional information before making an investment decision, you should read this entire document carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements, and the section entitled “Risk Factors.”
The Companies
      Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is a Maryland corporation that will own all of the outstanding common stock of Atlantic Coast Bank upon completion of the conversion offering, and will be the successor to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s executive offices will be located at 12724 Gran Bay Parkway West, Jacksonville, Florida 32258, and its telephone number at this address is (800) 342-2824.
      Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
     Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC is the federally chartered mutual holding company of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s principal business activity is the ownership of 8,728,500 shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, or 65.1% of the outstanding shares as of March 31, 2010. Upon completion of the conversion offering, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will no longer exist.
     Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s executive offices are located at 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501, and its telephone number at this address is (800) 342-2824.
      Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation is a federally chartered corporation that owns all of the outstanding common stock of Atlantic Coast Bank. At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation had consolidated assets of $914.0 million, deposits of $584.7 million and stockholders’ equity of $56.4 million. After the completion of the conversion offering, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will cease to exist, but will be succeeded by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Maryland corporation. As of March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation had 13,415,709 shares of common stock outstanding. As of that date, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC owned 8,728,500 shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, representing 65.1% of the outstanding shares of common stock. The remaining shares were owned by the public.
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s executive offices are located at 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501, and its telephone number at this address is (800) 342-2824.
      Atlantic Coast Bank
     Atlantic Coast Bank is a federally chartered savings bank headquartered in Waycross, Georgia. Atlantic Coast Bank was founded in 1939 as a credit union. Atlantic Coast Bank conducts business from its main office located in Waycross, Georgia, and its eleven branch offices located in southeast Georgia

1


Table of Contents

and northeast Florida. Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those funds primarily in permanent loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences, home equity loans, and, to a lesser extent, automobile and other consumer loans. We also have originated multi-family residential loans and commercial construction and residential construction loans, but will no longer emphasize the origination of such loans. Instead, our new strategy is to increase our mortgage banking activity, warehouse lending and originating commercial business and owner-occupied commercial real estate loans to small businesses. Loans are obtained principally through retail staff, brokers and wholesale purchases. We also invest in investment securities, primarily those issued by U.S. government-sponsored agencies and entities, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae. Revenues are derived principally from interest on loans and other interest earning assets, such as investment securities. To a lesser extent, revenue is generated from service charges and other income.
     Atlantic Coast Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Atlantic Coast Bank’s executive offices are located at 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501, and its telephone number at this address is (800) 342-2824. In conjunction with the conversion, we intend to relocate our domicile to Jacksonville, Florida. Its website address is www.AtlanticCoastBank.net . Information on this website is not and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.
Our Current Organizational Structure
     In January 2003, Atlantic Coast Bank completed its conversion from a mutual savings bank into the two-tier mutual holding company structure and became a wholly owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. On October 4, 2004, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation completed a minority stock offering in which it sold 5,819,000 shares or 40.0% of its common stock to eligible depositors and Atlantic Coast Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan, with 60.0% of the 14,547,500 shares outstanding owned by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, our mutual holding company parent. As a result of stock repurchases, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC currently owns 65.1% of our outstanding shares.
     Pursuant to the terms of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s plan of conversion and reorganization, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will convert from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company corporate structure. As part of the conversion, we are offering for sale in a subscription offering and possibly in a community offering and a syndicated community offering the majority ownership interest in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation that is currently held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. Upon the completion of the conversion offering, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will cease to exist, and we will complete the transition of our organization from being partially owned by public stockholders to being fully owned by public stockholders. Upon completion of the conversion, public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will receive shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in exchange for their shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.

2


Table of Contents

     The following diagram shows our current organizational structure, which is commonly referred to as the “two-tier” mutual holding company structure:
(FLOW CHART)
     After the conversion offering is completed, we will be organized as a fully public holding company, as follows:
(FLOW CHART)

3


Table of Contents

Business Strategy
     Our business strategy is as follows:
    Continuing our proactive approach to reducing non-performing assets by aggressive resolution and disposition initiatives through:
    Aggressive charge-off policy;
 
    Loan work out programs;
 
    Enhanced collection practices;
 
    Non-performing asset sales;
 
    Credit Risk Management;
    Increasing revenue through an expansion of our mortgage banking strategy and an increased emphasis on commercial lending to small businesses;
 
    Growing our core deposit base; and
 
    Expanding through acquisition opportunities.
     See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Business Strategy” for a more complete discussion of our business strategy.
Our Market Area
     We conduct business from our headquarters and 11 full-service branch offices in northeastern Florida and southeastern Georgia. We have branches located in Waycross, Douglas and Garden City (Savannah area), Georgia, and in Jacksonville Beach, Orange Park, Neptune Beach, Westside, Southside and Julington Creek in the Jacksonville metropolitan area. Our primary lending area is in the Jacksonville metropolitan area with our deposit customers residing in both the Jacksonville metropolitan and southeastern Georgia markets.
     Our Florida market area has demonstrated strong population growth and stable household income levels despite the impact of the economic downturn. Over the past 10 years, the Jacksonville metropolitan area population has grown at a rate of 10% and is estimated to continue that trend and exceed state and national population growth trends according to estimates from SNL Financial. The economy in the Jacksonville metropolitan market area is diverse with aviation and aerospace, supply chain logistics, finance and insurance, information technology, life sciences and manufacturing being the most prominent. Our Georgia market has demonstrated a decrease in population and limited growth trends as it is a largely agricultural-based economy. However, despite such decreases in growth since 2000, our Georgia market area household income levels are estimated to grow at rates above state and national levels and has remained a stable banking market.
     See “Business of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank—Market Area” for information with respect to the markets in which we operate.

4


Table of Contents

Reasons for the Conversion and Offerings
     Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offerings are to:
    increase our capital position;
 
    eliminate some of the uncertainties associated with proposed financial regulatory reform by the United States Congress, which may result in changes to or elimination of our primary bank regulator and holding company regulator as well as changes in regulations applicable to us, including, but not limited to, capital requirements, treatment of waived dividends by the mutual holding company, payment of dividends and conversion to full stock form;
 
    support internal growth through increased lending in the communities we serve;
 
    enable us to enhance existing products and services to meet the needs of our market;
 
    improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock and enhance stockholder returns through more flexible capital management strategies; and
 
    support acquisitions of financial institutions as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity.
     As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring future mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition since Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC is required to own a majority of our shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We do not currently have any agreement or understanding as to any specific acquisition.
Terms of the Conversion Offering
     Pursuant to Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s plan of conversion and reorganization, our organization will convert from a partially public to a fully public holding company structure. In connection with the conversion, we are selling shares that represent the 65.1% ownership interest in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation currently held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC.
     We are offering between 2,040,000 and 2,760,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and, to the extent shares remain available, to residents of the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s, to our existing public stockholders and to the general public in a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated community offering. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 3,174,000 shares as a result of demand for the shares of common stock in the conversion offering or changes in market conditions. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 3,174,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,040,000 shares, or the conversion offering is extended beyond [Extension date #1], subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders once submitted. If the conversion offering

5


Table of Contents

is extended past [Extension date #1], or if the number of shares to be sold is increased to more than 3,174,000 shares or decreased to less than 2,040,000 shares, subscribers will have the right to maintain, change or cancel their orders. If we do not receive a written response from a subscriber regarding any resolicitation, the subscriber’s order will be canceled and all funds received will be returned promptly with interest, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.
     The purchase price of each share of common stock to be offered for sale in the conversion offering is $10.00. All investors will pay the same purchase price per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, our conversion advisor and selling agent in the conversion offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the conversion offering.
Terms of the Supplemental Offering
     We will offer no more than an additional 1,650,000 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, to selected investors in a supplemental offering, which we anticipate will occur immediately following completion of the conversion offering. We are conducting the supplemental offering to raise more capital than we can raise in the conversion offering alone. We believe the additional capital that we can raise in the supplemental offering enhances our ability to complete the conversion offering and positions us to better execute our business plan. We intend to use the net proceeds of the supplemental offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offerings.” Our independent valuation appraisal by RP Financial, LC. assumes the completion of the supplemental offering in arriving at the estimated pro forma market valuation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, which ranges from $47.9 million at the minimum of the valuation range to $65.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range.
     We must reach the minimum of the valuation range in order to complete the supplemental offering. The completion of the supplemental offering is contingent on the completion of the conversion offering. The conversion offering is not contingent on the completion of the supplemental offering, however if the supplemental offering is not completed, we may resolicit subscribers in the conversion offering. Purchasers in the supplemental offering may also purchase shares in the conversion offering, which will count towards reaching the minimum of the conversion offering range. We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the supplemental offering. No purchaser in the supplemental offering alone, or “acting in concert,” may acquire or own more than 9.9% of the shares outstanding following completion of the conversion and supplemental offerings. The supplemental offering is not subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval or a stockholder vote.
     The additional shares sold by us upon the completion of the supplemental offering will result in dilution of the ownership percentage of stockholders who purchased stock or received exchange shares in connection with the conversion. The following table shows the ownership percentages of conversion offering purchasers, current stockholders who receive shares in the exchange that is part of the conversion offering and supplemental offering purchasers.

6


Table of Contents

Proposed Ownership of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Following the Completion of the
Conversion and the Supplemental Offerings
                                 
    Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum   Adjusted Maximum
Conversion Share Ownership Percentage
    42.63 %     44.95 %     46.84 %     48.62 %
Exchange Shares Ownership Percentage
    22.89 %     24.14 %     25.15 %     26.11 %
Supplemental Offering Shares Ownership Percentage
    34.48 %     30.91 %     28.00 %     25.27 %
 
                               
Total
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
 
                               
     Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the supplemental offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, our placement agent in the supplemental offering, will use its best efforts to assist us in selling shares of our common stock. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the supplemental offering.
How We Determined the Conversion Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price
     The amount of common stock we are offering for sale in the conversion offering and the exchange ratio are based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, assuming the conversion, exchange and supplemental offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of May 28, 2010, this market value was $53.4 million, which includes the sale of $16.5 million of shares in the supplemental offering to occur following the completion of the conversion offering. Based on Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a valuation range with a minimum of $47.9 million and a maximum of $58.9 million. Based on this valuation and the valuation range, the 65.1% ownership interest of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation being sold in the conversion offering and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will range from 2,040,000 shares to 2,760,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The exchange ratio will range from 0.2337 shares at the minimum of the conversion offering range to 0.3162 at the maximum of the conversion offering range, and will preserve the existing percentage ownership of public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the conversion offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares and any shares purchased in the supplemental offering). If demand for shares or market conditions warrant, the appraisal can be increased by 15%, without notice to subscribers, which would result in an estimated market value of $65.3 million, a conversion offering of 3,174,000 shares of common stock and an exchange ratio of 0.3636.

7


Table of Contents

     The appraisal is based in part on Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma effect of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offerings, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings banks and thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considers comparable to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation The appraisal peer group consists of the following companies. Asset size for all companies is as of March 31, 2010.
                     
    Ticker            
Company Name   Symbol   Exchange   Headquarters   Total Assets
                (in millions)
First Defiance Financial Corp.
  FDEF   NASDAQ   Defiance, OH   $ 2,059  
BankFinancial Corp.
  BFIN   NASDAQ   Burr Ridge, IL     1,559  
MutualFirst Financial, Inc.
  MFSF   NASDAQ   Munice, IN     1,487  
Abington Bancorp, Inc.
  ABBC   NASDAQ   Jenkintown, PA     1,267  
CFS Bancorp, Inc.
  CITZ   NASDAQ   Munster, IN     1,092  
Legacy Bancorp, Inc.
  LEGC   NASDAQ   Pittsfield, MA     946  
First PacTrust Bancorp
  FPTB   NASDAQ   Chula Vista, CA     904  
Riverview Bancorp, Inc.
  RVSB   NASDAQ   Vancouver, WA     838  
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc.
  FSBI   NASDAQ   Pittsburgh, PA     708  
Jefferson Bancshares, Inc.
  JFBI   NASDAQ   Morristown, TN     663  
     Our board of directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC. through the appraisal process. RP Financial, LC. helped us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and advised the board of directors as to how much capital we would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.
     The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (on a pro forma basis) and other information as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the conversion offering range indicated a premium of 8.2% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 4.7% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The price-to-earnings multiples were not meaningful for either Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or the peer group due to operating losses or low earnings.
                 
    Price-to-book   Price-to-tangible
    value ratio   book value ratio
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion and supplemental offering)
               
Adjusted Maximum
    66.72 %     66.80 %
Maximum
    62.55 %     62.62 %
Midpoint
    58.64 %     58.70 %
Minimum
    54.45 %     54.51 %
 
               
Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)
               
Averages
    54.18 %     61.61 %
Medians
    50.78 %     56.98 %
      The independent appraisal does not indicate market value. Do not assume or expect that our valuation as indicated in the appraisal means that after the conversion and offerings the shares of our common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 per share purchase price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented in the appraisal were utilized by RP Financial, LC. to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the

8


Table of Contents

capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.
     For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see “The Conversion Offering—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued.”
After-Market Stock Price Performance
     The following table presents stock price performance information for all second-step conversions completed between January 1, 2009 and May 28, 2010. None of these companies were included in the group of 10 comparable public companies utilized in RP Financial, LC.’s valuation analysis.
Second-Step Conversion Offerings
Completed Closing Dates between January 1, 2009 and May 28, 2010
                                                 
                    Percentage Price Appreciation (Depreciation)
                    From Initial Trading Date
    Conversion                                   Through May 28,
Company Name and Ticker Symbol   Date   Exchange   One Day   One Week   One Month   2010
 
                                               
Eagle Bancorp Montana, Inc. (EBMT)
    4/5/10     Nasdaq     5.5 %     6.5 %     4.1 %     0.5 %
Ocean Shore Holding Co. (OSHC)
    12/21/09     Nasdaq     7.5 %     12.3 %     13.1 %     38.8 %
Northwest Bancshares, Inc. (NWBI)
    12/18/09     Nasdaq     13.5 %     13.0 %     14.0 %     16.3 %
 
                                               
Average
                    8.8 %     10.6 %     10.4 %     18.5 %
Median
                    7.5 %     12.3 %     13.1 %     16.3 %
     Stock price performance is affected by many factors, including, but not limited to: general market and economic conditions; the interest rate environment; the amount of proceeds a company raises in its offering; and numerous factors relating to the specific company, including the experience and ability of management, historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of the company’s assets, and the company’s market area. None of the companies listed in the table above are exactly similar to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, the pricing ratios for their stock offerings may have been different from the pricing ratios for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation shares of common stock and the market conditions in which these offerings were completed may have been different from current market conditions. Furthermore, this table presents only short-term performance with respect to companies that recently completed their second-step conversions and may not be indicative of the longer-term stock price performance of these companies. The performance of these stocks may not be indicative of how our stock will perform.
      Our stock price may trade below $10.00 per share, as the stock prices of many second-step conversions completed prior to 2009 have decreased below the initial offering price. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.
The Exchange of Existing Shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Common Stock
     If you are currently a stockholder of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, your shares will be canceled at the completion of the conversion offering and will become the right to receive shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. The number of shares of common stock you receive will be based on the exchange ratio, which will depend upon our final appraised value. The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the valuation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and the number of shares of common stock issued in the conversion offering

9


Table of Contents

(excluding the effect of any shares sold in the supplemental offering). The table also shows the number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock a hypothetical owner of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock would receive in exchange for 100 shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock owned at the completion of the conversion offering, depending on the number of shares of common stock issued in the conversion offering.
                                                                         
                                                    Equivalent           New
                                    Total Shares           Value of   Equivalent   Shares to
                    Shares of Atlantic Coast   of Common           Shares   Pro Forma   be
    Shares to be Sold in   Financial Corporation to be   Stock to be           Based Upon   Book Value   Received
    The Conversion   Issued for Shares of Atlantic   Issued in           Conversion   Per   for 100
    Offering   Coast Federal Corporation   Conversion   Exchange   Offering   Exchanged   Existing
    Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Offering   Ratio   Price (1)   Share   Shares
 
Minimum
    2,040,000       65.1 %     1,095,443       34.9 %     3,135,443       0.2337     $ 2.34     $ 3.52       23  
Midpoint
    2,400,000       65.1       1,288,756       34.9       3,688,756       0.2750       2.75       3.87       27  
Maximum
    2,760,000       65.1       1,482,070       34.9       4,242,070       0.3162       3.16       4.20       31  
15% above Maximum
    3,174,000       65.1       1,704,380       34.9       4,878,380       0.3636       3.64       4.56       36  
 
(1)   Represents the value of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock to be received in connection with the conversion by a holder of one share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share purchase price.
     If you own shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be automatically exchanged within your account, and you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock. If you own shares in the form of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stock certificates, after the completion of the conversion offering, our exchange agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificates. New certificates of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will be mailed to you within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms and your Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stock certificates. You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.
     No fractional shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. For each fractional share that otherwise would be issued, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will pay in cash an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder otherwise would be entitled by the $10.00 per share price.
     Outstanding options to purchase shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock will convert into and become options to purchase new shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, duration and vesting schedule of these options will not be affected by the conversion. At March 31, 2010, there were 472,345 outstanding options to purchase shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, 373,882 of which have vested. Such outstanding options will be converted into options to purchase 110,387 shares of common stock at the minimum of the conversion offering range and 149,355 shares of common stock at the maximum of the conversion offering range. Because Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit us from repurchasing our common stock during the first year following the conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases, we may use authorized but unissued shares to fund option exercises that occur during the first year following the conversion. If all existing options were exercised for authorized, but unissued shares of common stock following the conversion, stockholders would experience dilution of approximately 2.25% at the minimum and 2.47% at the maximum of the conversion offering range.

10


Table of Contents

How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offerings
     We intend to invest at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offerings in Atlantic Coast Bank, loan funds to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock in the conversion offering, repay a $5.0 million loan that Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation expects to obtain in June 2010, the proceeds of which were contributed to Atlantic Coast Bank as capital, and retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the offerings. Therefore, assuming we sell 2,400,000 shares of common stock in the conversion offering and 1,650,000 shares of common stock in the supplemental offering, and we have net proceeds of $37.5 million, we intend to invest $18.7 million in Atlantic Coast Bank, loan $960,000 to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock, use $5.0 million to repay our loan and retain the remaining $12.8 million of the net proceeds.
     We may use the funds we retain for investments, to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies as opportunities arise, to repurchase shares of common stock, and for other general corporate purposes. Atlantic Coast Bank may use the proceeds it receives from us to support increased lending, to expand its branch network, to enhance its products and services, to invest in securities and for other general corporate purposes.
     Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offerings” for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offerings.
Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Conversion Offering
     We are offering the shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:
  (i)   First, to depositors with accounts at Atlantic Coast Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on March 31, 2009.
 
  (ii)   Second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including Atlantic Coast Bank’s employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering. We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering.
 
  (iii)   Third, to depositors with accounts at Atlantic Coast Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50 at the close of business on [Supplemental Record Date].
 
  (iv)   Fourth, to depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank at the close of business on [Member Record Date].
     Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s, and then to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date]. The community offering, if held, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering as we may determine at any time. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or the community offering through a “syndicated community offering” managed by Stifel, Nicolaus &

11


Table of Contents

Company, Incorporated. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering and the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.
     If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to categories in the subscription offering. A detailed description of the subscription offering, the community offering and the syndicated community offering, as well as a discussion regarding allocation procedures, can be found in the section of this prospectus entitled “The Conversion Offering.”
Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase in the Conversion Offering
     The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25.
      If you are not currently a Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholder —
     No individual may purchase more than 5% of the common stock sold in the conversion offering. If any of the following persons purchases shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the conversion offering, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed 5% of the common stock sold in the conversion offering:
    your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;
 
    most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior position; or
 
    other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.
     Unless we determine otherwise, persons having the same address and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposit accounts registered to the same address will be subject to the overall purchase limitation of 5% of the common stock sold in the conversion offering.
     See the detailed description of the purchase limitations in the section of this prospectus headed “The Conversion Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”
      If you are currently a Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholder —
     In addition to the above purchase limitations, there is an ownership limitation for stockholders other than our employee stock ownership plan. Shares of common stock that you purchase in the conversion offering individually and together with persons described above, plus any shares you and they receive in exchange for existing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of common stock to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion offering.
     Subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase and ownership limitations at any time.

12


Table of Contents

How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering
     In the subscription offering and community offering, you may pay for your shares only by:
  (i)   personal check, bank check or money order made payable directly to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation; or
 
  (ii)   authorizing us to withdraw funds from the types of Atlantic Coast Bank deposit accounts designated on the stock order form.
     Atlantic Coast Bank is not permitted to lend funds to anyone for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the offerings. Additionally, you may not use a Atlantic Coast Bank line of credit check or any type of third party check to pay for shares of common stock. Please do not submit cash or wire transfers. You may not designate withdrawal from Atlantic Coast Bank’s accounts with check-writing privileges. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Atlantic Coast Bank retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Accounts.”
     You can subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings by delivering a signed and completed original stock order form, together with full payment payable to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Atlantic Coast Bank deposit accounts, provided that the stock order form is received before 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], which is the end of the offering period. You may submit you stock order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted on the Stock Order Form. You may hand-deliver stock order forms to Atlantic Coast Bank’s Florida Regional office, located at 12724 Gran Bay Parkway West, Jacksonville, Florida 32258. Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our branch offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Atlantic Coast Bank.
     Please see “The Conversion Offering— Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Payment for Shares” for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the conversion offering.
Using Individual Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
     You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account (“IRA”) or other types of retirement accounts. If you wish to use some or all of the funds in your Atlantic Coast Bank retirement account, the applicable funds must first be transferred to a self-directed account maintained by an independent trustee, such as a brokerage firm, and the purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing your stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee. Because individual circumstances differ and the processing of retirement fund orders takes additional time, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the [expiration date] conversion offering deadline, for assistance with purchases using your individual retirement account or other retirement account that you may have at Atlantic Coast Bank or elsewhere . Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the conversion offering may depend on timing constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the institution where the funds are held.

13


Table of Contents

     See “The Conversion Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Payment for Shares” and “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds” for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the conversion offering.
Purchases by Officers and Directors
     We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 100,000 shares of common stock in the subscription and community offering, representing 4.9% of shares to be sold at the minimum of the conversion offering range. The purchase price paid by them will be the same $10.00 per share price paid by all other persons who purchase shares of common stock in the offerings. Following the conversion offering and supplemental offering, our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to beneficially own ________ shares of common stock, or ______% of our total outstanding shares of common stock at the minimum of the conversion offering range, which includes shares they currently own that will be exchanged for new shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and completion of the supplemental offering. We do not expect directors and executive officers to purchase shares in the supplemental offering.
     See “Subscriptions by Directors and Executive Officers” for more information on the proposed purchases of our shares of common stock by our directors and executive officers.
Deadline for Orders of Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings
     The deadline for purchasing shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings is 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend this deadline. If you wish to purchase shares of common stock, a properly completed and signed original stock order form, together with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by this time.
     Although we will make reasonable attempts to provide this prospectus and offering materials to holders of subscription rights, the subscription offering and all subscription rights will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], whether or not we have been able to locate each person entitled to subscription rights.
      TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [EXPIRATION DATE] IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS PRIOR TO [EXPIRATION DATE] OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN TWO DAYS PRIOR TO [EXPIRATION DATE].
     See “The Conversion Offering— Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the conversion offering.
You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or transferred his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights. On the order form, you may not add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering

14


Table of Contents

priority than you do. You may add only those who were eligible to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering at your date of eligibility. In addition, the stock order form requires that you list all deposit accounts, giving all names on each account and the account number at the applicable eligibility date. Failure to provide this information, or providing incomplete or incorrect information, may result in a loss of part or all of your share allocation, if there is an oversubscription.
Delivery of Stock Certificates
     Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and community offering will be mailed to the certificate registration address noted by purchasers on the stock order forms. Stock certificates will be sent to purchasers by first-class mail as soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the business day of or on the business day following the completion of the conversion offering and supplemental offering. It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though our common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your stock certificate will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm. If you are currently a stockholder of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, see “The Conversion Offering—Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates” for a discussion on how you will receive Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation stock certificates in exchange for your Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stock certificates.
Conditions to Completion of the Conversion Offering
     We cannot complete the conversion offering unless:
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank) as of [Member Record Date];
 
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation as of [Stockholder Record Date], including shares held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC;
 
    The plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by at least a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation as of [Stockholder Record Date], excluding those shares held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC;
 
    We sell at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered in the conversion offering; and
 
    We receive the final approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision to complete the conversion offering.
     Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC intends to vote its ownership interest in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization. At [Stockholder Record Date], Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC owned 65.1% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. The directors and executive officers of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and their affiliates owned ________ shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (including exercisable options), or ______% of the outstanding shares of common stock and ______% of the outstanding shares of common stock, excluding shares owned by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. They intend to vote those shares in favor of the plan of conversion and reorganization.

15


Table of Contents

Steps We May Take if We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares
     If we do not receive orders for at least 2,040,000 shares of common stock, we may take several steps in order to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the conversion offering range. Specifically, we may:
  (i)   increase the purchase and ownership limitations; and/or
 
  (ii)   seek regulatory approval to extend the conversion offering beyond [Extension date #1], so long as we resolicit subscriptions that we have previously received in the conversion offering; and/or
 
  (iii)   increase the purchase of shares by the employee stock ownership plan.
     If one or more purchase limitations are increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.
Possible Change in the Conversion Offering Range
     RP Financial, LC. will update its appraisal before we complete the conversion offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC. determines that our estimated pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 3,174,000 shares in the conversion offering without further notice to you. If our estimated pro forma market value at that time is either below $47.9 million or above $65.3 million, then, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may:
    terminate the conversion offering and promptly return all funds;
 
    set a new conversion offering range; and/or
 
    take such other actions as may be permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Securities and Exchange Commission.
     If we set a new conversion offering range, subscribers will be resolicited and given the right to maintain, change or cancel their orders. If we do not receive a written response from a subscriber regarding any resolicitation, the subscriber’s order will be canceled and all funds received will be returned promptly with interest, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.
Possible Termination of the Conversion Offering
     We may terminate the conversion offering at any time prior to the special meeting of members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC that is being called to vote upon the conversion, and at any time after member approval with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. If we terminate the conversion offering, we will promptly return your funds with interest at 0.10%, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.
Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion
     We expect our employee stock ownership plan, which is a tax-qualified retirement plan for the benefit of all of our eligible employees, to purchase up to 4% of the shares of common stock we sell in the

16


Table of Contents

subscription and community offerings. These shares, when combined with shares owned by our existing employee stock ownership plan, will be less than 8% of the shares outstanding following the conversion. If we receive orders for more shares of common stock than the maximum of the conversion offering range, the employee stock ownership plan will have first priority to purchase shares over this maximum, up to a total of 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering. This would reduce the number of shares available for allocation to eligible account holders. For further information, see “Management—Executive Compensation—Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust.”
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations permit us to implement one or more new stock-based benefit plans no earlier than six months after completion of the conversion. Our current intention is to implement one or more new stock-based incentive plans no earlier than 12 months after completion of the conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans would be required. If implemented within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering (reduced by amounts purchased in the this conversion offering by our 401(k) plan using its purchase priority in the conversion offering) for awards of restricted stock to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients. If implemented within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will also reserve a number of shares up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering for issuance pursuant to grants of stock options to key employees and directors. The total grants available under the stock-based benefit plans are subject to adjustment as may be required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations or policy to reflect shares of common stock or stock options reserved for issuance by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank. Current Office of Thrift Supervision policy would require the aggregate amount of outstanding restricted stock (including shares originally reserved) to be 4% or less of our total outstanding shares following the conversion and outstanding stock options (including shares originally reserved for issuance) to be 10% or less of our total outstanding shares following the conversion. If the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year after the completion of the conversion, awards of restricted stock or grants of stock options under the plan may exceed the percentage limitations set forth above. We have not yet determined the number of shares that would be reserved for issuance under these plans. For a description of our current stock-based benefit plans, see “Management—Benefit Plans.”

17


Table of Contents

     The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and the aggregate dollar value of grants that are available under one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% and 10% of the shares sold in the conversion offering for restricted stock awards and stock options, respectively. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all such shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. A portion of the stock grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all employees.
                                                 
                                    Value of Grants (In  
    Number of Shares to be Granted or Purchased     Dilution     Thousands (1)  
            At             Resulting             At  
            Maximum     As a     From     At     Adjusted  
    At     as adjusted     Percentage     Issuance of     Minimum     Maximum  
    Minimum of     of     of Common     Shares for     of     of  
    Conversion     Conversion     Stock to be     Stock-Based     Conversion     Conversion  
    Offering     Offering     Sold in the     Benefit Plans     Offering     Offering  
    Range     Range     Conversion     (2)     Range     Range  
 
                                               
Employee stock ownership plan
    81,600       126,960       4.0 %     N/A (3)   $ 816,000     $ 1,269,600  
Restricted stock awards
    81,600       126,960       4.0       1.91 %     816,000       1,269,600  
Stock options
    204,000       317,400       10.0       4.64 %     589,560       917,286  
 
                                     
Total
    367,200       571,320       18.0 %     6.37 %   $ 2,221,560     $ 3,456,486  
 
                                     
 
(1)   The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value for stock awards is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.89 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model, adjusted for the exchange ratio, with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; an expected option life of 6 years; a dividend yield of 0%; a risk-free rate of return of 2.42%; and a volatility rate of 23.90% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
 
(2)   Reflects dilution based on all shares outstanding, including shares issued in the supplemental offering.
 
(3)   No dilution is reflected for the employee stock ownership plan because such shares are assumed to be purchased in the conversion.
     We may fund our stock-based benefit plans through open market purchases, as opposed to new issuances of stock; however, if any options previously granted under our existing 2005 Stock Option Plan are exercised during the first year following completion of the conversion, they will be funded with newly issued shares as Office of Thrift Supervision regulations do not permit us to repurchase our shares during the first year following the completion of this conversion except to fund the grants of restricted stock under our stock-based benefit plan or under extraordinary circumstances. We have been advised by the staff of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the exercise of outstanding options and cancellation of treasury shares in the conversion will not constitute an extraordinary circumstance.

18


Table of Contents

     The following table presents information as of March 31, 2010 regarding our employee stock ownership plan, our 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan and 2005 Stock Option Plan and our proposed stock-based benefit plan. The table below assumes that 5,892,070 shares are outstanding after the conversion offering and supplemental offering, which includes the sale of 2,760,000 shares in the conversion offering at the maximum of the offering range, 1,650,000 shares sold in the supplemental offering and the issuance of 1,482,070 shares in exchange for shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation using an exchange ratio of 0.3162. It also assumes that the value of the stock is $10.00 per share.
                             
                        Percentage of  
                        Shares
Outstanding
 
        Shares at             After the  
        Maximum     Estimated     Conversion and  
        of Conversion     Value of     Supplemental  
Existing and New Stock Benefit Plans   Participants   Offering Range     Shares     Offering  
 
                           
Employee Stock Ownership Plan:
  Employees                        
Shares purchased in 2004 offering (1)
        147,197 (2)   $ 1,471,974       2.50 %
Shares to be purchased in conversion offering
        110,400       1,104,000       1.87  
 
                     
Total employee stock ownership plan shares
        257,597     $ 2,575,974       4.37 %
 
                     
 
                           
Restricted Stock Awards:
  Directors, Officers and Employees                        
2005 Recognition and Retention Plan (1)
        90,158 (3)   $ 901,583 (4)     1.53 %
New shares of restricted stock
        110,400       1,104,000 (4)     1.87  
 
                     
Total shares of restricted stock
        200,558     $ 2,005,583       3.40 %
 
                     
 
                           
Stock Options:
  Directors, Officers and Employees                        
2005 Stock Option Plan (1)
        225,396 (5)   $ 651,393       3.83 %
New stock options
        276,000       797,640 (6)     4.68  
 
                     
Total stock options
        501,396     $ 1,449,033       8.51 %
 
                     
 
                           
Total of stock benefit plans
        959,552     $ 6,030,591       16.28 %
 
                     
 
(1)   The number of shares indicated has been adjusted for the 0.3162 exchange ratio at the maximum of the conversion offering range.
 
(2)   As of March 31, 2010, 147,197 of these shares, or 465,520 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been allocated.
 
(3)   As of March 31, 2010, all of these shares, or 285,131 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been awarded, and 71,904 shares, or 227,403 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have vested.
 
(4)   The value of restricted stock awards is determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, the fair value of awards under the new stock-based benefit plan is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share.
 
(5)   As of March 31, 2010, options to purchase 203,004 of these shares, or 642,013 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, have been awarded, and options to purchase 72,271 of these shares, or 228,864 shares prior to adjustment for the exchange, remain available for future grants.
 
(6)   The weighted-average fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.89 per option, adjusted for the exchange ratio, using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of stock options uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: exercise price, $10.00; trading price on date of grant, $10.00; dividend yield, 0%; expected life, six years; expected volatility, 23.90%; and risk-free rate of return, 2.42%. The actual value of option grants will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.
Market for Common Stock
     Existing publicly held shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock are quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACFC.” Upon completion of the conversion offering and supplemental offering, the shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will replace the existing shares. For a period of 20 trading days after the completion of the conversion offering and supplemental offering, we expect our shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACFCD,” and, thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “ACFC.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation currently has more than three market makers, including Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, and Stifel, Nicolaus &

19


Table of Contents

Company, Incorporated has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offerings, but it is under no obligation to do so.
Our Dividend Policy
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation suspended payment of its regular quarterly cash dividend on September 25, 2009. Although Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will consider the payment of dividends in the future, you should not purchase our shares of common stock if you have a desire or need for dividend income. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled “Our Dividend Policy.”
Tax Consequences
     Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion. As a general matter, the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for purposes of federal or state income taxes to Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (except for cash paid for fractional shares), Atlantic Coast Bank, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, persons eligible to subscribe in the subscription offering, or existing stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Existing stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation who receive cash in lieu of fractional share interests in shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will recognize a gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the tax basis of the fractional share.
How You Can Obtain Additional Information—Stock Information Center
     Our banking personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the conversion offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The toll-free telephone number is [Stock Information Number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.

20


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock. An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included in this prospectus. In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks Related to Our Business
If our non-performing assets increase, our earnings will suffer.
     At March 31, 2010, our non-performing assets totaled $39.4 million, which is an increase of $29.9 million, or 312.2%, over non-performing assets at December 31, 2007. Our non-performing assets may continue to increase in future periods. Our non-performing assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. We do not record interest income on non-accrual loans or real estate owned. We must establish an allowance for loan losses that reserves for losses inherent in the loan portfolio that are both probable and reasonably estimable through current period provisions for loan losses, which are recorded as a charge to income. From time to time, we also write down the value of properties in our other real estate owned portfolio to reflect changing market values. Additionally, there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets as well as carrying costs such as taxes, insurance and maintenance related to our other real estate owned. Further, the resolution of non-performing assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from our overall supervision of operations and other income-producing activities.
We have experienced net losses for the first quarter of 2010 and each of the last two fiscal years and we may not return to profitability in the near future.
     We have experienced net losses of $2.8 million for the first quarter of 2010 and $29.3 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The losses have been primarily caused by a significant increase in non-performing assets, which necessitated a provision for loan losses of $24.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to a provision of $13.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. We charged off $21.7 million of loans during 2009 (compared to $9.8 million during 2008), and non-accrual loans (generally loans 90 days or more past due in principal or interest payments) increased to $34.4 million, or 5.61% of total loans at March 31, 2010, compared to $25.5 million, or 3.43% of total loans at December 31, 2008. We also experienced other than temporary impairment losses in our investment portfolio of $4.5 million and $75,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the first quarter of 2010, respectively. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2009, management deemed it appropriate to write off our entire goodwill balance of $2.8 million, and establish a valuation allowance of $16.2 million, or 100% of our net deferred tax asset. As a result of these factors and other conditions such as weakness in our local economy, we may not be able to generate sustainable net income or achieve profitability in the near future.
We may be unable to successfully implement our business strategy and as a result, our financial condition and results of operations may be negatively affected.
     Our future success will depend upon our ability to successfully implement our new business strategy, which includes expanding our mortgage banking activities and an emphasis on originating loans

21


Table of Contents

to small businesses, including loans guaranteed by the United States Small Business Administration. While we believe we have the management resources and internal systems in place to successfully implement our strategy, there can be no assurance that we will be successful. Further, it will take time to fully implement our strategy. We expect that it may take a significant period of time before we can achieve the intended results of our business strategy. During the period we are implementing our plan, our results of operations may be negatively impacted. In addition, even if our strategy is successfully implemented, it may not produce positive results.
     Additionally, our future success in the mortgage banking area will depend on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and motivated loan originators. We compete against many institutions with greater financial resources to attract these qualified individuals. Our failure to recruit and retain adequate talent could reduce our ability to compete successfully and adversely affect our business and profitability.
The geographic concentration in loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate may increase credit losses, which could increase the level of provision for loan losses.
     As of March 31, 2010, approximately 57.3% of our total loan portfolio was secured by first or second liens on one- to four-family residential property, primarily in southeastern Georgia and northeastern Florida. We had $111.1 million, or 18.1%, of our loan portfolio secured by one-to four-family residential property in Georgia and $240.2 million, or 39.2%, of such properties in Florida. The downturn in the local and national economy in 2008, 2009 and continuing into 2010, particularly affecting real estate values and employment, have adversely affected our loan customers’ ability to repay their loans. In the event we are required to foreclose on a property securing a mortgage loans or pursue other remedies in order to protect our investment, there can be no assurance we will recover funds in an amount equal to any remaining loan balance as a result of prevailing economic conditions, real estate values and other factors associated with the ownership of real property. In particular, the foreclosure process in Florida often takes many months to complete, thereby potentially increasing our risk of loss due to the property’s deterioration in value during this period. As a result, the market value of the real estate or other collateral underlying the loans may not, at any given time, be sufficient to satisfy the outstanding principal amount of the loans. Consequently, we would sustain loan losses and potentially incur a higher provision for loan loss expense.
Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to our number of commercial real estate, commercial business, construction and multi-family loans and consumer loans, which could increase the level of provision for loan losses.
     Our outstanding commercial real estate, commercial business, construction, multi-family, and manufactured home, automobile and other consumer loans accounted for approximately 35.7% of the total loan portfolio as of March 31, 2010. Generally, management considers these types of loans to involve a higher degree of risk compared to first mortgage loans on one- to four-family, owner occupied residential properties. Historically, these loans have had higher risks than loans secured by residential real estate for the following reasons:
    Commercial Real Estate and Commercial Business Loans. Repayment is dependent on income being generated by the rental property or business in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service. This risk has been exacerbated by the extended recession in commercial real estate and commercial land values, particularly in our markets.

22


Table of Contents

    Commercial and Multi-Family Construction Loans. Repayment is dependent upon the completion of the project and income being generated by the rental property or business in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.
 
    Single Family Construction Loans. Repayment is dependent upon the successful completion of the project and the ability of the contractor or builder to repay the loan from the sale of the property or obtaining permanent financing.
 
    Multi-Family Real Estate Loans. Repayment is dependent on income being generated by the rental property in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.
 
    Consumer Loans. Consumer loans (such as automobile and manufactured home loans) are collateralized, if at all, with assets that may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the loan due to depreciation, damage or loss.
If these non-residential loans become non-performing, we may have to increase our provision for loan losses which would negatively affect our results of operations.
The loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to portfolio lending during a period of rising real estate values, high sales volume activity and historically low interest rate environment.
     Much of our portfolio lending is in one- to four-family residential properties generally located throughout southeastern Georgia and northeastern Florida. As a result of lending during a period of rising real estate values and historically low interest rates, a significant portion of the loan portfolio is potentially under-collateralized given the recent significant decline in real estate values. Sufficient time has not elapsed to ascertain the magnitude of potential losses resulting from lending during a period of intense changes in the real estate market. Additionally, given the historically low interest rate environment over this same period, the adjustable rate loans have not been subject to an interest rate environment that causes them to adjust to the maximum level and may involve repayment risks resulting from potentially increasing payment obligations by borrowers as a result of re-pricing. At March 31, 2010, there were $288.3 million in adjustable rate loans which made up 47.4% of the loan portfolio.
High loan-to-value ratios on a portion of our residential mortgage loan portfolio expose us to greater risk of loss.
     Many of our residential mortgage loans are secured by liens on mortgage properties in which the borrowers have little or no equity because of the decline in home values in our market areas. Residential loans with high loan-to-value ratios will be more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and, therefore, may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, such borrowers may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale. As a result, these loans may experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses.
If the allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual losses, income and capital will be negatively affected.
     Our allowance for loan losses was $13.3 million, or 2.17% of total loans, at March 31, 2010. In the event loan customers do not repay their loans according to their terms and the collateral security for the payments of these loans is insufficient to pay any remaining loan balance, we may experience significant loan losses. Such credit risk is inherent in the lending business, and failure to adequately assess such credit risk could have a material adverse affect on our financial condition and results of

23


Table of Contents

operations. Management makes various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of the borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of the loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, management reviews the loan portfolio and our historical loss and delinquency experience, as well as overall economic conditions. For larger balance non-homogeneous real estate loans the estimate of impairment is based on the underlying collateral if collateral dependent, and if such loans are not collateral dependent, the estimate of impairment is based on a cash flow analysis. If management’s assumptions are incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may be insufficient to cover probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio, resulting in additions to the allowance. The allowance for loan losses is also periodically reviewed by the Office of Thrift Supervision, who may require us to increase the amount. Additions to the allowance for loans losses would be made through increased provisions for loan losses and would negatively affect our results of operations.
We could record future losses on our holdings of private label securities. In addition, we may not receive full future interest payments on these securities.
     We own private label collateralized mortgage obligations with an amortized cost basis of $20.8 million and a fair value of $21.0 million at March 31, 2010. The original purchase price of these securities was $36.5 million. We recognized total other-than-temporary impairment of $75,000 and $4.5 million for these securities for the first quarter of 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively, of which $75,000 and $4.5 million was credit-related losses recorded through our income statement as a reduction of non-interest income, and $625,000 and $4,000 was recorded as an increase to other comprehensive income.
     A number of factors or combinations of factors could require us to conclude in one or more future reporting periods that an unrealized loss that exists with respect to our securities portfolio constitutes additional impairment that is other than temporary, which could result in material losses to us. These factors include, but are not limited to, a continued failure by an issuer to make scheduled interest payments, an increase in the severity of the unrealized loss on a particular security, an increase in the continuous duration of the unrealized loss without an improvement in value or changes in market conditions and/or industry or issuer specific factors that would render us unable to forecast a full recovery in value. In addition, the fair values of securities could decline if the overall economy and the financial condition of some of the issuers continues to deteriorate and there remains limited liquidity for these securities.
     See “Business of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank—Investment Activities” for a further discussion of the impairment charges we recognized in the first quarter of 2010 and in fiscal 2009, as well as a discussion of our securities portfolio and the unrealized losses related to the portfolio.
Future changes in interest rates could impact our financial condition and results of operations.
     Net income is the amount by which net interest income and non-interest income exceeds non-interest expense and the provision for loan losses. Net interest income makes up a majority of our income and is based on the difference between:
    interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and
 
    interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

24


Table of Contents

     A substantial percentage of our interest-earning assets, such as residential mortgage loans, have longer maturities than our interest-bearing liabilities, which consist primarily of savings and demand accounts, certificates of deposit and borrowings. As a result, our net interest income is adversely affected if the average cost of our interest-bearing liabilities increases more rapidly than the average yield on our interest-earning assets.
     The Federal Reserve Board maintained the federal funds rate at the historically low rate of 0.25% during the first quarter of 2010 and during 2009. The federal funds rate has a direct correlation to general rates of interest, including our interest-bearing deposits. Our mix of asset and liabilities are considered to be sensitive to interest rate changes. In a low rate environment, we may be susceptible to the payoff or refinance of high rate mortgage loans that could reduce net interest income. On the other hand, if interest rates rise, net interest income could be reduced because interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits and borrowings, increases more quickly than interest received on interest-earning assets, including loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. In addition, rising interest rates may negatively affect income because higher rates may reduce the demand for loans and the value of mortgage-related and investment securities.
Our operating expenses are high as a percentage of our net interest income and non-interest income, making it more difficult to maintain profitability.
     Our non-interest expense, which consists primarily of the costs associated with operating our business, represents a high percentage of the income we generate. The cost of generating our income is measured by our efficiency ratio, which represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of our net interest income and our non-interest income. Our 2009 efficiency ratio was negatively affected by other-than-temporary impairment losses, losses on sale of portfolio loans and losses on sale of foreclosed assets, as well as higher collection expenses. If we are able to lower our efficiency ratio, our ability to generate income from our operations will be more effective. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, our efficiency ratio was 85.65%, 93.65% and 77.69%, respectively. Generally, this means we spent $0.86, $0.94 and $0.77 during the first quarter of 2010, 2009 and 2008 to generate $1.00 of income. This reflects a trend where our efficiency ratio has deteriorated from 63.5% to 85.7% for the approximate eight-year period ended March 31, 2010.
If economic conditions continue to deteriorate or the economic recovery remains slow over an extended period of time in our primary market areas of Jacksonville, Florida and Ware County, Georgia, our results of operation and financial condition could be adversely impacted as borrower’s ability to repay loans declines and the value of the collateral securing the loan decreases.
     Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in prevailing economic conditions, including decreases in real estate values, changes in interest rates, which may cause a decrease in interest rate spreads, adverse employment conditions, the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal and the Georgia and Florida state governments and other significant external events. We hold approximately 27.5% of the deposits in Ware County, the county in which Waycross, Georgia is located as of June 30, 2009. We also have approximately 1.0% of the deposits in the Jacksonville, Florida, metropolitan area. Additionally, our market share of loans in Ware County is significantly greater than our share of the loan market in the Jacksonville metropolitan area. As a result of the concentration in Ware County, we may be more susceptible to adverse market conditions in that market. Due to the significant portion of real estate loans in the loan portfolio, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral. At March 31, 2010, $240.2 million, or 39.2%, of our loan portfolio consisted of real estate secured loans in Florida and $11.1 million, or 18.1%, of such loans consisted of real estate secured loans in Georgia. Adverse changes in the economy may also have a negative effect on the ability of borrowers

25


Table of Contents

to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on earnings. The unemployment rate for the Jacksonville, Florida metropolitan area was an estimated 11.9% as of March 31, 2010. In addition, the Jacksonville metropolitan area had the 33rd highest foreclosure rate of one- to four-family residences in the United States.
The United States economy remains weak and unemployment levels are high. A prolonged economic downturn, especially one affecting our geographic market area, will adversely affect our business and financial results.
     The United States experienced a severe economic recession in 2008 and 2009, the effects of which have continued into 2010. Recent growth has been slow and unemployment remains at high levels and as a result economic recovery is expected to be slow. Loan portfolio quality has deteriorated at many financial institutions reflecting, in part, the weak United States economy and high unemployment rates. In addition, the value of real estate collateral supporting many commercial loans and home mortgages has declined and may continue to decline. The continuing real estate downturn also has resulted in reduced demand for the construction of new housing and increased delinquencies in construction, residential and commercial mortgage loans. Bank and bank holding company stock prices have declined substantially, and it is significantly more difficult for banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow funds.
     Continued negative developments in the financial services industry and the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the market for and value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. We could experience reduced demand for our products and services, increases in loan delinquencies, problem assets or foreclosures, and the collateral for our loans may decline further in value. Moreover, continued declines in the stock market in general, or stock values of financial institutions and their holding companies specifically, could adversely affect our stock performance.
The slowing and uncertain economy in Florida has negatively impacted our ability to grow loans in our primary market area, and combined with strong competition, may further reduce our ability to obtain loans and also decrease our yield on loans.
     From 2000 to mid-2007, the Jacksonville metropolitan area had been one of the fastest growing economies in the United States. The area experienced substantial growth in population, new business formation and public works spending. Due to the considerable slowing of economic growth and migration into our market area since mid-2007 and the resulting downturn in the real estate market, management believes growth in our market area will be moderate in the near term. Growth in the first mortgage loan portfolio has been negatively impacted by a slowing in existing and new home sales activity in our markets. A decrease in existing and new home sales decreases lending opportunities, and may negatively affect our income.
     In addition, we are located in a competitive market that affects our ability to obtain loans through origination or purchase as well as originating them at rates that provide an attractive yield. Competition for loans comes principally from mortgage bankers, commercial banks, other thrift institutions, nationally based homebuilders and credit unions. Internet based lenders have also become a greater competitive factor in recent years. Such competition for the origination and purchase of loans may limit future growth and earnings prospects.

26


Table of Contents

Strong competition in our primary market area may reduce our ability to attract and retain deposits and also increase our cost of funds.
     We operate in a very competitive market for the attraction of deposits, the primary source of our funding. Historically, our most direct competition for deposits has come from credit unions, community banks, large commercial banks and thrift institutions within our primary market areas. In recent years competition has also come from institutions that largely deliver their services over the internet. Such competitors have the competitive advantage of lower infrastructure costs and substantially greater resources and lending limits and may offer services we do not provide. Particularly during times of extremely low or extremely high interest rates, we have faced significant competition for investors’ funds from short-term money market securities and other corporate and government securities. During periods of regularly increasing interest rates, competition for interest-bearing deposits increases as customers, particularly time deposit customers, tend to move their accounts between competing businesses to obtain the highest rates in the market. As a result, Atlantic Coast Bank incurs a higher cost of funds in an effort to attract and retain customer deposits. We strive to grow our lower cost deposits, such as non-interest-bearing checking accounts, in order to reduce our cost of funds.
We may not be able to realize our deferred tax asset.
     We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities based on differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. However, at March 31, 2010, we had no net deferred tax asset. In 2009, we established a 100% valuation allowance for our net federal and state deferred tax asset after evaluating the positive and negative evidence under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”). GAAP requires more weight be given to objective evidence, and since realization is dependent on future operating results our three year cumulative operating loss carried more weight than forecasted earnings.
     It is possible as a result of the conversion and supplemental offerings, that we may experience an “ownership change” as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (which is generally a greater than 50% increase by certain “5% stockholders” over a rolling three-year period). Section 382 imposes an annual limitation on the utilization of deferred tax assets, such as net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes, once an ownership change has occurred. Depending on the size of the annual limitation (which is in part a function of our market capitalization at the time of the ownership change) and the remaining carryforward period of the tax assets (federal net operating losses generally may be carried forward for a period of 20 years), we could realize a permanent loss of a portion of our federal and state deferred tax assets and certain built-in losses that have not been recognized for tax purposes.
     We regularly review our deferred tax assets for recoverability based on our history of earnings, expectations for future earnings and expected timing of reversals of temporary differences. Realization of our deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income, including taxable income in prior carryback years, as well as future taxable income. Our net deferred tax asset at March 31, 2010 will not become fully realizable until our expected future earnings will support realization of the asset. In addition, we will not know the impact of the ownership change from the conversion and supplemental offerings until after they are completed. If triggered, we believe that the impact on our deferred tax asset could be material. This is a preliminary and complex analysis and requires us to make certain judgments in determining the annual limitation. Although it is currently not shown as an asset, it is possible that we could ultimately lose a significant portion of our deferred tax asset. Realization of our deferred tax asset would significantly improve our earnings and capital.

27


Table of Contents

Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s expenses will increase as a result of increases in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance premiums.
     Due to the costs of resolving the increasing numbers of bank failures in 2008 and 2009, on May 22, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted a final rule levying a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. We recorded an expense of $462,000 during the quarter ended June 30, 2009 to reflect the special assessment. Any further special assessments that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation levies will be recorded as an expense during the appropriate period. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation increased the general deposit insurance assessment rate and, therefore, our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation general insurance premium expense will increase compared to prior periods.
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also adopted a rule pursuant to which all insured depository institutions were required to prepay their estimated assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The prepayment amount was collected on December 30, 2009. The assessment rate for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for 2010 is based on each institution’s total base assessment rate for the third quarter of 2009, modified to assume that the assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 had been in effect for the entire third quarter, and the assessment rate for 2011 and 2012 will be equal to the modified third quarter assessment rate plus an additional three basis points. In addition, each institution’s base assessment rate for each period will be calculated using its third quarter assessment base, adjusted quarterly for an estimated 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base through the end of 2012. We recorded the pre-payment as a prepaid expense, which will be amortized to expense over three years. Based on our deposits and assessment rate as of September 30, 2009, our prepayment amount was $6.1 million.
     In the event that the special assessment and the prepayment do not provide sufficient funds for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to resolve future bank failures, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation may require another special assessment or increase assessment rates for all Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured institutions. An increase in assessments will adversely affect our results of operations.
Our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our future growth.
     We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which include Federal Home Loan Bank advances, proceeds from the sale of loans and liquidity resources of the holding company. At March 31, 2010, we had $172.7 million of Federal Home Loan Bank advances outstanding.
     In the past we have solicited brokered deposits as a source of funds. However, under a memorandum of understanding with the Office of Thrift Supervision entered into in August 2009, Atlantic Coast Bank cannot increase its level of brokered deposits over $83.9 million without prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and must reduce the level of its brokered deposits to $52.5 million by June 30, 2011. We had $76.3 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2010, which was 13.0% of total deposits. As our brokered deposits mature, we may have to pay a higher rate of interest to replace them with other deposits or with funds from other sources. Not being able to replace those deposits as they mature could adversely affect our liquidity. Paying higher interest rates to replace those deposits could adversely affect our net interest margin and our operating results.

28


Table of Contents

     Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. If we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability would be adversely affected.
Atlantic Coast Bank operates in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
     Atlantic Coast Bank is subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision, its chartering authority, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which insures Atlantic Coast Bank’s deposits. As a savings and loan holding company, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation is subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Such regulation and supervision govern the activities in which financial institutions and their holding companies may engage and are intended primarily for the protection of the federal deposit insurance fund and depositors. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operations of financial institutions, the classification of assets by financial institutions and the adequacy of financial institutions’ allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, could have a material impact on Atlantic Coast Bank and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.
     Atlantic Coast Bank’s operations are also subject to extensive regulation by other federal, state and local governmental authorities, and are subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions that impose requirements and restrictions on operations. These laws, rules and regulations are frequently changed by legislative and regulatory authorities. There can be no assurance that changes to existing laws, rules and regulations, or any other new laws, rules or regulations, will not be adopted in the future, which could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect the business, financial condition or prospects.
Legislation has been introduced in Congress that would, among other things, eliminate the Office of Thrift Supervision, tighten capital standards, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.
     Legislation has been introduced in Congress that would implement significant changes to the current bank regulatory structure. The most recent bill passed by the U.S. Senate would eliminate our current primary federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision, and require Atlantic Coast Bank to be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the primary federal regulator for national banks). The Senate bill also provides that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System would be responsible for supervising and regulating savings and loan holding companies like Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, in addition to bank holding companies which it currently regulates. If the Federal Reserve Board’s current regulations applied to savings and loan holding companies like Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation would become subject to bank holding company capital requirements to which it is not currently subject. These capital requirements are substantially similar to the capital requirements currently applicable to Atlantic Coast Bank, as described in “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.” The Senate bill also requires the bank regulators to set minimum capital levels for holding companies that are as strong as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries, but the components of Tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. This would effectively eliminate the ability of bank holding companies to include trust preferred securities or subordinated debt as Tier 1 capital.

29


Table of Contents

     The proposed legislation would also create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau would have broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Atlantic Coast Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau would have examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Under the Senate bill, banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets would be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The new legislation would also weaken the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings associations, and would give state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable consumer laws.
     The proposed legislation would also broaden the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments to be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, and restrict bank proprietary trading in securities. Lastly, the proposed legislation would increase stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation, and allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy ballots. Public companies would also be required to adopt majority voting for the election of directors, and the Federal Reserve Board would be directed to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.
     If adopted, the proposed legislation and its implementing regulations are expected to increase our operating and compliance costs.
Changes in laws and regulations and the cost of regulatory compliance with new laws and regulations may adversely affect our operations and our income.
     In response to the financial crisis of 2008 and early 2009, Congress has taken actions that are intended to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in financial institutions, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has taken actions to increase insurance coverage on deposit accounts. In addition, there have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount delinquent borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay on their mortgage loans and limit an institution’s ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral.
     The potential exists for additional federal or state laws and regulations, or changes in policy, affecting lending and funding practices and liquidity standards. Moreover, bank regulatory agencies have been active in responding to concerns and trends identified in examinations, and have issued many formal enforcement orders requiring capital ratios in excess of regulatory requirements. Bank regulatory agencies, such as the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors, and not for the protection or benefit of potential investors. In addition, new laws and regulations may increase our costs of regulatory compliance and of doing business, and otherwise affect our operations. New laws and regulations may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the markets for and value of our loans and investments, the fees we can charge, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Legislative proposals limiting our rights as a creditor could result in credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.

30


Table of Contents

The Electronic Funds Transfer (EFT) act, also known as Regulation E, may negatively impact our non-interest income.
     On November 12, 2009, the Federal Reserve Board announced the final rules amending Regulation E (Reg E) that prohibit financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine (ATM) and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents to opt-in to the overdraft service for those types of transactions. Compliance with this regulation is effective July 1, 2010 for new consumer accounts and August 15, 2010 for existing consumer accounts. The impact of Reg E is unknown at this time, but has the potential to reduce our non-interest income.
System failure or breaches of our network security could subject us to increased operating costs as well as litigation and other liabilities.
     The computer systems and network infrastructure we use could be vulnerable to unforeseen problems. Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our computer equipment against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or a similar catastrophic event, as well as from security breaches, denial of service attacks, viruses, worms and other disruptive problems caused by hackers. Any damage or failure that causes an interruption in our operations could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Computer break-ins, phishing and other disruptions could also jeopardize the security of information stored in and transmitted through our computer systems and network infrastructure, which may result in significant liability to us and may cause existing and potential customers to refrain from doing business with us. Although we, with the help of third-party service providers, intend to continue to implement security technology and establish operational procedures to prevent such damage, there can be no assurance that these security measures will be successful. In addition, advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography or other developments could result in a compromise or breach of the algorithms we and our third-party service providers use to encrypt and protect customer transaction data. A failure of such security measures could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to the Offerings
The future price of the shares of common stock may be less than the $10.00 purchase price per share in the offering.
     If you purchase shares of common stock in the offerings, you may not be able to sell them later at or above the $10.00 purchase price in the offerings. In several cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the initial offering price. The aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The independent appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The independent appraisal is based on certain estimates, assumptions and projections, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After our shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and the outlook for the financial services industry in general. Price fluctuations may be unrelated to our operating performance.

31


Table of Contents

Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds may have an adverse impact on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.
     We intend to invest between $17.0 million and $20.5 million of the net proceeds of the conversion offering and supplemental offering (or $22.4 million at the adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range) in Atlantic Coast Bank. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion offering by the employee stock ownership plan and to repay a $5.0 million loan Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation expects to obtain in June 2010. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock, or for other general corporate purposes. Atlantic Coast Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, expand its retail banking franchise by acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and repayment of the $5.0 million loan, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. We have not established a timetable for reinvesting of the net proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to reinvest the net proceeds.
There may be future sales or other dilution of our equity, which may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.
     Immediately following completion of the conversion offering, we intend to complete a supplemental public offering of no more than 1,650,000 shares, or $16.5 million, in order to increase our capital position. This additional offering of our common stock will dilute the ownership interest of our current stockholders. We are not restricted from issuing additional common stock, including any securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock. The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of shares of our common stock made after the completion of the offerings. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future offerings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their stock holdings in us.
Our stock-based benefit plans would increase our expenses and reduce our income.
     We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans after the offerings, subject to stockholder approval, which would increase our annual employee compensation and benefit expenses related to the stock options and shares granted to participants under our stock-based benefit plan. The actual amount of these new stock-related compensation and benefit expenses will depend on the number of options and stock awards actually granted under the plan, the fair market value of our stock or options on the date of grant, the vesting period and other factors which we cannot predict at this time. If the stock-based benefit plan is implemented within one year of the completion of the conversion offering, the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance for awards of restricted stock or grants of options under such stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of the shares sold in the conversion offering, subject to adjustment as may be required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations or policy to reflect stock options or restricted stock previously reserved for issuance by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank. If we award restricted shares of common stock or grant options in excess of these amounts under stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year after the completion of the conversion offering, our costs would increase further.

32


Table of Contents

     In addition, we would recognize expense for our employee stock ownership plan when shares are committed to be released to participants’ accounts (i.e., as the loan used to acquire these shares is repaid), and we would recognize expense for restricted stock awards and stock options over the vesting period of awards made to recipients. The expense in the first year following the conversion offering has been estimated to be approximately $500,000 at the adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range as set forth in the pro forma financial information under “Pro Forma Data,” assuming the $10.00 per share purchase price as fair market value. Actual expenses, however, may be higher or lower, depending on the price of our common stock. For further discussion of our proposed stock-based plans, see “Management—Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”
The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.
     We intend to adopt one or more new stock-based benefit plans following the conversion offering. These plans may be funded either through open market purchases or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. Our ability to repurchase shares of common stock to fund these plans will be subject to many factors, including, but not limited to, applicable regulatory restrictions on stock repurchases, the availability of stock in the market, the trading price of the stock, our capital levels, alternative uses for our capital and our financial performance. While our intention is to fund this plan through open market purchases, stockholders would experience a 5.92% reduction in ownership interest at the midpoint of the conversion offering range in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options or shares of restricted common stock under the plan in an amount equal to up to 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the conversion offering. In the event we adopt the plan within one year following the conversion, shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to awards of restricted stock and grants of options under the stock-based benefit plan would be limited to 4% and 10%, respectively, of the total shares sold in the conversion offering, subject to adjustment as may be required by Office of thrift Supervision regulations or policy to reflect stock options or restricted stock reserved for issuance by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank. In the event we adopt the plan more than one year following the conversion, the plan would not be subject to these limitations.
Our current intention is to adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the conversion offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the conversion offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would further increase our costs.
     If we adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the completion of the conversion offering, then grants of shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans may exceed 4% and 10%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in “—Our stock-based benefit plans would increase our expenses, which would reduce our income.” Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in “—The implementation of stock-based benefit plans may dilute your ownership interest.” Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan would be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such a plan will be at the discretion of our board of directors.
Various factors may make takeover attempts more difficult to achieve.
     Our board of directors has no current intention to sell control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. Provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, federal regulations, Maryland law and various other factors may make it more difficult for companies or persons to acquire control of

33


Table of Contents

Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation without the consent of our board of directors. You may want a takeover attempt to succeed because, for example, a potential acquiror could offer a premium over the then prevailing price of our common stock. The factors that may discourage takeover attempts or make them more difficult include:
    Office of Thrift Supervision regulations . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a conversion, the direct or indirect acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of a savings institution regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
 
    Articles of Incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and statutory provisions. Provisions of the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Maryland law may make it more difficult and expensive to pursue a takeover attempt that management opposes, even if the takeover is favored by a majority of our stockholders. These provisions also would make it more difficult to remove our current board of directors or management, or to elect new directors. Specifically, under our articles of incorporation, directors will be divided into three classes, and directors may only be removed for cause by the holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote on the matter. In addition, under Maryland law, any person who acquires more than 10% of the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation without the prior approval of its board of directors would be prohibited from engaging in any type of business combination with Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation for a five-year period. Any business combination after the five-year prohibition would be subject to super-majority stockholder approval or minimum price requirements. Additional provisions include limitations on voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of our common stock, the election of directors to staggered terms of three years and not permitting cumulative voting in the election of directors. Our articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by our president, a majority of the whole board of directors, or by stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting. Our articles of incorporation provide that at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted are required to approve certain amendments to the articles of incorporation, as described in “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation—Amendment of Governing Instruments.” Our articles of incorporation permit our board of directors to evaluate all relevant factors in exercising its business judgment with respect to transactions that could result in a change in control. Our bylaws also contain provisions regarding the timing and content of stockholder proposals and nominations and qualification for service on the board of directors.
 
    Charter of Atlantic Coast Bank. The charter of Atlantic Coast Bank will provide that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion offering, no person other than Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Atlantic Coast Bank. This provision does not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan we establish, as well as other acquisitions specified in the charter. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.
 
    Stock options and restricted stock . We have previously granted to key employees and directors stock options and shares of restricted stock that will require payments to these

34


Table of Contents

      persons in the event of a change in control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. We currently expect to issue additional stock options and shares of restricted stock following the conversion with similar terms. These payments may have the effect of increasing the costs of acquiring Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, thereby discouraging future takeover attempts.
    Significant ownership by our directors, executive officers and stock benefit plans. Following the offerings, our directors, executive officers and stock benefit plans are expected to beneficially own in the aggregate approximately ___% of our shares of common stock to be outstanding based upon sales of shares at the minimum of the conversion offering range. The significant ownership percentage could make it more difficult to obtain the required vote for a takeover or merger that management opposes.
 
    Significant ownership by certain stockholders. We may have one or more stockholders with at least a 5% ownership interest following completion of the offerings. These stockholders could take a position adverse to management or other stockholder interests making it more difficult to obtain a vote that management recommends.
 
    Employment agreements . Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation has employment agreements with certain of its executive officers that will remain in effect following the conversion offering. These agreements may have the effect of increasing the costs of acquiring Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, thereby discouraging future takeover attempts.
     See “Restrictions on Acquisition of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation.”
There may be a decrease in stockholders’ rights for existing stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.
     As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will become stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. In addition to the provisions discussed above that may discourage takeover attempts that are favored by stockholders, some rights of stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland charters and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its stockholders. The articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation include the following provisions: (i) allowing the board of directors to change the authorized number of shares without stockholder approval; (ii) the restriction on the payment of dividends under Maryland corporate law; (iii) filling vacancies on the board of directors; (iv) limitations on liability for directors and officers; (v) indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents; (vi) the calling of special meetings of stockholders; (vii) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; (viii) the right of a stockholder to examine the books and records of the company; (ix) limitations on the voting rights of stockholders owning more than 10% of our voting shares; (x) restrictions on certain types of business combinations with interested stockholders; (xi) consideration by the board of directors of certain factors when considering a change in control of the company; and (xii) generally requiring approval by at least 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation. See “Comparison of

35


Table of Contents

Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation” for a discussion of these differences.
You may not revoke your decision to purchase Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in the subscription or community offerings after you send us your order.
     Funds submitted or automatic withdrawals authorized in connection with a purchase of shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings will be held by us until the completion or termination of the conversion and offering, including any extension of the expiration date. Because completion of the conversion offering will be subject to regulatory approvals and an update of the independent appraisal prepared by RP Financial, LC., among other factors, there may be one or more delays in the completion of the conversion offering. Orders submitted in the subscription and community offerings are irrevocable, and purchasers will have no access to their funds unless the conversion offering is terminated, or extended beyond [Extension date #1], or the number of shares to be sold in the conversion offering is increased to more than 3,174,000 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,040,000 shares.
An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock is currently quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market. Upon completion of the conversion, the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will replace the existing shares. An active public trading market for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s common stock may not develop or be sustained after the stock offerings. If an active trading market for our common stock does not develop, you may not be able to sell all of your shares of common stock on short notice, and the sale of a large number of shares at one time could depress the market price.
The distribution of subscription rights could have adverse income tax consequences.
     If the subscription rights granted to certain depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of such rights may be taxable in an amount equal to such value. Whether subscription rights are considered to have ascertainable value is an inherently factual determination. We have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., that such rights have no value; however, such opinion is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service.

36


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
     The summary financial information presented below is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. The following is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1. The information at December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is derived in part from the audited consolidated financial statements of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation that appear in this prospectus. The information at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 is derived in part from audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. The operating data for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the financial condition data at March 31, 2010 were not audited. However, in the opinion of management of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the unaudited periods have been made. No adjustments were made other than normal recurring entries. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that may be expected for the entire year.
                                                 
    At    
    March 31,   At December 31,
    2010   2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    (unaudited)   (In Thousands)
Selected Consolidated Financial Condition Data:
                                               
 
                                               
Total assets
  $ 914,021     $ 905,561     $ 996,089     $ 931,026     $ 843,079     $ 744,116  
Cash and cash equivalents
    37,961       37,144       34,058       29,310       41,057       37,959  
Securities available for sale, at fair value
    204,217       177,938       147,474       134,216       99,231       71,965  
Loans receivable, net
    599,858       614,371       741,879       703,513       639,517       580,441  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta stock, at cost
    10,023       10,023       9,996       9,293       7,948       7,074  
Deposits
    584,692       555,444       624,606       582,730       573,052       516,321  
Total borrowings
    174,918       194,894       184,850       173,000       144,000       129,000  
Total stockholders’ equity
    56,371       56,541       83,960       89,806       91,087       92,917  
                                                         
    Three Months Ended        
    March 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (unaudited)     (Dollars in Thousands, except per share amounts)  
Selected Consolidated Operating Data:
                                                       
 
                                                       
Total interest income
  $ 11,202     $ 12,826     $ 48,718     $ 55,259     $ 55,509     $ 46,407     $ 37,254  
Total interest expense
    5,567       7,252       26,935       32,009       33,123       24,747       17,139  
 
                                         
Net interest income
    5,635       5,574       21,783       23,250       22,386       21,660       20,115  
Provision for loan losses
    3,722       5,812       24,873       13,948       2,616       475       2,121  
 
                                         
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses
    1,913       (238 )     (3,090 )     9,302       19,770       21,185       17,994  
Non-interest income
    1,077       1,540       4,165       10,949       7,173       8,006       7,896  
Non-interest expense
    5,749       6,020       24,300       26,329       25,698       21,680       19,575  
 
                                         
(Loss) income before income tax expense
    (2,759 )     (4,718 )     (23,225 )     (6,078 )     1,245       7,511       6,315  
Income tax expense (benefit) (1)
          (1,657 )     6,110       (3,233 )     130       2,382       1,290  
 
                                         
Net (loss) income
  $ (2,759 )   $ (3,061 )   $ (29,335 )   $ (2,845 )   $ 1,115     $ 5,129     $ 5,025  
 
                                         
(Loss) earnings per share:
                                                       
Basic
  $ (0.21 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (2.24 )   $ (0.22 )   $ 0.08     $ 0.38     $ 0.36  
 
                                         
(Loss) earnings per share:
                                                       
Diluted
  $ (0.21 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (2.24 )   $ (0.22 )   $ 0.08     $ 0.38     $ 0.36  
 
                                         

37


Table of Contents

                                                         
    At or For the    
    Three Months Ended    
    March 31,   At or For the Years Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006   2005
    (Unaudited)                                        
Selected Consolidated Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                                       
 
                                                       
Performance Ratios:
                                                       
Return (loss) on assets (ratio of net income (loss) to average total assets) (2)
    (1.22 )%     (1.21 )%     (3.01 )%     (0.29 )%     0.12 %     0.66 %     0.71 %
Return (loss) on equity (ratio of net income (loss) to average equity) (2)
    (19.13 )%     (14.83 )%     (38.40 )%     (3.22 )%     1.22 %     5.48 %     5.07 %
Average interest rate spread (2)(4)
    2.50 %     2.10 %     2.14 %     2.21 %     2.23 %     2.55 %     2.62 %
Net interest margin (2)(5)
    2.64 %     2.35 %     2.37 %     2.53 %     2.67 %     2.99 %     3.06 %
Efficiency ratio (6)
    85.65 %     84.62 %     93.65 %     76.99 %     86.94 %     73.08 %     69.88 %
Non-interest expense to average total assets (2)
    2.54 %     2.39 %     2.34 %     2.61 %     2.85 %     2.78 %     2.78 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    105.49 %     108.15 %     107.92 %     109.06 %     110.96 %     113.01 %     116.92 %
Dividend payout ratio (2)(3)
    %     (4.35 )%     (0.9 )%     (213.6 )%     712.5 %     110.53 %     72.22 %
 
                                                       
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                                       
Non-performing assets to total assets
    4.31 %     3.80 %     4.44 %     2.90 %     1.03 %     0.40 %     0.39 %
Non-performing loans to total loans
    5.61 %     4.84 %     5.64 %     3.43 %     1.11 %     0.48 %     0.45 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
    38.70 %     41.03 %     39.29 %     41.50 %     82.69 %     154.21 %     175.36 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    2.17 %     1.99 %     2.22 %     1.43 %     0.92 %     0.73 %     0.78 %
Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans (2)
    2.69 %     1.07 %     3.11 %     1.35 %     0.13 %     0.06 %     0.27 %
 
                                                       
Capital Ratios:
                                                       
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
    11.30 %     11.30 %     11.40 %     11.60 %     12.10 %     13.80 %     15.90 %
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets
    10.00 %     10.10 %     10.20 %     10.80 %     11.20 %     13.10 %     15.00 %
Tier I capital to average assets
    5.80 %     6.60 %     6.10 %     7.50 %     7.70 %     9.30 %     10.00 %
Average equity to average assets
    6.36 %     8.19 %     7.83 %     9.03 %     10.23 %     12.00 %     14.07 %
 
                                                       
Other Data:
                                                       
Number of full service offices
    11       12       11       12       13       13       12  
Number of loans
    10,995       13,700       11,094       14,126       14,101       14,679       15,151  
Number of deposit accounts
    41,150       45,912       39,282       46,148       48,334       49,896       51,738  
 
(1)   The three months ended March 31, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009 income tax expenses reflect the establishment of a 100% valuation allowance for our deferred tax asset. The 2005 income tax expenses included a benefit of $895,000 for the elimination of a tax-related contingent liability for the same amount. The tax-related contingent liability was established by us in 2000 upon becoming a taxable entity and reflected the tax effect of the bad debt deduction taken by us in 2000 and 2001 calendar tax years. We believed the filing position was supportable based upon a reasonable interpretation of the federal income tax laws and the underlying regulations. However, due to the lack of prior rulings on similar fact patterns, it was unknown whether the accounting method would be sustained upon audit by either the federal or state tax authorities. The applicable statute of limitations expired with respect to the 2001 tax year on September 15, 2005, making the contingent liability unnecessary.
 
(2)   Ratios for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are annualized.
 
(3)   The dividend payout ratio represents dividends declared per share divided by net income per share. The following table sets forth aggregate cash dividends paid per period, which is calculated by multiplying the dividend declared per share by the number of shares outstanding as of the applicable record date:
                                                         
    For the Three Months        
    Ended March 31,     For the Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (In Thousands)  
Dividends paid to public stockholders
  $     $ 45     $ 89     $ 2,136     $ 2,644     $ 2,048     $ 1,384  
Dividends paid to Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
                                        524  
 
                                         
Total dividends paid
  $     $ 45     $ 89     $ 2,136     $ 2,644     $ 2,048     $ 1,908  
 
                                         
 
    Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation ceased paying a quarterly cash dividend in September 2009. Payments listed above exclude cash dividends waived by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC of $87,000 during the three-month period ended March 31, 2009, $175,000, $4.1million, $5.0 million, $3.7 million and $1.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC began waiving dividends in May 2005 and, as of March 31, 2010, had waived dividends totaling $14.7 million.
 
(4)   The average interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted- average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
 
(5)   The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
 
(6)   The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.

38


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
     This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “seek,” “expect” and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
    statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;
 
    statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;
 
    statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
 
    estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
     These forward-looking statements are based on current beliefs and expectations of our management and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change.
     The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
    general economic conditions, either nationally or in our market areas, that are worse than expected;
 
    competition among depository and other financial institutions;
 
    inflation and changes in the interest rate environment that reduce our margins or reduce the fair value of financial instruments;
 
    adverse changes in the securities markets;
 
    changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including changes in our primary regulator, in regulatory fees and capital requirements;
 
    our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;
 
    our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities, if any;
 
    changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
 
    changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
 
    changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans; and
 
    changes in the financial condition or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own.

39


Table of Contents

     Because of these and other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERINGS
     Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the conversion offering and the supplemental offering will be until the offerings are completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $34.0 million and $40.9 million, or $44.9 million if the conversion offering range is increased by 15%.
     We intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:
                                                                 
    Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    2,040,000 Shares     2,400,000 Shares     2,760,000 Shares     3,174,000 Shares (1)  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
            Net             Net             Net             Net  
    Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds     Amount     Proceeds  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                                                               
Conversion offering proceeds
  $ 20,400             $ 24,000             $ 27,600             $ 31,740          
Supplemental offering gross proceeds (2)
    16,500               16,500               16,500               16,500          
Less conversion offering expenses
    (2,278 )             (2,434 )             (2,590 )             (2,770 )        
Less supplemental offering expenses
    (605 )             (605 )             (605 )             (605 )        
 
                                                       
Net offering proceeds
  $ 34,017       100.0 %   $ 37,461       100.0 %   $ 40,905       100.0 %   $ 44,865       100.0 %
 
                                                       
 
                                                               
Distribution of net proceeds:
                                                               
To Atlantic Coast Bank
  $ 17,009       50.0 %   $ 18,731       50.0 %   $ 20,453       50.0 %   $ 22,433       50.0 %
To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan
  $ 816       2.4 %   $ 960       2.6 %   $ 1,104       2.7 %   $ 1,270       2.8 %
To repay an Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation loan
  $ 5,000       14.7 %   $ 5,000       13.3 %   $ 5,000       12.2 %   $ 5,000       11.1 %
Retained by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
  $ 11,193       32.9 %   $ 12,771       34.1 %   $ 14,349       35.1 %   $ 16,163       36.0 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the conversion offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the conversion offering.
 
(2)   Reflects the issuance of 1,650,000 shares at $10.00 per share in the supplemental offering.
     Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Atlantic Coast Bank’s deposits. The net proceeds may vary because total expenses relating to the offerings may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell more shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings than we estimate. In addition, amounts shown for the distribution of the net proceeds at the minimum of the conversion offering range to fund the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and to be proceeds retained by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may change if we exercise our right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 4% of the shares of common stock offered if necessary to complete the conversion offering at the minimum of the conversion offering range.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will use $5.0 million of the proceeds it retains from the offerings to repay a loan expected to be incurred by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in June 2010 of $5.0 million at an interest rate of 8.5%, which is fixed for the first five years of the loan and then floats at 400 basis points above the five year U.S. Treasury rate and matures in eight years. We may also use the remaining proceeds:
    to invest in securities;

40


Table of Contents

    to finance the acquisition of financial institutions or other financial service companies as opportunities arise, particularly in northeastern Florida or southeastern Georgia, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction and it is impossible to determine when, if ever, such opportunities may arise;
 
    to repurchase shares of our common stock for, among other things, the funding of our stock-based incentive plan; and
 
    for other general corporate purposes.
     Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.
     Under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the completion of the conversion, except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval.
     Atlantic Coast Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the offerings:
    to fund new loans, including one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, small business commercial loans, owner-occupied commercial real estate loans and consumer loans;
 
    to expand its retail banking franchise by acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies as opportunities arise particularly in northeastern Florida or southeastern Georgia, although we do not currently have any agreements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition transaction and it is impossible to determine when, if ever, such opportunities may arise;
 
    to enhance existing products and services and to support the development of new products and services;
 
    to invest in mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, and debt securities issued by the U.S. Government, U.S. Government agencies or U.S. Government sponsored enterprises; and
 
    for other general corporate purposes.
     Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities. We have not determined specific amounts of the net proceeds that would be used for the purposes described above. The use of the proceeds outlined above may change based on many factors, including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates and demand for our loans, equity markets, laws and regulations affecting the financial services industry, the attractiveness of potential acquisitions to expand our operations, and overall market conditions.

41


Table of Contents

OUR DIVIDEND POLICY
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation suspended payment of its regular quarterly cash dividend on September 25, 2009. Although Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will consider the payment of dividends in the future, you should not purchase our shares of common stock if you have a desire or need for dividend income. After the conversion and offerings, the payment of dividends will primarily depend on our earnings, alternative uses for capital, our capital requirements, acquisition opportunities, our financial condition and results of operations and, to a lesser extent, statutory and regulatory limitations, tax considerations and general economic conditions.
     Under the rules of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Atlantic Coast Bank will not be permitted to pay dividends on its capital stock to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, its sole stockholder, if Atlantic Coast Bank’s stockholders’ equity would be reduced below the amount of the liquidation account established in connection with the conversion. In addition, Atlantic Coast Bank is not permitted to pay a dividend without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and will not be permitted to make a capital distribution if, after making such distribution, it would be undercapitalized. See “The Conversion Offering—Liquidation Rights.” For information concerning additional federal and state law and regulations regarding the ability of Atlantic Coast Bank to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, see “Taxation—Federal Taxation” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”
     Unlike Atlantic Coast Bank, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is not restricted by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations on the payment of dividends to its stockholders, although the source of dividends will depend on the net proceeds retained by us and earnings thereon, and dividends from Atlantic Coast Bank. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation currently does not receive cash dividends from Atlantic Coast Bank. In addition, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be subject to state law limitations on the payment of dividends. Maryland law generally limits dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent.
     We will file a consolidated federal tax return with Atlantic Coast Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, during the three-year period following the conversion, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock is currently quoted on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACFC.” Upon completion of the conversion and supplemental offerings, the new shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will replace the existing shares. For a period of 20 trading days after the completion of the conversion offering and supplemental offering, we expect our shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “ACFCD,” and, thereafter, our trading symbol will revert to “ACFC.” In order to list our stock on the Nasdaq Global Market, we are required to have at least three broker-dealers who will make a market in our common stock. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation currently has more than three market makers, including Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offerings, but it is under no obligation to do so.

42


Table of Contents

     The development of a public market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited, which may have an adverse effect on the price at which our common stock can be sold. There can be no assurance that persons purchasing the common stock will be able to sell their shares at or above the $10.00 price per share in the offerings. Purchasers of our common stock should have a long-term investment intent and should recognize that there may be a limited trading market in our common stock.
     The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices for shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation suspended payment of its regular quarterly cash dividend on September 25, 2009. As of the close of business on [Stockholder Record Date], there were 13,415,545 shares, outstanding, including 4,687,045 publicly held shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock outstanding (excluding shares held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC), and approximately ___stockholders of record.
     The high and low closing prices for the quarterly periods noted below were obtained from the Nasdaq Stock Market.
                         
                    Dividends Paid per
    High   Low   share
2010
                       
Second quarter (through ______________)
  $       $       $  
First quarter
    2.77       1.18        
 
                       
2009
                       
Fourth quarter
  $ 2.17     $ 1.25     $  
Third quarter
    2.33       1.74        
Second quarter
    3.25       1.87       0.01  
First quarter
    4.97       1.75       0.01  
 
                       
2008
                       
Fourth quarter
  $ 7.89     $ 3.40     $ 0.09  
Third quarter
    8.47       4.69       0.11  
Second quarter
    9.93       7.30       0.12  
First quarter
    12.19       8.10       0.15  
     On June 16, 2010, the business day immediately preceding the public announcement of the conversion, and on _______________, the closing prices of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Market were $3.00per share and $             per share, respectively. On the effective date of the conversion, all publicly held shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, including shares of common stock held by our officers and directors, will be converted automatically into and become the right to receive a number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio. See “The Conversion Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Options to purchase shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock will be converted into options to purchase a number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, for the same aggregate exercise price. See “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock.”

43


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
     At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements and was considered “well capitalized.” The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Atlantic Coast Bank at March 31, 2010, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Atlantic Coast Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at $10.00 per share. The table assumes the receipt by Atlantic Coast Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds. The table also assumes that the proposed stock-based incentive plan is adopted more than 12 months after completion of the conversion offering and the restricted stock component is equal to 4% of the shares sold in the conversion offering. In the event that the stock-based incentive plan is adopted within 12 months of the completion of the conversion offering, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations would limit the restricted stock component to 3% of the shares to be sold in the conversion offering in the event the pro forma core capital ratio of Atlantic Coast Bank is less than 10%. See “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offerings.”
                                                                                                 
    Atlantic Coast Bank     Pro Forma After        
    Historical at March 31,     Supplemental Issuance at        
    2010     March 31, 2010     Pro Forma at March 31, 2010, Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of (1)  
                                    2,040,000 Shares     2,400,000 Shares     2,760,000 Shares     3,174,000 Shares (2)  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
    Amount     Assets (3)     Amount     Assets     Amount     Assets (3)(4)     Amount     Assets (3)(4)     Amount     Assets (3)(4)     Amount     Assets (3)(4)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                                                                                               
Equity
  $ 55,599       6.09 %   $ 71,494       7.76 %   $ 78,060       8.39 %   $ 79,494       8.53 %   $ 80,928       8.67 %   $ 82,577       8.82 %
 
                                                                                               
Core capital
  $ 53,065       5.83 %   $ 68,960       7.51 %   $ 75,526       8.14 %   $ 76,960       8.28 %   $ 78,394       8.42 %   $ 80,043       8.58 %
Core requirement (5)
    36,433       4.00       36,751       4.00       37,113       4.00       37,182       4.00       37,251       4.00       37,330       4.00  
 
                                                                       
Excess
  $ 16,632       3.51 %   $ 32,209       3.51 %   $ 38,413       4.14 %   $ 39,778       4.28 %   $ 41,143       4.42 %   $ 42,713       4.58 %
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Tier 1 risk-based capital (6)
  $ 53,065       10.04 %   $ 68,960       13.00 %   $ 75,526       14.19 %   $ 76,960       14.45 %   $ 78,394       14.71 %   $ 80,043       15.01 %
Risk-based requirement
    21,148       4.00       21,148       4.00       21,284       4.00       21,298       4.00       21,312       4.00       21,328       4.00  
 
                                                                       
Excess
  $ 31,917       9.00 %   $ 47,812       9.00 %   $ 54,242       10.19 %   $ 55,662       10.45 %   $ 57,082       10.71 %   $ 58,715       11.01 %
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Total risk-based capital (6)
  $ 59,691       11.29 %   $ 67,639       12.75 %   $ 74,205       13.95 %   $ 75,639       14.21 %   $ 77,073       14.47 %   $ 78,721       14.76 %
Risk-based requirement
    42,297       8.00       42,424       8.00       42,569       8.00       42,596       8.00       42,624       8.00       42,655       8.00  
 
                                                                       
Excess
  $ 17,394       4.75 %   $ 25,215       4.75 %   $ 31,636       5.95 %   $ 33,042       6.21 %   $ 34,449       6.47 %   $ 36,066       6.76 %
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Reconciliation of capital infused into Atlantic Coast Bank:
                                                                                       
Net proceeds
          $ 7,948             $ 9,061             $ 10,783             $ 12,505             $ 14,485          
MHC capital contribution
                          62               62               62               62          
Less: Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan
                          (816 )             (960 )             (1,104 )             (1,270 )        
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan
                          (816 )             (960 )             (1,104 )             (1,270 )        
Less: SERP expenses(7)
                          (925 )             (925 )             (925 )             (925 )        
 
                                                                                     
Pro forma increase
          $ 7,948             $ 6,566             $ 8,000             $ 9,434             $ 11,083          
 
                                                                                     
 
(1)   Pro forma capital levels assume that the employee stock ownership plan purchases 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering with funds we lend. Pro forma generally accepted accounting principles and regulatory capital have been reduced by the amount required to fund this plan. See “Management” for a discussion of the employee stock ownership plan.
 
(2)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the conversion offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the conversion offering.

44


Table of Contents

(3)   Tangible and core capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
 
(4)   Reflects the issuance of 1,650,000 shares in the supplemental offering at $10.00 per share.
 
(5)   The current Office of Thrift Supervision core capital requirement for financial institutions is 3% of total adjusted assets for financial institutions that receive the highest supervisory rating for safety and soundness and a 4% to 5% core capital ratio requirement for all other financial institutions.
 
(6)   Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 20% risk weighting.
 
(7)   For a description of the Supplemental Retirement Agreements, please see “Management—Executive Compensation—Benefit Plans—Supplemental Retirement Agreements.”

45


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
     The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at March 31, 2010 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation after giving effect to the conversion offering and supplemental offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the “Pro Forma Data” section.
                                                 
    Atlantic Coast     Pro Forma        
    Federal     After     Pro Forma at March 31, 2010  
    Corporation     Supplemental     Based upon the Sale in the Offering at $10.00 per Share of  
    Historical at     Offering at     2,040,000     2,400,000     2,760,000     3,174,000  
    March 31, 2010     March 31, 2010     Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
                    (Dollars in thousands)  
Deposits (2)
  $ 584,692     $ 584,692     $ 584,692     $ 584,692     $ 584,692     $ 584,692  
Borrowed funds
    267,718       267,718       267,718       267,718       267,718       267,718  
 
                                   
Total deposits and borrowed funds
  $ 852,410     $ 852,410     $ 852,410     $ 852,410     $ 852,410     $ 852,410  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                                               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 25,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion) (3)
                                     
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized (post-conversion); shares to be issued as reflected (3)(4)
    148       148       48       53       59       65  
Additional paid-in capital (3)
    61,418       77,313       95,535       98,974       102,412       106,366  
MHC capital contribution (3)
                62       62       62       62  
Retained earnings (5)
    14,018       14,018       14,018       14,018       14,018       14,018  
Post-Conversion SERP Liability (6)
                (925 )     (925 )     (925 )     (925 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    2,483       2,483       2,483       2,483       2,483       2,483  
Less:
                                               
Treasury stock
    (19,950 )     (19,950 )     (19,950 )     (19,950 )     (19,950 )     (19,950 )
Common stock held by employee stock ownership plan (7)
    (1,746 )     (1,746 )     (2,562 )     (2,706 )     (2,850 )     (3,016 )
Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plan (8)
                (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
 
                                   
Total stockholders’ equity
  $ 56,371     $ 72,266     $ 87,893     $ 91,049     $ 94,205     $ 97,833  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Pro Forma Shares Outstanding
                                               
Shares offered for sale in conversion
                2,040,000       2,400,000       2,760,000       3,174,000  
Shares issued in the supplemental offering
          1,650,000       1,650,000       1,650,000       1,650,000       1,650,000  
Exchange shares issued to minority stockholders
                1,095,443       1,288,756       1,482,070       1,704,380  
 
                                       
Total shares outstanding
    13,415,709             4,785,443       5,338,756       5,892,070       6,528,380  
 
                                       
 
                                               
Total stockholders’ equity as a percentage of total assets
    6.17 %     7.77 %     9.14 %     9.44 %     9.73 %     10.07 %
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the conversion offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings.
 
(2)   Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals.
 
(3)   Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation currently has 2,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock and 18,000,000 authorized shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share. On a pro forma basis, common stock and additional paid-in capital have been revised to reflect the number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock to be outstanding.
(Footnotes continue on following page)

46


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)
 
(4)   No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the plans are implemented within the first year after the closing of the conversion offering, an amount up to 10% of the shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock sold in the conversion offering will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of options under the plans. No effect has been given to the exercise of options currently outstanding. See “Management.”
 
(5)   The retained earnings of Atlantic Coast Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “The Conversion Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation.”
 
(6)   For a description of the Supplemental Retirement Agreements, please see “Management—Executive Compensation—Benefit Plans—Supplemental Retirement Agreements.”
 
(7)   Assumes that 4% of the shares sold in the conversion offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. The loan will be repaid principally from Atlantic Coast Bank’s contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no liability will be reflected on Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders’ equity.
 
(8)   Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be sold in the conversion offering will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans. If the stock-based benefit plans are adopted within 12 months following the conversion offering, the amount reserved for restricted stock awards would be reduced by amounts purchased in the conversion offering by our 401(k) plan using its purchase priority in the conversion offering. The funds to be used by the plan to purchase the shares will be provided by the 401(k) plan. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the conversion offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the conversion offering. As Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the plan, the credit to capital will be offset by a charge to operations. Implementation of the plan will require stockholder approval.

47


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA
     The following table summarizes historical data of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and pro forma data at and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and at and for the year ended December 31, 2009. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the tables, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and supplemental offerings.
     The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:
  (i)   100,000 shares of common stock will be purchased by our executive officers and directors, and their associates;
 
  (ii)   25% of the shares sold in the conversion offering will be sold in the subscription and community offering, with the remaining shares to be sold in the syndicated community offering;
 
  (iii)   our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering, with a loan from Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest (at an adjustable rate equal to the prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, on the closing date of the offerings) over a period of 20 years. Interest income that we earn on the loan will offset the interest paid by Atlantic Coast Bank;
 
  (iv)   Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings and 5.5% of the dollar amount of shares sold in the syndicated offering;
 
  (v)   Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee equal to 5.0% of the dollar amount of $16.5 million of common stock sold to investors in the supplemental offering, except for sales of common stock to lenders to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (assumed to be $5.5 million of common stock) who at the time of closing have participated in any credit facility with us which fee will be reduced to 1.0%. No fee will be paid with respect to shares of common stock purchased by our qualified and non-qualified employee stock benefit plans, or stock purchased by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families;
 
  (vi)   a Supplemental Retirement Plan liability for certain executive officers and directors of $925,000 that vests upon completion of the conversion offering; and
 
  (vii)   total expenses of the conversion offering, other than the fees and expenses to be paid to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will be $1.4 million.
     We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 as if the estimated net proceeds we received had been invested at the beginning of the year at an assumed interest rate of 3.15% (not tax affected). This represents the average yield on 15-year fixed-rate mortgage backed securities and the five-year U.S. Treasury Note as of March 31, 2010, which, in light of current market interest rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earning assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits, which is the reinvestment rate generally required by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.

48


Table of Contents

     We further believe that the reinvestment rate is factually supportable because:
    each of the mortgage-backed securities rate and the U.S Treasury Note can be determined and/or estimated from third-party sources;
 
    we believe that 15-year fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities are not subject to credit losses due to their issuance by a U.S. Government-sponsored enterprise (in this case Freddie Mac) and the financing agreements established by the U.S. Department of Treasury to support the securities; and
 
    we believe that U.S. Treasury securities are not subject to credit losses due to a U.S. Government guarantee of payment of principal and interest.
     The assumed U.S. Treasury Note yield was 2.55% based on the five-year U.S. Treasury Note yield reported by SNL Financial as of March 31, 2010. The assumed 15-year fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities yield was 3.75% based on the 15-year average rate from Freddie Mac’s Primary Mortgage Market Survey® for the week ending March 31, 2010 for a 15-year fixed rate mortgage (4.37%) less a servicing fee of 0.25% and a guarantee fee of 0.375%.
     We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net loss and stockholders’ equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders’ equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.
     The pro forma table gives effect to the implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering at the same price for which they were sold in the conversion offering. We assume that awards of common stock granted under the plans vest over a five-year period.
     We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering. In preparing the table below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $2.89 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 23.90% for the shares of common stock (based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions), a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of six years and a risk-free rate of return of 2.42%.
     We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering and that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the conversion offering.
     As discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offerings,” we intend to contribute not less than 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offerings to Atlantic Coast Bank, and we will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offerings. We will use a portion of the

49


Table of Contents

proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan, to repay a $5.0 million loan that we expect to obtain in June 2010 and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.
     The pro forma table does not give effect to:
    withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the conversion offering;
 
    our results of operations after the stock offerings; or
 
    changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offerings.
     The following pro forma information may not be representative of the financial effects of the offerings at the dates on which the offerings actually occurs, and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations. Pro forma consolidated stockholders’ equity represents the difference between the stated amounts of our assets and liabilities. The pro forma stockholders’ equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different that the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Moreover, pro forma stockholders’ equity per share does not give effect to the liquidation account to be established in the conversion or, in the unlikely event of a liquidation of Atlantic Coast Bank, to the tax effect of the recapture of the bad debt reserve. See “The Conversion Offering—Liquidation Rights.”

50


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010  
    Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    2,040,000     2,400,000     2,760,000     3,174,000  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Gross proceeds of conversion offering
  $ 20,400     $ 24,000     $ 27,600     $ 31,740  
Market value of shares issued in the exchange
    10,954       12,888       14,821       17,044  
Market value of shares sold in the supplemental offering
    16,500       16,500       16,500       16,500  
 
                       
Pro forma market capitalization
  $ 47,854     $ 53,388     $ 58,921     $ 65,284  
 
                       
 
                               
Gross proceeds of conversion offering
  $ 20,400     $ 24,000     $ 27,600     $ 31,740  
Expenses of conversion offering
    (2,278 )     (2,434 )     (2,590 )     (2,770 )
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds of conversion offering
    18,122       21,566       25,010       28,970  
Gross proceeds of supplemental offering
    16,500       16,500       16,500       16,500  
Supplemental offering expenses
    (605 )     (605 )     (605 )     (605 )
 
                       
Net proceeds of supplemental offering
    15,895       15,895       15,895       15,895  
Estimated net proceeds of conversion and supplemental offerings
    34,017       37,461       40,905       44,865  
Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plan
    (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
Cash received from the Mutual Holding Company
    62       62       62       62  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 32,447     $ 35,603     $ 38,759     $ 42,387  
 
                       
 
                               
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010
                               
Consolidated net loss:
                               
Historical adjusted for supplemental offering (2)
  $ (2,634 )   $ (2,634 )   $ (2,634 )   $ (2,634 )
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on net conversion offering proceeds, as adjusted
    130       155       180       208  
Income on cash received from Mutual Holding Company
                       
Employee stock ownership plan (3)
    (10 )     (12 )     (14 )     (16 )
Stock awards (4)
    (41 )     (48 )     (55 )     (63 )
Stock options (5)
    (29 )     (35 )     (40 )     (46 )
 
                       
Pro forma net loss
  $ (2,584 )     (2,574 )   $ (2,563 )   $ (2,551 )
 
                       
 
                               
Loss per share (6):
                               
Historical adjusted for supplemental offering
  $ (0.56 )   $ (0.50 )   $ (0.43 )   $ (0.41 )
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    0.03       0.03       0.03       0.03  
Mutual holding company
                       
Employee stock ownership plan (3)
                       
Stock awards (4)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Stock options (5)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
 
                       
Pro forma net loss per share (6) (7)
  $ (0.55 )   $ (0.49 )   $ (0.44 )   $ (0.40 )
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share
  NM     NM     NM     NM  
Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations
    4,704,863       5,243,956       5,783,049       6,403,006  
 
                               
At March 31, 2010
                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical adjusted for supplemental offering (8)
  $ 72,266     $ 72,266     $ 72,266     $ 72,266  
Estimated net proceeds
    18,122       21,566       25,010       28,970  
Post conversion SERP liability
    (925 )     (925 )     (925 )     (925 )
Equity increase from Mutual Holding Company
    62       62       62       62  
Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plan (4)
    (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
  $ 87,893     $ 91,049     $ 94,205     $ 97,833  
 
                       
Intangible assets
  $ (106 )   $ (106 )   $ (106 )   $ (106 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 87,787     $ 90,943     $ 94,099     $ 97,727  
 
                       
 
                               
Stockholders’ equity per share: (9)
                               
Historical adjusted for supplemental offering
  $ 15.10     $ 13.53     $ 12.27     $ 11.07  
Estimated net conversion offering proceeds
    3.79       4.04       4.24       4.44  
Post conversion SERP liability
    (0.19 )     (0.17 )     (0.16 )     (0.15 )
Plus: Assets received from the MHC
    0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01  
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan
    (0.17 )     (0.18 )     (0.19 )     (0.19 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan (4)
    (0.17 )     (0.18 )     (0.19 )     (0.19 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7) (9)
  $ 18.37     $ 17.05     $ 15.98     $ 14.99  
 
                       
Less intangibles per share
    (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (7) (9)
  $ 18.35     $ 17.03     $ 15.96     $ 14.97  
 
                       
 
                               

51


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010  
    Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    2,040,000     2,400,000     2,760,000     3,174,000  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
 
                               
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    54.44 %     58.65 %     62.58 %     66.71 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ tangible equity per share
    54.50 %     58.72 %     62.66 %     66.80 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations
    4,785,443       5,338,756       5,892,070       6,528,380  
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the conversion offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the conversion offering.
 
(2)   
         
    Historical Income Adjusted for  
    Supplemental Offering  
    Three Months Ended  
    At March 31, 2010  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Reported Income for the Period Ended
  $ (2,759 )
Plus: Reinvestment Income on Net Proceeds of Supplemental Offering (1)(2)
    125  
Less: Tax effect
     
 
     
Pro Forma Equity after Supplemental Offering
  $ (2,634 )
 
     
 
(1)   Based on net proceeds from supplemental offering of $15,895,000 reflecting gross proceeds of $16,500,000 net of $605,000 of offering expenses.
 
(2)   Based on a reinvestment rate of 3.15% consistent with the use of proceeds in the conversion offering.
 
(3)   Assumes that 4% of shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. Atlantic Coast Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Atlantic Coast Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 718-40, “Employers’ Accounting for Employer Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Atlantic Coast Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense does not reflect a federal and state combined income tax rate due to our net deferred tax asset. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 1,020, 1,200, 1,380 and 1,587 shares were committed to be released during the three months ended March 31, 2010 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
 
(4)   If approved by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the subscription and community offerings (or a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the plans, and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the three months ended March 31, 2010, and (iii) the plan expense reflects no combined federal and state tax rate due to our net deferred tax asset. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the conversion offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 1.77% at the midpoint of the conversion offering range.

52


Table of Contents

(5)   If approved by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the subscription and community offerings (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.89 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 4.30% at the midpoint of the conversion offering range.
 
(6)   Per share figures include publicly held shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in the conversion. See “The Conversion Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offerings and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the respective periods. See note 2. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts. Pro forma net income per share has been annualized for purposes of calculating the offering price to pro forma net earnings per share.
 
(7)   The retained earnings of Atlantic Coast Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”
 
(8)   
         
    Historical Equity Adjusted for  
    Supplemental Offering  
    March 31, 2010  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Reported Equity
  $ 56,371  
Plus: Proceeds from Supplemental Offering
    16,500  
Less: Estimated Expenses
       
Shares sold to loan participants (1)
    (55 )
Shares sold to selected investors (2)
    (550 )
 
     
Pro Forma Equity after Supplemental Offering
  $ 72,266  
 
     
 
(1)   Reflects 1% fee on 550,000 shares of stock sold to loan participants.
 
(2)   Reflects 5% fee paid on 1.1 million shares of stock sold to selected investors.
 
(9)   Per share figures include publicly held shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of subscription shares assumed to be sold in the conversion offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range, respectively. The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 0.2337, 0.2750, 0.3162 and 0.3636 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range, respectively. The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

53


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2009  
    Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    2,040,000     2,400,000     2,760,000     3,174,000  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Gross proceeds of conversion offering
  $ 20,400     $ 24,000     $ 27,600     $ 31,740  
Market value of shares issued in the exchange
    10,954       12,888       14,821       17,044  
Market value of shares sold in the supplemental offering
    16,500       16,500       16,500       16,500  
 
                       
Pro forma market capitalization
  $ 47,854     $ 53,388     $ 58,921     $ 65,284  
 
                       
 
                               
Gross proceeds of conversion offering
  $ 20,400     $ 24,000     $ 27,600     $ 31,740  
Expenses of conversion offering
    (2,278 )     (2,434 )     (2,590 )     (2,770 )
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds of conversion offering
    18,122       21,566       25,010       28,970  
Gross proceeds of supplemental offering
    16,500       16,500       16,500       16,500  
Supplemental offering expenses
    (605 )     (605 )     (605 )     (605 )
 
                       
Net proceeds of supplemental offering
    15,895       15,895       15,895       15,895  
Estimated net proceeds of conversion and supplemental offerings
    34,017       37,461       40,905       44,865  
Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plan
    (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
Cash received from the Mutual Holding Company
    62       62       62       62  
 
                       
Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted
  $ 32,447     $ 35,603     $ 38,759     $ 42,387  
 
                       
 
                               
For the Year Ended December 31, 2009
                               
Consolidated net loss:
                               
Historical adjusted for supplemental offering (2)
  $ (28,834 )   $ (28,834 )   $ (28,834 )   $ (28,834 )
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on net conversion offering proceeds, as adjusted
    521       621       720       835  
Income on cash received from Mutual Holding Company
    2       2       2       2  
Employee stock ownership plan (3)
    (41 )     (48 )     (55 )     (63 )
Stock awards (4)
    (163 )     (192 )     (221 )     (254 )
Stock options (5)
    (118 )     (139 )     (160 )     (183 )
 
                       
Pro forma net loss
  $ (28,633 )     (28,590 )   $ (28,548 )   $ (28,497 )
 
                       
 
                               
Loss per share (6):
                               
Historical adjusted for supplemental offering
  $ (6.12 )   $ (5.49 )   $ (4.98 )   $ (4.50 )
Pro forma adjustments:
                               
Income on adjusted net proceeds
    0.11       0.12       0.12       0.13  
Mutual holding company
                       
Employee stock ownership plan (3)
    (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )     (0.01 )
Stock awards (4)
    (0.03 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )     (0.04 )
Stock options (5)
    (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )     (0.03 )
 
                       
Pro forma net loss per share (6) (7)
  $ (6.08 )   $ (5.49 )   $ (4.94 )   $ (4.45 )
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price to pro forma net earnings per share
  NM     NM     NM     NM  
Number of shares used in earnings per share calculations
    4,707,923       5,247,556       5,785,349       6,405,652  
 
                               
At December 31, 2009
                               
Stockholders’ equity:
                               
Historical adjusted for supplemental offering (8)
  $ 72,436     $ 72,436     $ 72,436     $ 72,436  
Estimated net proceeds
    18,122       21,566       25,010       28,970  
Post conversion SERP liability
    (925 )     (925 )     (925 )     (925 )
Equity increase from Mutual Holding Company
    62       62       62       62  
Common stock purchased by employee stock ownership plan
    (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
Common stock purchased by stock-based benefit plan (4)
    (816 )     (960 )     (1,104 )     (1,270 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity
  $ 88,063     $ 91,219     $ 94,375     $ 98,003  
 
                       
Intangible assets
  $ (106 )   $ (106 )   $ (106 )   $ (106 )
 
                       
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity
  $ 87,957     $ 91,113     $ 94,269     $ 97,897  
 
                       
 
                               
Stockholders’ equity per share: (9)
                               
Historical adjusted for supplemental offering
  $ 15.13     $ 13.57     $ 12.29     $ 11.10  
Estimated net proceeds
    3.79       4.04       4.25       4.44  
Post conversion SERP liability
    (0.19 )     (0.17 )     (0.16 )     (0.14 )
Plus: Assets received from the MHC
    0.01       0.01       0.01       0.01  
Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan
    (0.17 )     (0.18 )     (0.19 )     (0.19 )
Common stock acquired by stock-based benefit plan (4)
    (0.17 )     (0.18 )     (0.19 )     (0.19 )
 
                       
Pro forma stockholders’ equity per share (7) (9)
  $ 18.41     $ 17.09     $ 16.01     $ 15.01  
 
                       
Less intangibles per share
    (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )     (0.02 )
 
                       

54


Table of Contents

                                 
    At or for the Year Ended December 31, 2009  
    Based upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of  
    2,040,000     2,400,000     2,760,000     3,174,000  
    Shares     Shares     Shares     Shares (1)  
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)  
Pro forma tangible stockholders’ equity per share (7) (9)
  $ 18.38     $ 17.07     $ 16.00     $ 14.99  
 
                       
 
                               
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ equity per share
    54.35 %     58.51 %     62.46 %     66.62 %
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders’ tangible equity per share
    54.41 %     58.58 %     62.50 %     66.71 %
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations
    4,785,443       5,338,756       5,892,070       6,528,380  
 
(1)   As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares that could occur due to a 15% increase in the conversion offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the conversion offering.
 
(2)   
         
    Historical Income Adjusted for  
    Supplemental Offering  
    Twelve Months Ended  
    December 31, 2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Reported Income for the Period Ended
  $ (29,335 )
Plus: Reinvestment Income on Net Proceeds of Supplemental Offering (1)(2)
    501  
Less: Tax effect
     
 
     
Pro Forma Equity after Supplemental Offering
  $ (28,834 )
 
     
 
(1)   Based on net proceeds from supplemental offering of $15,895,000 reflecting gross proceeds of $16,500,000 net of $605,000 of offering expenses.
 
(2)   Based on a reinvestment rate of 3.15% consistent with the use of proceeds in the conversion offering.
 
(3)   Assumes that 4% of shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. Atlantic Coast Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Atlantic Coast Bank’s total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718-40, “Employers’ Accounting for Employer Stock Ownership Plans” (“ASC 718-40”) requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Atlantic Coast Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense does not reflect a federal and state combined income tax rate due to our net deferred tax asset. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that 4,080, 4,800, 5,520 and 6,348 shares were committed to be released during the year ended December 31, 2009 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum, and adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range, respectively, and in accordance with ASC 718-40, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.
 
(4)   If approved by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be sold in the subscription and community offerings (or a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the plans, and purchases by the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or through open market purchases. Shares in the stock-based benefit plan are assumed to vest over a period of five years. The funds to be used to purchase the shares will be provided by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plan acquires the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the plan is amortized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2009, and (iii) the plan expense reflects no combined federal and state tax rate due to our net deferred tax asset. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares sold in the conversion offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 1.77% at the midpoint of the conversion offering range.

55


Table of Contents

(5)   If approved by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be sold in the subscription and community offerings (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.89 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. The actual expense will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders’ equity per share would decrease. The issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock pursuant to the exercise of options under such plan would dilute stockholders’ ownership and voting interests by approximately 4.30% at the midpoint of the conversion offering range.
 
(6)   Per share figures include publicly held shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in the conversion. See “The Conversion Offering—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders.” Net income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offerings and the number of new shares assumed to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares and, in accordance with ASC 718-40, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares which have not been committed for release during the respective periods. See note 2. The number of shares of common stock actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts. Pro forma net income per share has been annualized for purposes of calculating the offering price to pro forma net earnings per share.
 
(7)   The retained earnings of Atlantic Coast Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See “Our Dividend Policy,” “The Conversion Offering—Liquidation Rights” and “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Distributions.”
 
(8)   
         
    Historical Equity Adjusted for  
    Supplemental Offering  
    At December 31, 2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Reported Equity
  $ 56,541  
Plus: Proceeds from Supplemental Offering
    16,500  
Less: Estimated Expenses
       
Shares sold to loan participants (1)
    (55 )
Shares sold to selected investors (2)
    (550 )
 
     
Pro Forma Equity after Supplemental Offering
  $ 72,436  
 
     
 
(1)   Reflects 1% fee on 550,000 shares of stock sold to loan participants.
 
(2)   Reflects 5% private placement fee paid on 1.1 million shares of stock sold to selected investors.
 
(9)   Per share figures include publicly held shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that will be exchanged for shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in the conversion. Stockholders’ equity per share calculations are based upon the sum of (i) the number of subscription shares assumed to be sold in the conversion offering and (ii) shares to be issued in exchange for publicly held shares at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range, respectively. The exchange shares reflect an exchange ratio of 0.2337, 0.2750, 0.3162 and 0.3636 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range, respectively. The number of shares actually sold and the corresponding number of exchange shares may be more or less than the assumed amounts.

56


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
     This discussion and analysis contains information from our consolidated financial statements and other relevant statistical data, and is intended to enhance your understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. The information in this section has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements, which appear beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. You should read the information in this section in conjunction with the business and financial information regarding Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation provided in this prospectus.
Overview
     Our principal business consists of attracting deposits from the general public and the business community and making loans secured by various types of collateral, including real estate and other consumer assets. We are significantly affected by prevailing economic conditions, particularly interest rates, as well as government policies and regulations concerning among other things, monetary and fiscal affairs, housing and financial institutions. Attracting and maintaining deposits is influenced by a number of factors, including interest rates paid on competing investments offered by other financial and non-financial institutions, account maturities, fee structures, and level of personal income and savings. Lending activities are affected by the demand for funds and thus are influenced by interest rates, the number and quality of lenders and regional economic growth. Sources of funds for our lending activities include deposits, borrowings, payments on and sale of loans, maturities and sales of securities and income provided from operations.
     Earnings are primarily dependent upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest income and interest expense and the provision for loan losses. Interest income is a function of the balances of loans and investments outstanding during a given period and the yield earned on such loans and investments. Interest expense is a function of the amount of deposits and borrowings outstanding during the same period and interest rates paid on such deposits and borrowings. Provision for loan losses results from actual incurred losses when loans are charged-off and the collateral is insufficient to recover unpaid amounts, as well as an allowance for estimated future losses from uncollected loans. Earnings are also affected by our service charges, gains and losses from sales of loans and securities, commission income, interchange fees, other income, non-interest expenses and income taxes. Non-interest expenses consist of compensation and benefit expenses, occupancy and equipment costs, data processing costs, FDIC insurance premiums, outside professional services, interchange fees, advertising expenses, telephone expense, and other expenses.
Business Strategy
     With the addition of our new executive chairman in 2010, we conducted a review of our operations and strategic plan and determined to implement new strategies designed to improve our profitability consistent with safety and soundness considerations. We are committed to meeting the financial needs of the communities we serve and providing quality service to our customers. The following are the key elements of our new business strategy:
      Continuing our proactive approach to reducing non-performing assets by aggressive resolution and disposition initiatives. As a result of the decline in our local economy beginning in 2008, we experienced a substantial increase in our non-performing assets. At March 31, 2010, our non-performing assets were $39.4 million as compared to $9.6 million at December 31, 2007. Management has instituted a proactive strategy to aggressively reduce non-performing assets through accelerated charge-offs, loan work out programs, enhanced collection practices, the use of distressed asset sales and improved risk management.

57


Table of Contents

    Aggressive charge-off policy. Beginning in 2009, management began to implement an aggressive charge-off strategy in one- to four-family residential mortgage loans by taking partial or full charge-offs in the period that such loans became non-accruing.
 
    Loan work out programs. We remain committed to working with responsible borrowers to renegotiate residential loan terms. We had $20.1 million in troubled debt restructurings at March 31, 2010, as compared to $8.7 million at December 31, 2008. Only $3.4 million of our troubled debt restructurings at March 31, 2010 were non-performing in accordance with their revised terms. Troubled debt restructurings provide us cost savings from the expense of foreclosure proceedings and the holding and disposition expenses of selling foreclosed property and increase interest income.
 
    Enhanced collection practices . In 2009, due to the elevated delinquency of one- to four-family residential loans and the increasing complexity of workout for these types of loans, we engaged the services of a national third party servicer for certain loans. One- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and any associated home equity loan that become 60 days past due are assigned to the third party servicer for collection. We also assign other one- to four-family residential mortgage loans to the third party servicer irrespective of delinquency status if we feel the loan may have collection risk. At March 31, 2010, the outstanding balance of loans assigned to the third party servicer was $46.9 million.
 
    Non-performing asset sales. In order to reduce the expenses of the foreclosure process and selling of foreclosed property, we have sold certain non-performing loans through national loan sales of distressed assets. Since 2008, we have sold $8.6 million of loans through distressed asset sales and anticipate increased sales in 2010. We also have accepted short sales of residential property by borrowers where such properties are sold at a loss and the proceeds of such sales are paid to us.
 
    Credit risk management. We also are enhancing our credit administration by improving internal risk management processes. In 2010, we established an independent risk committee of our board of directors to evaluate and monitor system, market and credit risk.
      Increasing revenue through an expansion of our mortgage banking strategy and an increased emphasis on commercial lending to small businesses. Historically, Atlantic Coast Bank has emphasized the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans in northeastern Florida and southeastern Georgia. At March 31, 2010, our one- to four-family residential lending portfolio was $299.3 million, or 49.2%, of our gross loan portfolio. During late 2008, we began to originate mortgage loans for sale in the secondary market on a limited scale. As a result of our internal evaluation, management intends to shift its business model to emphasize a mortgage banking operation.
    Mortgage banking strategy. We intend to regularly sell originated, conforming residential loans, both fixed rate and adjustable rate, including the related servicing, to select financial institutions in the secondary market for increased fee income. We believe legislative changes in the near term create an opportunity to expand this business by hiring local mortgage bankers and leveraging their already existing origination platforms. In the latter part of 2009, we also began a program for warehouse type lending where we financed mortgages originated by third parties and held a lien position for a short duration (usually less than 16 days) while earning interest until a sale is completed to an investor. We expect to continue this practice in the future.

58


Table of Contents

    Commercial lending strategy. We also plan to increase commercial business lending and owner occupied commercial real estate lending with an emphasis towards small businesses. We intend to participate in government programs relating to commercial business loans such as the United States Small Business Administration and the United States Department of Agriculture. Our focus on owner occupied commercial real estate loans will be to professional service providers. We intend to target principal balances of up to $1.5 million in our commercial business and owner occupied commercial real estate lending, while not originating or purchasing higher risk loans such as commercial real estate development projects, multi-family loans and land loans. At March 31, 2010, we had $77.6 million in commercial real estate loans, or 12.8% of our gross loan portfolio, and $17.7 million in commercial business loans, or 2.9% of our gross loan portfolio.
      Growing our core deposit base. We remain committed to generating lower-cost and more stable core deposits. We attract and retain transaction accounts by offering competitive products and rates, excellent customer service and a comprehensive marketing program. We continue to emphasize offering core deposits to individuals, businesses and municipalities located in our market area. Our core deposits (consisting of demand, savings and money market accounts) increased $17.2 million to $282.5 million at March 31, 2010 from $265.3 million at December 31, 2008. At March 31, 2010, core deposits comprised 48.3% of our total deposits, compared to 42.5% of our total deposits at December 31, 2008. Core deposits are our least costly source of funds which improves our interest rate spread and also contribute non-interest income from account related services.
      Expansion through acquisition opportunities. We believe that acquisition opportunities exist inside our current market area, including FDIC assisted transactions, which may afford us the opportunity to add complementary products to our existing business or to expand our market reach geographically. Following a disciplined acquisition strategy, we may use the additional capital raised in this offering to make opportunistic acquisitions of financial institutions, including FDIC assisted transactions, in our primary markets of northeastern Florida and southeastern Georgia. However, we currently have no understandings or agreements for any specific merger or acquisition.
Expected Increase in Non-Interest Expense as a Result of the Conversion
     Following the completion of the conversion, our non-interest expense is expected to increase because of the increased compensation expenses associated with the purchase of shares of common stock by our employee stock ownership plan and the possible implementation of one or more stock-based benefit plans, if approved by our stockholders no earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion.
     Assuming that 3,174,000 shares are sold in the conversion offering:
  (i)   the employee stock ownership plan will acquire 126,960 shares of common stock with a $1.3 million loan that is expected to be repaid over 20 years, resulting in an annual pre-tax expense of approximately $63,000 (assuming that the shares of common stock maintain a value of $10.00 per share); and
 
  (ii)   a new stock-based benefit plan would award a number of shares equal to 4% of the shares sold in the conversion offering, or 126,960 shares, to eligible participants, and such awards would be expensed as the awards vest. Assuming all shares are awarded under the plan at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over five years, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with shares awarded under the plan would be approximately $254,000; and

59


Table of Contents

  (iii)   a new stock-based benefit plan would award options to purchase a number of shares equal to 10% of the shares sold in the conversion offering, or 317,400 shares, to eligible participants, and such options would be expensed as the options vest. Assuming all options are awarded under the stock-based benefit plan at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the options vest over five years, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with options awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be approximately $183,000 (assuming a grant-date fair value of $2.89 per option, using the Black-Scholes option valuation methodology).
     The actual expense that will be recorded for the employee stock ownership plan will be determined by the market value of the shares of common stock as they are released to employees over the term of the loan, and whether the loan is repaid faster than its contractual term. Accordingly, increases in the stock price above $10.00 per share will increase the total employee stock ownership plan expense, and accelerated repayment of the loan will increase the employee stock ownership plan expense for those periods in which accelerated or larger loan repayments are made. Further, the actual expense of the shares awarded under the stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the fair market value of the stock on the grant date, which might be greater than $10.00 per share.
Critical Accounting Policies
     Certain accounting policies are important to the portrayal of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances, including, but without limitation, changes in interest rates, performance of the economy, the financial condition of borrowers and changes in laws and regulations. Management believes that its critical accounting policies include determining the allowance for loan losses, determining other-than-temporary impairment of securities, the valuation of goodwill and accounting for deferred income taxes. Accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
      Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained to reflect probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is based on ongoing assessments of the estimated losses incurred in the loan portfolio and is established through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Generally, loan losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses when management believes the uncollectibity of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Due to declining real estate values in our markets and the deterioration of the United States economy in general, it is increasingly likely that impairment allowances on non-performing collateral dependent loans, particularly one- to four-family residential loans, will not be recoverable and represent a confirmed loss. As a consequence, we recognize the charge-off of impairment allowances on non-performing one- to four-family residential loans in the period the loan is classified as such. This process accelerates the recognition of charge-offs but has no impact on the impairment evaluation process.
     The reasonableness of the allowance for loan losses is reviewed and established by management, within the context of applicable accounting and regulatory guidelines, based upon its evaluation of then-existing economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas. Senior credit officers monitor the conditions discussed above continuously and reviews are conducted quarterly with senior management and the board of directors.
     Management’s methodology for assessing the reasonableness of the allowance for loan losses consists of several key elements, which include a general loss component by type of loan and specific allowances for identified problem loans. The allowance also incorporates the results of measuring impaired loans.

60


Table of Contents

     The general loss component is calculated by applying loss factors to outstanding loan balances based on the internal risk evaluation of the loans or pools of loans. Changes to the risk evaluations relative to both performing and non-performing loans affect the amount of this component. Loss factors are based on our recent loss experience, current market conditions that may impact real estate values within our primary lending areas, and on other significant factors that, in management’s judgment, may affect the ability to collect loans in the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Other significant factors that exist as of the balance sheet date that may be considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance include credit quality trends (including trends in non-performing loans expected to result from existing conditions), collateral values, geographic foreclosure rates, new and existing home inventories, loan volumes and concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments and recent charge-offs experience in particular segments of the portfolio. The impact of the general loss component on the allowance began increasing during 2008 and continued to increase during 2009 and 2010. The increase reflects the deterioration of market conditions, and the increase in the recent loan loss experience that has resulted from management’s proactive approach to charging off losses on impaired loans.
     Management also evaluates the allowance for loan losses based on a review of certain large balance individual loans. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including the amounts and timing of future cash flows management expects to receive on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. For all specifically reviewed loans where it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the terms of the loan agreement, impairment is determined by computing a fair value based on either discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as individual consumer and residential loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and are excluded from the specific impairment evaluation; for these loans, the allowance for loan losses is calculated in accordance with the allowance for loan losses policy described above. Accordingly, we do not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.
     The allowance for loan losses was $13.3 million at March 31, 2010, $13.8 million at December 31, 2009, and $10.6 million at December 31, 2008. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 2.17% at March 31, 2010, 2.22% at December 31, 2009, and 1.43% as of December 31, 2008. The provision for loan losses for each quarter of 2010, 2009 and 2008, and the total for the respective years is as follows:
                         
    2010     2009     2008  
    (In Millions)  
First quarter
  $ 3.7     $ 5.8     $ 1.6  
Second quarter
    N/A       6.2       3.9  
Third quarter
    N/A       6.6       3.7  
Fourth quarter
    N/A       6.3       4.7  
 
                 
Total
  $ 3.7     $ 24.9     $ 13.9  
 
                 
     This data demonstrates the manner in which the allowance for loan losses and related provision expense can change over long-term and short-term periods. Changes in economic conditions, the composition and size of the loan portfolio and individual borrower conditions can dramatically impact the required level of allowance for loan losses, particularly for larger individually evaluated loan relationships, in relatively short periods of time. The allowance for loan losses allocated to individually evaluated loan relationships was $5.4 million at December 31, 2009 and $3.5 million at December 31, 2008, an increase of $1.9 million, primarily due to a decline in both real estate values and credit quality. The increase in 2009 primarily reflected the addition of certain northeast Florida commercial and residential real estate loans. Given the rapidly changing and uncertain real estate market coupled with changes in borrowers’ financial condition, weakening of collateral values, and the overall economic conditions, management anticipates there will continue to be significant changes in individual specific loss allocations in future periods as these factors are difficult to predict and can vary widely as more information becomes available or as projected events change.

61


Table of Contents

      Fair Value of Securities Available for Sale. Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation. In determining other-than-temporary impairment, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether we have the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.
     When other-than-temporary impairment is determined to have occurred, the amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings depends on whether we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings is equal to the entire difference between its amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized as a charge to earnings. The amount of the other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment. We recorded an other-than-temporary impairment charge of $75,000 and $4.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, respectively.
      Valuation of Goodwill. Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, more frequently if events or circumstances indicate impairment may exist. The recessionary economic conditions have significantly affected the banking industry in general, and have had an adverse impact on our financial results. Financial results for 2009 have been negatively impacted by an increase in credit losses in our loan portfolio, a lower net interest margin, recognition of other-than-temporary-impairment on certain of our available-for-sale securities and higher loan collection expenses. The stock price has continued to trade at a price below book value since the fourth quarter of 2008. Accordingly, an assessment of goodwill impairment was performed during the third quarter of 2009 in advance of the date of normal annual review. Based on the results of that analysis, an impairment charge of $2.8 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2009, leaving no goodwill on the balance sheet at March 31, 2010. This non-cash charge had no impact on liquidity, regulatory capital or our well-capitalized status.
      Deferred Income Taxes. After converting to a federally chartered savings association from a credit union, Atlantic Coast Bank became a taxable organization. Income tax expense (benefit) is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary difference between carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates and operating loss carryforwards. Our principal deferred tax assets result from the allowance for loan losses and operating loss carryforwards. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. The Internal Revenue Code and applicable regulations are subject to interpretation with respect to the determination of the tax basis of assets and liabilities for credit unions that convert charters and become a taxable organization. Since Atlantic Coast Bank’s transition to a federally chartered thrift, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation has recorded income tax expense based upon management’s interpretation of the applicable tax regulations. Positions taken by us in preparing

62


Table of Contents

our federal and state tax returns are subject to the review of taxing authorities, and the review by taxing authorities of the positions taken by management could result in a material adjustment to the financial statements.
     All available evidence, both positive and negative, is considered when determining whether or not a valuation allowance is necessary to reduce the carrying amount to a balance that is considered more likely than not to be realized. The determination of the realizability of deferred tax assets is highly subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning management’s evaluation of such evidence. Positive evidence considered includes the probability of achieving forecasted taxable income and the ability to implement tax planning strategies to accelerate taxable income recognition. Negative evidence includes our cumulative losses. Following the initial establishment of a valuation allowance, if we are unable to generate sufficient pre-tax income in future periods or otherwise fail to meet forecasted operating results, an additional valuation allowance may be required. Any valuation allowance is required to be recorded during the period identified. As of March 31, 2010, we had a valuation allowance of $16.4 million, or 100% of the net deferred tax asset.
Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009
      General . Total assets increased $8.4 million to $914.0 million at March 31, 2010 as compared to $905.6 million at December 31, 2009. The primary reason for the increase in assets was an increase in available for sale securities of $26.3 million, partially offset by the decline in loans of $15.0 million as well as a decrease in loans held for sale of $3.7 million. Total deposits increased $29.2 million to $584.7 million at March 31, 2010 from $555.4 million at December 31, 2009. Core deposits grew by a combined $7.5 million, while time deposits increased $21.7 million, primarily due to growth in brokered deposits.
     Following is a summarized comparative balance sheet as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
                                 
    March 31,     December 31,     Increase (decrease)  
    2010     2009     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Assets
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 37,961     $ 37,144     $ 817       2.2 %
Securities available for sale
    204,217       177,938       26,279       14.8  
Loans
    613,166       628,181       (15,015 )     (2.4 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (13,308 )     (13,810 )     502       (3.6 )
 
                         
Loans, net
    599,858       614,371       (14,513 )     (2.4 )
Loans held for sale
    5,253       8,990       (3,737 )     (41.6 )
Other assets
    66,732       67,118       (386 )     (0.6 )
 
                         
Total assets
  $ 914,021     $ 905,561     $ 8,460       0.9 %
 
                         
 
                               
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
                               
Deposits
                               
Non-interest-bearing
  $ 35,370     $ 34,988     $ 382       1.1 %
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
    79,052       79,192       (140 )     (0.2 )
Savings and money-market
    168,059       160,784       7,275       4.5  
Time
    302,211       280,480       21,731       7.7  
 
                         
Total deposits
    584,692       555,444       29,248       5.3  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    172,718       182,694       (9,976 )     (5.5 )
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    92,800       92,800              
Other borrowings
    2,200       12,200       (10,000 )     (82.0 )
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    5,240       5,882       (642 )     (10.9 )
 
                         
Total liabilities
    857,650       849,020       8,630       1.0  
Stockholders’ equity
    56,371       56,541       (170 )     (0.3 )
 
                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 914,021     $ 905,561     $ 8,460       0.9 %
 
                         

63


Table of Contents

      Securities available for sale. Securities available for sale is comprised principally of debt securities of U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises and private label collateralized mortgage obligations. The investment portfolio increased approximately $26.3 million to $204.2 million at March 31, 2010, net of purchases, sales and maturities. The increase in securities available for sale was the result of purchases made with funds from increased payoffs of one- to four-family residential loans combined with limited market demand for portfolio loan originations. There were no sales of securities available for sale during the three months ended March 31, 2010. Expense for other-than-temporary impairment was approximately $75,000 related to one private label collateralized mortgage obligation mezzanine (support) security for the three months ended March 31, 2010.
     The table below shows the cost basis, fair value, and number of securities and other-than-temporary impairment recorded for all private label collateralized mortgage obligations as of March 31, 2010.
                                 
    At March 31, 2010  
                            Other-than-  
                    Number of     Temporary  
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value     Securities     Impairment  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations with other-than-temporary impairment
  $ 5,832     $ 5,200       7     $ 4,542  
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations with no other-than-temporary impairment
    14,955       15,839       11        
 
                       
Total private label collateralized mortgage obligations securities
  $ 20,787     $ 21,039       18     $ 4,542  
 
                       
     At March 31, 2010, approximately $182.3 million, or 89%, of the debt securities held by us were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because we do not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely we will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, we did not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2010.
      Loans . Portfolio loans declined approximately 2% to $599.9 million at March 31, 2010 as compared to $614.4 million at December 31, 2009 due to increased payoffs of one- to four-family residential loans in the first three months of 2010, combined with the sale of approximately $866,000 of non-performing loans in the first quarter of 2010.
     Total loan originations increased $4.0 million to $33.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $29.2 million for the same period in 2009. Origination of loans held for sale in the secondary market decreased $836,000 to $16.8 million during the first three months of 2010, from $17.6 million for the same period in 2009, while portfolio loan production increased $4.8 million to $16.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $11.6 million for the same period in 2009. Portfolio loan production of all loan types, and in particular one- to four-family residential loans, continue to be negatively impacted by a weak real estate economy marked by declining real estate values, slow residential real estate sales activity and the overall recessionary economy in our markets.
     Until critical economic factors stabilize, such as unemployment and residential real estate values, management believes portfolio loan balances will continue to decline. However, due to a favorable interest rate environment, production of one-to four-family loans held for sale in the secondary market is expected to continue its moderate pace. This strategy compliments our desire to reduce portfolio loan balances in order to maximize capital efficiently.

64


Table of Contents

     Our loan portfolio is also heavily weighted in the state of Florida with over 60.9% of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans being secured by properties in Florida. Georgia represents the second highest concentration with 28.2% of total one- to four-family mortgage loans. At March 31, 2010, over 59.4% of our residential construction loan portfolio was concentrated in Florida. The following table shows the geographic location of collateral securing our one- to four-family real estate loans.
                                 
    Florida     Georgia     Other States     Total  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
One- to Four-Family First Mortgages
  $ 192,461     $ 65,363     $ 41,490     $ 299,314  
One- to Four-Family Second Mortgages
    45,755       44,396       1,493       91,644  
One- to Four-Family Construction Loans
    1,956       1,336             3,293  
 
                       
Total
  $ 240,172     $ 111,095     $ 42,983     $ 394,250  
 
                       
      Allowance for loan losses . The allowance for loan losses was $13.3 million or 2.17% of total loans compared to $13.8 million or 2.22% of total loans outstanding at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
                 
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Non-performing assets:
               
Real estate:
               
One- to four-family
  $ 12,309     $ 12,343  
Commercial
    3,890       3,895  
Other (1)
    9,676       9,638  
 
               
Real estate construction loans:
               
One- to four-family
           
Commercial
    4,988       4,988  
Acquisition & development
    404       404  
 
           
 
               
Other loans:
               
Home equity
    2,467       2,973  
Consumer
    656       909  
Commercial
           
 
           
 
               
Total non-performing loans
    34,390       35,150  
Foreclosed assets
    5,035       5,028  
 
           
Total non-performing assets
  $ 39,425     $ 40,178  
 
           
 
               
Total troubled debt restructurings
  $ 20,086     $ 22,660  
 
           
 
               
Total impaired loans (including troubled debt restructurings)
  $ 38,697     $ 44,392  
 
           
 
               
Non-performing loans to total loans
    5.61 %     5.64 %
Non-performing loans to total assets
    3.76 %     3.85 %
Non-performing assets to total assets
    4.31 %     4.44 %
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.
     As shown in the table above, non-performing loans were $34.4 million or 5.61% of total loans and $35.2 million, or 5.64% of total loans at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. Total impaired loans decreased to $38.7 million at March 31, 2010 from $44.4 million at December 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2010, total non-performing one- to four-family residential loans of $12.3 million included $10.1 million of one- to four-family residential loans that had been written-down to the estimated fair value of their collateral and are expected to be resolved with no additional probable loss, absent further declines in the fair value of the collateral, or a decision to sell loans as distressed assets. The total allowance allocated for impaired loans decreased to $5.3 million at March 31, 2010 from $5.4 million at December 31, 2009. As of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009, all non-performing loans were classified as non-accrual. There were no loans 90 days past due and accruing interest as of March 31, 2010, and December 31, 2009. Non-performing loans, excluding small balance homogeneous

65


Table of Contents

loans, increased slightly to $17.3 million at March 31, 2010, from $17.2 million at December 31, 2009. Troubled debt restructured loans decreased to $20.1 million as of March 31, 2010, from $22.7 million at December 31, 2009. These loans were primarily comprised of residential mortgage loans collateralized by real estate and were evaluated for impairment as required under GAAP. At March 31, 2010, approximately $10.7 million or 64% of our troubled debt restructurings were one- to four-family loans of which approximately $9.0 million, or 84.1% were performing according to their restructured terms.
     A comparison of the allowance for loan losses, both general and specific allowances, to non-performing loans as of March 31, 2010 is summarized as follows:
                         
    Comparison of Loan Loss Allowance to Non-Performing  
    Loans  
    At March 31, 2010  
            Amount of     Percent of Loan  
            General and     Loss Allowance to  
    Non-Performing     Specific Loan     Non-Performing  
    Loans     Loss Allowance     Loans  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                       
Real Estate Loans:
                       
One-to four-family
  $ 12,309     $ 2,791       22.67 %
Commercial
    3,890       763       19.61 %
Other (1)
    9,676       1,342       13.87 %
 
                       
Real Estate Construction:
                       
One-to four-family
          7        
Commercial
    4,988       3,315       66.46 %
Acquisition and Development
    404       110       27.23 %
 
                       
Other Loans:
                       
Home equity
    2,467       2,150       87.15 %
Consumer
    656       2,585       394.05 %
Commercial
          245        
 
                   
Total
  $ 34,390     $ 13,308       38.70 %
 
                   
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.

66


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth an analysis of the allowance for loan losses:
                 
    March 31,     March 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
               
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 13,810     $ 10,598  
 
               
Charge-offs:
               
Real estate loans:
               
One- to four-family
    1,880       561  
Commercial
    115       228  
Other (1)
    518       32  
Real estate construction loans:
               
One- to four-family
          50  
Commercial
           
Acquisition & development
           
Other loans:
               
Home equity
    706       836  
Consumer
    437       336  
Commercial
    698       288  
 
           
Total charge-offs
    4,354       2,331  
 
               
Recoveries:
               
Real estate loans:
               
One- to four-family
    54       124  
Commercial
           
Other (1)
    1       15  
Real estate construction loans:
               
One- to four-family
           
Commercial
           
Acquisition & development
           
Other loans:
               
Home equity
    4       109  
Consumer
    71       97  
Commercial
           
 
           
Total recoveries
    130       345  
 
               
Net charge-offs
    4,224       1,986  
Provision for loan losses
    3,722       5,812  
 
           
Balance at end of period
  $ 13,308     $ 14,424  
 
           
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.
     During the three months ended March 31, 2010, loan charge-offs included approximately $1.3 million of partial charge-offs of one-to four- family residential loans identified as non-performing. Due to the decline in real estate values over the past two years, we believe it is appropriate and prudent to reduce the carrying balance of non-performing one-to four-family residential loans by the expected loss amount rather than providing a general allowance. Charge-offs in 2010 also included $1.2 million on commercial loans and other (land and multi-family) loans.
      Impaired Loans . The following table shows impaired loans split between performing and non-performing and the associated specific reserve as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.
                                 
    At March 31, 2010     At December 31, 2009  
    Balance     Specific Allowance     Balance     Specific Allowance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                               
Performing loans
  $ 6,886     $ 574     $ 5,711     $ 377  
Non-performing loans
    15,228       4,514       16,021       4,830  
Troubled debt restructuring non-performing
    2,977       128       2,722       110  
Troubled debt restructurings performing
    13,606       81       19,938       81  
 
                       
Total impaired loans
  $ 38,697     $ 5,296     $ 44,392     $ 5,398  
 
                       

67


Table of Contents

     Impaired loans include large non-homogenous loans where it is probable that we will not receive all principal and interest when contractually due and troubled debt restructurings with borrowers where we have granted a concession to the borrower because of their financial difficulties.
     Impaired loans that were also non-performing decreased as described above. The percentage of impaired loans that were also non-performing was 42.2% at March 31, 2010, as compared to 47.0% at year end 2009. The specific reserve for non-performing impaired loans reflects the continued weak economy and, as a result, deterioration of the value of commercial and other real estate collateralizing these loans.
      Deferred Income Taxes. As of both March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 we concluded that, while improved operating results are expected if the economy begins to improve and our non-performing assets decline, the variability of the credit related costs are such that a more likely than not conclusion of realization could not be supported. Consequently, we have established a valuation allowance of $16.4 million for the full amount of the net federal and state deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2010. Until such time as we determine it is more likely than not that we are able to generate taxable income, no tax benefits will be recorded in future years to reduce net losses before taxes. However, at such time in the future that we record taxable income or determine that realization of the deferred tax asset is more likely than not, some or all of the valuation allowance is available as a tax benefit.
      Deposits. Total deposit account balances were $584.7 million at March 31, 2010, an increase of $29.2 million from $555.4 million at December 31, 2009. The $21.7 million increase in time deposits was primarily due to $34.0 million in brokered deposits acquired in conjunction with the sale of our Lake City, Florida branch on December 31, 2009. The relatively low rates on brokered deposits during the quarter also made them an attractive source of funds. The remainder of the increase in deposits occurred as depositors increased their savings and money market accounts $7.3 million. As a part of our capital preservation strategy, we lowered rates on time deposits in the second half of 2009 in order to reduce those deposits consistent with loan balances decreases. Management believes near term deposit growth will be moderate with an emphasis on core deposits to match asset growth expectations. Dramatic changes in the short-term interest rate environment could affect the availability of deposits in our local market and therefore cause us to promote time deposit growth in order to meet liquidity needs.
      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $118.4 million at March 31, 2010, compared to $119.9 million at December 31, 2009. The agreements carry various periods of fixed interest rates that convert to callable floating rates in the future. Upon conversion, each agreement may be terminated in whole by the lender each following quarter; without a termination penalty. There have been no early terminations. At maturity or termination, the securities underlying the agreements will be returned to us. We had $92.8 million of such agreements as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009. See “Business of Atlantic Coast Bank—Sources of Funds—Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase.”
     Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are financing arrangements that mature within ten years, beginning in January 2014. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to us. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of March 31, 2010 is summarized as follows:
         
    (Dollars in Thousands)
 
       
Average daily balance during the period
  $ 92,800  
Average interest rate during the period
    4.95 %
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 92,800  
Weighted average interest rate at period end
    5.04 %

68


Table of Contents

     Depending on the availability of suitable securities and the prevailing interest rates and terms of alternative sources of funds, we may continue to sell securities under agreements to repurchase in the future to fund growth; however we do not plan to be active in the market in the near term.
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances. FHLB advances had a weighted-average maturity of 58 months and a weighted-average rate of 3.54% at March 31, 2010. The decrease in FHLB borrowings to $172.7 million at March 31, 2010 as compared to $182.7 million at December 31, 2009 was due to repayments of $10.0 million. We expect to continue to utilize FHLB advances to manage short and long-term liquidity needs to the extent we have borrowing capacity, need funding and the interest expense of FHLB advances is attractive compared to deposits and other alternative sources of funds. However, with the FDIC’s new deposit insurance premium assessment schedule raising assessment rates in order to recapitalize the Deposit Insurance Fund, which takes into consideration an institution’s FHLB borrowings, our FDIC assessment may increase, should any additional FHLB borrowings outpace deposit growth.
     However the amount of our borrowing capacity could be impacted by the FHLB-Atlanta’s announcement in February 2010 that it will begin to determine lendable collateral value on the basis of current market value. The decline in the market value of residential real estate in our primary markets may limit the amount of our future borrowing capacity. In addition, our financial performance in the recent two years may also impact the amount of our borrowing capacity as the FHLB utilizes risk factors to determine the amount of collateral requirements for borrowings. Currently management believes the amount of our FHLB borrowing capacity is a sufficient source of liquidity for future growth.
      Other borrowings. Other borrowings were $2.2 million at March 31, 2010. We borrowed $2.2 million from another financial institution in December 2009, which is secured by shares of our common stock owned by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. The entire amount of this loan was contributed to Atlantic Coast Bank as additional capital.
      Stockholders’ equity. Stockholders’ equity decreased by approximately $170,000 to $56.4 million at March 31, 2010 from $56.5 million at December 31, 2009 as the net loss of $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was partially offset by the increase in other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 was $2.3 million due to higher market values on available-for-sale securities.
     Our equity to assets ratio decreased to 6.17% at March 31, 2010, from 6.24% at December 31, 2009. The decrease was due to the net loss of $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010, partially offset by the increase in other comprehensive income. Despite this decrease, we continued to be well in excess of all minimum regulatory capital requirements, and is considered “well capitalized” under those formulas. Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets was 11.3%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets was 10.0%, and Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets was 5.8% at March 31, 2010. These ratios as of December 31, 2009 were 11.4%, 10.2% and 6.1%, respectively.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2009 and 2008
      General. Consistent with our short-term business strategy, total assets decreased $90.5 million to $905.6 million at December 31, 2009 as compared to $996.1 million at December 31, 2008. The primary reason for the decline in assets was a decrease in gross loans of $124.3 million, partially offset by higher investments in available for sale securities of $30.5 million, higher loans held for sale of $8.3 million and cash and cash equivalents of $3.1 million. Core deposits, defined as all deposits other than time deposits, grew by $9.7 million, but were offset by a decline in time deposits of $78.8 million.

69


Table of Contents

     Following is a summarized comparative balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008:
                                 
    At December 31     Increase (decrease)  
    2009     2008     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Assets
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 37,144     $ 34,058     $ 3,086       9.1 %
Securities available for sale
    177,938       147,474       30,464       20.7  
Loans
    628,181       752,477       (124,296 )     (16.5 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (13,810 )     (10,598 )     (3,212 )     30.3  
 
                         
Loans, net
    614,371       741,879       (127,508 )     (17.2 )
Loans held for sale
    8,990       736       8,254       1,121.5  
Other assets
    67,118       71,942       (4,824 )     (6.7 )
 
                         
Total assets
  $ 905,561     $ 996,089     $ (90,528 )     (9.1 )%
 
                         
 
                               
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
                               
Deposits
                               
Non-interest-bearing
  $ 34,988     $ 33,192     $ 1,796       5.4 %
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
    79,192       67,714       11,478       17.0  
Savings and money-market
    160,784       164,388       (3,604 )     (2.2 )
Time
    280,480       359,312       (78,832 )     (21.9 )
 
                         
Total deposits
    555,444       624,606       (69,162 )     (11.1 )
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    182,694       184,850       (2,156 )     (1.2 )
Other borrowings
    92,800       92,800              
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    12,200             12,200        
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    5,882       9,873       (3,991 )     (40.4 )
 
                         
Total liabilities
    849,020       912,129       (63,109 )     (6.9 )
Stockholders’ equity
    56,541       83,960       (27,419 )     (32.7 )
 
                         
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 905,561     $ 996,089     $ (90,528 )     (9.1 )%
 
                         
      Cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are comprised of cash-on-hand and interest earning and non-interest earning balances held in other depository institutions. Throughout the course of 2009 cash and cash equivalents remained elevated compared to previous years due primarily to the liquidity created as a result of the rapid decline in portfolio loans compared to the pace of decline in total deposits. As opportunities became available excess cash was invested in short-term cash management accounts at other banks until more permanent and higher yielding assets were identified. Management expects the balances in cash and cash equivalents will continue to fluctuate as other interest earning assets mature, but trend downward as management identifies opportunities to more efficiently deploy cash in longer-term, but higher yielding investments that fit our growth and profitability strategies.

70


Table of Contents

      Securities available for sale. Securities available for sale is composed principally of debt securities of U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises, and private label mortgage obligations. The investment portfolio increased approximately $30.5 million to $177.9 million at December 31, 2009, net of purchases, sales and maturities. Gain on sale of securities available for sale was approximately $383,000. Expense for other-than-temporary impairment was approximately $4.5 million in non-interest income, primarily on seven private label mortgage-backed securities for the year ended December 31, 2009. The table below shows the cost basis, fair value, number of securities and other-than-temporary impairment recorded for all private label collateralized mortgage obligations:
                                 
    At December 31, 2009  
                            Other-than-  
                            Temporary  
    Amortized Cost     Fair Value     Number of Securities     Impairment  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations with other-than-temporary impairment
  $ 6,174     $ 4,942       7     $ 4,467  
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations with no other-than-temporary impairment
    15,942       15,551       11        
 
                       
Private label collateralized mortgage obligations total
  $ 22,116     $ 20,493       18     $ 4,467  
 
                       
     The primary causes for the other-than-temporary impairment were high credit default rates and high loss severity experienced on certain mezzanine (support) bonds.
     As part of our asset and liability management strategy, we leveraged our growth in securities available for sale via securities sold under agreements to repurchase to take advantage of favorable interest rate spreads and to reduce overall exposure to interest rate risk. As a result of the unprecedented decline in interest rates, as well as illiquidity in the mortgage-backed securities market, coupled with the overall decline in our credit quality, we have been subject to margin and fair value calls from the third party counterparties to the repurchase agreements which has necessitated us to post additional collateral to cover the outstanding securities sold under agreements to repurchase positions. Additionally, given the collateral requirements of these transactions, the current interest rate environment and the illiquidity in the marketplace, the liquidity of the available for sale securities portfolio is currently limited. Management will continue to evaluate its options as the economic environment improves and liquidity returns to the marketplace.
      Loans held for sale. Real estate mortgages held for sale are comprised entirely of loans secured by one- to four-family residential homes originated internally or purchased from third-party originators. As of December 31, 2009, the weighted average number of days outstanding of real estate mortgages held for sale was 24 days.
     During the year ended December 31, 2009, we originated and purchased a total of $88.0 million of loans, comprised of approximately $62.4 million of loans internally, and purchased approximately $25.6 million of loans from third parties. We intend to continue to focus on opportunities to grow this line of business in the near future due to its favorable margins and efficient capital usage.

71


Table of Contents

      Loans. Below is a comparative composition of net loans as of December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, excluding real estate mortgages held for sale:
                                                 
    As of December 31,     Increase (Decrease)  
            Percent of             Percent of              
    2009     total loans     2008     total loans     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 306,968       49.3 %   $ 370,783       49.9 %   $ (63,815 )     (17.2 )%
Commercial
    77,403       12.4       84,134       11.3       (6,731 )     (8.0 )%
Other (1)
    37,591       6.0       43,901       5.9       (6,310 )     (14.4 )%
 
                                     
Total real estate loans
  $ 421,962       67.7 %   $ 498,818       67.1 %   $ (76,856 )     (15.4 )%
 
                                     
 
                                               
Real Estate construction loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 4,189       0.7 %   $ 8,974       1.2 %   $ (4,785 )     (53.3 )%
Commercial
    8,022       1.3       10,883       1.5       (2,861 )     (26.3 )%
Acquisition and development
    3,148       0.5       5,008       0.7       (1,860 )     (37.1 )%
 
                                     
Total real estate construction loans
  $ 15,359       2.5 %   $ 24,865       3.3 %   $ (9,506 )     (38.2 )%
 
                                     
 
                                               
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
  $ 93,929       15.1 %   $ 107,525       14.5 %   $ (13,596 )     (12.6 )%
Consumer
    73,870       11.9       87,162       11.7       (13,292 )     (15.2 )%
Commercial
    17,848       2.9       25,273       3.4       (7,425 )     (29.4 )%
 
                                     
Total other loans
  $ 185,647       29.8 %   $ 219,960       29.6 %   $ (34,313 )     (15.6 )%
 
                                     
 
                                               
Total loans
  $ 622,968       100.0 %   $ 743,643       100.0 %   $ (120,675 )     (16.2 )%
 
                                     
 
                                               
Allowance for loan losses
    (13,810 )             (10,598 )             (3,212 )     (30.3 )%
Net deferred loan costs
    5,122               8,662               (3,540 )     (40.0 )%
Premiums on purchased loans
    91               172               (81 )     (47.1 )%
 
                                         
 
                                               
Loans, net
  $ 614,371             $ 741,879             $ (127,508 )     (17.2 )%
 
                                         
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.
     The composition of the net loan portfolio is heavily weighted toward loans secured by first mortgages, home equity loans, and second mortgages on one- to four-family residences. These loan categories represented approximately 64.0% of the total loan portfolio at both December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008. Gross portfolio loans declined approximately 16.0% to $623.0 million at December 31, 2009 as compared to $743.6 million at December 31, 2008, in large part due to increased payoffs of one- to four-family residential loans in 2009 due to historically low interest rates combined with weak loan demand. Portfolio loan production has been negatively impacted by the decline in real estate values, slowing residential real estate sales activity and the overall depressed economic environment in our markets. Total portfolio loan originations decreased $121.1 million to $38.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $159.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. Also contributing to the decline in outstanding balances in 2009 was loans sold as part of our capital preservation strategy. In 2009, we sold performing one- to four-family loans totaling $13.0 million and non-performing loans of $3.0 million. In addition, total loans of $11.0 million, principally one- to four-family residential, were included in our sale of our Lake City branch in December 2009.
     Until critical economic factors such as unemployment and residential real estate values stabilize, management believes portfolio loan balances will continue to decline. However, due to a favorable interest rate environment, production of one- to four-family loans held for sale in the secondary market is expected to continue its moderate pace. This lending strategy compliments our desire to reduce portfolio loan balances in order to maximize capital efficiently.
     Our loan portfolio is also heavily weighted in the state of Florida with over 69.0% of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans being secured by properties in Florida. Georgia represents the second

72


Table of Contents

highest concentration with 26.2% of total one- to four-family mortgage loans. At December 31, 2009, over 64.5% of our residential construction loan portfolio was concentrated in Florida.
                                 
    Florida     Georgia     Other States     Total  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
One- to-Four Family First Mortgages
  $ 210,667     $ 58,664     $ 37,637     $ 306,968  
One- to-Four Family Second Mortgages
    46,421       45,782       1,726       93,929  
One- to-Four Family Construction Loans
    2,703       1,486             4,189  
 
                       
Total
  $ 259,791     $ 105,933     $ 39,363     $ 405,087  
 
                       
      Allowance for Loan Losses. Allowance for loan losses was 2.22% and 1.43% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Allowance for loan losses activity for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was as follows:
                 
    At December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
               
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 10,598     $ 6,482  
 
               
Charge-offs:
               
Real estate loans:
               
One- to four-family
    8,350       3,514  
Commercial
    3,822       3,393  
Other (1)
    3,605       777  
Real estate construction loans:
               
One- to four-family
    50       336  
Commercial
           
Acquisition & development
           
Other loans:
               
Home equity
    4,715       1,392  
Consumer
    1,408       1,232  
Commercial
    590       345  
 
           
Total charge-offs
    22,540       10,989  
 
               
Recoveries:
               
Real estate loans:
               
One- to four-family
    252       25  
Commercial
          550  
Other (1)
    18       45  
Real estate construction loans:
               
One- to four-family
           
Commercial
           
Acquisition & development
           
Other loans:
               
Home equity
    240       3  
Consumer
    351       533  
Commercial
    18       1  
 
           
Total recoveries
    879       1,157  
 
               
Net charge-offs
    21,661       9,832  
Provision for loan losses
    24,873       13,948  
 
           
Balance at end of period
  $ 13,810     $ 10,598  
 
           
 
               
Ratios:
               
Net charge-offs to average loans during this period
    3.11 %     1.35 %
Net charge-offs to average non-performing loans during this period
    60.61 %     125.89 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
    39.29 %     41.50 %
Allowance as a percent of total loans (end of period)
    2.22 %     1.43 %
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.

73


Table of Contents

     In general, the increase in net charge-offs for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the same period in 2008, resulted from the impact of the ongoing recession on our borrowers and reduced real estate collateral values.
     Beginning in 2009, we reduced the carrying amount of non-performing one- to four-family residential loans with a partial charge-off of the expected estimated loss rather than providing a general allowance; these charge-offs totaled $6.8 million during 2009. These loans are expected to be resolved with no additional material loss, absent further declines in the fair value of the collateral, or a decision to sell loans as distressed loans. The increase in home equity charge-offs was primarily the result of increased delinquencies and deteriorating real estate collateral values. Combined, commercial and other real estate charge-offs include $6.7 million of charge-offs primarily due to four loans which had $3.3 million of specific allowances as of December 31, 2008. The remaining amounts charged-off in 2009 and 2008 principally represent losses on short-sales or foreclosures of one- to four-family residential loans, home equity and other consumer loans.
     Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans was 3.11% in 2009 up from 1.35% for 2008. Management believes net charge-offs will continue at high levels throughout 2010 in light of declining real estate values and current credit quality concerns.
     The increase in the provision for loan losses in 2009 as compared to 2008 was mostly due to residential and home equity charge-offs described above. The increase in provision expense for specific allowance on non-homogeneous large loans was $1.9 million and was principally due to the ongoing deterioration of certain commercial loan participations in our general market area.
      Non-Performing Assets. The following table shows non-performing assets and troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. Non-performing assets include non-accruing loans and foreclosed assets.
                 
    At December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Non-performing assets:
               
Real estate loans:
               
One- to four-family
  $ 12,343     $ 10,319  
Commercial
    3,895       5,126  
Other (1)
    9,638       2,941  
 
               
Real Estate construction loans:
               
One- to four-family
          86  
Commercial
    4,988       3,169  
Acquisition & development
    404       1,812  
 
               
Other loans:
               
Home equity
    2,973       1,525  
Consumer
    909       387  
Commercial
          170  
 
           
 
               
Total non-performing loans
    35,150       25,535  
Foreclosed assets
    5,028       3,332  
 
           
Total non-performing assets
  $ 40,178     $ 28,867  
 
           
 
               
Total troubled debt restructurings
  $ 22,660     $ 8,666  
 
           
 
               
Total impaired loans (including troubled debt restructurings)
  $ 44,392     $ 26,138  
 
           
 
               
Non-performing loans to total loans
    5.64 %     3.43 %
Non-performing loans to total assets
    3.85 %     2.56 %
Non-performing assets to total assets
    4.44 %     2.90 %
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.

74


Table of Contents

     Non-performing one- to four-family loans increased as of December 31, 2009, as compared to year end 2008, as significant economic factors such as unemployment, median home prices and resale activity deteriorated significantly during the year. Unemployment in Florida and Georgia increased from 7.6% and 7.5%, respectively at December 31, 2008, to 11.5% and 10.3%, respectively at the end of 2009. The impact of these factors is magnified for non-owner occupied residential properties, which typically have a higher incidence of default. At December 31, 2009, approximately 29% of the non-performing and 19% of total one- to four-family loans were non-owner occupied. We expect non-performing one- to four-family loans to remain elevated in the near term before gradually declining in line with improvements in unemployment and the stabilization of home prices. As of December 31, 2009, non-performing one- to four-family residential loans was net of $5.1 million of partial charge-offs, in accordance with our policy.
     The increase in other real estate non-performing loans was primarily the result of three lending relationships. The first loan consists of two parcels, one is light industrial space and the other is an undeveloped land parcel for multi-family development located in northeast Florida for which a charge-down of approximately $500,000 has been recorded. The original loan balance was $4.0 million. The second is a $1.3 million land loan located in northeast Florida with a specific reserve of $110,000. The third is a $1.2 million loan is located in northeast Florida with a specific reserve of $204,000. Foreclosure proceedings were started on the latter two loans during 2009. The balance in commercial construction non-performing loans was the result of one participation lending relationship, a substantially completed condominium and hotel complex located near Disney World in central Florida that is suffering from the lack of availability of end-user condominium financing. A specific reserve of $3.3 million has been established for this $5.0 million loan. We are not the lead lender with respect to this loan.
     A comparison of the allowance for loan losses on loans to non-performing loans as of December 31, 2009 is summarized as follows:
                         
    Comparison of Loan Loss Allowance to Non-Performing  
    Loans at December 31, 2009  
                    Percent of Loan  
                    Loss Allowance to  
    Non-Performing     Amount of Loan     Non-Performing  
    Loans     Loss Allowance     Loans  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                       
Real Estate Loans:
                       
One-to four-family
  $ 12,343     $ 3,446       27.92 %
Commercial
    3,895       575       14.76 %
Other (1)
    9,638       1,305       13.54 %
 
                       
Real Estate Construction:
                       
One-to four-family
          47        
Commercial
    4,988       3,322       66.60 %
Acquisition and Development
    404       110       27.23 %
 
                       
Other Loans:
                       
Home equity
    2,973       2,240       75.34 %
Consumer
    909       2,447       269.20 %
Commercial
          318        
 
                   
Total
  $ 35,150     $ 13,810     $ 39.29 %
 
                   
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.
     At December 31, 2009, we had no loans delinquent 90 days or more that were accruing interest. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, loans 90 days or more past due and non-accrual loans as a percentage of total loans were 5.64% and 3.43% of total assets, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2009, contractual gross interest income of $1.4 million would have been recorded on non-performing loans if

75


Table of Contents

those loans had been current. Interest in the amount of $480,000 was included in income during 2009 on such loans.
      Impaired Loans. The following table shows impaired loans split between performing and non-performing and the associated specific reserve as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.
                                 
    At December 31, 2009     At December 31, 2008  
            Specific             Specific  
    Balance     Allowance     Balance     Allowance  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                               
Performing loans
  $ 5,711     $ 377     $ 4,666     $ 1,737  
Non-performing loans
    16,021       4,830       11,492       1,788  
Troubled debt restructurings non-performing
    2,722       110              
Troubled debt restructurings performing
    19,938       81       8,666        
 
                       
Total impaired loans
  $ 44,392     $ 5,398     $ 24,824     $ 3,525  
 
                       
     Impaired loans include large non-homogenous loans where it is probable that we will not receive all principal and interest when contractually due and troubled debt restructurings with borrowers where we have granted a concession to the borrower because of their financial difficulties.
     Impaired loans that were also non-performing increased as described above but remained relatively constant as a percentage of total non-performing loans at 45.6% at December 31, 2009, as compared to 45.0% at year end 2008. The increased specific reserve for non-performing impaired loans reflects the continued weak economy and, as a result, deterioration of the value of commercial and other real estate collateralizing these loans.
     Troubled debt restructurings increased significantly at year end 2009, as compared to the year end 2008 due to our proactive approach to modifying one- to four-family mortgages when a borrower’s financial circumstances prevented them from performing under the original terms of the loan. At December 31, 2009, approximately $18.0 million or 79% of the troubled debt restructurings were one- to four-family or consumer loans of which approximately $1.5 million was not performing according to the restructured terms.
      Deferred Income Taxes. Before considering the valuation allowance, net deferred tax assets grew from $8.5 million at year end 2008 to $16.2 million at the end of 2009 due principally to increased loan charge-offs and higher net operating loss carry forwards. During the course of 2009, our analysis of certain tax strategies and forecasted future taxable income indicated that some or the entire net deferred tax asset was expected to be realized. As of December 31, 2009, however, we have concluded that, while improved operating results are expected as the economy begins to improve and our non-performing assets decline, the variability of the credit related costs are such that a conclusion of full realization could no longer be supported. Consequently we established a valuation reserve of $16.2 million for the full amount of the net federal and state deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2009. Until such time as we determine it is more likely than not that we are able to generate taxable income no tax benefits will be recorded in future years to reduce net losses before taxes. However at such time in the future that we record taxable income or determine that realization of the deferred tax asset is more likely than not, some or all of the valuation allowance is available as a tax benefit.
      Deposits. Total deposit account balances were $555.4 million at December 31, 2009, a decrease of $69.2 million from $624.6 million at December 31, 2008. A significant part of this decrease resulted from the sale of our Lake City, Florida branch at year end 2009. At the time of sale, the branch had $40.9 million in total deposits, including $20.7 million of time deposits. Exclusive of the branch sale, time deposits decreased $58.1 million but core deposits increased $30.0 million as consumers demonstrated a

76


Table of Contents

preference for shorter duration, more liquid deposit products rather than re-investing in time deposits during low interest rate environment. Net of the branch sale, the increase in core deposits occurred as depositors increased their non-interest bearing demand accounts $4.0 million and also increased their interest bearing demand accounts $16.2 million. As a part of our capital preservation strategy, we intentionally lowered rates on time deposits in the second half of 2009 in order to reduce those deposits consistent with loan balances decreases.
      Federal Home Loan Bank advances. FHLB advances had a weighted-average maturity of 61 months and a weighted-average rate of 3.45% at December 31, 2009. The $2.2 million decrease in FHLB borrowings at December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008 was due to repayments of $67.2 million offset by additional borrowings of $65.0 million.
      Other borrowings. Other borrowings were $12.2 million at December 31, 2009 as we borrowed $10.0 million from the Federal Reserve Bank in late December 2009 in conjunction with the sale of our Lake City, Florida branch. This borrowing was repaid in full during early January 2010. We also borrowed $2.2 million from another financial institution, which is secured by shares owned by Atlantic Coast Federal MHC. The entire amount of this loan was contributed to Atlantic Coast Bank as additional contributed capital.
      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with a carrying value of $92.8 million are secured by mortgage-backed securities as part of a structured transaction with a carrying amount of $119.9 million at December 31, 2009, with maturities beginning in January 2014. Beginning in January 2009, the lender has the option to terminate individual advances in whole the following quarter without a termination penalty. There have been no early terminations. At maturity or termination, the securities underlying the agreements will be returned to us.
     Depending on the availability of suitable securities and the prevailing interest rates and terms of alternative source of funds, we may continue to use repurchase agreements in the future to fund growth; however we do not plan to be active in the market in the near term.
      Stockholders’ Equity. Total stockholders’ equity declined from $84.0 million at December 31, 2008 to $56.5 million at year-end 2009, representing equity to asset ratios of 8.43% and 6.24%, respectively. The change in stockholders’ equity was principally due to the net loss of $29.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     Stockholders’ equity is also affected by changes in accumulated other comprehensive income related to unrealized gains on available for sale securities. For the year ended December 31, 2009 this amounted to $456,000. Going forward, management expects changes in interest rates and market liquidity to continue to cause swings in unrealized gains and losses from available for sale securities.
     During 2009, we implemented strategies to preserve capital including the suspension of cash dividends and our stock repurchase program. Resumption of these programs is not expected to occur in the near term.
     Prior to suspending regular cash dividends, our board of directors approved the payment of quarterly cash dividends for the first and second quarters totaling $0.02 per share in the aggregate. Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, which holds 8,728,500 shares, or 65.1% of our total outstanding stock at December 31, 2009, waived receipt of the dividend on its owned shares for each quarter of 2009. Total dividend payments waived by the MHC were $175,000. Management expects the MHC to waive receipt of payment on future dividends, if any, for its owned shares.

77


Table of Contents

     Prior to suspending our stock repurchase plans we purchased approximately 7,000 shares in the first quarter of 2009 at an average price of $3.89 per share. Shares repurchased are held as treasury stock, which totaled $19.9 million. At December 31, 2009, approximately 173,000 shares of common stock remained to be repurchased under a plan approved by our board of directors in August 2008 and extended in July 2009 prior to suspension.
     Atlantic Coast Bank continued to be well in excess of all minimum regulatory capital requirements, and is considered “well-capitalized” under this requirement. Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets was 11.4%, Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets was 10.2%, and Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets was 6.1% at December 31, 2009. These ratios as of December 31, 2008 were 11.6%, 10.8% and 7.5%, respectively.
Average Balance Sheet
     The following table sets forth average balances, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. Tax-equivalent yield adjustments have not been made for tax-exempt securities. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.
                                                         
    At March     For the three months ended March 31,  
    31, 2010     2010     2009  
    Average     Average             Average     Average             Average  
    Yield/Cost     Balance     Interest     Yield/Cost (1)     Balance     Interest     Yield/Cost (1)  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                       
Loans receivable (2)
    6.16 %   $ 628,452     $ 9,190       5.85 %   $ 742,157     $ 10,823       5.83 %
Securities (3)
    3.72 %     190,779       1,965       4.12 %     161,518       1,983       4.91 %
Other interest-earning assets (4)
    0.40 %     33,398       47       0.56 %     45,139       20       0.18 %
 
                                               
Total interest-earning assets
    5.10 %     852,629       11,202       5.26 %     948,814       12,826       5.41 %
 
                                               
Non-interest-earning assets
            53,997                       59,132                  
 
                                                   
Total assets
          $ 906,626                     $ 1,007,946                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
Savings deposits
    0.65 %   $ 38,503       54       0.56 %   $ 33,709       32       0.38 %
Interest bearing demand accounts
    1.83 %     78,089       345       1.77 %     70,840       363       2.05 %
Money market accounts
    1.23 %     125,981       411       1.30 %     136,404       727       2.13 %
Time deposits
    2.64 %     296,121       2,010       2.72 %     350,610       3,435       3.92 %
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    4.92 %     92,800       1,148       4.95 %     92,800       983       4.24 %
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    3.60 %     174,259       1,554       3.57 %     192,944       1,712       3.55 %
Other borrowings
    8.00 %     2,533       45       7.11 %                 %
 
                                               
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    2.62 %     808,286       5,567       2.75 %     877,307       7,252       3.31 %
 
                                             
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
            40,664                       48,090                  
 
                                                   
Total liabilities
            848,950                       925,397                  
Stockholders’ equity
            57,676                       82,549                  
 
                                                   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
          $ 906,626                     $ 1,007,946                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Net interest income
                  $ 5,635                     $ 5,574          
 
                                                   
Net interest rate spread (5)
    2.48 %                     2.51 %                     2.10 %
 
                                                 
Net earning assets (6)
          $ 44,343                     $ 71,507                  
 
                                                   
Net interest margin (7)
    2.62 %                     2.64 %                     2.35 %
 
                                                 
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
                    105.49 %                     108.15 %        
 
                                                   
 
(1)   Yields and costs for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are annualized.
 
(2)   Calculated net of deferred loan fees. Not full tax equivalents, as the numbers would not change materially form those presented in the table.
 
(3)   Calculated based on carrying value. Not full tax equivalents, as the numbers would not change materially from those presented in the table.
(footnotes continue on next page)

78


Table of Contents

 
(4)   Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock at cost and term deposits with other financial institutions.
 
(5)   Net interest spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(6)   Net earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(7)   Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

79


Table of Contents

                                                                         
    For the years ended December 31,  
    2009     2008     2007  
    Average             Average     Average             Average     Average             Average  
    Balance     Interest     Yield/ Cost     Balance     Interest     Yield/ Cost     Balance     Interest     Yield/ Cost  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans receivable (1)
  $ 700,359     $ 40,726       5.82 %     730,245     $ 46,385       6.35 %   $ 668,150     $ 46,331       6.93 %
Securities (2)
    171,205       7,849       4.58 %   $ 147,855       7,866       5.32 %     126,809       6,822       5.38 %
Other interest-earning assets (3)
    48,106       143       0.30 %     42,323       1,008       2.38 %     44,607       2,356       5.28 %
 
                                                           
 
                                                                       
Total interest-earning assets
    919,670       48,718       5.30 %     920,423       55,259       6.00 %     839,566       55,509       6.61 %
 
                                                           
Non-interest-earning assets
    55,473                       57,578                       54,085                  
 
                                                                 
Total assets
  $ 975,143                     $ 978,001                     $ 893,651                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings deposits
  $ 34,496       132       0.38 %   $ 35,132       132       0.38 %   $ 40,333       157       0.39 %
Interest on interest-bearing demand
    75,513       1,434       1.90 %     58,709       1,438       2.45 %     50,092       1,481       2.96 %
Money market accounts
    140,090       2,363       1.69 %     132,313       4,036       3.05 %     155,863       7,012       4.50 %
Time deposits
    328,773       11,992       3.65 %     336,982       15,048       4.47 %     303,102       15,145       5.00 %
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    180,316       6,787       3.75 %     191,055       7,575       3.96 %     148,184       6,653       4.49 %
Other borrowings
    191       10       5.24 %                 %                 %
 
                                                                 
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    92,800       4,237       4.57 %     89,793       3,780       4.21 %     59,063       2,675       4.53 %
 
                                                             
 
                                                                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    852,179       26,935       3.16 %     843,984       32,009       3.79 %     756,637       33,123       4.38 %
 
                                                           
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    46,577                       45,704                       45,563                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities
    898,756                       889,688                       802,200                  
Stockholders’ equity
    76,387                       88,313                       91,451                  
 
                                                                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 975,143                     $ 978,001                     $ 893,651                  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                       
Net interest income
          $ 21,783                     $ 23,250                     $ 22,386          
 
                                                                 
Net interest rate spread (4)
                    2.14 %                     2.21 %                     2.23 %
 
                                                                 
Net earning assets (5)
  $ 67,491                     $ 76,439                     $ 82,929                  
 
                                                                 
Net interest margin (6)
                    2.37 %                     2.53 %                     2.67 %
 
                                                                 
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities
            107.92 %                     109.06 %                     110.96 %        
 
                                                                 
 
(1)   Calculated net of deferred loan fees and loss reserve. Nonaccrual loans included as loans carrying a zero yield.
 
(2)   Calculated based on carrying value. Not full tax equivalents, as the number would not change materially from those presented in the table.
 
(3)   Includes Federal Home Loan Bank stock at cost and term deposits with other financial institutions.
 
(4)   Net interest spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(5)   Net earning assets represents total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(6)   Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

80


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis
      Rate/Volume Analysis. The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009, for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 2008 and for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 2007. For each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, information is provided on changes attributable to (1) changes in volume multiplied by the old rate; and (2) changes in rate, which are changes in rate multiplied by the old volume; and (3) changes not solely attributable to rate or volume have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.
                                                                         
    Three Months Ended March 31,     Years Ended December 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008     2008 v. 2007  
    Increase (Decrease)     Total     Increase (Decrease)     Total     Increase (Decrease)     Total  
    Due to     Increase     Due to     Increase     Due to     Increase  
    Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Loans receivable
  $ (1,663 )   $ 30     $ (1,633 )   $ (1,846 )   $ (3,813 )   $ (5,659 )   $ 4,116     $ (4,062 )   $ 54  
Securities
    329       (347 )     (18 )     1,151       (1,168 )     (17 )     1,120       (76 )     1,044  
Other interest-earning assets
    (6 )     33       27       121       (986 )     (865 )     (115 )     (1,233 )     (1,348 )
 
                                                     
Total interest-earning assets
    (1,340 )     (284 )     (1,624 )     (574 )     (5,967 )     (6,541 )     5,121       (5,371 )     (250 )
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings deposits
    5       17       22       (2 )     3       1       (20 )     (6 )     (26 )
Interest-bearing demand accounts
    36       (54 )     (18 )     360       (364 )     (4 )     233       (277 )     (44 )
Money market accounts
    (52 )     (264 )     (316 )     225       (1,899 )     (1,674 )     (951 )     (2,025 )     (2,976 )
Time deposits
    (479 )     (946 )     (1,425 )     (359 )     (2,697 )     (3,056 )     1,601       (1,696 )     (95 )
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
          165       165       129       328       457       1,305       (201 )     1,104  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    (167 )     9       (158 )     (413 )     (395 )     (808 )     1,765       (842 )     923  
Other borrowings
    45             45       10             10                    
 
                                                     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    (612 )     (1,073 )     (1,685 )     (50 )     (5,024 )     (5,074 )     3,933       (5,047 )     (1,114 )
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Net interest income
  $ (728 )   $ 789     $ 61     $ (524 )   $ (943 )   $ (1,467 )   $ 1,188     $ (324 )   $ 864  
 
                                                     

81


Table of Contents

Comparison of Results of Operations for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009
      General. Net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2010, was $2.8 million, which was a decrease of $300,000 from a net loss of $3.1 million for the same period in 2009. The net loss for the three months ended March 31, 2009 was net of a tax benefit of $1.7 million. We did not record any tax benefit for the three months ended March 31, 2010 following the establishment of a 100% valuation allowance on the net deferred tax asset during the last six months of 2009. The loss before income taxes was $2.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as compared to $4.7 million for the same period in 2009. The reduction in loss before income taxes was primarily due to a $2.1 million decrease in the provision for loan losses.
      Interest income. Interest income declined $1.6 million to $11.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $12.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009 because of a decrease in interest income on loans. Interest income on loans decreased to $9.2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $10.8 million for the same period in 2009. This decrease was due primarily to a decline in the average balance of loans, which decreased $113.7 million, to $628.5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $742.2 million for the prior year period. Interest income earned on securities decreased slightly for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009, despite an increase in the average balance of $29.3 million, due to lower interest rates on new purchases of comparable securities, which resulted in a 79 basis point decline in average rate.
     Our interest income could be adversely impacted by continued low interest rates, the availability of higher yielding interest-earning assets desired by us, and increased non-performing loans.
      Interest expense. Interest expense declined by $1.7 million to $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 from $7.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2009. The decrease in interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009, was due to lower average rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities, primarily time deposits, as well as the decrease in average outstanding balances of time deposits. The average rate paid on time deposits decreased 120 basis points to 2.72% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as compared to 3.92% the same period in 2009.
      Net interest income. Net interest income was unchanged at $5.6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010, and 2009, as the decrease in interest expense offset the decrease in interest income. Our net interest rate spread, which is the difference between the interest rate earned on interest-earning assets and the interest rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, increased 39 basis points to 2.51% for the first quarter of 2010 as compared to 2.12% for the same quarter in 2009. For the same comparative periods, our net interest margin, which is net interest income expressed as a percentage of our average interest earning assets, increased 29 basis points to 2.64% as compared to 2.35% for the same quarter in 2009. The improvement in net interest margin was primarily due to the 97 basis point decrease in the average interest rate of deposits, to 2.10% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as compared to 3.07% for the same period in 2009.
      Provision for loan losses. Management assesses the allowance for loan losses on a quarterly basis and makes provisions for loan losses as necessary in order to maintain the allowance for loan losses based on all known and inherent losses that are both probable and can be reasonably estimated. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future loan loss provisions may necessarily be based on changes in economic conditions and changes in borrower situations. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision, as an integral part of its examination process, periodically reviews the

82


Table of Contents

allowance for loan losses and may require additional provisions based on its judgment of information available to them at the time of an examination.
     Provision for loan losses of $3.7 million and $5.8 million were made during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The decline in the provision for loan losses was due to the recording of $2.0 million in specific allocations on four large commercial loans during the three months ended March 31, 2009 as compared to $300,000 during the same period in 2010. To a lesser extent, the $112.9 million decrease in the balance of portfolio loans as of March 31, 2010 as compared to March 31, 2009 also contributed to the decrease in provision for loan losses. Net charge-offs for the three months ended March 31, 2010 were $4.2 million as compared to $2.0 million for the same period in 2009. Net charge-offs in 2010 included $1.3 million of partial write-downs on one- to four-family residential loans that became non-performing during the three months ended March 31, 2010. Beginning in the second quarter of 2009, we adopted the policy of writing down loans when they are classified as non-performing rather than recording a general allocation; thus the three months ended March 31, 2009 did not have a similar charge. The first quarter of 2010 also included $1.2 million of charge-offs on four commercial loans, while we did not record any commercial loan charge-offs for the same period in 2009.
      Non-interest income . The components of non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
                                 
    At March 31,     Increase (decrease)  
    2010     2009     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Service charges and fees
  $ 856     $ 992     $ (136 )     (13.7 )%
Gain on sale of loans held for sale
    104       185       (81 )     (43.8 )
Loss on sale of portfolio loans
    (273 )           (273 )      
Gain on available for sale securities
          96       (96 )     (100.0 )
Other than temporary impairment loss
    (75 )     (174 )     99       (56.9 )
Interchange fees
    222       215       7       3.3  
Bank owned life insurance earnings
    178       175       3       1.7  
Other
    65       51       14       27.5  
 
                         
Total
  $ 1,077     $ 1,540     $ (463 )     (30.1 )%
 
                         
     Non-interest income for the three months ended March 31, 2010 decreased $463,000 to $1.1 million as compared to $1.5 million for the same three months in 2009. The decrease was primarily due to the $273,000 loss on the sale of $866,000 of non-performing loans, lower service charges and fees due to lower volume of transactions, and lower gains on sale of both available-for-sale securities and loans held for sale, partially offset by a lower other-than-temporary-impairment loss.
      Non-interest expense. The components of non-interest expense for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
                                 
    At March 31,     Increase (decrease)  
    2010     2009     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Compensation and benefits
  $ 2,570     $ 2,575     $ (5 )     (0.2 )%
Occupancy and equipment
    554       621       (67 )     (10.8 )
FDIC insurance premiums
    449       336       113       33.6  
Foreclosed assets, net
    92       705       (613 )     (87.0 )
Data processing
    255       260       (5 )     (1.9 )
Outside professional services
    359       425       (66 )     (15.5 )
Collection expense and repossessed asset losses
    393       204       189       92.6  
Other
    1,077       894       183       20.5  
 
                         
Total
  $ 5,749     $ 6,020     $ (271 )     (4.5 )%
 
                         

83


Table of Contents

     Non-interest expense decreased by $271,000 to $5.7 million for the three months ended March 30, 2010 from $6.0 million for the same three months ended March 31, 2009. Components of the decrease included a lower loss on foreclosed assets, net partially offset by higher FDIC insurance premiums and increased legal, collection and administrative expenses associated with other real estate owned and foreclosures.
      Income tax benefit. We recorded no income tax benefit for the three months ended March 31, 2010 as compared to a benefit of $1.7 million for the same period in 2009 due to our establishment of a 100% valuation reserve for net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2009. The recognition of future tax benefits or the reversal of the valuation reserve is dependent upon our ability to generate future taxable income.
Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
      General. Our net loss for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $29.3 million, as compared to a net loss of $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increased net loss was primarily due to significant increases in our provision for loan losses, the establishment of a 100% valuation allowance for federal deferred tax assets, an other-than-temporary impairment expense for investment securities and a loss from impairment of goodwill which collectively increased our net loss in 2009 as compared to 2008 by approximately $26.0 million. The increases to provision for loan losses and the other-than-temporary impairment were directly correlated to the impact of the severe economic recession on our loan customers and the assets underlying our mortgage-backed security investments. The resulting impact of these expenses on net earnings led to the decision that goodwill was impaired and that our deferred tax assets may not be realized from future taxable income.
     Net interest income decreased 6.3%, or $1.5 million, in the year ended December 31, 2009 to $21.8 million, as compared to 2008, as the benefits of a reduction in interest expense of $5.1 million was offset by a decrease in interest income of $6.5 million, as the slight decline in average interest-earning assets combined with the decrease in the interest yield on such assets exceeded the decrease in rates paid on higher average interest-bearing liabilities. Based on the geographic concentration of our loan portfolio in the northeast Florida market, the weakening of specific loan participations as described under “Non-Performing Assets”, continued industry-wide credit quality concerns and the rapidly changing and uncertain real estate market conditions, the provision for loan losses was $24.9 million, an increase of 78.3% from $13.9 million in 2008. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 decreased by 62.0% to $4.2 million, as compared to $10.9 million in 2008, due primarily to other-than-temporary impairment charges on available-for-sale securities, a loss on the sale of non-performing loans, and the receipt last year of certain life insurance proceeds, which were partially offset by a gain on a cash deposit settlement. Non-interest expense decreased 7.7% to $24.3 million in 2009 from $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 due to general cost reduction measures during the year and non-recurring expenses associated with the death of an executive officer in 2008, which more than offset the impact of a non-cash goodwill write-off during the year. Income tax expense increased due to a non-cash charge to establish a 100% valuation allowance for our deferred tax asset.
      Interest income. Interest income decreased to $48.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $55.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 2008, was primarily due to a decrease in rates earned on interest earning assets. This decrease was principally caused by an increase in non-performing loans and lower rates earned on average interest-earning assets. Average non-performing loans increased approximately $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the same period in 2008 reducing interest income earned on loans by approximately $1.7 million. The remaining decline of interest income earned on loans was due to payoffs on higher rate one- to four-family loans as borrowers

84


Table of Contents

refinanced at historically low rates. The decrease in average outstanding balances of one- to four-family real estate loans for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 2008, accounted for the majority of the total $29.9 million decrease in average loan balances.
     As compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, interest earned in 2009 from securities decreased slightly as even though average outstanding balances grew with liquidity from loan pay-offs, it was offset by decreased rates as investments were principally in lower risk U.S. government sponsored agencies or mortgage-backed securities.
     The decline in interest income from other interest-earning assets was due to lower yields on these assets, as short-term interest rates declined to historically low levels and the reduction of $327,000 of FHLB dividends as dividend were paid in only one of four quarters at reduced rates.
     Our interest income could be pressured in the near-term by continued low interest rates and limited loan growth.
      Interest expense. Interest expense decreased to $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to 2008, was primarily due to lower interest rates paid on average outstanding balances of deposit accounts, FHLB advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, offset set by higher average balances of these interest-bearing liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Federal Reserve Board maintained the target rate for Federal Funds borrowings at 0.25%. In general, this has led to rate decreases on interest-bearing deposit accounts in our markets, even as competition for deposits among financial institutions intensified. During 2009, we decreased interest rates on our money-market accounts, interest bearing demand accounts and time deposits. The cost on interest-bearing liabilities declined 63 basis points to 3.16% in 2009 from 3.79% in 2008.
      Net interest income. Net interest income decreased to $21.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as the decline in interest income exceeded the decline in interest expense. Net interest spread, which is the difference between the interest yield earned on interest earning assets and the interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities, decreased 7 basis points to 2.14% for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to 2.21% for 2008. For the same comparative periods, net interest margin, which is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest earning assets decreased 16 basis points to 2.37% in 2009 from 2.53% for 2008.
      Provision for loan losses . Provision for loan losses of $24.9 million and $13.9 million were made during the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily due to increased charge-offs of residential and other consumer loans reflecting the impact on consumers of the extended recession evidenced by higher unemployment, increase foreclosures and declines in the number and average sales price of residential real estate in our market areas. For the year ended December 31, 2009, net charge-offs were $21.7 million, while for 2008, net charge-offs were $9.8 million of which the increase to residential and other consumer loans was approximately $7.1 million.

85


Table of Contents

      Non-interest income. The components of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
                                 
    At December 31,     Increase (decrease)  
    2009     2008     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
Service charges and fees
  $ 4,245     $ 4,871     $ (626 )     (12.9 )%
Gain on sale of loans held for sale
    708       118       590       500.0  
Loss on sale of loans
    (1,317 )           (1,317 )      
Gain on available for sale securities
    383       650       (267 )     (41.1 )
Other than temporary impairment loss:
                               
Total impairment loss
    (4,471 )           (4,471 )      
Loss recognized in other comprehensive in earnings
    4             4        
 
                         
Net impairment loss recognized in earnings
    (4,467 )           (4,467 )      
Interchange fees
    916       886       30       3.4  
Bank owned life insurance earnings
    632       984       (352 )     (35.8 )
Life insurance proceeds in excess of CSV
          2,634       (2,634 )     (100.0 )
Other
    3,065       806       2,259       280.3  
 
                         
Total
  $ 4,165     $ 10,949     $ (6,784 )     (62.0 )%
 
                         
     Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2009, decreased $6.8 million to $4.2 million from $10.9 million for 2008, a year which included $2.6 million of life insurance death proceeds for an executive officer. Under new accounting guidance implemented in the first quarter of 2009 for measuring impairment of available for sale securities, we recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges of $4.5 million. These charges represent credit losses from our investments in non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations, caused by defaults and losses on the underlying mortgages. As of December 31, 2009 we held approximately $20.5 million of non-agency collateralized mortgages.
     Beginning in 2009 we occasionally sold in bulk non-performing one- to four-family residential loans through a third party national sales advisor when we believed this approach would reduce ongoing collection costs and, ultimately, result in the least cost to us. Such sales resulted in a $1.3 million loss for the year ended December 31, 2009. We may bulk sell other non-performing mortgages in the future when circumstances indicate this will ultimately limit cost.
     Services charges and fees, which are earned primarily based on transaction services for deposit account customers, decreased as a result of decreased activity resulting in lower ATM and check card overdraft fees. The amount of overdraft fees may be impacted in the future as a result of the recently amended Regulation E which, in part governs check card activity and takes affect on July 1, 2010. Due to the complexity involved in implementation, management cannot estimate the impact this new regulation will have on us. Other non-interest income includes a gain of approximately $700,000 on the sale of the Lake City branch on December 31, 2009 and approximately $2.0 million resulting from a settlement agreement with an on-going third-party originator whereby we assumed responsibility for credit losses on a pool of loans.

86


Table of Contents

      Non-interest expense. The components of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
                                 
    At December 31,     Increase (decrease)  
    2009     2008     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
Compensation and benefits
  $ 10,381     $ 12,890     $ (2,509 )     (19.5 )%
Supplemental executive retirement plans
    (2,684 )     851       (3,535 )     (415.4 )
Occupancy and equipment
    2,548       2,652       (104 )     (3.9 )
FDIC insurance premiums
    1,839       493       1,346       273.0  
Foreclosed assets, net
    1,488       815       673       82.6  
Data processing
    1,030       1,023       7       0.7  
Outside professional services
    1,913       1,889       24       1.3  
Collection expense and repossessed asset losses
    1,193       508       685       134.8  
Goodwill impairment
    2,811             2,811        
Other
    3,781       5,208       (1,427 )     (27.4 )
 
                         
Total
  $ 24,300     $ 26,329     $ (2,029 )     (7.7 )%
 
                         
     Non-interest expense decreased $2.0 million to $24.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from $26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to revision of our supplemental executive retirement plans (SERP) resulting in a decrease in expense of $3.5 million as well as lower other compensation and benefits of $2.5 million as a result of our initiatives to reduce expenses and increase efficiencies, which began in the second quarter of 2008, with further steps implemented in late 2008 and early 2009. These reductions in expense were partially offset by the $2.8 million write-off of the entire amount of our goodwill. Other components include higher FDIC insurance premiums as result of the FDIC special assessment in the second quarter 2009 of $465,000 and higher premium rates. The loss on sale of foreclosed assets was the result of increased foreclosure activity associated with the continued weakness in the real estate market. Additionally, legal, collection and administrative expenses increased in conjunction with our elevated credit issues. Non-interest expense also declined due to the non-recurrence of other non-interest expense items in 2008, including the payment of final plan benefits on a deceased executive of $1.0 million.
      Income tax expense. Income tax expense increased to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, from a tax benefit of $3.2 million for 2008. The establishment of a 100% valuation allowance of approximately $16.2 million during 2009 resulted in a much higher tax expense than what may be expected based upon our pre-tax loss. The valuation allowance also caused significant distortion in the effective income tax rate on income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2009, which was 26.3%, compared to 53.2% for 2008. We anticipate income tax expense will continue to vary as income before income taxes varies.
Comparison of Results of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007
      General. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2008, was $2.8 million, a decrease of $3.9 million from net income of $1.1 million the year ended December 31, 2007. The primary reason for the net loss was an increase in the provision for loan losses in 2008 due to a decline in credit quality in our loan portfolio. Net interest income increased 3.9%, or $864,000 in the year ended December 31, 2008 to $23.3 million, as compared to 2007, as interest expense decreased $1.1 million while interest income declined $250,000, as growth in average interest-earning assets nearly offset the decrease in the interest yield on such assets, and the decrease in rates paid on average interest-bearing liabilities exceeded the growth in average interest-bearing liabilities. Based on the geographic concentration of the our loan portfolio in the northeast Florida market, the weakening of specific loan participations as described under Non-Performing Assets, continued industry-wide credit quality concerns and the rapidly changing and uncertain real estate market conditions, the provision for loan losses was $13.9 million, an increase of 433% from $2.6 million in 2007. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008 increased by 46.3% to $10.1 million, as

87


Table of Contents

compared to $6.9 million in 2007, due primarily to proceeds from bank-owned life insurance, gain on the sale of available-for-sale securities and gain on the sale of an under-performing branch office, offset by losses on the sale of foreclosed assets and the mark-to-market write-down on interest rate swap agreements. Non-interest expense was unchanged at $25.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.
      Interest income. Interest income decreased slightly to $55.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $55.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. As shown in the table above the decrease in interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007, was due to lower rates earned on average interest-earning assets, which was partially offset by the growth in the average outstanding balance of interest-earning assets. The growth in average outstanding balances of consumer, commercial and home equity loans for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007, accounted for the majority of the total $62.1 million in average loan growth. During the same period, the prime rate decreased 400 basis points from 7.25% to 3.25%, and the amount of non-performing loans increased, both of which contributed to the decline in the yield on the average balance of interest-earning assets. The average yield on interest-earning assets declined 61 basis points during 2008.
     The growth in interest income from investment securities was primarily due to higher average balances; the decline in interest income from other interest-earning assets was primarily due to lower yields on these assets, as short-term interest rates declined to historically low levels.
      Interest expense. Interest expense decreased to $32.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $33.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The decrease in interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007, was primarily due to lower interest rates paid on average outstanding balances of deposit accounts, FHLB advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, offset set by higher average balances of these interest-bearing liabilities. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Federal Reserve Board decreased the target rate for Federal Funds borrowings by 400 basis points, from 4.25% to 0.25%. In general, this led to rate decreases to interest-bearing deposit accounts in our markets, even as competition for deposits among financial institutions intensified. We decreased interest rates on our money-market accounts, interest bearing demand accounts and time deposits. The average rate of interest-bearing liabilities declined 59 basis points to 3.79% in 2008 from 4.38% in 2007.
      Net interest income. Net interest income increased to $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from $22.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, as the decline in interest expense outpaced the decline in interest income. Net interest spread, which is the difference between the interest yield earned on interest earning assets and the interest rate paid on interest bearing liabilities, decreased two basis points to 2.21% for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 2.23% for 2007. For the same comparative periods, net interest margin, which is net interest income expressed as a percentage of average interest earning assets, decreased 14 basis points to 2.53% in 2008 from 2.67% for 2007.
      Provision for loan losses . Provision for loan losses of $13.9 million and $2.6 million were made during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily due to a decline in credit quality and an increase in net-charge-offs. For the year ended December 31, 2008 net charge-offs were $9.8 million, while for 2007, net charge-offs were $839,000.

88


Table of Contents

      Non-interest income. The components of non-interest income for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                                 
    At December 31,     Increase (decrease)  
    2008     2007     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
Service charges and fees
  $ 4,871     $ 5,251     $ (380 )     (7.2 )%
Gain on sale of loans held for sale
    118       34       84       247.1  
Loss on sale of loans
                       
Gain on available for sale securities
    650       (46 )     696       (1,513.0 )
Other than temporary impairment loss:
                               
Total impairment loss
                       
Loss recognized in other comprehensive in earnings
                       
 
                         
Net impairment loss recognized in earnings
                       
Interchange fees
    886       897       (11 )     (1.2 )
Bank owned life insurance earnings
    984       861       123       14.3  
Life insurance proceeds in excess of CSV
    2,634             2,634       100.0  
Other
    806       176       630       358.0  
 
                         
Total
  $ 10,949     $ 7,173     $ 3,776       52.6  
 
                         
     Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 2008, increased $3.8 million to $10.9 million from $7.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the receipt of $2.6 million of life insurance benefits related to the death of an executive officer. Services charges and fees, which are earned primarily based on transaction services for deposit account customers, decreased as a result of decreased activity resulting in lower ATM and check card overdraft fees. The gain on available-for-sale securities for the year ended December 31, 2008, was due to restructuring of the securities portfolio to shorten duration and improve liquidity. The primary components of the increase in other income included a gain on the previously announced sale of an under-performing branch of $595,000, a gain on extinguishment of FHLB debt of $303,000, offset by a loss of $314,000 as a result of change in the mark-to-market on interest rate swap agreements.
      Non-interest expense . The components of non-interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                                 
    At December 31,     Increase (decrease)  
    2008     2007     Dollars     Percentage  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
Compensation and benefits
  $ 12,890     $ 11,760     $ 1,130       9.6 %
Supplemental executive retirement plans
    851       631       220       34.9  
Occupancy and equipment
    2,652       2,383       269       11.3  
FDIC insurance premiums
    493       457       36       7.9  
Foreclosed assets, net
    815       247       568       230.0  
Data processing
    1,023       1,136       (113 )     (9.9 )
Outside professional services
    1,889       4,066       (2,177 )     (53.5 )
Collection expense and repossessed asset losses
    508       301       207       68.8  
Goodwill impairment
                       
Other
    5,208       4,717       491       10.4  
 
                         
Total
  $ 26,329     $ 25,698     $ 631       2.5 %
 
                         
     The increase in compensation and benefit expense for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007, was primarily due to $1.0 million of benefit plans expense associated with the death of an executive officer, as well as $167,000 of severance expenses related to a reduction in headcount. Occupancy and equipment charges increased for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007, primarily due to higher lease expense associated with the relocation of an owned branch location to a more attractive leased location. The loss on sale of foreclosed assets was the result of increased foreclosure activity associated with the continued weakness in the real estate market. The decreased data processing costs for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to 2007, were primarily due to

89


Table of Contents

lower depreciation expense. Advertising expenses for 2008 increased compared to 2007, as we were more active in marketing through various forms of media advertisements. Outside professional services expense decreased for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to 2007, as we incurred $1.8 million of expenses associated with costs incurred as a result of the terminated second-step conversion offering in 2007 that did not recur in 2008. Other expense increased due to a fraud loss of $520,000 on a commercial automobile financing account.
      Income tax expense. Income tax decreased to a benefit of $3.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, from tax expense of $130,000 for 2007. Income tax expense decreased in 2008 as compared to 2007 due to a decrease in income before income tax expense when comparing the two periods. The effective income tax rate on income before income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2008, was 53.2%, compared to 10.4% for 2007. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to a higher proportion of income derived from bank-owned life insurance, which is not taxable for federal income tax purposes.
Liquidity
     Management maintains a liquidity position it believes adequate to provide funding for loan demand and deposit run-off that may occur in the normal course of business. We rely on a number of different sources in order to meet potential liquidity demands. The primary sources of funds are increases in borrowings, deposit accounts and cash flows from loan payments and security sales. The scheduled amortization of loans and securities as well as proceeds from borrowings, are predictable sources of funds. Other funding sources, however, such as deposit inflows from new deposits, mortgage prepayments and mortgage loan sales are greatly influenced by market interest rates, economic conditions and competition.
     In addition to these primary sources of funds, management has several secondary sources available to meet potential funding requirements. As of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008 we had additional borrowing capacity of $55.3 million, $45.3 million and $22.7 million, respectively, with the FHLB of Atlanta. Additionally, as of March 31, 2010, we had existing lines of credit available in excess of $7.2 million with another financial institution. Management believes our securities portfolio is of investment grade quality and the securities would therefore be marketable. As of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had $76.3 million, $54.7 million and $43.4 million of certificates of deposits obtained through brokers that were purchased to replace maturing branch originated certificates of deposits or to help meet loan demands. As of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, these certificates of deposits had a weighted average maturity of 10.0, 25.2 months and 31.8 months, and a weighted average rate of 2.02%, 3.08% and 4.15%, respectively. In addition, we have historically sold mortgage loans in the secondary market to reduce interest rate risk and to create an additional source of liquidity.
     During the three months ended March 31, 2010, cash and cash equivalents increased $817,000 from $37.1 million as of December 31, 2009, to $38.0 million as of March 31, 2010. Cash from operating activities of $5.8 million, combined with cash from financing activities of $9.2 million, was more than cash used for investing activities of $14.2 million. Primary sources of cash were from net increases in deposits of $29.2 million, proceeds from maturities and payments of available-for-sale securities of $15.3 million and net decreases in loans of $8.8 million. Primary uses of cash included purchases of available-for-sale securities of $39.7 million, repayments of Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings of $10.0 million and repayments of other borrowings of $10.0 million.

90


Table of Contents

     During 2009, cash and cash equivalents increased $3.1 million from $34.1 million as of December 31, 2008, to $37.1 million as of December 31, 2009. Cash used for operating activities of $1.5 million, combined with cash from financing activities of $63.5 million, was more than cash used for investing activities of $58.9 million. Primary sources of cash were from net decreases in loans of $79.2 million, proceeds from maturities and payments of available-for-sale securities of $53.1 million and proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale of $52.9 million. Primary uses of cash included purchases of available-for-sale securities of $140.5 million and net decreases in deposits of $69.2 million. In addition, during 2009, we used cash of $29,000 to purchase shares of our common stock to be held as treasury stock and paid quarterly cash dividends of $89,000 to common stockholders.
     During 2008, cash and cash equivalents increased $4.7 million from $29.3 million as of December 31, 2007, to $34.1 million as of December 31, 2008. Cash from operating activities of $10.0 million, combined with cash from financing activities of $63.7 million, was more than cash used for investing activities of $68.8 million. Primary sources of cash were from net increases in deposit accounts of $41.9 million, FHLB borrowings of $133.0 million, proceeds from sale of securities under agreements to repurchase of $14.3 million, proceeds from maturities and payments of available-for-sale securities of $25.7 million and proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale of $76.2 million. The additional borrowings from the FHLB were used to replace maturing FHLB debt of $121.2 million and fund loan growth. Primary uses of cash included purchases of available-for-sale securities of $115.3million, and origination of loans to be held in portfolio of $57.9 million. In addition, during 2008, we used cash of $1.8 million to purchase shares of our common stock to be held as treasury stock and paid quarterly cash dividends of $2.4 million to common stockholders.
     As of March 31, 2010, management was not aware of any current recommendations by regulatory authorities, which, if they were implemented, would have or reasonably likely to have a material adverse affect on the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s liquidity, capital resources or operations.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
     The following table presents our longer-term, non-deposit related, contractual obligations, commitments to extend credit to borrowers and purchase commitments, in aggregate and by payment due dates.
                                         
    December 31, 2009  
    Less Than     1 Through     4 Through     More Than        
    1 Year     3 Years     5 Years     5 Years     Total  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
FHLB advances
  $ 25,000     $ 23,000     $ 30,000     $ 105,000     $ 183,000  
Operating leases (premises)
    293       501       324       532       1,650  
 
                             
Borrowings and operating leases
    25,293       23,501       30,324       105,532       184,650  
 
                             
Undisbursed portion of loans closed (1)
                            6,025  
Unused lines of credit (1)
                            61,499  
 
                             
Total loan commitments
                            67,524  
 
                             
Loan purchase commitment
                             
Security repurchase commitment
    92,800                         92,800  
 
                             
Total purchase commitments
                             
 
                             
Total contractual obligations and loan commitments
  $ 118,093     $ 23,501       30,324     $ 105,532     $ 344,974  
 
                             
 
(1)   These items do not have fixed maturities.
Capital Resources
     At March 31, 2010, stockholders’ equity totaled $56.4 million. In September 2009, we ceased making cash dividend payments. During 2009, our board of directors declared regular quarterly dividends totaling $0.02 per common share that were paid with the proceeds of maturities and payments of

91


Table of Contents

available-for-sale securities. Net of dividends waived by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC for its owned shares in the amount of $175,000, our equity was reduced $89,000 in 2009 for dividends declared. The decision to pay dividends in the future is dependent on our operating results, capital and liquidity requirements.
     Stockholders’ equity in 2009 was also impacted by common stock repurchase programs. We suspended our repurchase program in March 2009. As of March 31, 2010, we held as treasury stock 1,375,260 shares of common stock at an average per share cost of $14.47, or $19.9 million. We conducted one stock repurchase program during 2009. As of March 31, 2010, execution of the repurchase program had resulted in the purchase of approximately 230,000 shares of a planned total purchase of 698,000 shares. Initiation of future share repurchase programs is dependent on liquidity, opportunities for alternative investments and capital requirements. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit stock repurchases for one year following the completion of the conversion.
     Management monitors the capital levels of Atlantic Coast Bank to provide for current and future business opportunities and to meet regulatory guidelines for “well capitalized” institutions. Atlantic Coast Bank is required by the Office of Thrift Supervision to meet minimum capital adequacy requirements. Atlantic Coast Bank’s actual and required levels of capital as reported to the Office of Thrift Supervision at March 31, 2010, are as follows:
                                                 
                                    To Be Well Capitalized
                    For Capital   Under Prompt Corrective
    Actual   Adequacy Purposes   Action Provisions
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
    (Dollars in Thousands)
As of March 31, 2010
                                               
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 59,691       11.3 %   $ 42,297       8.0 %   $ 52,871       10.0 %
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 53,065       10.0 %   $ 21,148       4.0 %   $ 31,722       6.0 %
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)
  $ 53,065       5.8 %   $ 36,433       4.0 %   $ 45,541       5.0 %
     At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Bank exceeded all regulatory minimum capital requirements and is considered to be “well capitalized.” In addition, as of March 31, 2010, management was not aware of any recommendation by a regulatory authority that, if it were implemented, would have a material effect on liquidity, capital resources or operations.
     Under regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, limitations have been imposed on all “capital distributions” by savings institutions, including cash dividends. See “Regulation and Supervision-Limitations on Dividends and Capital Distributions.” During 2009, Atlantic Coast Bank could not declare any dividends without prior approval.
Market Risk Management
     We are subject to interest rate risk to the extent that our interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and FHLB advances, re-price more rapidly or at different rates than our interest-earning assets. In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material prolonged increases or decreases in interest rates on our results of operations, management has adopted an asset and liability management policy. The board of directors sets the asset and liability policy for us, which is implemented by the Asset/Liability Committee.
     The purpose of the Asset/Liability Committee is to communicate, coordinate and control asset/liability management consistent with our business plan and board approved policies. The Asset/Liability Committee establishes and monitors the volume and mix of assets and funding sources taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs. The objectives

92


Table of Contents

are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk, and profitability goals.
     The Asset/Liability Committee generally meets at least monthly to review, among other things, economic conditions and interest rate outlook, current and projected liquidity needs and capital position, anticipated changes in the volume and mix of assets and liabilities and interest rate exposure limits versus current projections pursuant to market value of portfolio equity analysis and income simulations. The Asset/Liability Committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The Asset/Liability Committee is responsible for reviewing and reporting the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the board of directors at least quarterly.
     A key element of our asset/liability plan is to protect net earnings by managing the maturity or re-pricing mismatch between our interest-earning assets and rate-sensitive liabilities. Historically, we have sought to reduce exposure to our earnings through the use of adjustable rate loans and through the sale of certain fixed rate loans in the secondary market, and by extending funding maturities through the use of FHLB advances.
      Economic Value of Equity. As part of our efforts to monitor and manage interest rate risk, we use several financial modeling tools that estimate the impact of different interest rate scenarios on the value of our equity. One financial modeling tool is referred to as Economic Value of Equity (“EVE”). This tool measures the changes in equity due to the impact on net interest margin, over a five-year horizon, from instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve, in 100 basis point increments, up and down 300 basis points. Given the duration of the unusual interest rate environment, we currently evaluate only the shift in yield curve up 300 basis points and down 100 basis points. Management believes the use of EVE improves the visibility of the effect of current interest rate risk on future earnings under increasing or decreasing interest rate environments. Accordingly, we believe we are in a better position to be proactive in reducing future interest rate risk through management of the growth of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities within a meaningful time horizon.
     The EVE, considering the assumed changes in interest rates as of March 31, 2010, is as follows:
                                 
    Economic Value of Equity and Duration of Assets and  
    Liabilities at March 31, 2010  
    Change in Interest Rate  
    Decrease     Increase     Increase     Increase  
    1%     1%     2%     3%  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                               
Duration of assets (1)
    4.82       5.44       5.64       5.76  
Duration of liabilities (1)
    1.48       1.51       1.53       1.56  
 
                       
Differential in duration
    3.34       3.93       4.11       4.20  
 
                       
 
                               
Amount of change in Economic Value of Equity (2)
  $ (187 )     (5,070 )   $ (16,578 )   $ (29,645 )
Percentage change in Economic Value of Equity (2)
    (0.30 )%     (8.01 )%     (26.19 )%     (46.83 )%
 
(1)   Expressed as number of years before asset/liability re-prices to achieve stated rate of interest rate increase.
 
(2)   Represents the cumulative five year pre-tax impact on our equity due to increased or (decreased) net interest margin.
     In managing our asset/liability mix, depending on the relationship between long and short-term interest rates, market conditions and consumer preference, we may place somewhat greater emphasis on maximizing our net interest margin than on strictly matching the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. Management believes that the increased net income which may result from an acceptable mismatch in the actual maturity or re-pricing of our asset and liability portfolios can, during periods of declining or stable interest rates, provide sufficient returns to justify the increased exposure to sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates which may result from such a mismatch. Management believes that

93


Table of Contents

our level of interest rate risk is acceptable under this approach. In evaluating our exposure to interest rate movements, certain shortcomings inherent in the EVE methodology must be considered. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or re-pricing periods, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate mortgages, have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a significant change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed in our EVE methodology. Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. We consider all of these factors in monitoring our exposure to interest rate risk.
      Net Portfolio Value . The Office of Thrift Supervision requires the computation of amounts by which the net present value of an institution’s cash flow from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet items (the institution’s net portfolio value or “NPV”) would change in the event of a range of assumed changes in market interest rates. The Office of Thrift Supervision provides all institutions that file a Consolidated Maturity/Rate Schedule as a part of their quarterly Thrift Financial Report with an interest rate sensitivity report of net portfolio value. The Office of Thrift Supervision simulation model uses a discounted cash flow analysis and an option-based pricing approach to measure the interest rate sensitivity of net portfolio value. Historically, the Office of Thrift Supervision model estimated the economic value of each type of asset, liability and off-balance sheet contract under the assumption that the United States Treasury yield curve increases or decreases instantaneously by 100 to 300 basis points in 100 basis point increments. However, given the current relatively low level of market interest rates, an NPV calculation for an interest rate decrease of greater than 100 basis points has not been prepared. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the “Change in Interest Rates” column below. The Office of Thrift Supervision provides us the results of the interest rate sensitivity model, which is based on information we provide to the Office of Thrift Supervision to estimate the sensitivity of our net portfolio value.
      Net Interest Income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. In our model, we estimate what our net interest income would be for a rolling forward twelve-month period using historical data for assumptions such as loan prepayment rates and deposit decay rates, the current term structure for interest rates, and current deposit and loan offering rates. We then calculate what the net interest income would be for the same period in the event of an instantaneous 100, 200 and 300 basis point increase or a 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates.

94


Table of Contents

                                                                 
At March 31, 2010
                            NPV as a Percentage of   Net Interest Income
                          Present Value of Assets (3)           Increase (Decrease) in
Change in                                   Increase   Estimated   Estimated Net Interest
Interest Rates   Estimated   Estimated (Decrease) in NPV           (Decrease)   Net Interest   Income
(basis points) (1)   NPV (2)   Amount   Percent   NPV Ratio (4)   (basis points)   Income   Amount   Percent
    (Dollars in thousands)
+300
  $ 33,665     $ (29,645 )     (46.8 )%     3.80 %     (291 )   $ 22,565     $ (1,833 )     (7.51 )%
+200
    46,732       (16,578 )     (26.2 )%     5.16 %     (155 )     23,806       (592 )     (2.43 )%
+100
    58,240       (5,070 )     (8.0 )%     6.28 %     (43 )     24,102       (296 )     (1.21 )%
 0
    63,310                   6.71 %           24,398              
-100
    63,123       (187 )     (0.3 )%     6.62 %     (9 )     24,285       (113 )     (0.46 )%
 
(1)   Assumes an instantaneous uniform change in interest rates at all maturities.
 
(2)   NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.
 
(3)   Present value of assets represents the discounted present value of incoming cash flows on interest-earning assets.
 
(4)   NPV Ratio represents NPV divided by the present value of assets.
     Certain shortcomings are inherent in the methodologies used in determining interest rate risk through changes in net portfolio value and net interest income. Modeling changes require making certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. In this regard, the net portfolio value and net interest income information presented assume that the composition of our interest-sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and assume that a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration or repricing of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although interest rate risk calculations provide an indication of our interest rate risk exposure at a particular point in time, such measurements are not intended to and do not provide a precise forecast of the effect of changes in market interest rates on our net interest income and will differ from actual results.
Inflation
     The effects of price changes and inflation can vary substantially for most financial institutions. While management believes that inflation affects the growth of total assets and our profitability, we believe that it is difficult to assess the overall impact. Management believes this to be the case due to the fact that generally neither the timing nor the magnitude of inflationary changes in the consumer price index (“CPI”) coincides with changes in interest rates. The price of one or more components of the CPI may fluctuate considerably and thereby influence the overall CPI without having corresponding affect on interest rates or upon the cost of those goods and services normally purchased by us. In years of high inflation and high interest rates, intermediate and long-term interest rates tend to increase, thereby adversely impacting the market values of investment securities, mortgage loans and other long-term fixed rate loans. In addition, higher short-term interest rates caused by inflation tend to increase the cost of funds. In other years, the opposite may occur.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
     As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our potential future cash requirements, a significant portion of commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval process accorded to loans we make. In addition, we enter into commitments to sell mortgage loans. For additional information, see Note 18 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

95


Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (Statement No. 168 — The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ). The new guidance replaces SFAS No. 162 and establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. Rules and interpretative releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission under federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The new standard became effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations. Technical references to generally accepted accounting principles included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are provided under the new FASB ASC structure with the prior terminology included parenthetically.
     In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 320-10, Investments — Debt and Equity Securities (FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments ). This guidance amended existing guidance for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary for debt securities. An entity must assess whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, the amount of the impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income and 2) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement. The credit loss is determined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. Additionally, disclosures about other-than-temporary impairment for debt and equity securities were expanded. We adopted this guidance for the interim reporting period ending March 31, 2009. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the impact of adopting this new guidance on our consolidated financial position and results of operations.
     In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly ). This provides additional guidance on determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased when compared with normal market activity for the asset or liability. A significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability is an indication that transactions or quoted prices may not be determinative of fair value because transactions may not be orderly. In that circumstance, further analysis of transactions or quoted prices is needed, and an adjustment to the transactions or quoted prices may be necessary to estimate fair value. We adopted this guidance for the interim reporting period ending March 31, 2009 and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
     In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 166 , Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 ( ASC 810). The new accounting requirement amends previous guidance relating to the transfers of financial assets and eliminates the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity. This statement must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. This statement must be applied to transfers occurring on or after the effective date. Additionally, on and after the effective date, the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity is no longer relevant for accounting purposes. Therefore, formerly qualifying special-purpose entities should be

96


Table of Contents

evaluated for consolidation by reporting entities on and after the effective date in accordance with the applicable consolidation guidance. Additionally, the disclosure provisions of this statement were also amended and apply to transfers that occurred both before and after the effective date of this statement. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
     In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (ASC 810) , which amended guidance for consolidation of variable interest entities by replacing the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. This statement also requires additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities. This statement is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Early adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
     In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 210-06, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 157 Fair Value Measurements ( ASC 820), which amended guidance requiring new disclosures as follows:
     1. Transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2. A reporting entity should disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers.
     2. Activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. In the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (that is, on a gross basis rather than as one net number).
This update provides amendments to Subtopic 820-10 clarifying existing disclosures as follows:
     1. Level of disaggregation. A reporting entity should provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position. A reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets and liabilities.
     2. Disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques. A reporting entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. Those disclosures are required for fair value measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3.
     This update also includes conforming amendments to the guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets (Subtopic 715-20). The conforming amendments to Subtopic 715-20 change the terminology from major categories of assets to classes of assets and provide a cross reference to the guidance in Subtopic 820-10 on how to determine appropriate classes to present fair value disclosures. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll- forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods

97


Table of Contents

within those fiscal years. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
BUSINESS OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is a Maryland corporation, organized in June 2007. Upon completion of the conversion, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will become the holding company of Atlantic Coast Bank and will succeed to all of the business and operations of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and each of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will cease to exist.
     Initially following the completion of the conversion, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will have no significant assets other than owning 100% of the outstanding common stock of Atlantic Coast Bank, the net proceeds it retains from the offerings, part of which will be used to make a loan to the Atlantic Coast Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan and repay a $5.0 million loan to be obtained by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in June 2010 the proceeds of which were contributed to Atlantic Coast Bank as capital, and will have no significant liabilities. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation intends to use the support staff and offices of Atlantic Coast Bank and will pay Atlantic Coast Bank for these services. If Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation expands or changes its business in the future, it may hire its own employees.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation intends to invest the net proceeds of the offerings as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offerings.” In the future, we may pursue other business activities, including mergers and acquisitions, investment alternatives and diversification of operations. There are, however, no current understandings or agreements for these activities.
BUSINESS OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
AND ATLANTIC COAST BANK
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation is a federally chartered corporation that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Bank. At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation had consolidated assets of $914.0 million, deposits of $584.7 million and stockholders’ equity of $56.4 million. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation was organized on January 1, 2003 as part of a two-tier mutual holding company reorganization plan adopted on May 30, 2002, for the purpose of acquiring all of the capital stock issued upon reorganization of Atlantic Coast Bank, formerly known as Atlantic Coast Federal, a federally chartered stock savings association.
     On October 4, 2004, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation completed a minority stock offering in which it sold 5,819,000 shares or 40% of its common stock to eligible depositors and Atlantic Coast Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan, with 60% of the 14,547,500 shares outstanding being retained by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s mutual holding company.
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation has not engaged in any material business to date other than a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and a loan secured by the common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. Its primary activity is holding all of the stock of Atlantic Coast Bank. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation does not maintain offices separate from those of Atlantic Coast Bank or utilize persons other than certain of Atlantic Coast Bank’s officers.

98


Table of Contents

Atlantic Coast Bank
     Atlantic Coast Bank was established in 1939 as a credit union to serve the employees of the Atlantic Coast Line Railroad. On November 1, 2000, after receiving the necessary regulatory and membership approvals, Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union converted to a federal mutual savings association known as Atlantic Coast Bank that serves the general public. The conversion has allowed Atlantic Coast Bank to diversify its customer base by marketing products and services to individuals and businesses in its market area. Unlike a credit union, Atlantic Coast Bank may make loans to customers who do not have a deposit relationship with Atlantic Coast Bank. Following the conversion, management of Atlantic Coast Bank continued its emphasis on residential mortgage lending and commercial real estate loans. See “—Lending Activities.”
     Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those funds primarily in permanent loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences, home equity loans, and, to a lesser extent, automobile and other consumer loans. We also have originated multi-family residential loans and commercial construction and residential construction loans, but will no longer emphasize the origination of such loans. Instead, our new strategy is to increase our mortgage banking activity, warehouse lending and originating commercial business and owner occupied commercial real estate loans to small businesses. Loans are obtained principally through retail staff, brokers and wholesale purchases. We also invest in investment securities, primarily those issued by U.S. government-sponsored agencies and entities, including Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.
     Revenues are derived principally from interest on loans and other interest earning assets, such as investment securities. To a lesser extent, revenue is generated from service charges and other income.
     We offer a variety of deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms, which generally include savings accounts, money market accounts, demand deposit accounts and time deposit accounts with varied terms ranging from 90 days to five years. Deposits are primarily solicited in our market area of southeastern Georgia and the Jacksonville metropolitan area when necessary to fund loan demand.
     Our address is 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia, 31501 and our telephone number is (800) 342-2824. Our internet website is www.AtlanticCoastBank.net . Our website is not a part of this Prospectus.
Market Area
     We conduct business from our headquarters and 11 full service branch offices in northeastern Florida and southeastern Georgia. We have branches located in Waycross, Douglas and Garden City (Savannah area), Georgia, as well as in Jacksonville Beach, Orange Park, Neptune Beach, Westside, Southside and Julington Creek in the Jacksonville metropolitan area. Our primary lending area is in the Jacksonville metropolitan area with our deposit customers residing in both the Jacksonville metropolitan and southeastern Georgia markets.
      Florida Market Area . The city of Jacksonville ranks as the 14 th largest city in the United States in terms of population with more than 800,000 residents. When including the three beach cities of Atlantic Beach, Neptune Beach and Jacksonville Beach and Clay, Baker, Nassau and St. Johns counties, the Jacksonville metropolitan area has more than 1.1 million residents. Over the past 10 years, the Jacksonville metropolitan area population has grown at a rate of 10% and is estimated to continue that trend and exceed state and national population growth trends according to estimates from SNL Financial. The Jacksonville area has one of the lowest costs of living in the United States and residents have a median age of 36.3 years according to 2008 data from the American Community Survey. The economy in

99


Table of Contents

the Jacksonville metropolitan market area is diverse with aviation and aerospace, supply chain logistics, finance and insurance, information technology, life sciences and manufacturing being the most prominent. Jacksonville has four modern seaport facilities including the Jacksonville Port which is the third largest in Florida and is being deepened to accommodate substantial planned growth and has a nearby naval base. In addition, Jacksonville is regularly a host city for major sporting events such as The Players Championship (TPC), the Super Bowl in 2005, and a NCAA basketball tournament site in 2006 and 2010. Major employers in the Jacksonville metropolitan area include two United States Naval Air Stations, the Duval County Public School System and the City of Jacksonville.
     Over the past 10 years and in view of the current economic downturn, Jacksonville’s economy has not become as dependent on real estate and real estate business activities compared to other communities in Florida. However, the downturn in the real estate industry has significantly affected the Northeastern Florida economy as unemployment was 11.9% as of March 31, 2010, which was slightly higher than the state average of 11.2% and higher than the national average of 9.7%. In addition, as of March 2010, median sales prices of homes in the Jacksonville market area have declined 25.8% from March 2008. The decline in home and real estate values has impacted the level of new housing starts which remain at historically low levels and increased the level of foreclosure activity with approximately 1.3% of all homes in the Jacksonville area in some form of foreclosure activity during the first quarter of 2010.
     Despite the economic downturn, median household income levels in our Jacksonville market area have been generally in line to above state and national averages since 2000 and are estimated to grow at rates above the state and national averages according to SNL Financial.
      Georgia Market Area . The market area of southeastern Georgia is marked by limited growth trends and has a largely agricultural-based economy. While our Georgia market area has experienced population and household income declines since 2000, it has remained a stable banking market. Median household income trends are estimated to be above state and generally in line with national averages according to SNL Financial. Waycross is located in Ware County, Georgia and the dominant employer is Satilla Regional Medical Center which employs 1,200. Other major employers include Flash Foods, Baptist Village, Ware County State Prison and Walmart. Based on the latest FDIC deposit share data, our approximate deposit market share in our Georgia market area of Douglas was 3.48%, Waycross was 27.53% and Savannah was less than 1%.
Competition
     We face strong competition in attracting deposits and originating real estate and other loans. Historically, most of our direct competition for deposits has come from community banks, large commercial banks, thrift institutions and credit unions within our primary market areas. In recent years, competition also has come from institutions that largely deliver their services over the internet. Electronic banking such as this has the competitive advantage of lower infrastructure costs. Particularly during times of extremely low or extremely high interest rates, we have faced significant competition for investors’ funds from short-term money market securities and other corporate and government securities. During periods of increasing volatility in interest rates, competition for interest-bearing deposits increases as customers, particularly time-deposit customers, tend to move their accounts between competing businesses to obtain the highest rates in the market. We compete for these deposits by offering superior service, competitive rates and an arrangement that gives our customers access to over 900 ATMs at no charge and the opportunity to earn nationwide ATM fee refunds. According to FDIC published statistics as of June 30, 2009, Atlantic Coast Bank held approximately 1.56% of the deposits in its primary market areas of southeast Georgia and northeast Florida.

100


Table of Contents

     Competition within our geographic markets also affects our ability to obtain loans through origination or purchase as well as originating them at rates that provide an attractive yield. Competition for loans comes principally from mortgage bankers, commercial banks, other thrift institutions, nationally based homebuilders and credit unions. Internet based lenders also have become a greater competitive factor in recent years. Such competition for the origination and purchase of loans may limit future growth and earnings prospects.
     Atlantic Coast Bank completed an update of its website in late 2008 and added the ability for customers to open accounts online. This new feature, coupled with the implementation of online advertising, should increase our competitiveness in the electronic banking arena over time.
Lending Activities
      General. Historically, we have originated for portfolio one- to four-family residential first and second mortgage loans, home-equity loans and commercial real estate loans, and to a lesser extent commercial and residential construction loans, multi-family real estate loans, commercial business loans, automobile and other consumer loans. We have not originated any land loans since 2008. We have not and currently do not originate or purchase sub-prime loans (Alt-A) or offer teaser rate (low, temporary introductory rate) loans. Our new strategy is to increase our mortgage banking activity, warehouse lending and to emphasize originating commercial business and owner occupied commercial real estate loans to small businesses.
     We underwrite all loans on a fully indexed, fully amortizing basis. Loans carry either a fixed or adjustable rate of interest. Mortgage loans generally have a longer-term amortization, with maturities generally up to 30 years, with principal and interest due each month. Consumer loans are generally shorter in term and amortize monthly or have interest payable monthly. At March 31, 2010, the net loan portfolio totaled $599.9 million, which constituted 65.6% of total assets. Commercial real estate, commercial business, multi-family and nonresidential construction loans have generally larger loan balances and involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. For a description of the primary risks associated with our non-residential loan portfolio, please see “Risk Factors—The Loan Portfolio Possesses Increased Risk Due To Our Growing Number of Commercial Real Estate, Commercial Business, Construction and Multi-family loans and Consumer Loans Which Could Increase Our Level Of Provision For Loan Losses.”
     At March 31, 2010, the maximum amount we could have loaned to any one borrower and related entities under applicable regulations was approximately $9.1 million. At March 31, 2010, we had no loans or group of loans to related borrowers with outstanding balances in excess of this amount. Our largest lending relationship was $7.5 million comprised of two loans secured by owner occupied commercial real estate and a line of credit secured by inventory and accounts receivable. Our second largest relationship was comprised of loans totaling $7.4 million secured by owner occupied commercial real estate and personal residences of the guarantors. Our third largest relationship was a $6.1 million loan and is secured by land for development of residential real estate and a marina. Our fourth largest relationship was a $5.0 million loan participation secured by a condominium/hotel project located near Disney World in Orlando, which was non-performing at March 31, 2010. A specific allowance of $3.3 million has been established for this $5.0 million loan, which is in the process of foreclosure. We are not the lead lender with respect to this loan. The fifth largest lending relationship was $4.3 million which is comprised of two loans secured by income producing commercial real estate and a personal loan to the guarantor secured by a residential lot. All of the above described loans have personal guarantees as a secondary source of repayment and were performing in accordance with their terms except as noted.

101


Table of Contents

     We also originate, as well as purchase from third parties, one- to four-family mortgage loans that are held-for-sale to investors in the secondary market. We earn interest until the loan is sold and also may earn a fee. At March 31, 2010 held-for-sale loans were $5.3 million and had a weighted average interest rate of 5.30%. Held-for-sale loans purchased from third parties generally have commitments to purchase from investors. Loans held-for-sale are sold with limited recourse and servicing is passed to the investor. Held-for sale loans during the three months ended March 31, 2010 were sold on average within 16 days.

102


Table of Contents

     The following table presents information concerning the composition of our loan portfolio by loan type, excluding loans held for sale of $5.3 million at March 31, 2010, $9.0 million at December 31, 2009, $736,000 at December 31, 2008, $640,000 at December 31, 2007, $4.4 million at December 31, 2006 and $100,000 at December 31, 2005, in dollar amounts and in percentages at the dates indicated.
                                                                                                 
    At March 31,     At December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
                                            (Dollars in Thousands)                                          
Real estate loans :
                                                                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 299,314       49.24 %   $ 306,968       49.28 %   $ 370,783       49.86 %   $ 377,956       53.51 %   $ 334,000       52.14 %   $ 324,681       55.88 %
Commercial
    77,584       12.76       77,403       12.42       84,134       11.31       74,748       10.58       60,912       9.51       59,074       10.16  
Other (1)
    35,999       5.92       37,591       6.03       43,901       5.91       40,698       5.76       34,446       5.38       20,302       3.49  
 
                                                                       
Total real estate loans
    412,897       67.92       421,962       67.73       498,818       67.08       493,402       69.85       429,358       67.03       404,057       69.53  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Construction loans :
                                                                                               
One- to four-family
    3,293       0.54       4,189       0.67       8,974       1.21       13,448       1.90       32,467       5.07       24,243       4.17  
Commercial
    7,521       1.24       8,022       1.29       10,883       1.46       11,129       1.58       2,862       0.45       2,577       0.44  
Acquisition & development
    2,871       0.47       3,148       0.51       5,008       0.67       5,329       0.75       2,103       0.33              
 
                                                                       
Total construction loans
    13,685       2.25       15,359       2.47     $ 24,865       3.34       29,906       4.23       37,432       5.85     $ 26,820       4.61  
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Other loans :
                                                                                               
Home equity
    91,644       15.08       93,929       15.08       107,525       14.46       98,410       13.93       91,062       14.22       79,016       13.60  
Consumer
    71,961       11.84       73,870       11.86       87,162       11.72       64,673       9.16       63,630       9.93       62,846       10.81  
Commercial business
    17,667       2.91       17,848       2.86       25,273       3.40       20,009       2.83       19,044       2.97       8,430       1.45  
 
                                                                       
Total other loans
    181,272       29.83       185,647       29.80       219,960       29.58       183,092       25.92       173,736       27.12       150,292       25.86  
 
                                                                       
Total loans
  $ 607,854       100.00 %   $ 622,968       100.00 %   $ 743,643       100.00 %   $ 706,400       100.00 %   $ 640,526       100.00 %   $ 581,169       100.00 %
 
                                                                       
 
                                                                                               
Less :
                                                                                               
Net deferred loan origination costs
    5,231               5,122               8,662               3,256               3,348               3,164          
Premiums on purchased loans
    81               91               172               339               348               695          
Allowance for loan losses
    (13,308 )             (13,810 )             (10,598 )             (6,482 )             (4,705 )             (4,587 )        
 
                                                                                   
Total loans, net
  $ 599,858             $ 614,371             $ 741,879             $ 703,513             $ 639,517             $ 580,441          
 
                                                                                   
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.

103


Table of Contents

     Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2009. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.
                                                                                 
    One- to Four-Family                                     One- to Four-Family     Commercial  
    Real Estate     Commercial Real Estate     Other Real Estate (1)     Construction (2)     Construction (2)  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average             Average             Average             Average  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
                                    (Dollars in Thousands)                                  
At December 31, 2009
                                                                               
1 year or less
  $ 1,808       5.23 %   $ 9,510       5.34 %   $ 17,423       4.30 %   $       %   $ 7,217       4.78 %
Greater than 1 to 3 years
    996       6.82       20,416       6.39       5,336       6.54                          
Greater than 3 to 5 years
    698       5.75       18,341       6.75       1,915       7.10                          
Greater than 5 to 10 years
    21,922       5.31       14,353       6.60       4,021       7.22                   805       6.50  
Greater than 10 to 20 years
    25,451       6.31       13,919       6.84       5,855       6.22                          
Greater than 20 years
    256,093       5.94       864       5.97       3,041       5.79       4,189       6.54              
 
                                                                     
 
                                                                               
Total
  $ 306,968             $ 77,403             $ 37,591             $ 4,189             $ 8,022          
 
                                                                     
                                                                                 
    Acquisition &                          
    Development     Home Equity     Consumer     Commercial Business     Total  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average             Average             Average             Average  
    Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate     Amount     Rate  
                                    (Dollars in Thousands)                          
At December 31, 2009
                                                                               
1 year or less
  $ 3,148       3.83 %   $ 364       7.39 %   $ 3,021       7.88 %   $ 8,782       4.62 %   $ 51,273       4.85 %
Greater than 1 to 3 years
                3,653       7.74       19,292       10.99       1,329       7.01       51,022       8.27  
Greater than 3 to 5 years
                2,744       6.47       12,715       11.18       3,099       7.01       39,512       8.18  
Greater than 5 to 10 years
                6,026       7.16       4,526       8.58       4,624       7.12       56,277       6.40  
Greater than 10 to 20 years
                25,693       6.89       24,454       8.48                   95,372       7.09  
Greater than 20 years
                55,449       5.52       9,862       8.14       14       6.00       329,512       5.91  
 
                                                                     
 
                                                                               
Total
  $ 3,148             $ 93,929             $ 73,870             $ 17,848             $ 622,968          
 
                                                                     
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.
 
(2)   Construction loans include notes that cover both the construction period and the permanent financing, and therefore, the schedule shows maturities for periods greater than one year.

104


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth the scheduled repayments of fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2009 that are contractually due after December 31, 2010.
                         
    Due After December 31, 2010  
    Fixed Rate     Adjustable Rate     Total  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Real estate loans :
                       
One- to four-family
  $ 143,324     $ 161,837     $ 305,161  
Commercial
    37,086       30,807       67,893  
Other (1)
    13,550       6,619       20,169  
 
                 
Total real estate loans
    193,960       199,263       393,223  
 
                       
Construction loans :
                       
One- to four-family
  $ 3,369     $ 820     $ 4,189  
Commercial
    805             805  
Acquisition & development
                 
 
                 
Total real estate construction loans
    4,174       820       4,994  
 
                 
 
                       
Other loans :
                       
Home equity
  $ 30,995     $ 62,633     $ 93,628  
Consumer
    70,286       1,883       72,169  
Commercial business
    7,955       1,111       9,066  
 
                 
Total other loans
    109,236       65,627       174,863  
 
                 
 
                       
Total loans
  $ 307,370     $ 265,710     $ 573,080  
 
                 
 
(1)   Land and multi-family loans.
      One- to Four-Family Real Estate Lending. At March 31, 2010, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans totaled $299.3 million, or 49.2%, of the gross loan portfolio. Generally, one- to four-family loans are underwritten based on the applicant’s employment, income, credit history and the appraised value of the subject property. We will generally lend up to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price for one- to four-family residential loans. Should a loan be granted with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80%, private mortgage insurance would be required to reduce overall exposure to below 80%. Historically, such collateral requirements protected us from loss in the event of foreclosure. However, given the rapid deterioration in the market value of residential real estate over the last two years there is now a greater risk of loss if actions such as foreclosure or short sale become necessary to collect the loan and private mortgage insurance was not purchased.
     Properties securing one- to four-family residential mortgage loans are generally appraised by independent fee appraisers approved by the board of directors. Borrowers are required to obtain title and hazard insurance, and flood insurance, if necessary, in an amount not less than the value of the property improvements. Historically, we originated one- to four-family mortgage loans on both a fixed-rate and adjustable-rate basis. During the first quarter of 2010 and during 2009, the majority of originated loans were fixed rate due to the low interest rate environment. Management’s pricing strategy for one- to four-family mortgage loans includes setting interest rates that are competitive with other local financial institutions and consistent with our internal needs. Adjustable-rate loans are tied to a variety of indices including rates based on U. S. Treasury securities. The majority of adjustable-rate loans carry an initial fixed rate of interest for either three or five years which then convert to an interest rate that is adjusted based upon the applicable index and in accordance with the note. As of March 31, 2010, the interest only portion of this portfolio totaled $66.4 million, or 10.9% of the total loan portfolio, and 22.2% of the total one- to four-family residential mortgage loan portfolio. We do not currently originate or purchase interest only one-to four-family residential mortgage loans and ceased such activity in December 2007.
     Our residential mortgages are structured with a five to 35 year maturity, with amortizations up to 35 years. Substantially all of the one- to four-family residential mortgage loans originated was secured by properties located in southeastern Georgia and the metropolitan Jacksonville area. Beginning in 2008 and

105


Table of Contents

continuing in 2009 and 2010, we implemented stricter underwriting guidelines that limited the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans secured by investment property due to the continued decline in both real estate values and credit quality in our market area.
     All of the residential real estate loans contain a “due on sale” clause allowing us to declare the unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the security property, subject to certain laws. Loans originated or purchased are generally underwritten and documented pursuant to Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae guidelines.
     Prior to 2008, we originated investor loans for one-to four-family properties on a limited basis, but the majority of our lending activity has focused on owner-occupied property. We have not in the past, nor currently, originate sub-prime loans, option-arms, low or no documentation loans (Alt-A) or use other exotic lending terms.
      Commercial Real Estate Lending. We offer commercial real estate loans for both permanent financing and construction. In the future, we will focus primarily on permanent financing to owner occupied businesses. These loans are typically secured by small retail establishments, income-producing properties, storage facilities, and office buildings located in our primary market area. At March 31, 2010, permanent commercial real estate loans totaled $77.6 million, or 12.8%, of the gross loan portfolio.
     We originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate commercial real estate loans. The interest rate on adjustable-rate loans is tied to a variety of indices, including rates based on the Prime Rate and U.S. Treasury securities. The majority of our adjustable-rate loans carry an initial fixed-rate of interest for either three or five years and then convert to an interest rate that is adjusted annually based upon the index. Loan-to-value ratios on commercial real estate loans generally do not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. These loans require monthly payments, amortize up to 25 years, and generally have maturities of up to 10 years and may carry pre-payment penalties.
     Loans secured by commercial real estate are underwritten based on the cash flow of the borrower or income producing potential of the property and the financial strength of the borrower and guarantors. Loan guarantees are generally obtained from financially capable parties based on a review of personal financial statements. We require commercial real estate borrowers with balances in excess of $250,000 to submit financial statements, including rent rolls if applicable, annually. The net operating income, which is the income derived from the operation of the property less all operating expenses, must be sufficient to cover the payments related to the outstanding debt. We generally require a debt service ratio of 1.2x. Rent or lease assignments are required in order for us to be assured the cash flow from the project will be used to repay the debt. Appraisals on properties securing commercial real estate loans are performed by independent state-licensed fee appraisers approved by the board of directors. The majority of the properties securing commercial real estate loans are located in our market area.
     Loans secured by commercial real estate properties are generally larger and involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, or if leases are not obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. See “—Asset Quality—Non-Performing Loans.”
      Other Real Estate Loans. As of March 31, 2010, other real estate secured loans totaled $36.0 million or 5.9% of the gross loan portfolio and consisted mainly of land loans, but also included loans secured by multi-family property. In an effort to prevent potential exposure to additional credit risk due

106


Table of Contents

to the continued decline in both real estate values and credit quality in our market area, we no longer originate new land loans. Loans to commercial and individual borrowers secured by land totaled $32.3 million, or 5.3% of the gross loan portfolio as of March 31, 2010. Generally, these loans carry a higher rate of interest than do residential permanent loans. We generally underwrote land loans based on the borrower’s ability to repay, credit history and the appraised value of the subject property.
     We also offer loans secured by multi-family residential real estate. Loans secured by multi-family property totaled $3.7 million, or 0.6% of the gross loan portfolio as of March 31, 2010. These loans are secured by real estate located in our primary market area. Multi-family residential loans are generally originated with adjustable interest rates based on the prime rate or U.S. Treasury securities. Loan-to-value ratios on multi-family residential loans do not exceed 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. These loans require monthly payments and amortize over a period of up to 30 years. Loans secured by multi-family residential real estate are underwritten based on the income producing potential of the property and the financial strength of the borrower. The net operating income must be sufficient to cover the payments related to the outstanding debt. Rent or lease assignments are required in order for us to be assured the cash flow from the project will be used to repay the debt. Appraisals on properties securing multi-family residential loans are performed by independent state licensed fee appraisers approved by the board of directors.
     Loans secured by land and multi-family real estate properties generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Because payments on loans secured by multi-family real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of such loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, or if leases are not obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. See “—Asset Quality—Non-Performing Loans.”
      Real Estate Construction Lending. As of March 31, 2010, real estate construction loans totaled $13.7 million, or 2.3% of the gross loan portfolio. The real estate construction portfolio consists of both residential and commercial construction loans. Residential construction loans are generally made for the construction of pre-sold builder homes to individual borrowers. As of March 31, 2010, we had $3.3 million in residential construction loans. Residential construction loans are underwritten according to the terms available for permanent financing on the secondary market. Generally, construction loans are limited to a loan to value ratio not to exceed 85% based on the lesser of construction costs or the appraised value of the property upon completion. We also offer construction-to-permanent loans.
     Although we have not originated construction only loans since 2007,construction only loans to builders generally have a term of 12 months with a variable interest rate tied to the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal plus a margin ranging from .50% to 1.5% with a loan to value ratio of no more than 85% of the cost of the construction or appraised value of the property, whichever is less. As of March 31, 2010, we had loans to five builders for the construction of pre-sold or speculative one- to four-family residential property and lot inventory that totaled $5.7 million, $2.6 million of which was non-performing. We did not originate construction only loans in the first quarter of 2010 or during 2009 and plan to cease this type of lending in the future.
     Construction-to-permanent loans are structured where one closing occurs for both the construction and the permanent financing. During the construction phase, which can last up to 18 months depending on the nature of the residence being built, a member of the loan servicing staff, the original appraiser, or a fee inspector makes inspections of the site and loan proceeds are disbursed directly to contractors or borrowers in accordance with the loan funding schedule as construction progresses. Borrowers are required to pay interest only during the construction phase with the loan converting to the

107


Table of Contents

terms of the amortizing note once the construction is completed. Typically, these loans convert to adjustable rate loans which are held in portfolio.
      Home Equity Lending. We generally originate fixed-term fully amortizing home equity loans. Historically, we originated open-ended interest only home equity lines of credit. Due to continued decline of both real estate values in our market area and the increased risk inherent with second lien real estate financing, we only originate home equity lines of credit on a limited basis. At March 31, 2010, the portfolio totaled $91.6 million, or 15.1%, of the gross loan portfolio, 52.0% of which were home equity loans secured by first mortgages. We generally underwrite one- to four-family home equity loans based on the applicant’s employment and credit history and the appraised value of the subject property. Presently, we will lend up to 80% of the appraised value less any prior liens. In limited circumstances, we may lend up to 90% of the appraised value less any prior liens. This ratio may be reduced in accordance with internal guidelines given the risk and credit profile of the borrower. Properties securing one- to four-family residential mortgage loans are generally appraised by independent fee appraisers approved by the board of directors or the value is determined using a qualified asset valuation model. We require a title search and hazard insurance, and flood insurance, if necessary, in an amount not less than the value of the property improvements. All home equity loans have a maximum draw period of 10 years with a repayment period of up to 20 years following such draw period depending on the outstanding balance. Currently these loans are retained in our loan portfolio.
     Our home equity lines of credit carry an adjustable interest rate based upon the prime rate of interest and generally have an interest rate floor. As of March 31, 2010, interest only lines of credit totaled $41.5 million, or 45.3% of the total home equity loans, and 10.5% of total residential mortgage loans. In the past, borrowers requesting interest only lines are qualified using 1% of the commitment amount for determining the borrowers’ capacity to repay.
      Consumer Loans. We currently offer a variety of consumer loans primarily manufactured home loans and automobile loans. At March 31, 2010, consumer loans totaled $72.0 million, or 11.8%, of the gross loan portfolio.
     The most significant component of our consumer loan portfolio consists of manufactured home loans. The loans are originated primarily through an on-site financing broker after being underwritten by Atlantic Coast Bank. Loans secured by manufactured homes totaled $39.0 million, or 6.4% of the gross loan portfolio as of March 31, 2010. Manufactured home loans have a fixed rate of interest and may carry terms up to 25 years. Down payments are required, and the amounts are based on several factors, including the borrower’s credit history. Manufactured home loans 60 days or greater delinquent were $744,000 or 1.31% of the manufactured home loan portfolio at March 31, 2010.
     The second most significant component of our consumer loan portfolio consists of automobile loans. The loans are originated primarily through our branch network and are underwritten by Atlantic Coast Bank. Loans secured by automobiles totaled $18.3 million, or 3.0% of the gross loan portfolio as of March 31, 2010. Automobile loans have a fixed rate of interest and may carry terms up to six years. Down payments are required, and the amounts are based on several factors, including the borrower’s credit history. Automobile loans 60 days or greater delinquent were $160,000 or 0.87% of the automobile loan portfolio at March 31, 2010.
     Consumer loans, except for those secured by manufactured homes have shorter terms to maturity and are principally fixed rate, thereby reducing exposure to changes in interest rates, and carry higher rates of interest than do one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. Consumer loans have an inherently greater risk of loss because they are predominantly secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles or manufactured homes. In these cases, repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate

108


Table of Contents

source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. As a result, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.
      Commercial Business Lending. We also offer commercial business loans which may be secured by assets other than real estate. At March 31, 2010, commercial business loans totaled $17.7 million, or 2.9% of the gross loan portfolio. The purpose of these loans is to provide working capital, inventory financing, or equipment financing. Generally, working capital and inventory loans carry a floating rate of interest based on the prime rate plus a margin and mature annually. Loans to finance equipment generally carry a fixed rate of interest and terms up to seven years. The collateral securing these types of loans is other business assets such as inventory, accounts receivable, and equipment. Commercial business loans generally have higher interest rates than residential mortgage loans of like duration because they have a higher risk of default since their repayment generally depends on the successful operation of the borrower’s business and the sufficiency of any collateral. We intend to emphasize loans to small businesses as part of our commercial business lending program in the future, including participating in government loan guarantee programs sponsored by the United States Small Business Administration and the Unites States Department of Agriculture.
Loan Originations, Purchases, and Sales
     We originate portfolio loans through our branch network, the internet and our call center. Referrals from current customers, advertisements, real estate brokers, mortgage loan brokers and builders are also important sources of loan originations. While we originate both adjustable-rate loans and fixed-rate loans, origination volume is dependent upon customer loan demand within our market area. Demand is affected by local competition, the real estate market and the interest rate environment.
     Prior to 2008, we occasionally purchased pools of residential loans originated by other banks when organic growth was not sufficient. These loan purchases were made following our underwriting standards such as loan-to-value ratios and borrower credit scores. Similarly, we also participated in commercial real estate loans originated by other banks. These participation loans were subject to our usual underwriting standards as described above to this type of loan. We have not participated in a commercial real estate loan originated by another bank since May 2007.
     Beginning in 2008 and continuing into 2009 and 2010, we began to regularly sell originated, conforming residential loans, both fixed rate and adjustable rate, including the related servicing, to other financial institutions in the secondary market for favorable fees. We expect as part of our new business plan to emphasize a mortgage banking strategy to increase fee income in future periods. Similarly, in the latter part of 2009, we also began a program for warehouse type lending where we financed mortgages originated by third parties and held a lien position for a short duration (usually less than 14 days) while earning interest until a sale is completed to an investor. We expect to continue this practice in the future to increase fee income.
     From time-to-time we may sell residential loans from our portfolio to enhance liquidity or to appropriately manage interest rate risk. Also, beginning in 2009, we have utilized the services of a national loan sale advisor to sell non-performing residential mortgage loans. In the first quarter of 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, we sold approximately $866,000 and $3.0 million of non-performing portfolio loans, respectively.

109


Table of Contents

Loan Approval Procedures and Authority
     Individual loan authority ranges from $100,000 to $500,000 with lending authority based on the individual lender’s lending and loan underwriting experience. Loans which exceed an individual lender’s authority may be approved using combined authority with another officer on loan amounts up to and including $1.0 million. Loans exceeding $1.0 million and up to and including $5.0 million must be approved by our loan committee. Loans exceeding $5.0 million must be approved by the board of directors.
Non-Performing and Problem Assets
     When a borrower fails to make a timely payment on a loan, contact is made initially in the form of a reminder letter sent at either 10 or 15 days depending on the term of the loan agreement. If a response is not received within a reasonable period of time, contact by telephone is made in an attempt to determine the reason for the delinquency and to request payment of the delinquent amount in full or to establish an acceptable repayment plan to bring the loan current.
     If the borrower is unable to make or keep payment arrangements, additional collection action is taken in the form of repossession of collateral for secured, non-real estate loans and small claims or legal action for unsecured loans. If the loan is secured by real estate, a letter of intent to foreclose is sent to the borrower when an agreement for an acceptable repayment plan cannot be established or agreed upon. The letter of intent to foreclose allows the borrower up to 30 days to bring the account current. Once the loan becomes delinquent and an acceptable repayment plan has not been established, foreclosure action is initiated on the loan.
     Due to elevated delinquency of one- to four-family residential loans in 2009 and the increasing complexity of workout for these types of loans, we engaged the services of a national third party servicer for certain loans. One- to four-family residential mortgage loans, and any associated home equity loan that becomes 60 days past due, are assigned to the third party servicer for collection. We also assign other one- to four-family residential mortgage loans to the third party servicer irrespective of delinquency status if we feel the loan may have collection risk. At March 31, 2010, the outstanding balance of loans assigned to the third party servicer was $46.9 million. We anticipate the balance of loans assigned to third party servicers will increase in future periods.
     Real estate loans serviced by a third party are subject to the servicing institution’s collection policies. Contractually, the servicing institutions are required to adhere to collection policies no less stringent than our policies. We track each purchased loan individually to ensure full payments are received as scheduled. Each month, servicing institutions are required to provide delinquent loan status reports to our loan operations department. The status reports are included in the month-end delinquent real estate report to management.

110


Table of Contents

      Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth our loans delinquencies by type, number and amount at the dates indicated. Total loans past due 60 days or more totaled $38.5 million, or 6.23% of total loans at March 31, 2010. Real estate loans 60 days or more past due totaled $29.4 million, or 4.76% of total loans at March 31, 2010. Construction loans 60 days or more past due totaled $5.0 million, or 0.81% of total loans at March 31, 2010. Other loans primarily consisting of home equity, consumer, and commercial non-real estate loans 60 days or more past due totaled $4.1 million, or 0.66% of total loans at March 31, 2010.
                                                 
    Loans Delinquent For        
    60-89 Days     90 Days and Over     Total  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                               
At March 31, 2010
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    8     $ 2,006       74     $ 12,309       82     $ 14,315  
Commercial
                4       3,890       4       3,890  
Other (1)
    7       1,148       41       10,080       48       11,228  
Construction loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
                                   
Commercial
                1       4,988       1       4,988  
Acquisition & development
                                   
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
    6       578       28       2,467       34       3,045  
Consumer
    28       389       52       656       80       1,045  
Commercial business
    1       15                   1       15  
 
                                   
Total loans
    50     $ 4,136       200     $ 34,390       250     $ 38,526  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2009
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    16     $ 2,700       76     $ 11,288       92     $ 13,988  
Commercial
    2       797       2       3,097       4       3,894  
Other (1)
    8       979       37       9,063       45       10,042  
Construction loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
                                   
Commercial
                1       4,988       1       4,988  
Acquisition & development
                                   
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
    6       281       29       2,913       35       3,194  
Consumer
    41       411       67       887       108       1,298  
Commercial business
                                   
 
                                   
Total loans
    73     $ 5,168       212     $ 32,236       285     $ 37,404  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2008
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    10       1,848       36       8,599       46       10,447  
Commercial
                4       7,185       4       7,185  
Other (1)
    1       35       13       1,188       14       1,223  
Construction loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
                2       258       2       258  
Commercial
                2       4,289       2       4,289  
Acquisition & development
                                   
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
    12       837       16       840       28       1,677  
Consumer
    34       249       41       387       75       636  
Commercial business
                1       170       1       170  
 
                                   
Total loans
    57     $ 2,969       115     $ 22,916       172     $ 25,885  
 
                                   

111


Table of Contents

                                                 
    Loans Delinquent For        
    60-89 Days     90 Days and Over     Total  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                               
At December 31, 2007
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    11       3,105       11       2,291       22       5,396  
Commercial
    1       175       2       783       3       958  
Other (1)
    2       135       5       310       7       445  
Construction loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
                                   
Commercial
    1       1,527       1       880       2       2,407  
Acquisition & development
                                   
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
    3       229       11       774       14       1,003  
Consumer
    41       272       62       268       103       540  
Commercial business
                87       772       87       772  
 
                                   
Total loans
    59     $ 5,443       179     $ 6,078       238     $ 11,521  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2006
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    3     $ 421       4     $ 325       7     $ 746  
Commercial
                2       430       2       430  
Other (1)
    1       16       1       104       2       120  
Construction loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    1       196       3       551       4       747  
Commercial
                                   
Acquisition & development
                                   
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
    2       376       2       280       4       656  
Consumer
    36       203       88       445       124       648  
Commercial business
                88       915       88       915  
 
                                   
Total loans
    43     $ 1,212       188     $ 3,050       231     $ 4,262  
 
                                   
 
                                               
At December 31, 2005
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    3     $ 241       5     $ 571       8     $ 812  
Commercial
    1       202       4       238       5       440  
Other (1)
    1       109                   1       109  
Construction loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    3       661                   3       661  
Commercial
                                   
Acquisition & development
                                   
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
                1       35       1       35  
Consumer
    50       216       121       597       171       813  
Commercial business
    1       156       87       784       88       940  
 
                                   
Total loans
    59     $ 1,585       218     $ 2,225       277     $ 3,810  
 
                                   
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.
      Non-Performing Assets. Non-performing assets consist of non-accrual loans, accruing loans past due 90 days and more, and foreclosed assets. Loans to a customer whose financial condition has deteriorated are considered for non-accrual status whether or not the loan is 90 days and over past due. Generally, all loans past due 90 days and over are classified as non-accrual. For loans on non-accrual, interest income is not recognized until actually collected. At the time the loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed and charged against current income. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009, gross interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans and troubled debt restructured loans been current in accordance with their original terms was $332,000 and $1.4 million, respectively. Interest income recognized on such loans for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $9,000 and $480,000, respectively. The level of non-performing assets in the previous periods correlate closely with the down turn in the economy, particularly those parts of the economy associated with real estate. We had no loans 90 days or greater delinquent that were still accruing at any of the dates in the following table.

112


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth the amounts and categories of non-performing assets in our loan portfolio.
                                                 
    At March 31,     At December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                               
Non-accrual loans:
                                               
Real estate:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 10,366     $ 11,115     $ 9,542     $ 2,312     $ 325     $ 697  
Commercial
    2,433       2,638       5,126       280       430       238  
Other (1)
    9,676       9,638       2,941       1,073       104       109  
Construction:
                                               
One- to four-family
                86             551        
Commercial
    4,988       4,988       3,169       2,407              
Acquisition & development
    404       404       1,812                    
Other:
                                               
Home equity
    2,467       2,973       1,525       774       280       35  
Consumer
    656       882       387       221       445       597  
Commercial business
                170       772       915       940  
 
                                   
Total non-performing loans
  $ 30,990     $ 32,638     $ 24,758     $ 7,839     $ 3,050     $ 2,616  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Non-accrual troubled debt restructurings:
                                               
Real estate:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 1,943     $ 1,228     $ 777     $     $     $  
Commercial
    1,457       1,257                          
Other (1)
                                   
Construction:
                                               
One- to four-family
                                   
Commercial
                                   
Acquisition & development
                                   
Other:
                                               
Home equity
                                   
Consumer
          27                          
Commercial business
                                   
 
                                   
Total non-accrual troubled debt restructurings
    3,400       2,512       777                    
 
                                   
Total non-performing loans
  $ 34,390     $ 35,150     $ 25,535     $ 7,839     $ 3,050     $ 2,616  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Real estate owned:
                                               
Real estate:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 1,018     $ 1,000     $ 513     $ 325     $ 247     $ 310  
Commercial
    2,386       2,403       1,849             39        
Other (1)
    1,619       1,562       10       76              
Construction:
                                               
One- to four-family
    12       63       960       1,325              
Commercial
                                   
Acquisition & development
                                   
Other:
                                               
Home equity
                                   
Consumer
                                   
Commercial business
                                   
 
                                   
Total real estate owned
    5,035       5,028       3,332       1,726       286       310  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total non-performing assets
  $ 39,425     $ 40,178     $ 28,867     $ 9,565     $ 3,336     $ 2,926  
 
                                   
Total troubled debt restructurings
  $ 20,086     $ 22,660     $ 8,666     $     $     $  
 
                                   
Total accruing troubled debt restructurings
  $ 16,686     $ 20,148     $ 7,889     $     $     $  
 
                                   
Total impaired loans (including troubled debt restructurings
  $ 38,697     $ 44,392     $ 24,872     $ 17,472     $ 7,046     $ 2,004  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Ratios:
                                               
Non-performing loans to total loans
    5.61 %     5.64 %     3.43 %     1.11 %     0.48 %     0.45 %
Non-performing loans to total assets
    3.76 %     3.85 %     2.56 %     0.84 %     0.36 %     0.39 %
Non-performing assets to total assets
    4.31 %     4.44 %     2.90 %     1.03 %     0.40 %     0.39 %
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.

113


Table of Contents

     Due to the decline in real estate values over the last 12-18 months, we believe it is appropriate and prudent to reduce the carrying balance of non-performing one- to four-family residential loans by the expected loss amount rather than providing a general allowance. Accordingly, as of March 31, 2010, our non-performing one- to four-family residential loans balance was net of $6.4 million of partial charge-offs.
     At March 31, 2010, we had $34.4 million in non-performing loans or 5.61% of total loans. Our largest concentration of non-performing loans at March 31, 2010 was $12.3 million in non-performing one- to four-family residential real estate loans. At March 31, 2010, 12 of the non-performing one- to four-family residential real estate loans were jumbo loans (loan amount exceeds $417,000) totaling $3.9 million.
     Other non-performing real estate loans consisting of land and multi-family real estate loans totaled $9.7 million at March 31, 2010. Land loans made to seven commercial borrowers for the development of residential subdivisions or to purchase single family residential lots for builder inventory comprised $8.5 million of that total. We have established a specific allocation of $925,000 for these loans which are in the process of foreclosure.
     Non-performing commercial real estate construction loans at March 31, 2010 consisted of a $5.0 million loan participation secured by a condominium/hotel project located near Disney World in Orlando. We are not the lead lender in this loan. A specific allowance of $3.3 million has been established for this $5.0 million loan, which is in the process of foreclosure.
     Non-performing commercial real estate loans at March 31, 2010 totaled $3.9 million and consisted primarily of three loans. The first was a $2.7 million loan participation secured by a completed and operating condominium hotel located in Celebration, Florida, near Disney World. We are not the lead lender in this loan. The property is scheduled to transfer to the lead lender in the second quarter of 2010. The other two loans total approximately $800,000 at March 31, 2010 and are secured by completed builder speculative homes.
     The following table shows the geographic location of our non-accrual loans by state as of March 31, 2010.
                                 
    Florida     Georgia     Other States     Total  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                               
Non-accrual loans by state:
                               
Real estate loans:
                               
One- to four-family
  $ 9,545     $ 1,399     $ 1,365     $ 12,309  
Commercial
    3,890                   3,890  
Other (1)
    9,278       398             9,676  
 
                               
Real estate construction loans:
                               
One- to four-family
                       
Commercial
    4,988                   4,988  
Other (1)
    404                   404  
 
                               
Other loans:
                               
Home equity
    2,187       267       13       2,467  
Consumer
    41       149       466       646  
Commercial
                       
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 30,333     $ 2,213     $ 1,844     $ 34,390  
 
                       
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.

114


Table of Contents

      Troubled debt restructurings. Troubled debt restructurings increased significantly at year end 2009, as compared to year end 2008, and remain at historically higher levels at March 31, 2010, due to our proactive approach and strategy in modifying one- to four-family residential mortgages when a borrower’s financial circumstances prevented them from performing under the original terms of the loan. Troubled debt restructured loans are reported as performing upon the later of the loan performing according to its modified terms for a period of six consecutive months or until the following calendar year.
     Of the $20.1 million in troubled debt restructurings, $3.4 million are included in non-accrual loans. There were no further commitments to customers whose loans are troubled debt restructurings at March 31, 2010. Any changes or modifications made to loans are carefully reviewed to determine whether they are troubled debt restructurings. Any loan modifications made due to financial difficulties of the borrower where a concession is made are reported as troubled debt restructurings. Any other changes or modifications made for borrowers who are not experiencing financial difficulties are done on an infrequent basis.
      Real Estate Owned and Other Repossessed Assets. Real estate acquired as a result of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned. At the time of foreclosure or repossession, the property is recorded at the lower of its estimated fair value less selling costs or the loan balance, with any write-down charged against the allowance for loan losses. Other repossessed assets are recorded at the lower of the loan balance or fair market value. As of March 31, 2010, we had real estate owned of $5.0 million, and troubled debt restructurings of $20.1 million, a decrease of $2.6 million from $22.7 million as of December 31, 2009.
      Classified Assets. Banking regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by us and regulators to be of lesser quality, as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss.” An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” the insured institution will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered not collectable and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.
     When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management and approved by the board of directors. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as “loss,” it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. An institution’s determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

115


Table of Contents

     The aggregate amount of classified loans at the dates indicated was as follows:
                         
    At March 31,     At December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
 
                       
Substandard
  $ 42,088     $ 47,065     $ 33,248  
Doubtful
    1,729       1,797       459  
Loss
  $     $     $  
 
                 
Total
  $ 43,817     $ 48,862     $ 33,707  
 
                 
     In connection with the filing of our regulatory reports with the Office of Thrift Supervision and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, management regularly reviews the problem assets in the portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. The total amount of classified assets represented 78.8% of our equity capital and 4.8% of our total assets at March 31, 2010.
     Loans considered doubtful were $1.7 million at March 31, 2010, a decrease of $68,000 from $1.8 million at year end 2009. Loans considered substandard were $42.1 million at March 31, 2010, down from $47.1 million at year end 2009, as there has been some stabilization in general economic conditions, including unemployment and real estate values. Loans are classified as special mention when it is determined a loan relationship should be monitored more closely. Loans are classified as special mention for a variety of reasons including changes in recent borrower financial condition, changes in borrower operations, changes in value of available collateral, concerns regarding changes in economic conditions in a borrower’s industry, and other matters. A loan classified as special mention in many instances may be performing in accordance with the loan terms. Special mention loans were $21.9 million and $19.2 million at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The $2.7 million increase was primarily due to the addition of one commercial real estate loan.
     As of March 31, 2010, $34.4 million of classified loans were on non-accrual status, compared with $35.2 million at year end 2009.
      Allowance for Loan Losses. An allowance for loan losses is maintained to reflect probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing assessments of the estimated losses incurred in the loan portfolio and is established as these losses are recognized through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Generally, loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Due to declining real estate values in our markets and the deterioration of the United States economy in general, it is increasingly likely that impairment allowances on non-performing collateral dependent loans, particularly one- to four-family residential loans, will not be recoverable and represent a confirmed loss. As a consequence we recognize the charge-off of impairment allowances on non-performing one- to four family residential loans in the period the loan is classified as such. This process accelerates the recognition of charge-offs but has no impact on the impairment evaluation process.
     The reasonableness of the allowance is reviewed and established by management, within the context of applicable accounting and regulatory guidelines, based upon its evaluation of then-existing economic and business conditions affecting our key lending areas. Senior credit officers monitor the conditions discussed above continuously and reviews are conducted quarterly with senior management and the board of directors.
     Management’s methodology for assessing the reasonableness of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include a general loss component by type of loan and specific allowances for identified problem loans. The allowance also incorporates the results of measuring impaired loans.

116


Table of Contents

     The general loss component is calculated by applying loss factors to outstanding loan balances based on the internal risk evaluation of the loans or pools of loans. Changes to the risk evaluations relative to both performing and non-performing loans affect the amount of this component. Loss factors are based on our recent loss experience, current market conditions that may impact real estate values within our primary lending areas, and on other significant factors that, in management’s judgment, may affect the ability to collect loans in the portfolio as of the evaluation date. Other significant factors that exist as of the balance sheet date that may be considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance include credit quality trends (including trends in non-performing loans expected to result from existing conditions), collateral values, geographic foreclosure rates, new and existing home inventories, loan volumes and concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments and recent charge-off experience in particular segments of the portfolio. The impact of the general loss component on the allowance began increasing during 2008 and has continued to increase during 2009 and into 2010. The increases reflect the deterioration of market conditions, and the increase in the recent loan experience that has resulted from management’s proactive approach to charging off losses on impaired loans.
     Management also evaluates the allowance for loan losses based on a review of certain large balance individual loans. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including the amounts and timing of future cash flows management expects to receive on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. For all specifically reviewed loans where it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the terms of the loan agreement, impairment is determined by computing a fair value based on either discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as individual consumer and residential loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and are excluded from the specific impairment evaluation. For these loans, the allowance for loan losses is calculated in accordance with the allowance for loan losses policy described above. Accordingly, we do not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.

117


Table of Contents

     At March 31, 2010, the allowance for loan losses was $13.3 million or 2.17% of the total loan portfolio and 38.7% of total non-performing loans. Assessing the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective and requires making material estimates, including the amount and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. In management’s opinion, the allowance for loan losses represents all known and inherent loan losses that are both probable and reasonably estimated as of March 31, 2010.
     The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
                                                         
    At or For the        
    Three Months Ended        
    March 31,     At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                                       
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 13,810     $ 10,598     $ 10,598     $ 6,482     $ 4,705     $ 4,587     $ 3,956  
 
                                                       
Charge-offs:
                                                       
Real estate loans:
                                                       
One- to four-family
    1,880       561       8,350       3,514       133       107       192  
Commercial
    115       228       3,822       3,393                   605  
Other (1)
    518       32       3,605       777       41              
Construction loans:
                                                       
One- to four-family
          50       50       336       275              
Commercial
                                         
Acquisition & development
                                         
Other loans:
                                                       
Home equity
    706       836       4,715       1,392       550       14       160  
Consumer
    437       336       1,408       1,232       1,819       1,094       1,249  
Commercial business
    698       288       590       345       135             120  
 
                                         
Total charge-offs
    4,354       2,331       22,540       10,989       2,953       1,215       2,326  
 
                                                       
Recoveries:
                                                       
Real estate loans:
                                                       
One- to four-family
    54       124       252       25       5       54       40  
Commercial
                      550       893       83       51  
Other (1)
    1       15       18       45                    
Construction loans:
                                                       
One- to four-family
                                         
Commercial
                                         
Acquisition & development
                                         
Other loans:
                                                       
Home equity
    4       109       240       3       71       18       1  
Consumer
    71       97       351       533       1,145       703       732  
Commercial business
                18       1                   12  
 
                                         
Total recoveries
    130       345       879       1,157       2,114       858       836  
 
                                                       
Net charge-offs
    4,224       1,986       21,661       9,832       839       357       1,490  
Provision for loan losses
    3,722       5,812       24,873       13,948       2,616       475       2,121  
 
                                         
Balance at end of period
  $ 13,308     $ 14,424     $ 13,810     $ 10,598     $ 6,482     $ 4,705     $ 4,587  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Ratios:
                                                       
Net charge-offs to average loans (2)(3)
    2.69 %     1.07 %     3.11 %     1.35 %     0.13 %     0.06 %     0.27 %
Net charge-offs to average non-performing loans (3)
    11.74 %     6.45 %     60.61 %     125.89 %     24.71 %     11.36 %     43.41 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans (3)
    38.70 %     41.03 %     39.29 %     41.50 %     82.69 %     154.21 %     175.36 %
Allowance as a percent of total loans (2)(3)
    2.17 %     1.99 %     2.22 %     1.43 %     0.92 %     0.73 %     0.78 %
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.
 
(2)   Total loans are net of deferred fees and costs and purchase premiums or discounts.
 
(3)   Ratios at or for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are annualized.

118


Table of Contents

     Loan charge-offs in the first quarter of 2010 and the first quarter of 2009 included $1.3 million and $0 of partial charge-offs of non-performing one- to four- family residential loans, there were no partial charge-offs during the first quarter of 2009 as we did not implement this policy until the second quarter of 2010. These loans are expected to be resolved with no additional material loss, absent further declines in the fair value of the collateral, or decision to sell loans as distressed assets.
      Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the total loan balances by category (including loans held for sale), and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At March 31, 2010     2009     2008  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
            Loans in Each             Loans in Each             Loans in Each  
    Allowance for     Category to     Allowance for     Category to     Allowance for     Category to  
    Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 2,791       49.21 %   $ 3,446       49.28 %   $ 2,805       49.87 %
Commercial
    763       12.65       575       12.42       1,458       11.31  
Other (1)
    1,342       5.87       1,305       6.03       1,061       5.90  
Construction:
                                               
One- to four-family
    7       0.49       47       0.67       98       1.21  
Commercial
    3,315       1.23       3,322       1.29       116       1.46  
Acquisition & development
    110       0.47       110       0.51       1,737       0.67  
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
    2,150       14.95       2,240       15.08       2,301       14.46  
Consumer
    2,585       12.24       2,447       11.86       628       11.72  
Commercial business
    245       2.89       318       2.86       394       3.40  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 13,308       100.00 %   $ 13,810       100.00 %   $ 10,598       100.00 %
 
                                   
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
            Loans in Each             Loans in Each             Loans in Each  
    Allowance for     Category to     Allowance for     Category to     Allowance for     Category to  
    Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans     Loan Losses     Total Loans  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                               
Real estate loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 1,609       53.51 %   $ 771       52.14 %   $ 672       55.88 %
Commercial
    583       10.58       660       9.51       1,041       10.16  
Other (1)
    883       5.76       212       5.38       117       3.49  
Construction:
                                               
One- to four-family
    399       1.90       323       5.07       185       4.17  
Commercial
    571       1.58       63       0.45       26       0.44  
Acquisition & development
          0.75             0.33              
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
    1,295       13.93       745       14.22       497       13.60  
Consumer
    691       9.16       1,327       9.93       1,581       10.81  
Commercial business
    451       2.83       604       2.97       468       1.45  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 6,482       100.00 %   $ 4,705       100.00 %   $ 4,587       100.00 %
 
                                   
 
(1)   Consists of land and multi-family loans.

119


Table of Contents

Investment Activities
      General. We are required by federal regulations to maintain an amount of liquid assets, such as cash and short-term securities, for the purposes of meeting operational needs. We are also permitted to make certain other securities investments. Cash flow projections are regularly reviewed and updated to assure that adequate liquidity is provided.
     We are authorized to invest in various types of liquid assets, including U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies and government sponsored enterprises, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers’ acceptances, repurchase agreements and federal funds. Subject to various restrictions, federal savings associations may also invest their assets in investment grade commercial paper and corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally chartered savings association is otherwise authorized to make directly. See “Regulation and Supervision —Atlantic Coast Bank” for a discussion of additional restrictions on Atlantic Coast Bank’s investment activities.
     The board of directors has adopted an investment policy which governs the nature and extent of investment activities, and the responsibilities of management and the board. Investment activities are directed by the Chief Financial Officer and the Treasurer in coordination with our Asset/Liability Committee. Various factors are considered when making decisions, including the marketability, maturity and tax consequences of the proposed investment. The maturity structure of investments will be affected by various market conditions, including the current and anticipated short and long term interest rates, the level of interest rates, the trend of new deposit inflows, and the anticipated demand for funds via deposit withdrawals and loan originations and purchases.
     The structure of the investment portfolio is intended to provide liquidity when loan demand is high, assist in maintaining earnings when loan demand is low and maximize earnings while managing risk, including credit risk, reinvestment risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk.
      Investment Securities. We invest in investment securities, including United States government sponsored enterprises and state and municipal obligations as part of our asset liability management strategy.
     GAAP requires investments be categorized as “held to maturity,” “trading securities” or “available for sale,” based on management’s intent as to the ultimate disposition of each security. Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. All such securities are classified as available for sale.
     Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.
     In evaluating other-than-temporary impairment, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.

120


Table of Contents

     The amount of the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings depends on whether we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings is equal to the entire difference between its amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the other-than-temporary impairment is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized as a charge to earnings. The amount of the total other-than-temporary impairment related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.
     As of March 31, 2010, our security portfolio consisted of 110 securities, 28 of which were in an unrealized loss position. Nearly all unrealized losses are related to debt securities whose underlying collateral is residential mortgages. However, the majority of these securities were issued by government sponsored organizations as discussed below.
     At March 31, 2010, approximately $182.3 million, or 89% of our debt securities were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in fair value was attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because we do not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely we will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, we do not consider these securities to be other-than-temporary impaired at March 31, 2010.
     Under new accounting guidance implemented in the first quarter of 2009 for measuring impairment of available for sale securities, we recorded other-than-temporary impairment charges of $4.5 million in 2009 and $75,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2010. These charges represent credit losses from our investments in non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations, caused by defaults and losses on the underlying mortgages. As of March 31, 2010, we held approximately $21.0 million of non-agency collateralized mortgages. Due to the severe ongoing economic condition there is no assurance that additional losses may not be incurred in the future.

121


Table of Contents

      Investment Securities Portfolio. The following tables set forth the composition of our investment securities portfolio, excluding Federal Home Loan Bank stock at the dates indicated.
                                                                 
                    At December 31,  
    At March 31, 2010     2009     2008     2007  
    Carrying     Percent of     Carrying     Percent of     Carrying     Percent of     Carrying     Percent of  
    Value     Total     Value     Total     Value     Total     Value     Total  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                                               
Securities available for sale:
                                                               
U.S. government and agency
  $ 28,082       13.75 %   $ 15,752       8.85 %   $ 14,200       9.63 %   $ 11,510       8.58 %
State and municipal
    851       0.42       844       0.47       2,513       1.70       8,684       6.47  
Mortgage-backed securities
    49,660       24.32       38,410       21.59       37,948       25.73       33,282       24.81  
U.S. Government collateralized mortgage obligations
    104,585       51.21       102,439       57.57       76,076       51.59       62,349       46.49  
Other collateralized mortgage obligations
    21,039       10.30       20,493       11.52       16,737       11.35       18,308       13.65  
 
                                               
Total
  $ 204,217       100.00 %   $ 177,938       100.00 %   $ 147,474       100.00 %   $ 134,133       100.00 %
 
                                               

122


Table of Contents

      Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2010 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. State and municipal securities yields have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.
                                                                                         
                    More than One Year     More than Five Years              
    One Year or Less     through Five Years     through Ten Years     More than Ten Years     Total Securities  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted                     Weighted  
    Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized             Average  
    Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Fair Value     Yield  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                                                                       
Securities available for sale:
                                                                                       
U.S. government and agency
  $       %   $       %   $       %   $ 27,998       3.68 %   $ 27,998     $ 28,082       3.68 %
State and municipal
                                        947       4.18       947       851       4.18  
Mortgage-backed securities
                1,506       4.00       1,964       5.06       45,071       5.05       48,541       49,660       5.02  
U.S. Government collateralized mortgage obligations
                            8,411       5.70       95,051       4.78       103,462       104,585       4.85  
Other collateralized mortgage obligations
                            1,200       4.75       19,587       5.24       20,787       21,039       5.21  
 
                                                                           
Total
  $       %   $ 1,506       4.00 %   $ 11,575       5.49 %   $ 188,654       4.73 %   $ 201,735     $ 204,217       4.76 %
 
                                                                           

123


Table of Contents

Sources of Funds
      General. Our sources of funds are deposits, payment of principal and interest on loans, interest earned on or maturation of investment securities, sales of loans and securities, borrowings, and funds provided from operations.
      Deposits. We offer a variety of deposit accounts to consumers with a wide range of interest rates and terms. Deposits consist of time deposit accounts, savings, money market and demand deposit accounts. Our origin as a credit union enables us to enjoy the benefit of long-term deposit customers. Historically, we have paid attractive rates on deposit accounts. We rely primarily on competitive pricing policies, marketing and customer service to attract and retain these deposits. Additionally, we will purchase time deposit accounts from brokers at costs and terms which are comparable to time deposits originated in the branch offices. We had $76.3 million of brokered deposits at March 31, 2010, which was 13.0% of total deposits. Under a memorandum of understanding with the Office of Thrift Supervision entered into in August 2009, Atlantic Coast Bank cannot increase its level of brokered deposits over the amount of $83.9 million without prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and must reduce the level of its brokered deposits to $52.5 million by June 30, 2011.
     The variety of deposit accounts offered has allowed us to be competitive in obtaining funds and to respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand. As customers have become more interest rate conscious, we have become more susceptible to short-term fluctuations in deposit flows. Pricing of deposits are managed to be consistent with overall asset/liability management, liquidity and growth objectives. Management considers numerous factors including: (1) the need for funds based on loan demand, current maturities of deposits and other cash flow needs; (2) rates offered by market area competitors for similar deposit products; (3) current cost of funds and yields on assets; and (4) the alternative cost of funds on a wholesale basis, in particular the cost of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank. Interest rates are reviewed regularly by senior management as a part of its asset-liability management actions. Based on historical experience, management believes our deposits are a relatively stable source of funds. Despite this stability, our ability to attract and maintain these deposits and the rates paid on them has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.
     The following table sets forth the distribution of deposit accounts, by account type, for the dates indicated.
                                                 
    For the Three Months Ended        
    March 31, 2010     For the year ended December 31, 2009  
                    Weighted                     Weighted  
    Average             Average     Average             Average  
    Balance     Percent     Rate     Balance     Percent     Rate  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                               
Deposit type:
                                               
Non-interest-bearing demand
  $ 35,305       6.15 %     %   $ 36,974       6.00 %     %
Savings
    38,503       6.71       0.56       34,496       5.60       0.38  
Interest-bearing demand
    78,089       13.60       1.77       75,513       12.26       1.90  
Money market demand
    125,981       21.95       1.30       140,090       22.75       1.69  
 
                                       
Total transactions accounts
    277,878       48.41       1.16       287,073       46.61       1.37  
Certificates of deposit
    296,121       51.59       2.72       328,773       53.39       3.65  
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 573,999       100.00 %     1.96 %   $ 615,846       100.00 %     2.59 %
 
                                       

124


Table of Contents

                                                 
    For the year ended December 31  
    2008     2007  
                    Weighted                     Weighted  
    Average             Average     Average             Average  
    Balance     Percent     Rate     Balance     Percent     Rate  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                               
Deposit type:
                                               
Non-interest-bearing demand
  $ 38,574       6.41 %     %   $ 38,441       6.54 %     %
Savings
    35,132       5.84       0.38       40,333       6.86       0.39  
Interest-bearing demand
    58,709       9.76       2.45       50,092       8.52       2.96  
Money market demand
    132,313       21.99       3.05       155,863       26.51       4.50  
 
                                       
Total transactions accounts
    264,728       44.00       2.12       284,729       48.44       3.03  
Certificates of deposit
    336,982       56.00       3.96       303,102       51.56       5.00  
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 601,710       100.00 %     3.43 %   $ 587,831       100.00 %     4.04 %
 
                                       
     As of March 31, 2010, the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $157.9 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of those certificates as of March 31, 2010.
         
    At  
    March 31, 2010  
    (In Thousands)  
 
       
Three months or less
  $ 11,103  
Over three months through six months
    19,053  
Over six months through one year
    72,524  
Over one year to three years
    44,333  
Over three years
    10,924  
 
     
 
       
Total
  $ 157,937  
 
     
The following table sets forth time deposits classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.
                                 
    At March 31,     At December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008     2007  
    (In Thousands)  
 
                               
Interest Rate:
                               
Less than 2.00%
  $ 122,814     $ 84,666     $ 223     $ 427  
2.00% - 2.99%
    75,650       73,447       3,475        
3.00% - 3.99%
    29,172       25,708       73,028       6,861  
4.00% - 4.99%
    63,922       82,801       184,122       90,873  
5.00% - 5.99%
    10,653       13,858       96,664       218,344  
6.00% - 6.99%
                1,800       149  
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 302,211     $ 280,480     $ 359,312     $ 316,654  
 
                       

125


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth, by interest rate ranges and scheduled maturity, information concerning our certificates of deposit at March 31, 2010.
                                                 
    At March 31, 2010  
    Period to Maturity  
    Less Than or     More Than     More Than                      
    Equal to     One to     Two to     More Than             Percent of  
    One Year     Two Years     Three Years     Three Years     Total     Total  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest Rate Range:
                                               
Less than 2.00%
  $ 119,539     $ 3,275     $     $     $ 122,814       40.64 %
2.00% to 2.99%
    23,993       38,229       12,774       654       75,650       25.03  
3.00% to 3.99%
    8,509       5,867       2,459       12,337       29,172       9.65  
4.00% to 4.99%
    48,280       7,374       1,555       6,713       63,922       21.15  
5.00% to 5.99%
    2,973       3,466       2,880       1,334       10,653       3.53  
6.00% to 6.99%
                                   
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 203,294     $ 58,211     $ 19,668     $ 21,038     $ 302,211       100.00 %
 
                                   
      FHLB Advances. Although deposits are the primary source of funds, we may utilize borrowings when it is a less costly source of funds, and can be invested at a positive interest rate spread, when additional capacity is required to fund loan demand or when they meet asset/liability management goals. Borrowings have historically consisted primarily of advances from the FHLB of Atlanta; however we also have the ability to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta.
     Advances from the FHLB of Atlanta may be obtained upon the security of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. These advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate, range of maturities and call features. At March 31, 2010, we had $172.7 million in FHLB advances outstanding.
     The following table sets forth information as to FHLB advances for the periods indicated.
                                         
    At or For the Three Months    
    Ended March 31,   At or For the Year Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2009   2008   2007
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Balance at end of period
  $ 172,718     $ 177,623     $ 182,694     $ 184,850     $ 173,000  
Average balance outstanding
  $ 174,259     $ 192,944     $ 180,316     $ 191,055     $ 148,184  
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 172,718     $ 204,858     $ 204,858     $ 207,592     $ 173,000  
Weighted average interest rate during the period
    3.57 %     3.55 %     3.75 %     3.97 %     4.49 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    3.54 %     3.89 %     3.45 %     4.05 %     4.23 %
      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with a carrying value of $92.8 million are secured by mortgage-backed securities as part of a structured transaction with a carrying amount of $118.4 million at March 31, 2010, with maturities beginning in January 2014. Beginning in January 2009, the lender has the option to terminate individual advances in whole the following quarter; there is no termination penalty if terminated by the lender. There have been no early terminations. In the event our regulatory capital ratios fall below well capitalized we may be required to provide additional collateral. In the event our capital ratios fall below adequately capitalized, the counterparty to $77.8 million of the total balance of $92.8 million of our securities sold under agreements to repurchase at March 31, 2010 has the option to call the debt at its fair value. The estimated fair value of these $77.8 million of securities sold under agreements to repurchase at March 31, 2010 was $86.4 million, which would result in an estimated expense of $8.6 million. At maturity or termination, the securities underlying the agreements will be returned to us.

126


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth information as to securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the periods indicated.
                                         
    At or For the Three Months    
    Ended March 31,   At or For the Year Ended December 31,
    2010   2009   2009   2008   2007
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Balance at end of period
  $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 78,500  
Average balance outstanding
  $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 89,793     $ 45,077  
Maximum month-end balance
  $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 78,500  
Weighted average interest rate during the period
    4.95 %     4.24 %     4.57 %     4.21 %     4.53 %
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    5.04 %     4.27 %     4.80 %     4.30 %     4.25 %
      Other borrowings. Other borrowings were $2.2 million at March 31, 2010 and consisted of borrowings from another financial institution, which are secured by shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation owned by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. The entire amount of this loan was contributed to Atlantic Coast Bank as additional contributed capital.
Employees
     At March 31, 2010, we had a total of 161 employees, including 12 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we believe we have a good working relationship with our employees.
Legal Proceedings
     As of March 31, 2010, we were not involved in any pending legal proceedings other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business, which, in the aggregate, involve amounts that we believe are immaterial to our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Subsidiary Activities
     At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation did not have any active subsidiaries other than Atlantic Coast Bank. During 2005, Atlantic Coast Bank formed Atlantic Coast Holdings, Inc. as a wholly owned subsidiary for the purpose of managing and investing in certain securities, as well as owning all of the common stock and 85% of the preferred stock of Coastal Properties, Inc. a real estate investment trust. Coastal Properties, Inc. was formed for the purpose of raising capital as well as holding Georgia and Florida first lien residential mortgages originated by Atlantic Coast Bank. Both Atlantic Coast Holdings, Inc. and Coastal Properties, Inc. were dissolved during 2009 as part of a comprehensive revision of our overall business strategy.

127


Table of Contents

Properties
     At March 31, 2010, we had 11 full-service offices, one drive-up facility and a leased office space for the Florida regional center. We own all locations except the regional office in Jacksonville, Florida and the Orange Park branch. The net book value of the investment in premises, equipment and fixtures, excluding computer equipment, undeveloped land, automobiles and construction in process, was approximately $14.1 million at March 31, 2010. The following table provides a list of our main and branch offices.
                 
            Net Book Value
Location   Owned or Leased   March 31, 2010
            (In Thousands)
 
               
HOME AND EXECUTIVE OFFICE AND MAIN BRANCH
               
505 Haines Avenue
  Owned   $ 1,433  
Waycross, GA 31501
               
 
               
FLORIDA REGIONAL CENTER
               
12724 Gran Bay Parkway
  Leased     44  
Suite 150
  Expires April 2012        
Jacksonville, FL 32258
               
 
               
BRANCH OFFICES:
               
Drive-up Facility
  Owned     119  
400 Haines Avenue
Waycross, GA 31501
               
 
               
2110 Memorial Drive
  Owned     553  
Waycross, GA 31501
               
 
               
1390 South Gaskin Avenue
  Owned     404  
Douglas, GA 31533
               
 
               
213 Hwy 80 West
  Owned     272  
Garden City, GA 31408
               
 
               
10328 Deerwood Park Blvd.
  Owned     958  
Jacksonville, FL 32256
               
 
               
8048 Normandy Blvd.
  Owned     1,035  
Jacksonville, FL 32221
               
 
               
1567 Kingsley Avenue
  Leased     704  
Orange Park, FL 32073
  Expires January 2018        
 
               
930 University Avenue, North
  Owned     1,011  
Jacksonville, FL 32211
               
 
               
1700 South Third Street
  Owned     1,478  
Jacksonville Beach, FL 32250
               
 
               
1425 Atlantic Blvd.
  Owned     3,775  
Neptune Beach, FL 32266
               
 
               
2766 Race Track Road
  Owned     2,117  
Jacksonville, FL 32259
               
     We use an in-house data processing system, with support provided by Open Solutions, a third-party vendor, to maintain our database of depositor and borrower customer information. In 2006, we extended the data processing contract with Open Solutions for an additional five year term taking the contract to March 2012. The net book value of data processing and computer equipment at March 31, 2010, was approximately $696,000.

128


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
     Atlantic Coast Bank is examined and supervised by the Office of Thrift Supervision and is subject to examination by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s deposit insurance fund and depositors. Under this system of federal regulation, financial institutions are periodically examined to ensure that they satisfy applicable standards with respect to their capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market interest rates. Following completion of its examination, the federal agency critiques the institution’s operations and assigns its rating (known as an institution’s CAMELS rating). Under federal law, an institution may not disclose its CAMELS rating to the public. Atlantic Coast Bank also is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, which is one of the twelve regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Atlantic Coast Bank is also regulated to a lesser extent by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, governing reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. The Office of Thrift Supervision examines Atlantic Coast Bank and prepares reports for the consideration of its board of directors on any operating deficiencies. Atlantic Coast Bank’s relationship with its depositors and borrowers is also regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a much lesser extent, state law, especially in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of Atlantic Coast Bank’s mortgage documents.
     Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Office of Thrift Supervision or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank and their operations.
     As a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be required to comply with the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, and will be required to file certain reports with and will be subject to examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.
     Set forth below is a brief description of certain regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank. The description below is limited to certain material aspects of the statutes and regulations addressed, and is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank.
      Memorandum of Understanding. In August 2009, Atlantic Coast Bank entered into a memorandum of understanding with the Office of Thrift Supervision addressing certain areas of our operations. Under the memorandum we are required to (1) utilize a four quarter roll forward budget to address, among other things, capital adequacy, appropriate allowances for loan and lease losses and a liquidity analysis, (2) ensure that book value of our bank owned life insurance does not exceed 25% of our total capital, (3) review and enhance our liquidity policy, (4) develop a written plan to mitigate any risks to our capital and liquidity from our repurchase agreements, (5) reduce our brokered deposits to not more than $52.5 million by June 30, 2011, (6) obtain Office of Thrift Supervision approval for the payment of any dividends, (7) develop a plan to enhance our compliance management program (including Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering programs) and (8) correct all deficiencies and weaknesses identified in our 2009 Report of Examination. We have addressed all the corrective actions mandated in the memorandum and we believe we are in compliance with the requirements of the memorandum.

129


Table of Contents

Proposed Federal Legislation
     Legislation has been introduced in Congress that would implement significant changes to the current bank regulatory structure. The most recent bill passed by the U.S. Senate would eliminate our current primary federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision, and require Atlantic Coast Bank to be regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the primary federal regulator for national banks). The Senate bill also provides that the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System would be responsible for supervising and regulating savings and loan holding companies like Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, in addition to bank holding companies which it currently regulates. If the Federal Reserve Board’s current regulations applied to savings and loan holding companies like Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation would become subject to bank holding company capital requirements to which it is not currently subject. These capital requirements are substantially similar to the capital requirements currently applicable to Atlantic Coast Bank, as described in “Supervision and Regulation—Federal Banking Regulation—Capital Requirements.” The Senate bill also requires the bank regulators to set minimum capital levels for holding companies that are as strong as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries, but the components of Tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be Tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. This would effectively eliminate the ability of bank holding companies to include trust preferred securities or subordinated debt as Tier 1 capital.
     The proposed legislation would also create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau would have broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that would apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Atlantic Coast Bank, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau would have examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Under the Senate bill, banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets would be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The new legislation would also weaken the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings associations, and would give state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable consumer laws.
     The proposed legislation would also broaden the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance assessments to be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, and restrict bank proprietary trading in securities. Lastly, the proposed legislation would increase stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation, and allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy ballots. Public companies would also be required to adopt majority voting for the election of directors, and the Federal Reserve Board would be directed to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not.
Federal Banking Regulation
      Business Activities. A federal savings bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners’ Loan Act, as amended, and the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under these laws and regulations, Atlantic Coast Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and nonresidential real estate, commercial business loans and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. Atlantic Coast Bank also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for Atlantic Coast Bank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.

130


Table of Contents

      Capital Requirements. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require savings banks to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for savings banks receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.
     The risk-based capital standard for savings banks requires the maintenance of Tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the Office of Thrift Supervision, based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. Additionally, a savings bank that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale may be required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the purchaser’s recourse to the savings bank. Atlantic Coast Bank does not typically engage in asset sales.
     At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Bank’s capital exceeded all applicable requirements.
      Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Bank was in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations.
      Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings bank, Atlantic Coast Bank must satisfy the qualified thrift lender, or “QTL,” test. Under the QTL test, Atlantic Coast Bank must maintain at least 65% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments” in at least nine months of the most recent 12 months. “Portfolio assets” generally means total assets of a savings institution, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings bank’s business.
     “Qualified thrift investments” include various types of loans made for residential and housing purposes, investments related to such purposes, including certain mortgage-backed and related securities, and loans for personal, family, household and certain other purposes up to a limit of 20% of portfolio assets. “Qualified thrift investments” also include 100% of an institution’s credit card loans, education loans and small business loans. Atlantic Coast Bank also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a “domestic building and loan association” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
     A savings bank that fails the qualified thrift lender test must either convert to a bank charter or operate under specified restrictions. At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Bank held 91.7% of its “portfolio assets” in “qualified thrift investments,” and satisfied this test.
      Capital Distributions. Office of Thrift Supervision regulations govern capital distributions by a federal savings bank, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account. A savings bank must file an application for approval of a capital distribution if:

131


Table of Contents

    the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceed the sum of the savings bank’s net income for that year to date plus the savings bank’s retained net income for the preceding two years;
 
    the savings bank would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;
 
    the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or Office of Thrift Supervision-imposed condition; or
 
    the savings bank is not eligible for expedited treatment of its filings.
     Even if an application is not otherwise required, every savings bank that is a subsidiary of a holding company must still file a notice with the Office of Thrift Supervision at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution.
     The Office of Thrift Supervision may disapprove a notice or application if:
    the savings bank would be undercapitalized following the distribution;
 
    the proposed capital distribution raises safety and soundness concerns; or
 
    the capital distribution would violate a prohibition contained in any statute, regulation or agreement.
     In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Act provides that an insured depository institution may not make any capital distribution, if after making such distribution the institution would be undercapitalized.
      Liquidity. A federal savings bank is required to maintain a sufficient amount of liquid assets to ensure its safe and sound operation.
      Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All savings banks have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act and related regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a federal savings bank, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required to assess the association’s record of compliance with the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. An association’s failure to comply with the provisions of the Community Reinvestment Act could, at a minimum, result in denial of certain corporate applications such as branches or mergers, or in restrictions on its activities. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the Office of Thrift Supervision, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice. Atlantic Coast Bank received a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating in its most recent federal examination.
      Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings bank’s authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing Regulation W. An affiliate is a company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Atlantic Coast Bank. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be an affiliate of Atlantic Coast Bank. In general, loan transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliate are subject to certain quantitative

132


Table of Contents

and collateral requirements. In this regard, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliate are limited to 10% of the institution’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus for transactions with any one affiliate and 20% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus for transactions in the aggregate with all affiliates. Collateral in specified amounts ranging from 100% to 130% of the amount of the transaction must usually be provided by affiliates in order to receive loans from the association. In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit a savings bank from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. The Office of Thrift Supervision requires savings banks to maintain detailed records of all transactions with affiliates.
     Atlantic Coast Bank’s authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is currently governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O of the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders (i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features, and (ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Atlantic Coast Bank’s capital. In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved by Atlantic Coast Bank’s board of directors.
      Enforcement. The Office of Thrift Supervision has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings institutions and has the authority to bring enforcement action against all “institution-affiliated parties,” including stockholders, and attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action by the Office of Thrift Supervision may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order, to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution and the appointment of a receiver or conservator. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1 million per day. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also has the authority to terminate deposit insurance or to recommend to the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has authority to take action under specified circumstances.
      Standards for Safety and Soundness. Federal law requires each federal banking agency to prescribe certain standards for all insured depository institutions. These standards relate to, among other things, internal controls, information systems and audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, and other operational and managerial standards as the agency deems appropriate. The federal banking agencies adopted Interagency Guidelines Prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness to implement the safety and soundness standards required under federal law. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. The guidelines address internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, credit underwriting, loan documentation, interest rate risk exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits. If the appropriate federal banking agency determines that an institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the agency may require the institution to submit to the agency an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard. If an institution fails to meet these standards, the appropriate federal banking agency may require the institution to submit a compliance plan.

133


Table of Contents

      Prompt Corrective Action Regulations . Under the prompt corrective action regulations, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required and authorized to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings banks. For this purpose, a savings bank is placed in one of the following five categories based on the savings bank’s capital:
    well-capitalized (at least 5% leverage capital, 6% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 10% total risk-based capital);
 
    adequately capitalized (at least 4% leverage capital (3% for savings banks with a composite examination rating of 1), 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital and 8% total risk-based capital);
 
    undercapitalized (less than 4% leverage capital (3% for savings banks with a composite examination rating of 1), 4% Tier 1 risk-based capital or 3% leverage capital);
 
    significantly undercapitalized (less than 6% total risk-based capital, 3% Tier 1 risk-based capital or 3% leverage capital); or
 
    critically undercapitalized (less than 2% tangible capital).
     Generally, the Office of Thrift Supervision is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings bank that is “critically undercapitalized” within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision within 45 days of the date a savings bank receives notice that it is “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” The criteria for an acceptable capital restoration plan include, among other things, the establishment of the methodology and assumptions for attaining adequately capitalized status on an annual basis, procedures for ensuring compliance with restrictions imposed by applicable federal regulations, the identification of the types and levels of activities the savings bank will engage in while the capital restoration plan is in effect, and assurances that the capital restoration plan will not appreciably increase the current risk profile of the savings bank. Any holding company for the savings bank required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee the lesser of: an amount equal to 5% of a savings bank’s assets at the time it was notified or deemed to be undercapitalized by the Office of Thrift Supervision, or the amount necessary to restore the savings bank to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the Office of Thrift Supervision notifies the savings bank that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters, and the Office of Thrift Supervision has the authority to require payment and collect payment under the guarantee. Failure by a holding company to provide the required guarantee will result in certain operating restrictions on the savings bank, such as restrictions on the ability to declare and pay dividends, pay executive compensation and management fees, and increase assets or expand operations. The Office of Thrift Supervision may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings banks, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
     At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Bank met the criteria for being considered “well-capitalized.”
      Insurance of Deposit Accounts. In October 2008, deposit insurance by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation was increased to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor. On January 1, 2014, the maximum insurance amount will return to $100,000 per depositor for all deposit accounts except certain retirement accounts, which will remain at $250,000 per depositor. In addition, under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Transaction Account Guarantee Program, most of our non-interest-bearing transaction accounts are guaranteed regardless of amount until June 30, 2010.

134


Table of Contents

     Pursuant to the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation is authorized to set the reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund annually at between 1.15% and 1.5% of estimated insured deposits. As of June 30, 2008, the reserve ratio had decreased to 1.01% as a result of bank failures. As part of a plan to restore the reserve ratio to 1.15%, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation imposed a special assessment equal to five basis points of assets less Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009, which was payable on September 30, 2009. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation has increased its quarterly deposit insurance assessment rates and amended the method by which rates are calculated. Beginning in the second quarter of 2009, institutions are assigned an initial base assessment rate ranging from 12 to 45 basis points of deposits depending on risk category. The initial base assessment is then adjusted based upon the level of unsecured debt, secured liabilities, and brokered deposits to establish a total base assessment rate ranging from seven to 77.5 basis points.
     On November 12, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved a final rule requiring insured depository institutions to prepay on December 30, 2009, their estimated quarterly risk-based assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011, and 2012. Estimated assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for all of 2010 are based upon the assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009, with three basis points added for the 2011 and 2012 assessment rates. In addition, a 5% annual growth in the assessment base is assumed. Prepaid assessments are to be applied against the actual quarterly assessments until exhausted, and may not be applied to any special assessments that may occur in the future. Any unused prepayments will be returned to the institution on June 30, 2013. On December 30, 2009, we prepaid $6.1 million in estimated assessment fees for the fourth quarter of 2009 through 2012. Because the prepaid assessments represent the prepayment of future expense, they do not affect our regulatory capital (the prepaid asset will have a risk-weighting of 0%) or tax obligations.
     Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.
     In addition to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended March 31, 2010, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 1.04 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.
      Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program guarantees newly issued senior unsecured debt of a participating organization, up to certain limits established for each institution, issued between October 14, 2008 and June 30, 2009. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation extended this component of the program to cover debt issued through October 31, 2009. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will pay the unpaid principal and interest on Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation-guaranteed debt instruments upon the uncured failure of the participating entity to make timely payments of principal or interest in accordance with the terms of the instrument. The guarantee will remain in effect until December 31, 2012. In return for the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s guarantee, participating institutions are required to pay the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation a fee based on the amount and maturity of the debt. We opted not to participate in this part of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program.

135


Table of Contents

     The other component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program provides full federal deposit insurance coverage for non-interest bearing transaction deposit accounts, regardless of dollar amount, until June 30, 2010. Through December 31, 2009, an annualized 10 basis point assessment on balances in noninterest-bearing transaction accounts that exceed $250,000 was assessed to insured depository institutions that have not opted out of this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. Beginning January 1, 2010, the fees are based on the institution’s risk category rating assigned with respect to regular Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation assessments. Institutions in Risk Category I (generally well-capitalized institutions with composite CAMELS 1 or 2 ratings) pay an annualized assessment rate of 15 basis points. Institutions in Risk Category II (generally adequately capitalized institutions with composite CAMELS 3 or better) pay an annualized assessment rate of 20 basis points. Institutions in Risk Category III or IV (generally under capitalized or composite CAMELS 4 or 5) pay an annualized assessment rate of 25 basis points. We opted to participate in this component of the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program. On April 13, 2010, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation announced its intention to extend the program again until December 31, 2010 and retaining the discretion to further extend the program until December 31, 2011. Institutions must elect to opt out of the extension before it takes effect on July 1, 2010. The assessment rate remains the same from the prior extension. We anticipate opting into the extension.
      U.S. Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program. The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 provides the Secretary of the Treasury with broad authority to implement certain actions to help restore stability and liquidity to U.S. financial markets. One of the programs resulting from the legislation is the Troubled Asset Relief Program—Capital Purchase Program, which provides direct equity investment by the U.S. Treasury Department in perpetual preferred stock or similar securities of qualified financial institutions. This program is voluntary (subject to regulatory approval) and requires an institution to comply with a number of restrictions and provisions, including limits on executive compensation, stock redemptions and declaration of dividends. We opted not to participate in this program.
      Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements . Federal savings banks are prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
      Federal Home Loan Bank System. Atlantic Coast Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, Atlantic Coast Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Bank was in compliance with this requirement.
Federal Reserve System
     Federal Reserve Board regulations require savings banks to maintain noninterest-earning reserves against their transaction accounts, such as negotiable order of withdrawal and regular checking accounts. At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements.

136


Table of Contents

Other Regulations
     Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Atlantic Coast Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Atlantic Coast Bank’s operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
    Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
    Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
 
    Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
 
    Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;
 
    Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;
 
    Truth in Savings Act; and
 
    Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.
     The operations of Atlantic Coast Bank also are subject to the:
    Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
 
    Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;
 
    Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as “Check 21”), which gives “substitute checks,” such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;
 
    The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings banks to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements that also apply to financial institutions under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and
 
    The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institution’s

137


Table of Contents

      privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.
Holding Company Regulation
     Upon completion of the conversion, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be a unitary savings and loan holding company, subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The Office of Thrift Supervision will have enforcement authority over Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its non-savings institution subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Office of Thrift Supervision to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a risk to Atlantic Coast Bank.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s activities are limited to those activities permissible for financial holding companies or for multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, including underwriting equity securities and insurance, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. A multiple savings and loan holding company is generally limited to activities permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act, subject to the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, and certain additional activities authorized by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations.
     Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring control of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with specified exceptions, more than 5% of the equity securities of a company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Office of Thrift Supervision must consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the savings institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
Federal Securities Laws
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission after the conversion offering. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock issued in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s public offerings does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not affiliates of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by an affiliate of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation meets the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliate’s sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of the outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.

138


Table of Contents

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the board of directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting. We have existing policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and we are further enhancing and documenting such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.
TAXATION
Federal Taxation
      General . Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation are, subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank.
     Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank are not currently under audit with respect to their federal income tax returns and their federal income tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.
      Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.
      Alternative Minimum Tax . The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences (“alternative minimum taxable income” or “AMTI”). The AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses generally can offset no more than 90% of AMTI. Certain payments of AMT may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank have been subject to the AMT and have $71,000 available as credits for carryover.
      Net Operating Loss Carryovers. Generally, a financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. However, as a result of recent legislation, subject to certain limitations, the carryback period for net operating losses incurred in 2008 or 2009 (but not both years) has been expanded to five years. At March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank have $18.7 million in net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes which begins to expire in 2027. See “Risk Factors—We may not be able to realize our deferred tax asset.”

139


Table of Contents

      Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction . Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation) may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from Atlantic Coast Bank as a wholly owned subsidiary.
State Taxation
      Net Operating Loss Carryovers . A corporation may carry back Georgia net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years; however, net operating losses in Florida may only be carried forward for 20 taxable years. Through March 31, 2010, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank had a Florida and Georgia net operating loss carryforward of $41.0 million which begins to expire in 2026.
      Income Taxation . Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank are subject to Georgia corporate income tax which is assessed at the rate of 6.00%. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank are subject to Florida corporate income tax which is assessed at the rate of 5.50%. For both states, taxable income generally means federal taxable income subject to certain modifications provided for in the applicable state statutes.
     Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank are not currently under audit with respect to their state income tax returns and their state income tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.
     As a Maryland business corporation, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is required to file annual returns and pay annual fees to the State of Maryland.
MANAGEMENT
Shared Management Structure
     The directors of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation are the same persons who are the directors of Atlantic Coast Bank with the exception of Jay S. Sidhu. In addition, each executive officer of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation with the exception of Jay S. Sidhu is also an executive officer of Atlantic Coast Bank. We expect that Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank will continue to have certain common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.
Executive Officers of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank
     The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank. Age information is as of March 31, 2010. The executive officers of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank are elected annually.
             
Name   Age   Position
Jay S. Sidhu (1)
    58     Executive Chairman of the Board
Robert J. Larison, Jr. (2)
    53     President and Chief Executive Officer
Carl W. Insel (3)
    46     Executive Vice President Commercial/Retail Sales
Thomas B. Wagers, Sr. (2)
    52     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Phillip S. Buddenbohm (3)
    39     Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
Philip S. Hubacher (3)
    52     Treasurer
 
(1)   Executive officer of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation only.
 
(2)   Executive officer of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank.
 
(3)   Executive officer of Atlantic Coast Bank only.

140


Table of Contents

Directors of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation has nine directors. Directors serve three-year staggered terms so that approximately one-third of the directors are elected at each annual meeting. Directors of Atlantic Coast Bank will be elected by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation as its sole stockholder. The following table states our directors’ names, their ages as of March 31, 2010, the years when they began serving as directors of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and when their current term expires.
                             
    Position(s) Held With                
    Atlantic Coast Federal           Director   Current Term
Name (1)   Corporation   Age   Since   Expires
Jay S. Sidhu
  Executive Chairman of the Board     58       2010       2011  
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
  President and CEO     53       2003       2011  
Charles E. Martin, Jr.
  Lead Independent Director     63       1982       2013  
Forest W. Sweat, Jr.
  Director     52       2001       2013  
Thomas F. Beeckler
  Director     63       2005       2013  
Frederick D. Franklin, Jr.
  Director     54       2005       2012  
Robert J. Smith
  Director     49       2003       2012  
H. Dennis Woods
  Director     64       1987       2012  
W. Eric Palmer
  Director     47       2005       2011  
 
(1)   The mailing address for each person listed is 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501. Each of the persons listed as a director, with the exception of Jay S. Sidhu, is also a director of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Bank.
Board Independence
     The board of directors consists of a majority of “independent directors” within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance listing standards. The board of directors has determined that each of our directors is “independent” within the meaning of the NASDAQ corporate governance listing standards with the exception of Mr. Larison who is our President and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Sidhu who is our executive Chairman of the Board. The board of directors has adopted a policy that the independent directors of the board shall meet in executive sessions periodically, which meetings may be held in conjunction with regularly scheduled board meetings.
     In determining the independence of the non-executive directors, the board of directors reviewed the following transactions: (1) legal fees of $175,000 paid to the law firm of Rogers Towers P.A., of which Mr. Franklin is a partner, and (2) grants given to the Jacksonville Children’s Christmas Party, an organization with which Mr. Palmer serves as a director; which amounted to approximately $5,000.
The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers
     The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the person’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the Governance/Nominating Committee and the board of directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.
Directors
      Charles E. Martin, Jr. Mr. Martin serves as the lead independent director of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and served as Chairman of the Board from May 2004 to May 2010. Mr. Martin also

141


Table of Contents

serves as Chairman of the Board of Atlantic Coast Bank. Mr. Martin is a retired employee of CSX Transportation, Inc., Waycross, Georgia, where he worked as a machinist for over 20 years. Mr. Martin has served as a director of Atlantic Coast Bank and its predecessor, Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union, since 1982. In his role as director of Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union, Mr. Martin headed the credit committee after obtaining credit certification under a program offered by Florida State University. Mr. Martin has used his knowledge and experience to provide input on the development of credit policies and procedures as well as being an advisor to Atlantic Coast Bank management in loan decisions and problem loan situations. Prior to 2005, Mr. Martin was a long-time resident of Waycross, Georgia. This provides Mr. Martin access to many community leaders and organizations, which provides Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation business development and growth opportunities.
      Forrest W. Sweat, Jr. Mr. Sweat is a partner in the law firm of Walker & Sweat, Waycross, Georgia. He has practiced law since 1982. Mr. Sweat specializes in providing legal counsel in real estate acquisition, lending and related matters. A large part of Atlantic Coast Bank’s lending program involves residential and commercial lending. Mr. Sweat was originally nominated to serve as a director due to his experience in this area, and he was re-nominated to serve again to provide the benefit of his expertise to Atlantic Coast Bank and the board of directors as a member with management on the loan and Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) committees.
      Thomas F. Beeckler. Mr. Beeckler is the owner, president and chief executive officer of the Beeckler Company, Jacksonville, Florida, a real estate development firm. Mr. Beeckler founded the company in 1990. Mr. Beeckler was originally nominated and re-nominated again this year as a director due to his real estate development experience, which contributes to Atlantic Coast Bank’s evaluation of real estate lending opportunities in Florida as member of the loan committee. Mr. Beeckler’s experience in acquisition and development of real estate is also used to assist the board of directors in the negotiation for acquisition of property for branches and other business office space.
      Jay S. Sidhu . Mr. Sidhu was appointed as the Executive Chairman of the Board in May 2010. Mr. Sidhu is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of New Century Bank, headquartered in Phoenixville, Pennsylvania, where he has served since June 2009. Mr. Sidhu also is the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Sidhu Advisors, LLC, a financial services consulting company. Previously, Mr. Sidhu served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Philadelphia-based Sovereign Bank, where he was employed from 1986 until 2006. Under his leadership, Sovereign Bank grew from a small thrift with less than $1 billion in assets to a nearly $90 billion institution, with a branch network of 800 locations serving customers from Maryland to New Hampshire. Mr. Sidhu was nominated to the board of directors due to his extensive experience in the financial services industry, as well as his capital markets background. Mr. Sidhu is also very experienced in public company operations and management, and is expected to contribute meaningfully to the board’s work in evaluating strategic opportunities, and offering guidance with respect to credit management.
      Frederick D. Franklin, Jr. Mr. Franklin has been a partner in the law firm of Rogers Towers, P.A., Jacksonville, Florida since January 2004. He currently serves as the Chairman of the firm’s litigation department. From 1997 to 2004, he was a partner in the law firm of Holland & Knight, Jacksonville, Florida. His legal experience also includes service as the General Counsel for the City of Jacksonville and its independent authorities. Mr. Franklin specializes in complex commercial litigation and has more than 20 years experience representing banks and federal banking agencies in loan workouts, commercial foreclosures and lender liability actions. His extensive experience as an attorney provides guidance to the board of directors in a number of areas, including litigation, contract negotiation and risk management.

142


Table of Contents

      Robert J. Smith . Mr. Smith, a certified public accountant in the State of Florida, is currently employed by the Cypress Insurance Group in Jacksonville, Florida, as Executive Vice President, Finance and Non-Insurance Operations. From January 2001 through June 2008, he served as a senior mortgage banking executive with PHH Mortgage (NYSE:PHH) in Jacksonville, Florida, except for the period from April 2002 to July 2003, during which he was employed by Basis 100, a technology company which served the mortgage banking industry. Prior to his employment with PHH Mortgage in 2001, he was a Senior Vice President of Merrill Lynch Credit Corporation (NYSE:BAC), Jacksonville, Florida, for over nine years and, prior to that, was a Senior Manager for Deloitte & Touche LLP, where he was recognized as a National Industry Specialist in the savings and loan and real estate industries. Mr. Smith was originally nominated as a director because of his breadth of accounting expertise and experience in the mortgage finance and capital markets. Mr. Smith’s expertise also qualifies him as a financial expert, which was the basis of his selection as chairman of the audit committee.
      H. Dennis Woods. Mr. Woods is a retired employee of CSX Transportation, Inc., Waycross, Georgia, where he worked from 1964 until 2005. He most previously served as the business manager of the company’s warehouse in Waycross, Georgia. Mr. Woods has served as a director of Atlantic Coast Bank and its predecessor, Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union, since 1987. For the years 1977 to 1986 Mr. Woods also served as a member of Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union’s supervisory committee where, through his interaction with regulators and outside accountants, Mr. Woods developed knowledge and skills that enable him to serve on Atlantic Coast Bank’s audit committee. Mr. Wood’s long-standing service and knowledge of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s operations has provided valuable insight and direction into the development of Atlantic Coast Bank’s corporate governance practices. Further, as a long-time resident in Waycross, Georgia, where Atlantic Coast Bank has its largest market share, Mr. Woods offers important insight in to financial service needs regarding products and services.
      Robert J. Larison, Jr. Mr. Larison has served as our president and chief executive officer since our organization in 2003 and Atlantic Coast Bank and Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union since 1983. Mr. Larison’s financial institutions industry experience and his long service to Atlantic Coast Bank provides the board with the expertise of a seasoned financial services executive.
      W. Eric Palmer. Mr. Palmer is employed by the Mayo Clinic, Jacksonville, Florida, where he serves as a Section head of patient financial services. Prior to serving as section head, Mr. Palmer served as a section manager of accounts receivable at the Mayo Clinic for four years. Mr. Palmer is active in a number of Jacksonville area civic organizations, which provide an opportunity for the community to learn more about Atlantic Coast Bank and its products and services. Mr. Palmer was associated with Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union as a director of its credit union service organization and its community advisory board. In those roles, Mr. Palmer interfaced with members and member organizations along with helping identify business development opportunities. Mr. Palmer was originally nominated as a director in order to use his previous experience and familiarity with Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union members to assist management in the transition from a credit union business to a publicly traded federal thrift. The knowledge and insight Mr. Palmer’s acquires about our Florida markets through his involvement in Jacksonville civic organizations is used by Atlantic Coast Bank to design products and develop marketing plans.
Executive Officers Who are Not Directors
      Carl W. Insel. Mr. Insel has served as executive vice president — commercial/retail sales since May 2009. He previously served as executive vice president — commercial lending beginning in September 2007 and served as market president of Florida from December 2006 until September 2007. Prior to that Mr. Insel served as executive vice president beginning in October 2004. Mr. Insel previously

143


Table of Contents

served as senior vice president for retail banking at the National Bank of Commerce, Atlanta, Georgia, where he worked from 1996 to September 2004.
      Thomas B. Wagers, Sr. Mr. Wagers has served as chief financial officer since May, 2009. He previously served as chief operating officer of Atlantic Coast Bank beginning in December, 2006 and as vice president of finance, beginning in June 2004. Mr. Wagers has over 18 years of banking experience including 12 years in various senior internal audit and finance positions with Barnett Banks, Inc. from 1985 until 1997. Mr. Wagers is a Certified Public Accountant in Florida and, upon graduating with a B.S. degree in accounting from East Tennessee State University in 1979, worked for the national public accounting firm of Coopers and Lybrand leaving as audit manager to join Barnett Banks, Inc. in 1985. Prior to joining Atlantic Coast Bank, Mr. Wagers was an independent accounting consultant from August 2002 until May 2004 after working in the food distribution business from 1998 until 2002.
      Phillip S. Buddenbohm. Mr. Buddenbohm has served as senior vice president-chief risk officer since September 2007. He previously served as senior vice president of credit administration from March 2005 until September 2007. Formerly a first vice president in the Consumer Services Division of National Commerce Financial Corporation in Memphis, Tennessee, he has 14 years of experience in lending, credit administration and branch services.
      Philip S. Hubacher. Mr. Hubacher has served as treasurer of Atlantic Coast Bank since 1988. He is a lieutenant colonel in the United States Air Force Reserve.
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors
     Our business is conducted at regular and special meetings of the full board of directors and its standing committees. The standing committees consist of the executive, audit, compensation and governance/nominating committees. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the board of directors met at 12 regular meetings and ten special meetings. No director attended fewer than 75% in the aggregate of the total number of board meetings held and the total number of committee meetings on which he served during fiscal 2009.
      Executive Committee . The executive committee consists of directors Martin, who serves as chairman, Beeckler and Sweat. The executive committee meets as needed. The executive committee is generally authorized to act on behalf of the full board of directors when certain business matters require prompt action. The executive committee met one time during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.
      Audit Committee . The audit committee consists of directors Smith, who serves as chairman, Woods and Palmer. The audit committee assists the board of directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibility relating to the integrity of our financial statements and the financial reporting processes; the systems of internal control over financial reporting; compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the performance of our internal audit function; and our relationship with our independent registered public accounting firm. The committee hires, and reviews the reports prepared by, the registered public accounting firm and reviews substantially all of our periodic public financial disclosures. The committee is empowered to investigate any matter, with full access to all necessary books, records, facilities and personnel of the company, and has the authority to retain at our expense legal, accounting or other advisors, consultants or experts, as it deems appropriate. Each member of the audit committee is “independent” as defined in the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards and under Rule 10A-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The board of directors has determined that director Smith qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as that term is used in the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee. The audit committee met nine times during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009.

144


Table of Contents

      Compensation Committee . The compensation committee is responsible for recommending to the full board of directors the compensation of the chief executive officer and senior management, reviewing and administering overall compensation policy, including setting performance measures and goals, approving benefit programs, establishing compensation of the board of directors and other matters of personnel policy and practice and coordinating such actions with the benefits committee of Atlantic Coast Bank. The compensation committee is composed of directors Martin, who serves as chairman, Smith and Woods. Each member of the compensation committee is considered “independent” as defined in the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee. The compensation committee met seven times during the year ended December 31, 2009.
     The role of the compensation committee is to review annually the compensation levels of the executive officers and recommend compensation changes to the board of directors. The compensation committee is composed entirely of outside, non-employee directors. It is intended that the executive compensation program will enable us to attract, motivate and retain talented executive officers who are capable of achieving our growth strategy and enhancing long-term stockholder value. The compensation committee has adopted a compensation strategy that seeks to provide competitive, performance-based compensation strongly aligned with the financial and stock performance of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. The key elements of our compensation program for executives are: base salary, annual incentive compensation and stock based award compensation.
      Governance/Nominating Committee . The governance/nominating committee currently consists of directors Palmer and Woods, with director Palmer serving as chairman. Each member of the governance/nominating committee is considered “independent” as defined in the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards. The board of directors has adopted a written charter for the governance/nominating committee. The governance/nominating committee met once during the year ended December 31, 2009.
Code of Ethics
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation has adopted a Code of Ethics that is applicable to the officers, directors and employees of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, including Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions.

145


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation
      Summary Compensation Table . The following table sets forth for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 certain information as to the total remuneration paid to Mr. Larison, who serves as President and Chief Executive Officer, and the two other most highly compensated executive officers of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and its subsidiaries. Each of the individuals listed in the table below is referred to as a named executive officer.
                                                         
Summary Compensation Table
                                    Nonqualified        
                            Non-equity   deferred        
                            incentive plan   compensation   All other    
Name and Principal           Salary   Bonus   compensation   earnings   compensation   Total
Position   Year   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($)   ($) (1)   ($)
 
                                                       
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
    2009       225,000                         82,418       307,418  
President and Chief
    2008       237,500                         109,189       346,689  
Executive Officer
                                                       
 
                                                       
Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.
    2009       178,217                         17,218       195,435  
Chief Financial Officer
    2008       178,822                         45,084       223,906  
 
                                                       
Carl W. Insel
    2009       174,432                         37,137       211,569  
EVP-Commercial/Retail
    2008       174,432                         67,791       242,223  
Sales
                                                       
 
(1)   The amounts in this column reflect the various benefits and payments received by the applicable named executive officer. A break-down of the various elements of compensation in this column is set forth in the table provided below for the year ended December 31, 2009.
                                                         
                            Insurance            
            Tax           Premiums   RRP   ESOP    
    Perquisites   Gross-Ups   Contributions   Paid   Dividends   Allocation   Total
Name   ($)(1)   ($)   to 401(k) Plan ($)   ($)(2)   ($)(3)   ($)   ($)
 
                                                       
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
    50,625       4,104       1,454       20,599       248       5,388       82,418  
Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.
    10,495       327       1,028             223       5,145       17,218  
Carl W. Insel
    10,774       226       591       19,995       163       5,388       37,137  
 
(1)   Perquisites for Messrs. Larison, Insel and Wagers included reimbursement for country club membership and an automobile allowance. Mr. Larison’s perquisites also included an IRA contribution and a per diem payment for maintaining dual households in Waycross, Georgia and Jacksonville, Florida which totaled $31,259. No other individual perquisite exceeded $25,000.
 
(2)   Represents cost of the insurance premiums paid by Atlantic Coast Bank on behalf of Messrs. Larison and Insel in accordance with their endorsement life insurance agreements as described in more detail below.
 
(3)   Represents dividends on unvested restricted stock awards granted under the 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan.
Employment Agreements
      Employment Agreement with Mr. Larison. Atlantic Coast Bank entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Larison for a term of three years, effective May 12, 2010. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreement, the disinterested members of the board of directors of Atlantic Coast Bank must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreement for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it must notify Mr. Larison at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to such date. The agreement currently provides for a base salary of $250,000. Notwithstanding the agreement, Mr. Larison elected to take a reduction in the actual salary paid to him to a $225,000 annual rate. In addition to the base salary, the agreement provides for, among other things, participation in incentive programs and other employee pension benefit and fringe benefit plans including (i) Atlantic Coast Bank’s payment of premiums on a life insurance policy for Mr. Larison, (ii) the right to receive a $5,000 per year contribution from Atlantic Coast Bank to Mr. Larison’s individual retirement

146


Table of Contents

account; (iii) reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses up to $2,500 for Mr. Larison’s health insurance; (iv) a car allowance of $750 per month; and (v) reimbursement up to $5,000 for Mr. Larison’s membership in a country club of his choosing.
     Certain events resulting in Mr. Larison’s termination or resignation (“event of termination”) will entitle him to payments of severance benefits following termination of employment, including in connection with a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank. Mr. Larison will be entitled to severance benefits under the agreement in the event (i) his employment is involuntarily terminated (for reasons other than cause, death, disability or retirement) or (ii) he resigns during the term of the agreement within two years after any of the following events: (A) the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint him to his executive positions, or a material change in his functions, duties or responsibilities, which change would cause his position to become of lesser responsibility, importance or scope of authority, (B) a relocation of his principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from either Waycross, Georgia or Jacksonville, Florida, (C) a material reduction in his salary or benefits other than as part of an employee wide reduction, or (D) a material breach of the agreement by Atlantic Coast Bank, which would entitle him to an immediate cash lump sum severance payment equal to three times the sum of his: (i) highest annual rate of base salary at any time during the term of the agreement and (ii) highest annual bonus and non-equity compensation received during the latest three calendar years prior to the termination. In addition, Mr. Larison would be entitled, at no expense to him, to the continuation of substantially comparable life, disability and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage until the early of 36 months following his date of termination, or the date on which he obtains substantially similar coverage from a new employer.
     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the agreement, in the event any severance payments that are made in connection with a change in control of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation constitute an “excess parachute payment” subject to excise taxes under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the severance benefits under the agreement will be reduced accordingly to avoid excise taxes.
      Employment Agreements with Messrs. Wagers and Insel. In addition, Atlantic Coast Bank entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Wagers and Insel for a term of three years effective May 12, 2010. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of each agreement, the disinterested members of the board of directors of Atlantic Coast Bank must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of each agreement for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it must notify the executive at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to such date. Each agreement provides for a base salary of $178,000 and $175,000 for Messrs. Wagers and Insel, respectively. In addition to base salary, each agreement provides for, among other things, participation in incentive programs and other employee pension benefit and fringe benefit plans applicable to executive employees.
     Certain events resulting in the executive’s termination or resignation (“event of termination”), similar to those specified for Mr. Larison (except that the executive’s relocation protection is limited to Jacksonville, Florida), including in connection with a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank, will entitle the executive to a lump sum payment equal to three times the sum of his: (i) highest annual rate of base salary at any time during the term of the agreement and (ii) highest annual bonus and non-equity compensation received during the latest three calendar years prior to the termination. In addition, the executive would be entitled, at no expense to him, to the continuation of substantially comparable life, disability and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage until the early of 36 months following his date of termination, or the date on which he obtains substantially similar coverage from a new employer.

147


Table of Contents

     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in each agreement, in the event any severance benefits that are provided to the executive in connection with a change in control of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation constitute an excess parachute payment subject to excise taxes, the severance benefits under each agreement will be reduced accordingly to avoid excise taxes.
      Employment Agreement with Mr. Sidhu. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation plans to enter into an employment agreement with Mr. Sidhu for a term of three years commencing on the effective date of the agreement. Mr. Sidhu is employed as the Executive Chairman of the Board. At least 60 days prior to the anniversary date of the agreement, the disinterested members of the board of directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation must conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and affirmatively approve any extension of the agreement for an additional year or determine not to extend the term of the agreement. If the board of directors determines not to extend the term, it must notify Mr. Sidhu at least 30 days, but not more than 60 days, prior to such date. The agreement provides for a base salary of $250,000. In addition, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will accrue salary on behalf of Mr. Sidhu at a rate of $250,000 from June 1, 2010, which will be payable to him in the first regular payroll thereafter. In addition to base salary, the agreement provides for, among other things, participation in incentive programs and other employee pension benefit and fringe benefit plans including (i) a car allowance of $1,000 per month; (ii) reimbursement up to $10,000 for Mr. Sidhu’s membership in a country club of his choosing; and (iii) Atlantic Coast Corporation’s payment of health insurance for Mr. Sidhu and his dependents, plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses for an annual physical at the Mayo Clinic or such other facility as Mr. Sidhu determines. Mr. Sidhu will also be granted 100,000 stock option awards under the 2005 Stock Option Plan and 25,000 restricted stock awards under the 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan. Furthermore, upon completion of the conversion, Mr. Sidhu will be paid $150,000 as a completion bonus. Finally, Mr. Sidhu will also enter into a supplemental executive retirement agreement with Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, which is described below under “Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion.”
     Certain events resulting in Mr. Sidhu’s termination or resignation (“event of termination”) will entitle him to payments of severance benefits following termination of employment, including in connection with a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank. Mr. Sidhu will be entitled to severance benefits under the agreement in the event (i) his employment is involuntarily terminated (for reasons other than cause, death, disability or retirement) or (ii) he resigns during the term of the agreement within two years after any of the following events: (A) the failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint him to his executive position, or a material change in his functions, duties or responsibilities, which change would cause his position to become of lesser responsibility, importance or scope of authority, (B) a relocation of his principal place of employment by more than 50 miles from Jacksonville, Florida, (C) a material reduction in his salary or benefits other than as part of an employee wide reduction, or (D) a material breach of the agreement by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, which would entitle him to an immediate cash lump sum severance payment equal to three times the sum of his: (i) highest annual rate of base salary at any time during the term of the agreement and (ii) highest annual bonus and non-equity compensation received during the latest three calendar years prior to the termination. In addition, Mr. Sidhu would be entitled, at no expense to him, to the continuation of substantially comparable life, disability and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage until the early of 36 months following his date of termination, or the date on which he obtains substantially similar coverage from a new employer.
     Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary in the agreement, in the event any severance payments that are made in connection with a change in control of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation constitute an “excess parachute payment” subject to excise taxes under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, the severance benefits under the agreement will be reduced accordingly to avoid excise taxes.

148


Table of Contents

     In addition, should he become disabled, Mr. Sidhu will be entitled to receive continued life, disability, and non-taxable medical and dental coverage until the earlier of: (i) the date he returns to full-time employment with Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation; (ii) his full-time employment with another employer, or (iii) his death. In the event of Mr. Sidhu’s death while employed, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will continue to provide non-taxable medical and dental benefits to the executive’s family for one year thereafter.
     Upon termination of employment due to retirement, Mr. Sidhu would only be entitled to his or her benefits under any retirement plan of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation to which the executive is a party. In the event he is terminated for cause, Mr. Sidhu would have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after his termination.
     The agreement provides that for one year following Mr. Sidhu’s termination (other than termination of employment following a change in control), Mr. Sidhu agrees not to (i) compete with Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank within 50 miles of the locations in which Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office; (ii) directly or indirectly solicit or any officer or employee to terminate their employment with Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation; or (iii) solicit or cause any customer of Atlantic Coast Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with Atlantic Coast Bank.
Non-Compete Agreements
     Atlantic Coast Bank entered into a Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreement with Mr. Larison on December 11, 2009, and with Messrs. Wagers and Insel on May 12, 2010. Each agreement provides that for a period of two years following the executive’s termination of employment for any reason other than cause (as defined in his employment agreement), the executive will not (i) directly or indirectly solicit or any officer or employee to terminate their employment with Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation; (ii) accept employment or become affiliated with any competitor of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in the same geographic locations where Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation has material business interests; or (iii) solicit or cause any customer of Atlantic Coast Bank to terminate an existing business or commercial relationship with Atlantic Coast Bank.
     As consideration for the executive’s covenants above, the executive will be entitled to receive a cash lump sum payment equal to two times (i) the highest annual rate of base salary (as defined the executive’s employment agreement) paid to him at any time under the employment agreement and (ii) the highest annual bonus and non-equity incentive compensation (as defined in the employment agreement) paid to him over the most recent two calendar years prior to the termination of employment; provided, however, that any payment owed to the executive under the agreement shall be reduced by an amount equal to the amount of any severance pay that the executive receives under his employment agreement upon an “event of termination” (as defined in the employment agreement). Such payment will be made within 30 days following the executive’s date of termination.
Incentive Program
     Each year the board of directors approves annual and quarterly cash incentive programs to provide executive officers an opportunity to earn additional cash compensation based on reaching specified total company or business unit financial growth targets and other key business goals.

149


Table of Contents

     For 2009, executive officers were eligible for an annual cash incentive award of up to 25% of an officer’s base salary if full year total corporation targets for Tier 1 capital ratio, efficiency ratio, core deposit ratio and non-performing asset ratio were met and certain pre-determined individual business unit goals were achieved. The 2009 performance metrics were as follows: (i) increase the Tier 1 capital ratio to 8%; (ii) decrease the efficiency ratio to 69%; (iii) increase the core deposit ratio to 48%; and (iv) the non-performing asset ratio is less than 2%. The minimum goal achievement level is 80% of the targeted goal. The compensation committee believes the annual incentive program provides our management team with an incentive to enhance the appropriate level of focus on short-term profitability without sacrificing our long-term growth goals. Atlantic Coast Bank achieved the corporate goal target associated with the core deposit ratio, however no other goal targets were met and therefore the compensation committee concluded not to pay annual incentive program payments for the named executive officers for the 2009 fiscal year. Atlantic Coast Bank also did not pay annual incentive awards to the named executive officers for the 2008 fiscal year.

150


Table of Contents

      Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End . The following table sets forth information with respect to outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2009 for the named executive officers.
                                                                                 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End December 31, 2009
Option Awards   Stock Awards
                                                                            Equity
                                                                            incentive
                                                                    Equity   plan
                                                                    incentive   awards:
                                                                    plan   market or
                                                                    awards:   payout
                            Equity incentive                                   number of   value of
                            plan                                   unearned   unearned
            Number of   Number of   awards:                   Number           shares,   shares,
            securities   securities   number of                   of shares   Market   units or   units or
            underlying   underlying   securities                   or units   value of shares   other   other
            unexercised   unexercised   underlying   Option   Option   of stock   or units of   rights that   rights that
            options   options not   unexercised   exercise   expiration   that have   stock that have   have not   have not
    Grant   exercisable   exercisable   earned options   price   date   not vested   not vested   vested   vested
Name   Date   (#)   (#)   (#)   ($)   (5)   (#)   ($) (6)   (#)   ($)
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
    7/1/2005                                     8,269 (1)     12,486              
 
    7/28/2005       24,717       8,000 (2)           13.73       7/28/2015                          
 
    10/11/2005       16,000       4,000 (3)           13.70       10/11/2015                          
Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.     7/1/2005                                     571 (1)     862              
 
    7/28/2005       1,600       400 (2)           13.73       7/28/2015                          
 
    10/11/2005       1,600       400 (3)           13.70       10/11/2015                          
 
    12/22/2006       17,535       11,691 (4)           18.32       12/22/2016       6,860 (4)     10,359              
Carl W. Insel
    7/1/2005                                     5,418 (1)     8,181              
 
    7/28/2005       24,000       6,000 (2)           13.73       7/28/2015                          
 
    10/11/2005       12,000       3,000 (3)           13.70       10/11/2015                          
 
(1)   Awards will fully vest on July 1, 2010.
 
(2)   Awards will fully vest on July 28, 2010.
 
(3)   Awards will fully vest on October 11, 2010.
 
(4)   The stock option awards will vest as follows: 5,845 options will vest on December 22, 2010 and 5,846 options will vest on December 22, 2011. The restricted stock awards will vest as follows: 3,430 shares will vest on December 22, 2010 and 3,430 shares will vest on December 22, 2011.
 
(5)   Stock options expire 10 years after the grant date.
 
(6)   Based on the closing stock price of $1.51 per share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock on December 31, 2009 as reported by the NASDAQ Stock Market.

151


Table of Contents

Benefit Plans
      Stock Option Plan . Outside directors and key employees of Atlantic Coast Bank, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or their affiliates are eligible to participate in and receive awards under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan (“2005 Stock Option Plan”). Under the 2005 Stock Option Plan, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation reserved 712,827 shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to grants of stock option awards. A stock option gives the recipient the right to purchase shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at a specified price during a specified period of time. Awards may be granted as either incentive or non-statutory stock options. Incentive stock options have certain tax advantages and must comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code. Only employees are eligible to receive incentive stock options. Shares of common stock purchased upon the exercise of a stock option must be paid for in full at the time of exercise either in cash or with common stock that was owned by the recipient. All stock options vest at a rate determined by the board of directors at the time the awards are granted to the recipient. Stock options will fully vest and become immediately exercisable upon the recipient’s termination of service due to death or disability, or following a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.
      Recognition and Retention Plan . Outside directors and key employees of Atlantic Coast Bank, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or their affiliates are also eligible to participate and receive awards under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan (“2005 Recognition and Retention Plan”). Under the 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation reserved 285,131 shares of common to be issued pursuant to grants of restricted stock awards. All restricted stock awards must vest at least 20% per year, beginning one year following the date of grant. However, the restricted stock awards will fully vest upon the recipient’s termination of service due to death or disability, or following a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.
      Employee Stock Purchase Plan . The Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted on June 1, 2010 to encourage and facilitate the purchase of shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. The plan is intended to be a tax-qualified “employee stock purchase plan” under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, which has certain tax advantages. Under the plan, 150,000 shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock may be issued, with an annual increase of 50,000 shares to be added to the plan on the first day of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2011, all subject to adjustments for stock dividends, splits and other events that affect the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Stock subject to purchase under the plan will be shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that have been authorized but unissued, or have been previously issued, or both.
     The plan is generally open to all employees of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and its subsidiaries. The compensation committee will determine who is eligible to participate in the plan for each offering date. Participants will then enter into a stock purchase agreement with Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. The agreement will state the number of shares of common stock that are eligible to be purchased by the participant during a specified period of time beginning on the offering date and ending on a purchase date established by the compensation committee (the “purchase period”), provided however that the purchase period does not last longer than 27 months following the offering date. The agreement will also provide the purchase price of the shares of common stock that are eligible to be purchased by the participant. However, the purchase price of a share of common stock will be not less than 85% of its fair market value on the date of the stock purchase agreement.
     During the purchase period, the participant will designate a fix dollar amount of his or her compensation to be withheld for the purchase of common stock equal to the purchase price of the shares that are eligible to purchased by the participant. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or the appropriate

152


Table of Contents

participating subsidiary will credit these amounts to a plan account. Accounts are not credited with interest. Payroll deductions will remain in effect until changed by the participant and will remain in effect for successive purchase periods. The compensation committee will determine how often participants may change their deferral elections during a purchase period. A participant’s stock purchases during a calendar year may not exceed the lesser of: (i) a total dollar amount or number of shares as specified by the compensation committee, or (ii) $25,000.
     At the end of the purchase period, if the fair market value of a share of common stock is equal to or greater than the purchase price specified in the stock purchase agreement, the shares covered by the agreement automatically will be purchased by the participant with the funds held on behalf of the participant in the plan account. However, the participant may elect not to purchase any shares or to purchase fewer than all of the shares covered by the agreement. Any balance in the plan account held on behalf of the participant after purchase of the shares, will be paid to the participant. If a participant does not purchase any shares, all funds in the plan account held on his or her behalf will be paid to the participant. The number of shares the participant purchases on each purchase date is determined by dividing the total amount of payroll deductions withheld from the participant’s compensation since the prior purchase date by the purchase price. As soon as practicable after each purchase date, the custodian will cause to be credited to the participant’s account the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the participant exercised his or her purchase rights under the plan.
     Termination of a participant’s employment for any reason, including disability or death or the failure of the participant to remain continuously employed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank or a subsidiary will terminate his or her participation in the plan immediately. The payroll deductions contributed to the participant’s account shall be returned to him or her or, in the case of death, to the person or persons entitled thereto in accordance with the plan.
      Supplemental Retirement Agreements . Atlantic Coast Bank has entered into the Fifth Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement with Mr. Larison, the Third Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement with Mr. Wagers, and the Fourth Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement with Mr. Insel on June 17, 2010. Each agreement supersedes the prior supplemental retirement agreement that was in effect (the “old agreement”). Each agreement provides for the payment of a supplemental retirement benefit equal to the executive’s “appreciation benefit.” The executive’s “appreciation benefit” is calculated based on the following formula: the sum of (i) the lesser of (A) the “prior benefit component” multiplied by the “issue price,” or (B) the executive’s accrued benefit under the old agreement as of December 11, 2009 multiplied by 3% per annum, (ii) the “stock award component” multiplied by the “issue price,” and (iii) the “stock ownership component,” multiplied by the “issue price.” The “prior benefit component” is determined by dividing the executive’s accrued benefit under his old agreement as of December 11, 2009 by $1.44, which is the fair market value of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock on December 11, 2009. The “stock award component” is equal to 25% of the number of shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock awarded to the executive under the 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan that were still held by the executive as of December 11, 2009. The “stock ownership component” is equal to 75% of the amount of shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that were beneficially owned by the executive as of December 11, 2009. The “issue price” is the average selling price of a share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock over the 30 day period immediately preceding the conversion, minus $1.44. Atlantic Coast Bank will pay interest on the unpaid balance of the executive’s appreciation benefit at the rate of the monthly average of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 275 basis points per annum until the appreciation benefit is paid in full.
     The executive will become 15% vested in his appreciation benefit upon the expiration date of the subscription offering (see “The Conversion Offering—Procedure for Purchasing Shares—Expiration

153


Table of Contents

Date” for a complete description of the deadline for purchasing shares in the conversion offering); provided, however, if the closing of the conversion offering does not occur, the executive will not become 15% vested. Thereafter, the executive will become 100% vested upon the continued operation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation with before-tax income (disregarding any accrued liability under a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by Atlantic Coast Bank and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation) for two consecutive calendar quarters following the closing of the conversion offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the executive will become 100% vested in his appreciation benefit upon the earlier of: (i) death, (ii) disability, (iii) involuntary termination, or (iv) the occurrence of a change in control of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. A committee designated by the board to administer each agreement has the right to accelerate the vesting of the executive’s appreciation benefit at any time.
     Payment of the executive’s vested appreciation benefit will commence on the first business day of the month following the executive’s normal retirement date, and will be payable in 180 equal monthly installments thereafter. The normal retirement date for both Messrs. Larison and Insel is the date on which they attain age 55. Mr. Wagers has a normal retirement date of January 1, 2014. In the event of the executive’s disability or separation from service prior to attaining the normal retirement date, the executive will be entitled to his vested appreciation benefit, payable in 180 equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day following the date of the executive’s disability or separation from service. If the executive dies prior to attaining his normal retirement date, the executive’s beneficiary will be entitled to the executive’s appreciation benefit, payable in a lump sum on the first business day of the month following the executive’s normal retirement date. If a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank occurs prior to the executive’s normal retirement age, the executive will be paid his appreciation benefit in a lump sum within 30 days following such change in control.
      Executive Deferred Compensation Plan . Effective January 1, 2008, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation adopted the 2008 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. Executive officers who are designated by the board of directors are eligible to participate in the plan. The plan allows for a participant to elect to defer a portion of his or her base salary and bonus to the plan. All amounts contributed to the plan are credited to a bookkeeping account established on behalf of each participant. The participant’s account balance will be credited with earnings based on the participant’s choice among the investment alternatives made available under plan, which includes the right to invest in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. Each participant will have the right to elect for the payment of his or her account balance to commence on either a specified date or within 30 days following his or her separation from service (the “commencement date”). However, the participant’s account balance may be paid out prior to the commencement date due to the participant’s death or disability, or a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Generally the participant’s account balance will be payable in a lump sum distribution. However, a participant can elect for his or her account balance to be payable in equal monthly installments over a period not to exceed 10 years. All payments will be made in cash, provided, however, to the extent the participant’s account balance is invested in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, then the participant’s account balance attributable to common stock will be distributed in-kind.
      Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreements . Atlantic Coast Bank has entered into an endorsement split-dollar life insurance agreement each with Messrs. Larison, Wagers and Insel. Under each agreement, if at the time of death the executive is either employed by Atlantic Coast or has retired from employment and has completed ten years of service with the Atlantic Coast measured from the effective date of the agreement, the executive’s beneficiary will be entitled to a life insurance benefit equal to three times his highest annual base salary in effect during the ten years prior to death or retirement. The life insurance policies are bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) purchased with single premiums.

154


Table of Contents

Endorsements equal to the estimated death benefits of the BOLI policy provided coverage under the terms of the split-dollar agreements.
Tax-Qualified Benefit Plans
      4 01(k) Plan . Atlantic Coast Bank maintains the Atlantic Coast Bank Employees’ Savings & Profit Sharing Plan and Trust, a tax-qualified defined contribution retirement plan, for all employees who have satisfied the 401(k) plan’s eligibility requirements. Employees who have completed three consecutive months of service will begin participation in the 401(k) plan on the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the date the employee has satisfied the eligibility requirements.
     A participant may contribute up to 75% of his or her compensation to the 401(k) plan on a pre-tax basis, subject to the limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2010 calendar year, the maximum salary deferral contribution that can be made by a participant is $16,500, provided however that a participant over age 50 may contribute an additional $5,500 to the 401(k) plan. In addition to salary deferral contributions, Atlantic Coast Bank will make a matching contribution equal to 50% of the first 6% of the compensation that is deferred by the participant during the plan year. A participant is always 100% vested in his or her salary deferral contributions. All employer contributions vest at a rate of 20% per year, beginning after the participant’s completion of his or her second year of service, such that the participant will be fully vested upon completion of six years of credited service. However, a participant will immediately become 100% vested in the employer contributions upon his or her death, disability, or attainment of age 60 while employed with Atlantic Coast Bank. Generally, a participant (or participant’s beneficiary) may receive a distribution from his or her vested account at retirement (age 60), age 59 1 / 2 (while employed with Atlantic Coast Bank), death, disability, or termination of employment.
     Each participant has an individual account under the 401(k) plan and may direct the investment of his or her account among a variety of investment options or vehicles available. In addition, participants in the 401(k) plan can purchase shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock through a new employer stock fund (the “New Employer Stock Fund”) that will be established in connection with the conversion. Upon consummation of the conversion, all shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock currently held in the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Stock Fund (the “Old Employer Stock Fund”) under the 401(k) plan will automatically be converted into shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock (pursuant to the exchange ratio). As soon as practicable following the closing of the conversion, the Old Employer Stock Fund will then be merged into the New Employer Stock Fund.
      Employee Stock Ownership Plan . Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation maintains the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Employees of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank who have been credited with at least 1,000 hours of service during a twelve-month period are eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan. The plan borrowed funds from Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and used those funds to purchase common stock for the plan in connection with Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s initial public offering. As part of the initial public offering, the employee stock ownership plan borrowed funds from Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and used those funds to purchase 465,520 shares of common stock, which served as collateral for the loan. The loan is being repaid by Atlantic Coast Bank through discretionary contributions to the employee stock ownership plan over a period of ten years. The loan currently has a remaining term of four years. Shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan are held in a suspense account for allocation among the participants’ accounts as the loan is repaid.
     Contributions to the employee stock ownership plan and shares released from the unallocated suspense account in an amount proportional to the repayment of the employee stock ownership plan loan

155


Table of Contents

will be allocated to each eligible participant’s plan account, based on the ratio of each participant’s compensation to the total compensation of all eligible participants. Vested benefits will be payable generally upon the participants’ termination of employment, and will be paid in the form of common stock, or to the extent participants’ accounts contain cash, benefits will be paid in cash. However, participants have the right to elect to receive their benefits entirely in the form of common stock. Pursuant to FASB ASC Topic 718-40, we are required to record a compensation expense each year in an amount equal to the fair market value of the shares released from the suspense account.
     In connection with the conversion, the employee stock ownership plan is expected to purchase 4% of the total number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock issued in the conversion offering. When combined with the common stock that was purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in connection with the initial public offering, the total shares purchased by the plan will be less than 8% of the shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation that will be outstanding following the conversion, as required by the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. This loan will be repaid principally through Atlantic Coast Bank’s contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on the common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 20-year term of the loan. The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable-rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the conversion offering. Thereafter, the interest rate will adjust annually. It is expected that the original loan from Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation to the employee stock ownership plan in connection with the initial public offering will be refinanced and rolled into the loan to be received by the employee stock ownership plan from Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in connection with the conversion.
     The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released to the participants’ accounts as the loan is repaid, on a pro-rata basis. The trustee will allocate the shares released among the participants’ accounts on the basis of each participant’s proportional share of eligible plan compensation relative to all participants’ proportional share of eligible plan compensation. Following the consummation of the conversion, all shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock currently held by the employee stock ownership plan will automatically be converted to shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock pursuant to the exchange ratio.
     We reserve the right to purchase shares of common stock in the open market following the conversion offering in order to fund all, or a portion of, the employee stock ownership plan. We also reserve the right to have the employee stock ownership plan purchase more than 4% of the shares of the common stock sold in the conversion offering, if necessary, to complete the conversion offering at the minimum of the conversion offering range.

156


Table of Contents

Compensation of Directors
     The following table sets forth for the year ended December 31, 2009 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our directors. Compensation paid to directors who also are named executive officers is reflected above in “Executive Compensation — Summary Compensation Table.”
                                                         
Director Compensation
                            Non-equity   Non-qualified        
    Fees earned                   incentive   deferred        
    or paid   Stock   Option   plan   compensation   All other    
    in cash   awards   awards   compensation   earnings   compensation   Total
Name   ($)   ($)(1)   ($)(1)   ($)(2)   ($)   ($)(3)   ($)
Thomas F. Beeckler
    23,544                               412       23,956  
Frederick D. Franklin, Jr.
    23,544                               412       23,956  
Charles E. Martin, Jr.
    28,500                               538       29,038  
W. Eric Palmer
    23,544                               412       23,956  
Robert J. Smith
    24,876                               538       25,414  
Forrest W. Sweat, Jr.
    24,876                               538       25,414  
H. Dennis Woods
    23,544                               538       24,082  
 
(1)   No stock awards or stock option grants were made in 2009. At December 31, 2009, each noted director had 21,450 option awards. In addition, Messrs. Beeckler, Franklin and Palmer had 1,871 unvested restricted stock awards and the other directors had 2,447 unvested restricted stock awards.
 
(2)   Directors earned no incentive compensation under the Director Incentive Plan in 2009.
 
(3)   This amount represents dividends received on unvested stock awards in 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2009, no director received perquisites or personal benefits that exceeded $10,000.

157


Table of Contents

Cash Compensation
     Members of our board of directors do not receive separate compensation for their service on the board of directors or the committees of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the exception of Mr. Sidhu.
     Members of Atlantic Coast Bank’s board of directors receive a fee of $1,962 per month. Employee members do not receive board fees. The chairman of the board receives a monthly fee of $2,375 and the vice-chairman of the board and chairman of the audit committee both receive a monthly fee of $2,073. Other than described above, committee members are not separately compensated for their service.
Incentive Program
     The directors are eligible to participate in the Annual Incentive Program. Please see the description of the program set forth under “Executive Compensation — Incentive Program” for further details.
Director Plans
     The directors are eligible to participate in the 2005 Stock Option Plan and the 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan. Please see the description of the plans set forth under “Executive Compensation — Benefit Plans” for further details.
      Director Stock Purchase Plan . The Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Director Stock Purchase Plan was adopted on June 1, 2010 to encourage and facilitate the purchase of shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock by directors. Under the plan, 150,000 shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock may be issued, with an annual increase of 50,000 shares to be added to the plan on the first day of each calendar year, starting on January 1, 2011, all subject to adjustments for stock dividends, splits and other events that affect the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Stock subject to purchase under the plan will be shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that have been authorized but unissued, or have been previously issued, or both.
     The plan is open to all directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Each participant must enter into a stock purchase agreement with Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, which will state the number of shares of common stock that are eligible to be purchased by the participant during a specified period of time beginning on the offering date and ending on a purchase date established by the compensation committee (the “purchase period”), provided however that the purchase period does not last longer than 27 months following the offering date. The agreement will also provide the purchase price of the shares of common stock that are eligible to be purchased by the participant. However, the purchase price of a share of common stock will be not less than 85% of its fair market value on the date of the stock purchase agreement.
     During the purchase period, the participant will designate a fix dollar amount of his or her director fees to be withheld for the purchase of common stock equal to the purchase price of the shares that are eligible to be purchased by the participant. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or the appropriate participating subsidiary will credit these amounts to a plan account. Accounts are not credited with interest. The amount of deductions will remain in effect until changed by the participant and will remain in effect for successive purchase periods. The compensation committee will determine how often participants may change their deferral elections during a purchase period. A participant’s stock purchases

158


Table of Contents

during a calendar year may not exceed the total dollar amount or number of shares specified by the compensation committee.
     At the end of the purchase period, if the fair market value of a share of common stock is equal to or greater than the purchase price specified in the stock purchase agreement, the shares covered by the agreement automatically will be purchased by the participant with the funds held on behalf of the participant in the plan account. However, the participant may elect not to purchase any shares or to purchase fewer than all of the shares covered by the agreement. Any balance in the plan account held on behalf of the participant after purchase of the shares, will be paid to the participant. If a participant does not purchase any shares, all funds in the plan account held on his or her behalf will be paid to the participant. The number of shares the participant purchases on each purchase date is determined by dividing the total amount of payroll deductions withheld from the participant’s compensation since the prior purchase date by the purchase price. As soon as practicable after each purchase date, the custodian will cause to be credited to the participant’s account the number of shares of common stock with respect to which the participant exercised his or her purchase rights under the plan.
     Termination of a participant’s services for any reason, including disability or death or the failure of the participant to remain continuously employed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank or a subsidiary will terminate his or her participation in the plan immediately. Fees contributed to the participant’s account shall be returned to him or her or, in the case of death, to the person or persons entitled thereto in accordance with the plan.
      Director Retirement Plan . Atlantic Coast Bank has adopted the Atlantic Coast Bank 2005 Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan, effective June 17, 2010. Each member of the board of directors of Atlantic Coast Bank is eligible to participate in the plan. Following the earlier of: (i) the completion of the conversion, or (ii) the participant’s separation from service, each participant will be entitled to receive his or her “appreciation benefit.” The participant’s “appreciation benefit” will be payable in equal monthly installments of 120 months, commencing on the first day of the month following the earlier of: (i) the completion of the conversion, or (ii) the participant’s date of termination.
     The participant’s “appreciation benefit” is calculated based on the following formula: the sum of (i) the lesser of (A) the “prior benefit component” multiplied by the “issue price,” or (B) the executive’s accrued benefit under the old agreement as of December 11, 2009 multiplied by 3% per annum, (ii) the “stock award component” multiplied by the “issue price,” and (iii) the “stock ownership component,” multiplied by the “issue price.” The “prior benefit component” is determined by dividing the director’s accrued benefit under the plan as of December 11, 2009 by $1.44, which is the fair market value of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock on December 11, 2009. The “stock award component” is equal to 25% of the number of shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock awarded to the participant under the 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan that were still held by the participant as of December 11, 2009. The “stock ownership component” is equal to 75% of the amount of shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that were beneficially owned by the participant as of December 11, 2009. The “issue price” is the average selling price of a share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock over the 30 day period immediately preceding the conversion, minus $1.44. The aggregate value of the “prior benefit component,” the “stock award component,” and the “stock ownership component” will be adjusted in adjusted in accordance with the exchange ratio. Atlantic Coast Bank will pay interest on the unpaid balance of the participant’s appreciation benefit at the rate of the monthly average of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 275 basis points per annum until the appreciation benefit is paid in full.
      Director Deferred Fee Plan. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation adopted the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Director Deferred Fee Plan, effective January 1, 2005.

159


Table of Contents

The plan allows for a participant to elect to defer a portion of his or her director fees to the plan. All amounts contributed to the plan are credited to a bookkeeping account established on behalf of each participant. The participant’s account balance will be credited with earnings based on the participant’s choice among the investment alternatives made available under plan. However, participants will not be permitted to invest in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. Each participant will have the right to elect for the payment of his or her account balance to commence on either a specified date or within 30 days following his or her separation from service (the “commencement date”). However, the participant’s account balance may be paid out prior to the commencement date due to the participant’s death or disability, or a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Generally, the participant’s account balance will be payable in a lump sum distribution. However, a participant can elect for his or her account balance to be payable in equal monthly installments over a period not to exceed 10 years.
      Director Deferred Compensation Plan for Equity. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation adopted the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Director Deferred Compensation Plan for Equity. The plan allows for a participant to defer receipt of board fees and annual cash incentives to the plan, which will be used to purchase “phantom shares.” Each phantom share will be deemed to be acquired at the prevailing market rate of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, and will be credited to a bookkeeping account established on behalf of each participant. The account will be maintained in phantom shares for the duration of the participant’s participation in the plan. To the extent dividends are issued on Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, dividends will be credited to the phantom shares in the same proportion as the actual dividends are credited to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock.
     Each participant will have the right to elect for the payment of his or her account balance to commence on either a specified date or within 30 days following his or her separation from service (the “commencement date”). However, the participant’s account balance may be paid out prior to the commencement date due to the participant’s death or disability, or a change in control of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Generally, the participant’s account balance will be payable in a lump sum distribution. However, a participant can elect for his or her account balance to be payable in equal monthly installments over a period not to exceed 10 years. All payments made under the plan to the participant will be made in the form of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock.
      Director Emeritus Program . Atlantic Coast Bank adopted the Atlantic Coast Bank Director Emeritus Plan, effective January 1, 2005. The plan provides retired directors with additional retirement benefits to recognize their significant and valued contributions to Atlantic Coast Bank. Three former directors are currently participating in the plan and are being paid a normal retirement benefit of $10,000 per year, payable in monthly installments for nine years that commenced on the 30 th day following their retirement from the board. In addition, the former directors are being paid a special retirement benefit of $10,288 per year, payable in annual installments for five years that commenced on June 1, 2006.
Transactions With Certain Related Persons
     In the ordinary course of business, Atlantic Coast Bank makes loans available to its directors, officers and employees. These loans are made in the ordinary course of business on substantially the same terms, including interest rate and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to Atlantic Coast Bank. Management believes that these loans neither involve more than the normal risk of collectibility nor present other unfavorable features. Loans to all directors and executive officers and their associates totaled approximately $4.9 million at March 31, 2010, which was 8.6% of our stockholders’ equity at that date. All loans to directors and executive officers were performing in accordance with their terms at March 31, 2010.

160


Table of Contents

     Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits an issuer from: (1) extending or maintaining credit; (2) arranging for the extension of credit; or (3) renewing an extension of credit in the form of a personal loan for an officer or director. There are several exceptions to this general prohibition, one of which is applicable to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Sarbanes-Oxley does not apply to loans made by a depository institution that is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and is subject to the insider lending restrictions of the Federal Reserve Act. All loans to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s directors and officers are made in conformity with the Federal Reserve Act and applicable regulations.
     Atlantic Coast Bank also paid legal fees during 2009 in the amount of $175,000 to the law firm of Rogers Towers, P.A., of which director Franklin is a partner.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers
     The officers, directors, agents and employees of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation are indemnified with respect to certain actions pursuant to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation and Maryland law. Maryland law allows Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. No such indemnification may be given (i) to the extent that it is proved that the person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received, (ii) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding that the person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated, or (iii) to the extent otherwise provided by Maryland law. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons by our bylaws or otherwise, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable.
Benefits to be Considered Following Completion of the Conversion
      Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement with Jay Sidhu. Following the completion of the conversion, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation intends to enter into a supplemental executive retirement agreement with Mr. Sidhu. The agreement provides that upon Mr. Sidhu’s termination of employment at or after attaining age 65, he will be entitled to an annual retirement benefit equal to 60% of the average of his three highest years of cash compensation, payable for fifteen years thereafter. In the event of Mr. Sidhu’s termination of employment (other than for death or disability) prior to attaining age 65, he would have no right to receive any benefits under the agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a change in control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation prior to Mr. Sidhu’s attainment of age 65, his annual retirement benefit will fully vest, and will be payable for 15 years following the date on which Mr. Sidhu attains age 65.
      Stock Benefit Plans. Following the conversion offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based benefit plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. The number of options granted or shares awarded under the plan may not exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares sold in the conversion offering if the stock-based benefit plan is adopted within one year

161


Table of Contents

after the conversion offering, in accordance with regulations and policy of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
     The stock-based benefit plan will not be established sooner than six months after the conversion offering and if adopted within one year after the conversion offering would require the approval by stockholders by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast. If the stock-based benefit plan is established after one year after the conversion offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast. The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based benefit plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the conversion offering:
    non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
 
    any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, in the aggregate, may not hold more than 10% of the shares sold in the conversion offering, unless Atlantic Coast Bank has tangible capital of 10% or more, in which case any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans and management stock benefit plans, may be increased to up to 12% of the shares sold in the conversion offering;
 
    the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan;
 
    accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation; and
 
    our executive officers or directors must exercise or forfeit their options in the event that Atlantic Coast Bank becomes critically undercapitalized, is subject to enforcement action or receives a capital directive.
     Our current intention is to present the stock-based benefit plan for stockholder approval more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. In the event either federal or state regulators change their regulations or policies regarding stock-based benefit plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.
     We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.

162


Table of Contents

     The actual value of the shares awarded under the stock-based benefit plan will be based in part on the price of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s common stock at the time the shares are awarded. The stock-based benefit plan is subject to stockholder approval, and cannot be implemented until at least six months after the conversion offering. The following table presents the total value of all shares that would be available for award and issuance under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares are awarded when the market price of our common stock ranges from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.
                                     
        81,600 Shares Awarded   96,000 Shares Awarded   110,400 Shares   126,960 Shares
        at Minimum of   at Midpoint of   Awarded at Maximum   Awarded at Maximum
        Conversion offering   Conversion offering   of Conversion offering   of Conversion offering
Share Price   Range   Range   Range   Range, As Adjusted
(In thousands, except share price information)
 
                               
$ 8.00     $ 653     $ 768     $ 883     $ 1,016  
  10.00       816       960       1,104       1,270  
  12.00       979       1,152       1,325       1,524  
  14.00       1,142       1,344       1,546       1,777  
     The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be based in part on the price of shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation at the time the options are granted. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares is $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share. The Black-Scholes option pricing model provides an estimate only of the fair value of the options, and the actual value of the options may differ significantly from the value set forth in this table.
                                             
                                        317,400 Options at
        Grant-Date Fair   204,000 Options at   240,000 Options at   276,000 Options at   Maximum of
Exercise Price   Value Per Option   Minimum of Range   Midpoint of Range   Maximum of Range   Range, As Adjusted
(In thousands, except exercise price and fair value information)
 
                                       
$ 8.00     $ 2.31     $ 471     $ 554     $ 638     $ 733  
  10.00       2.89       590       694       798       917  
  12.00       3.47       708       833       958       1,101  
  14.00       4.05       826       972       1,118       1,285  
      The tables presented above are provided for informational purposes only. There can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to read this prospectus carefully, including, but not limited to, the section entitled “Risk Factors” beginning on page 21.

163


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
     The following table provides the beneficial ownership of shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation held by our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, and all individuals known to management to own more than 5% of our common stock as of [Stockholder Record Date]. Unless otherwise indicated, each of the named individuals has sole voting power and sole investment power with respect to the number of shares shown.
                 
            Percent of All
    Total Shares   Common
    Beneficially   Stock
Name of Beneficial Owner (1)   Owned (2)   Outstanding
 
               
Directors:
               
Jay S. Sidhu**
    100       *  
Charles E. Martin
    59,060 (3)     *  
Forrest W. Sweat, Jr.
    91,023 (4)     *  
Forrest F. Beeckler
    62,904 (5)     *  
Frederick D. Franklin, Jr.
    47,805 (6)     *  
Robert J. Smith
    51,330 (7)     *  
H. Dennis Woods
    39,392 (8)     *  
Robert L. Larison, Jr.
    186,810 (9)     1.4 %
W. Eric Palmer
    30,377 (10)     *  
 
               
Executive Officers Other Than Directors:
               
Carl W. Insel**
    102,597 (11)     *  
Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.
    66,564 (12)     *  
Phillip S. Buddenhohm**
    31,332 (13)     *  
Philip S. Hubacher**
    55,849 (14)     *  
 
               
All directors and executive officers as a group (13 persons)
    825,043       6.1 %
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC 505 Haines Avenue Waycross, Georgia 31501
    8,728,500       65.1 %
 
               
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and all directors and executive officers as a group
    9,553,543       71.2 %
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
**   Carl W. Insel, Phillip S. Buddenbohm and Philip S. Hubacher are officers of Atlantic Coast Bank only. Jay Sidhu is a director and an officer of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation only.
 
(1)   The mailing address for each person listed is 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501.
 
(2)   In accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, a person is deemed to be the beneficial owner for purposes of this table, of any shares of common stock if such person has shared voting or investment power with respect to such security, or has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time within 60 days from the date as of which beneficial ownership is being determined. As used herein, “voting power” is the power to vote or direct the voting of shares and “investment power” is the power to dispose or direct the disposition of shares, and includes all shares held directly as well as by spouses and minor children, in trust and other indirect ownership, over which shares the named individuals effectively exercise sole or shared voting or investment power.
 
(3)   Includes 771 shares of common stock held in Mr. Martin’s individual retirement account, 1,000 shares owned by Mr. Martin’s spouse, 2,447 unvested shares of restricted stock, 17,160 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date] and 14,897 shares of phantom stock.
 
(4)   Includes 35,748 shares of common stock held in Mr. Sweat’s individual retirement accounts, 17,803 shares of common stock held in Mr. Sweat’s spouse’s individual retirement account, 2,447 unvested shares of restricted stock and 17,160 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date].
 
(5)   Includes 1,871 unvested shares of restricted stock and 17,160 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date].
 
(6)   Includes 1,871 unvested shares of restricted stock, 17,160 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date] and 20,292 shares of phantom stock.
(Footnotes continue on following page)

164


Table of Contents

(Continued from previous page)
(7)   Includes 2,447 unvested shares of restricted stock, 31,723 shares of common stock held in trust and 17,160 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date].
 
(8)   Includes 2,447 unvested shares of restricted stock and 17,160 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date].
 
(9)   Includes 10,045 shares of common stock held in Mr. Larison’s individual retirement accounts, 8,828 shares of common stock held in trust, 28,509 shares of common stock held in Mr. Larison’s 401(k) Plan account, 1,599 shares of common stock held by Mr. Larison as custodian for his daughter, 8,269 unvested shares of restricted stock, 10,225 shares held in Mr. Larison’s employee stock ownership plan account, 4,020 shares of phantom stock and 40,717 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date]. Mr. Larison has pledged 74,000 shares of our common stock as security for one loan.
 
(10)   Includes 100 shares of common stock held by Mr. Palmer’s children, 1,871 unvested shares of restricted stock and 17,160 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date].
 
(11)   Includes 19,154 shares of common stock held in Mr. Insel’s 401(k) Plan account, 5,418 unvested shares of restricted stock, 7,182 shares held in Mr. Insel’s employee stock ownership plan account and 36,000 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date]. Mr. Insel has pledged 29,800 shares of our common stock as security for a loan.
 
(12)   Includes 13,470 shares of common stock held in Mr. Wagers’ 401(k) Plan account, 7,431 unvested shares of restricted stock, 7,108 shares held in Mr. Wagers’ employee stock ownership plan account and 20,735 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date].
 
(13)   Includes 1,244 shares of common stock held in Mr. Buddenbohm’s 401(k) Plan account, 1,996 unvested shares of restricted stock, 11,600 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date] and 5,099 shares held in Mr. Buddenbohm’s employee stock ownership plan account.
 
(14)   Includes 7,117 shares of common stock held in Mr. Hubacher’s individual retirement account, 16,752 shares of common stock held in Mr. Hubacher’s 401(k) Plan account, 799 unvested shares of restricted stock, 3,579 shares held in Mr. Hubacher’s employee stock ownership plan account and 3,200 shares that can be acquired pursuant to stock options within 60 days of [Stockholder Record Date].

165


Table of Contents

SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
     The table below sets forth, for each of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s directors, executive officers and other senior officers, and for all of these individuals as a group, the following information:
  (i)   the number of exchange shares to be held upon completion of the conversion, based upon their beneficial ownership of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock as of [Stockholder Record Date];
 
  (ii)   the proposed purchases of subscription shares, assuming sufficient shares of common stock are available to satisfy their subscriptions; and
 
  (iii)   the total shares of common stock to be held upon completion of the conversion.
     In each case, it is assumed that subscription shares are sold at the minimum of the conversion offering range. See “The Conversion Offering—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” Regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision prohibit our directors and officers from selling the shares they purchase in the conversion offering for one year after the date of purchase. Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) plan are included in the proposed purchases set forth below and will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the conversion offering and as part of the maximum number of shares directors and officers may purchase in the conversion offering.
                                         
                            Total Common Stock to be Held at  
            Proposed Purchases of Stock in the     Minimum of Conversion offering  
            Conversion offering (1)     Range (3)  
    Number of                             Percentage of  
    Exchange Shares to     Number of             Number of     Shares  
Name of Beneficial Owner   Be Held (2)     Shares     Amount     Shares     Outstanding  
Jay S. Sidhu
                  $                    
Charles E. Martin, Jr.
                                       
Forrest W. Sweat, Jr.
                                       
Thomas F. Beeckler
                                       
Frederick D. Franklin, Jr.
                                       
Robert J. Smith
                                       
H. Dennis Woods
                                       
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
                                       
W. Eric Palmer
                                       
Carl W. Insel
                                       
Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.
                                       
Phillip S. Buddenbohm
                                       
Philip S. Hubacher
                                       
 
                             
Total for Directors and Executive Officers
                                       
 
                             
 
*   Less than 1%.
 
(1)   Includes proposed subscriptions, if any, by associates.
 
(2)   Based on information presented in “Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock,” and assuming an exchange ratio of 0.2337 at the minimum of the conversion offering range.
 
(3)   At the maximum of the conversion offering range, directors and executive officers would own ______ shares, or ______% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

166


Table of Contents

THE CONVERSION OFFERING
     The Boards of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC have approved the plan of conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization must also be approved by the members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank) and the stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. A special meeting of members and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose. The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by that agency.
General
     The respective Boards of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization on June 16, 2010. Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, the mutual holding company parent of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, will be merged into Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will no longer exist. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, which owns 100% of Atlantic Coast Bank, will be merged into a new Maryland corporation named Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. As part of the conversion, the 65.1% ownership interest of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will be offered for sale in the conversion offering. When the conversion is completed, all of the outstanding common stock of Atlantic Coast Bank will be owned by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, and all of the outstanding common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be owned by public stockholders. Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will cease to exist. A diagram of our corporate structure before and after the conversion is set forth in the “Summary” section of this prospectus.
     Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, at the completion of the conversion offering, each share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock owned by persons other than Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will be converted automatically into the right to receive new shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock determined pursuant to an exchange ratio. The exchange ratio will ensure that immediately after the exchange of existing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation for new shares, the public stockholders will own the same aggregate percentage of shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation that they owned in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any shares they purchased in the conversion offering, their receipt of cash paid in lieu of fractional shares and the effect of the shares sold in the supplemental offering.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation intends to retain, excluding the loan provided to the employee stock ownership plan and to repay a loan to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, between $11.2 million and $14.3 million of the net proceeds of the conversion offering and supplemental offering after investing between $17.0 million and $20.5 million of the net proceeds in Atlantic Coast Bank. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization.
     The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, supplemental eligible account holders and other members. In addition, we expect to offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given in the following order:

167


Table of Contents

  (i)   Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s; and
 
  (ii)   Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date].
     We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Office of Thrift Supervision. See “—Community Offering.”
     We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription or community offerings through a syndicated community offering to be managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. See “—Syndicated Community Offering” herein.
     We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the conversion offering based upon an independent valuation appraisal of the estimated pro forma market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. All shares of common stock to be sold in the conversion offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the conversion offering will be determined at the completion of the conversion offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.
     The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion and reorganization. A copy of the plan of conversion and reorganization is available for inspection at each branch office of Atlantic Coast Bank and at the Southeast Regional and the Washington, D.C. offices of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website, www.sec.gov . See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Reasons for the Conversion and Offerings
     Our primary reasons for converting to the fully public stock form of ownership and undertaking the stock offerings are to:
    increase our capital position;
 
    eliminate some of the uncertainties associated with proposed financial regulatory reform by the United States Congress, which may result in changes to or elimination of our primary bank regulator and holding company regulator as well as changes in regulations applicable to us, including, but not limited to, capital requirements, treatment of waived dividends by the mutual holding company, payment of dividends and conversion to full stock form;

168


Table of Contents

    support internal growth through increased lending in the communities we serve;
 
    enable us to enhance existing products and services to meet the needs of our market;
 
    improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock and enhance stockholder returns through more flexible capital management strategies; and
 
    support acquisitions of financial institutions as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity.
     As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring future mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition since Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC is required to own a majority of our shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We do not currently have any agreement or understanding as to any specific acquisition.
Approvals Required
     The affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by the members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC is required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization. By their approval of the plan of conversion and reorganization, the members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will also be approving the merger of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC into Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation held by the public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation are also required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization also must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, which has given its conditional approval.
Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company to fully stock form, the public stockholders will be entitled to exchange their shares for common stock of the new holding company, provided that the mutual holding company demonstrates to the satisfaction of the Office of Thrift Supervision that the basis for the exchange is fair and reasonable. At the completion of the conversion, each publicly held share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock will be automatically converted into the right to receive a number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock. The number of shares of common stock will be determined pursuant to the exchange ratio, which ensures that the public stockholders will own the same percentage of common stock in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation after the conversion as they held in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation immediately prior to the conversion, exclusive of their purchase of additional shares of common stock in the conversion offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and purchases of stock in the supplemental offering. The exchange ratio will not depend on the market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock held by the public, the independent valuation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the number of shares of common stock issued in the conversion offering (excluding the effect of the shares

169


Table of Contents

sold in the supplemental offering). The exchange ratio is expected to range from approximately 0.2337 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at the minimum of the conversion offering range to 0.3636 exchange shares for each publicly held share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at the adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range.
     The following table shows how the exchange ratio will adjust, based on the number of shares of common stock issued in the conversion offering. The table also shows how many shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation a hypothetical owner of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock would receive in the exchange for 100 shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock owned at the completion of the conversion, depending on the number of shares issued in the conversion offering.
                                                                         
                                                    Equivalent           New
                                    Total Shares           Value of   Equivalent   Shares to
                    Shares of Atlantic Coast   of Common           Shares   Pro Forma   be
    Shares to be Sold in   Financial Corporation to be   Stock to be           Based   Book Value   Received
    The Conversion   Issued for Shares of Atlantic   Issued in           Upon   Per   for 100
    Offering   Coast Federal Corporation   Conversion   Exchange   Offering   Exchanged   Existing
    Amount   Percent   Amount   Percent   Offering   Ratio   Price (1)   Share   Shares
 
                                                                       
Minimum
    2,040,000       65.1 %     1,095,443       34.9 %     3,135,443       0.2337     $ 2.34     $ 3.52       23  
Midpoint
    2,400,000       65.1       1,288,756       34.9       3,688,756       0.2750       2.75       3.87       27  
Maximum
    2,760,000       65.1       1,482,070       34.9       4,242,070       0.3162       3.16       4.20       31  
15% above Maximum
    3,174,000       65.1       1,704,380       34.9       4,878,380       0.3636       3.64       4.56       36  
 
(1)   Represents the value of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock to be received in connection with the conversion by a holder of one share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, pursuant to the exchange ratio, based upon the $10.00 per share offering price.
     Options to purchase shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that are outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the conversion will be converted into options to purchase shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the exchange ratio. The aggregate exercise price, term and vesting period of the options will remain unchanged.
Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates
     The conversion of existing outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock into the right to receive shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will occur automatically at the completion of the conversion. As soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion, our exchange agent will send a transmittal form to each public stockholder of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation who holds stock certificates. The transmittal forms will contain instructions on how to exchange stock certificates of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock for stock certificates of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock. We expect that stock certificates evidencing shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will be distributed within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stock certificates and other required documents. Shares held by public stockholders in street name (such as in a brokerage account) will be exchanged automatically upon the completion of the conversion; no transmittal forms will be mailed relating to these shares.
     No fractional shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will be issued to any public stockholder of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation when the conversion is completed. For each fractional share that would otherwise be issued to a stockholder who holds a stock certificate, we will pay by check an amount equal to the product obtained by multiplying the fractional share interest to which the holder would otherwise be entitled by the $10.00 offering purchase price per share. Payment for fractional

170


Table of Contents

shares will be made as soon as practicable after the receipt by the exchange agent of the transmittal forms and the surrendered Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stock certificates. If your shares of common stock are held in street name, you will automatically receive cash in lieu of fractional shares in your account.
      You should not forward your stock certificates until you have received transmittal forms, which will include forwarding instructions. After the conversion, stockholders will not receive shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock and will not be paid dividends on the shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock until existing certificates representing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock are surrendered for exchange in compliance with the terms of the transmittal form. When stockholders surrender their certificates, any unpaid dividends will be paid without interest. For all other purposes, however, each certificate that represents shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock outstanding at the effective date of the conversion will be considered to evidence ownership of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock into which those shares have been converted by virtue of the conversion.
     If a certificate for Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock has been lost, stolen or destroyed, our exchange agent will issue a new stock certificate upon receipt of appropriate evidence as to the loss, theft or destruction of the certificate, appropriate evidence as to the ownership of the certificate by the claimant, and appropriate and customary indemnification, which is normally effected by the purchase of a bond from a surety company at the stockholder’s expense.
     All shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock that we issue in exchange for existing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock will be considered to have been issued in full satisfaction of all rights pertaining to such shares of common stock, subject, however, to our obligation to pay any dividends or make any other distributions with a record date prior to the effective date of the conversion that may have been declared by us on or prior to the effective date, and which remain unpaid at the effective date.
Effects of Conversion on Depositors, Borrowers and Members
      Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, the normal business of Atlantic Coast Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. Atlantic Coast Bank will continue to be a federally chartered savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision. After the conversion, Atlantic Coast Bank will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation after the conversion.
      Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, each depositor of Atlantic Coast Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, passbooks and other evidences of their accounts.
      Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Atlantic Coast Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.

171


Table of Contents

      Effect on Voting Rights of Members . At present, all depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank are members of, and have voting rights in, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will cease to be members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Atlantic Coast Bank will be vested in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation as the sole stockholder of Atlantic Coast Bank. The stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock.
      Tax Effects . We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction for federal or state income tax purposes to Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, the public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (except for cash paid for fractional shares), members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, eligible account holders, supplemental eligible account holders, or Atlantic Coast Bank. See “—Material Income Tax Consequences.”
      Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Atlantic Coast Bank has both a deposit account in Atlantic Coast Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositor’s account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.
     Consequently, depositors in a stock subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Bank are liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.
     Under the plan of conversion, however, depositors will receive rights in liquidation accounts maintained by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank representing the amount of (i) Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s ownership interest in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation). Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank shall continue to hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Atlantic Coast Bank. The liquidation accounts are also designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of a liquidation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank or of Atlantic Coast Bank. The liquidation account in Atlantic Coast Bank would be used only in the event that Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under its liquidation account. The total obligation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank under their respective liquidation accounts will never exceed the dollar amount of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s liquidation account as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and Office of Thrift Supervision Regulations. See “—Liquidation Rights.”

172


Table of Contents

Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued
     The plan of conversion and reorganization and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC. to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC. will receive a fee of $50,000, as well as up to $7,500 for reimbursable expenses and an additional $5,000 for each valuation update, as necessary. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC. and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from RP Financial, LC.’s bad faith or negligence.
     The independent valuation was prepared by RP Financial, LC. in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the consolidated financial statements of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. RP Financial, LC. also considered the following factors, among others:
    the present results and financial condition of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and the projected results and financial condition of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation;
 
    the economic and demographic conditions in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s existing market area;
 
    certain historical, financial and other information relating to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation;
 
    a comparative evaluation of the operating and financial characteristics of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;
 
    the impact of the conversion and offering on Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stockholders’ equity and earnings potential;
 
    the impact of the supplemental offering;
 
    the Supplemental Retirement Plan liability for certain executive officers and directors a portion of which vests upon completion of the conversion offering;
 
    the proposed dividend policy of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation; and
 
    the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.
     The independent valuation appraisal considered the pro forma impact of the conversion and supplemental offerings. Consistent with the Office of Thrift Supervision appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: (i) the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; (ii) the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and (iii) the pro forma price-to-assets approach. The market value ratios applied in the three methodologies were based upon the current market valuations of the peer group companies. RP Financial, LC. placed the greatest emphasis on the price-to-earnings and price-to-book approaches in estimating pro forma market value. RP Financial, LC. did not consider a pro forma price to

173


Table of Contents

assets approach to be meaningful in preparing the appraisal, as this approach is more meaningful when a company has low equity or earnings. The price to assets approach is less meaningful for a company like us, as we have equity in excess of regulatory capital requirements and positive reported and core earnings.
     In applying each of the valuation methods, RP Financial, LC. considered adjustments to the pro forma market value based on a comparison of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation with the peer group. RP Financial, LC. made slight downward adjustments for profitability, growth and viability of earnings, market area, dividends, marketing of the issue and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. RP Financial, LC. made no adjustment for financial condition, asset growth, liquidity of the shares and management in comparison to the peer group.
     RP Financial, LC. made a slight downard adjustment for profitability, growth and earnings, notwithstanding the potential earnings benefit of the offerings, owing to our greater losses relative to the valuation peer group on a historical basis and in consideration of the fact that our earnings improvement will be dependent upon future economic conditions and stabilization and/or improvement in our asset quality ratios. RP Financial, LC. made a slight downward adjustment for our market area, which is perceived to be weaker than the market areas of the peer group companies. RP Financial, LC. made a slight downward adjustment relative to the peer group for dividends in view of the presence of the regulatory agreement which requires us to request prior approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision to pay dividends, and in consideration of our recent history of operating losses and our pro forma capital ratio in comparison to the peer group. RP Financial, LC. also made a slight downward adjustment for marketing of the issue, following its analysis of trends in the market for thrift stocks, the market for new issues (including thrift conversions) and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks. RP Financial, LC. also made a slight downward adjustment for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform in comparison to the peer group primarily to account for the presence of the Memorandum of Understanding with the Office of Thrift Supervision and the resulting enhanced regulatory oversight and potential for operating restrictions in the event that we fall out of compliance with the requirements of the Memorandum of Understanding.
     Included in RP Financial, LC.’s independent valuation were certain assumptions as to the pro forma earnings of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation after the conversion that were utilized in determining the appraised value. These assumptions included estimated expenses, an assumed after-tax rate of return of 38.0% for the three months ended March 31, 2010 on the net offering proceeds and purchases in the open market of 4% of the common stock issued in the conversion offering by the stock-based benefit plan at the $10.00 per share purchase price. See “Pro Forma Data” for additional information concerning these assumptions. The use of different assumptions may yield different results.
     The independent valuation states that as of May 28, 2010, the estimated pro forma market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation was $53.4 million. Based on Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, this market value forms the midpoint of a range with a minimum of $47.9 million and a maximum of $58.9 million. The board of directors decided to offer the shares of common stock for a price of $10.00 per share primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions. The aggregate offering price of the shares in the conversion offering will be equal to the valuation range multiplied by the percentage of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock owned by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. The number of shares offered will be equal to the aggregate offering price of the shares divided by the price per share. Based on the valuation range, the percentage of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock owned by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and the $10.00 price per share, the minimum of the conversion offering range will be 2,040,000 shares, the midpoint of the conversion offering range will be 2,400,000 shares and the maximum of the conversion offering range will be 2,760,000 shares.

174


Table of Contents

     The board of directors of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation reviewed the independent valuation and, in particular, considered the following:
    Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations;
 
    a comparison of financial performance ratios of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation to those of other financial institutions which were financially comparable with respect to their asset size, capital ratios, recent history of earnings and asset quality ratios;
 
    market conditions generally and in particular for financial institutions; and
 
    the historical trading price of the publicly held shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock.
     All of these factors are set forth in the independent valuation. The board of directors also reviewed the methodology and the assumptions used by RP Financial, LC. in preparing the independent valuation and believes that such assumptions were reasonable. The conversion offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required, as a result of subsequent developments in the financial condition of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank or market conditions generally. In the event the independent valuation is updated to amend the pro forma market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to less than $47.9 million or more than $65.3 million, the appraisal will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission by a post-effective amendment to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s registration statement.
     The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (on a pro forma basis) based on annual earnings and other information as of and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, and stock price information for the peer group companies as of May 28, 2010, as reflected in the appraisal report. Compared to the average pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the midpoint of the conversion offering range indicated a premium of 8.2% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 4.7% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The price-to-earnings multiples were not meaningful for either Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or the peer group due to operating losses or low earnings. Our board of directors, in reviewing and approving the appraisal, considered the range of price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the conversion offering and supplemental offering. The appraisal did not consider one valuation approach to be more important than the other. The estimated appraised value and the resulting premium/discount took into consideration the potential financial impact of the conversion offering and supplemental offering as well as the trading price of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock. The closing price of the common stock was $3.00 per share on June 16, 2010, the last trading day immediately preceding the announcement of the conversion, and $2.95 per share on May 28, 2010, the effective date of the appraisal.
                 
    Price-to-book value ratio   Price-to-tangible book value ratio
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (on a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the conversion and supplemental offering)
               
Adjusted Maximum
    66.72 %     66.80 %
Maximum
    62.55 %     62.62 %
Midpoint
    58.64 %     58.70 %
Minimum
    54.45 %     54.51 %
 
               
Valuation of peer group companies, all of which are fully converted (on an historical basis)
               
Averages
    54.18 %     61.61 %
Medians
    50.78 %     56.98 %

175


Table of Contents

      The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing our shares of common stock. RP Financial, LC. did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information that we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC. independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Atlantic Coast Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Atlantic Coast Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our common stock in the offerings will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 price per share.
     Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $65.3 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which will result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the conversion offering range to up to 3,174,000 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the conversion offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases” as to the method of distribution of additional shares to be issued in the event of an increase in the conversion offering range of up to 3,174,000 shares.
     If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the conversion offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $65.3 million and a corresponding increase in the conversion offering range to more than 3,174,000 shares, or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $47.9 million and a corresponding decrease in the conversion offering range to fewer than 2,040,000 shares, then we may terminate the offering, cancel stock orders and promptly return with interest at 0.10% all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations and, we may terminate the plan of conversion and reorganization. Alternatively, after consulting with the Office of Thrift Supervision, we may establish a new conversion offering range, extend the conversion offering period and commence a resolicitation of purchasers or take other actions as permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to complete the conversion offering. In the event that we extend the conversion offering and conduct a resolicitation, purchasers would have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a purchaser does not respond during the period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest at Atlantic Coast Bank’s passbook savings rate of 0.10%, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. Any single conversion offering extension will not exceed 90 days; aggregate extensions may not conclude beyond [Extension date #2], which is two years after the special meeting of members to vote on the conversion.
     An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the conversion offering would decrease both a subscriber’s ownership interest and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the conversion offering would increase both a subscriber’s ownership interest and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders’ equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see “Pro Forma Data.”
     Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC. and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for

176


Table of Contents

inspection at the main office of Atlantic Coast Bank and as specified under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights
     In accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum, minimum and overall purchase and ownership limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and reorganization and as described below under “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.”
      Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each Atlantic Coast Bank depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a “Qualifying Deposit”) at the close of business on March 31, 2009 (an “Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase no more than 5% of our common stock sold in the conversion offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, any remaining shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.
     To ensure proper allocation of our shares of common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest on March 31, 2009. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or executive officers of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to their increased deposits in the 12 months preceding March 31, 2009.
      Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering, although our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, the employee stock ownership plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion. The amount of the subscription requests by the 401(k) plan will be determined by its participants, who will have the right to invest all or a portion of their 401(k) plan accounts in our common stock, subject to the maximum purchase limitations. However, to comply with the limitations applicable to our tax-qualified employee plans, our 401(k) plan may purchase no more than 6% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering.
      Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-

177


Table of Contents

qualified employee stock benefit plans, each Atlantic Coast Bank depositor with a Qualifying Deposit at the close of business on [Supplemental Record Date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder (“Supplemental Eligible Account Holder”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase no more than 5% of our common stock sold in the conversion offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
     To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she has an ownership interest at [Supplemental Record Date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
      Priority 4: Other Members . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor of Atlantic Coast Bank as of the close of business on [Member Record Date], who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (“Other Members”) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase no more than 5% of our common stock sold in the conversion offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, available shares will be allocated in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.
     To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Other Member must list on the stock order form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at [Member Record Date]. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
      Expiration Date . The subscription offering will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the conversion offering range. Subscription rights which have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.
     We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock have been sold in the conversion offering. If at least 2,040,000 shares have not been sold in the conversion offering by [Extension date #1] and the Office of Thrift Supervision has not consented to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the conversion offering will be returned promptly, with interest at 1.0% for funds received in the subscription and community offerings, and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [Extension date #1] is

178


Table of Contents

granted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, we will resolicit purchasers in the conversion offering as described under “—Procedures for Purchasing Shares—Expiration Date.”
Community Offering
     To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, we expect to offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares would be offered with the following preferences:
  (i)   Natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s;
 
  (ii)   Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date]; and
 
  (iii)   Other members of the general public.
     Subscribers in the community offering may purchase no more than 5% of the common stock sold in the conversion offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” The minimum purchase is 25 shares. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the conversion offering.
     If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in those counties whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If oversubscription occurs due to the orders of public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or members of the general public, the allocation procedures described above will apply to the stock orders of such persons. In connection with the allocation process, orders received for shares of common stock in the community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the conversion offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.
     The term “residing” or “resident” as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s, has a present intent to remain within this community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.
      Expiration Date. The community offering may begin during or after the subscription offering, and is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, and must terminate no

179


Table of Contents

more than 45 days following the subscription offering, unless extended. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and is not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [Extension date #1], in which event we will resolicit purchasers.
Syndicated Community Offering
     The plan of conversion and reorganization also provides that, if feasible, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering, if any, may be offered for sale to selected members of the general public in a syndicated community offering through a syndicate of registered broker-dealers managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as agent of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. We expect that the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as practicable after termination of the subscription offering and the community offering, if any. We, in our sole discretion, have the right to reject orders, in whole or in part, received in the syndicated community offering. Neither Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated nor any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering.
     The price at which common stock is sold in the syndicated community offering will be the same price at which shares are offered and sold in the subscription offering and community offering. No person may purchase more than 5% of our common stock sold in the conversion offering, subject to the maximum purchase limitations. See “—Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.” In connection with the allocation process, unless the Office of Thrift Supervision permits otherwise, in the event of an over subscription, orders received for shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of 2% of the shares sold in the conversion offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order until all shares have been allocated.
     If a syndicated community offering is held, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager. In such capacity, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms. Neither Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering. The syndicated community offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts offerings. Under these rules, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or the other broker-dealers participating in the syndicated community offering generally will accept payment for shares of common stock to be purchased in the syndicated community offering through a “sweep” arrangement under which a customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of common stock that such customer wishes to purchase in the syndicated community offering on the settlement date. Customers who authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for the payment in their accounts on, but not before, the settlement date which will only occur if the minimum of the conversion offering range is met. Customers who do not wish to authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts will not be permitted to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering. Customers without brokerage accounts will not be able to participate in the syndicated community offering. Institutional investors will pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, in its capacity as sole book running manager, for shares purchased in the syndicated community offering on the settlement date through the services of the Depository Trust Company on a delivery versus payment basis. The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation,

180


Table of Contents

Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Bank on one hand and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be delivered promptly to us. If the conversion offering is consummated, but some or all of an interested investor’s funds are not accepted by us, those funds will be returned to the interested investor promptly after closing, without interest. If the conversion offering is not consummated, funds in the account will be returned promptly, without interest, to the potential investor. Normal customer ticketing will be used for order placement. In the syndicated community offering, order forms will not be used.
     The syndicated community offering will be completed within 45 days after the expiration of the subscription offering, unless extended by Atlantic Coast Bank with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.
     If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering, or in the event that there is an insignificant number of shares remaining unsold after the subscription, community and syndicated community offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Office of Thrift Supervision must approve any such arrangements.
Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases in the Conversion Offering
     The plan of conversion and reorganization includes the following additional limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the conversion offerings:
  (i)   No person may purchase fewer than 25 shares of common stock;
 
  (ii)   Tax qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion offering, including shares issued in the event of an increase in the conversion offering range of up to 15%;
 
  (iii)   Except for the employee stock ownership plan, as described above, no person or entity, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such person or entity, may purchase more than 5% of common stock sold in all categories of the conversion offering combined;
 
  (iv)   Current stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation are subject to an ownership limitation. As previously described, current stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will receive shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in exchange for their existing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. The number of shares of common stock that a stockholder may purchase in the conversion offering, together with associates or persons acting in concert with such stockholder, when combined with the shares that the stockholder and his or her associates will receive in exchange for existing Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, may not exceed 5% of the shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to be issued and outstanding at the completion of the conversion; and
 
  (v)   The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the conversion offering by executive officers and directors of Atlantic Coast Bank and their associates, in the aggregate, when combined with shares of common stock issued in

181


Table of Contents

      exchange for existing shares, may not exceed 25% of the total shares issued in the conversion offering.
     Depending upon market or financial conditions, our board of directors, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and without further approval of members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, may decrease or increase the purchase and ownership limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount, and who indicated on their stock order form a desire to be resolicited, will be given the opportunity to increase their orders up to the then applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation will be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by persons who choose to increase their orders. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is further increased to 9.99%, orders for shares of common stock exceeding 5% of the shares sold in the conversion offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares sold in the conversion offering.
     In the event of an increase in the conversion offering range of up to 3,174,000 shares of common stock, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization:
  (i)   to fill the subscriptions of our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan and our 401(k) plan, for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the conversion offering;
 
  (ii)   in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and
 
  (iii)   to fill unfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s, then to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s public stockholders as of [Stockholder Record Date] and then to members of the general public.
 
  The term “associate” of a person means:
 
  (i)   any corporation or organization, other than Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Bank, of which the person is a senior officer, partner or 10% beneficial stockholder;
 
  (ii)   any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; provided, however, it does not include any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and
 
  (iii)   any blood or marriage relative of the person, who either has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank.
     The term “acting in concert” means:
  (i)   knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or

182


Table of Contents

  (ii)   a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
     A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) will also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.
     We have the sole discretion to determine whether prospective purchasers are “associates” or “acting in concert.” Persons having the same address, and persons exercising subscription rights through qualifying deposits registered at the same address will be deemed to be acting in concert unless we determine otherwise.
     Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the board of directors. Common stock purchased in the offerings will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by directors and certain officers of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the conversion offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under Financial Industry Regulatory Authority guidelines, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of our shares of common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see “—Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion” and “Restrictions on Acquisition of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation.”
Plan of Distribution; Selling Agent Compensation
     To assist in the marketing of our shares of common stock, we have retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, which is a broker-dealer registered with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will assist us on a best efforts basis in the conversion offering by:
  (i)   acting as our financial advisor for the conversion offering;
 
  (ii)   providing administrative services and managing the Stock Information Center;
 
  (iii)   educating our employees regarding the conversion offering;
 
  (iv)   targeting our sales efforts, including assisting in the preparation of marketing materials; and
 
  (v)   soliciting orders for shares of common stock in the conversion offering;
     For these services, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated has received an advisory and administrative fee of $50,000, and will receive a fee of 1.0% of the dollar amount of all shares of common stock sold in the subscription and community offerings. No sales fee will be payable to Stifel, Nicolaus

183


Table of Contents

& Company, Incorporated with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors, employees or their immediate families and shares purchased by our tax-qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans. The advisory and administrative fee will be netted against the other fees received by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated in the conversion offering.
     In the event that Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated sells shares of common stock through a group of broker-dealers in a syndicated community offering, it will be paid a fee equal to 1.0% of the dollar amount of total shares sold in the syndicated community offering, which fee, along with the fee payable to selected dealers (which will include Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated), shall not exceed 5.5% in the aggregate. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will serve as sole book running manager. All fees payable with respect to a syndicated community offering will be in addition to fees sold in the subscription and community offerings.
     Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated also will be reimbursed for allocable expenses in an amount not to exceed $30,000 for the subscription offering and community offering and$20,000 for the syndicated community offering, and for attorney’s fees in the subscription offering, community offering, syndicated community offering and supplemental offering in an amount not to exceed $100,000. In the event of a material delay in the conversion offering, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated could receive additional reimbursable expenses of up to $10,000 and additional reimbursable legal expenses of up to $20,000, provided that the aggregate of all reimbursable expenses and legal fees shall not exceed $210,000.
     In the event that we are required to resolicit subscribers for shares of our common stock in the subscription and community offerings and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated provides significant additional services in connection with the resolicitation, (including repeating the services described above, such as reviewing supplemental offering documents and news releases, reviewing any updates to the independent appraisal, providing advice with respect to potential changes to purchase limitations, assisting with the receipt of supplemental regulatory approvals, providing additional assistance with the processing of the return and acceptance of prior and new orders (including orders from individual retirement accounts and Keogh Accounts) and coordinating functions with the financial printer), we may pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated an additional fee for those services that will not exceed $50,000.
     We will indemnify Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated against liabilities and expenses, including legal fees, incurred in connection with certain claims or litigation arising out of or based upon untrue statements or omissions contained in the offering materials for the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
     Some of our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other regular employees of Atlantic Coast Bank may assist in the conversion offering, but only in ministerial capacities, and may provide clerical work in effecting a sales transaction. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. No sales activity will be conducted in a Atlantic Coast Bank banking office. Investment-related questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the conversion offering.

184


Table of Contents

     We have also engaged Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated as records management agent in connection with the conversion offering. In its role as records management agent, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, will assist us in the conversion offering as follows:
    consolidation of deposit and loan accounts and vote calculation;
 
    preparation of information for order forms and proxy cards;
 
    interfacing with our financial printer;
 
    recording stock order information; and
 
    tabulating proxy votes.
     For these services, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee of $30,000. Additional fees not to exceed $5,000 may be negotiated if significant work is required due to unexpected circumstances. We will also reimburse Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with these services, not to exceed $5,000.
Prospectus Delivery
     To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the expiration date of the conversion offering in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, we may not mail a prospectus any later than five days prior to the expiration date or hand deliver any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of a stock order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will only be distributed with or preceded by a prospectus.
     In the syndicated community offering, a prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or one or more other members of the syndicate, or by their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the syndicate member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The members of the syndicate may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations.
     Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the Internet sites referenced in the preceding paragraph and any information contained in any other Internet site maintained by any member of the syndicate is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated or any other member of the syndicate in its capacity as selling agent or syndicate member and should not be relied upon by investors.
Procedure for Purchasing Shares
      Expiration Date . The subscription and community offerings will expire at 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date], unless we extend one or both for up to 45 days, with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, if required. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without notice to purchasers in the conversion offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [Extension date #1] would require the Office of Thrift Supervision’s approval. If the conversion offering is so extended, or if the conversion offering range is decreased or is increased above

185


Table of Contents

the adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range, we may conduct a resolicitation and subscribers would have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their stock orders within a specified period. If a subscriber does not respond during the period, his or her stock order will be canceled and payment will be returned promptly, with interest at Atlantic Coast Bank’s passbook savings rate of 0.10%, and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled.
     We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the conversion offering or supplemental offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal authorizations and promptly return all funds submitted, with interest at 0.10% from the date of receipt as described above.
      Use of Order Forms in the Subscription and Community Offerings . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription and community offerings, you must properly complete an original stock order form and remit full payment. We are not required to accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. All order forms must be received (not postmarked) prior to 2:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on [expiration date]. We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are not signed or are otherwise executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate deposit account withdrawal instructions. We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms, and we have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. You may submit your order form and payment by mail using the stock order reply envelope provided, or by overnight delivery to our Stock Information Center at the address noted on the stock order form. You may hand-deliver stock order forms to Atlantic Coast Bank’s Florida Regional office, located at 12724 Gran Bay Parkway West, Jacksonville, Florida 32258. Hand-delivered stock order forms will only be accepted at this location. We will not accept stock order forms at our branch offices. Please do not mail stock order forms to Atlantic Coast Bank.
     Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of such offering. If you are ordering shares in the subscription offering, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. We have the right to reject any order submitted in the conversion offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final.
     By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Atlantic Coast Bank or the federal government, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
      Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares in the subscription and community offerings may be made by:
  (i)   personal check, bank check or money order, made payable to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation; or
 
  (ii)   authorization of withdrawal from the types of Atlantic Coast Bank deposit accounts described on the stock order form.

186


Table of Contents

     Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Atlantic Coast Bank are provided on the order form. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the conversion offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will earn interest at the current passbook rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by personal check, these funds must be available in the account(s). Checks and money orders received in the subscription and community offerings will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Atlantic Coast Bank and will earn interest at 0.10% from the date payment is processed until the conversion offering is completed or terminated.
     You may not remit cash, wire transfers, Atlantic Coast Bank line of credit checks or any type of third-party checks (including those payable to you and endorsed over to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation). You may not designate on your stock order form direct withdrawal from a Atlantic Coast Bank retirement account. See “—Using Individual Retirement Account Funds.” Additionally, you may not designate a direct withdrawal from Atlantic Coast Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. Please provide a check instead. If you request that we directly withdraw the funds, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. If permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, in the event we resolicit large subscription offering purchasers, as described above in “Additional Limitations on Common Stock Purchases,” such purchasers who wish to increase their purchases will not be able to use personal checks to pay for the additional shares but may be able to pay by wire transfer.
     Once we receive your executed stock order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the conversion offering is not completed by [Extension date #1]. In such event, we will resolicit subscribers, and you will have the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel your order. If you do not provide us with a written indication of your intent, your funds will be returned to you, with interest at 0.10% and deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be cancelled.
     Regulations prohibit Atlantic Coast Bank from lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offerings.
     We shall have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the conversion. This payment may be made by wire transfer.
     If our employee stock ownership plan purchases shares in the conversion offering, it will not be required to pay for such shares until completion of the conversion offering, provided that there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.
      Using Individual Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using funds in your individual retirement account or other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed retirement account. By regulation, Atlantic Coast Bank’s retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in our shares of common stock. Therefore, if

187


Table of Contents

you wish to use funds that are currently in a Atlantic Coast Bank retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will instead have to be transferred to an independent trustee or custodian, such as a brokerage firm, offering self-directed retirement accounts. The purchase must be made through that account. If you do not have such an account, you will need to establish one before placing a stock order. An annual administrative fee may be payable to the independent trustee or custodian. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Individuals interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account, whether held at Atlantic Coast Bank or elsewhere , to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center for guidance as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the [expiration date] conversion offering deadline. Processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.
      Delivery of Stock Certificates in the Subscription and Community Offerings . Certificates representing shares of common stock sold in the subscription offering and community offering will be mailed to the certificate registration address noted by purchasers on the stock order forms. Stock certificates will be sent to purchasers by first-class mail as soon as practicable after the completion of the conversion offering. We expect trading in the stock to begin on the business day of or on the business day following the completion of the conversion offering. It is possible that until certificates for the common stock are delivered to purchasers, purchasers might not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the shares of common stock will have begun trading. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock before receiving your stock certificate will depend on arrangements you may make with a brokerage firm. If you are currently a stockholder of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, see “—Exchange of Existing Stockholders’ Stock Certificates.”
      Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion and reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state “blue sky” regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply:
  (i)   a small number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of conversion reside in such state;
 
  (iii)   the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us, under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify our securities for sale in such state; or
 
  (iii)   such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares
      Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other

188


Table of Contents

Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion and reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. When registering your stock purchase on the order form, you should not add the name(s) of persons who do not have subscription rights or who qualify only in a lower subscription offering purchase priority than you do. Doing so may jeopardize your subscription rights. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the conversion offering.
      We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.
Stock Information Center
     Our banking office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the conversion offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion offering, please call our Stock Information Center. The toll-free phone number is [Stock Information Number]. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday between 10:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time. The Stock Information Center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
Liquidation Rights
      Liquidation prior to the conversion. In the unlikely event that Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC remaining, these assets would first be distributed to certain depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank under such depositors’ liquidation rights. The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC after claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.
      Liquidation following the conversion. The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to (i) Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s ownership interest in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation). The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel liquidation account in Atlantic Coast Bank to support the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation liquidation account in the event Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation liquidation account.
     In the unlikely event that Atlantic Coast Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account to be established in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a depositor’s claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest. Depositors generally

189


Table of Contents

would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation above that amount.
     The liquidation account established by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is designed to provide depositors a liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation interests such persons had in Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC) after the conversion in the event of a liquidation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank or a liquidation solely of Atlantic Coast Bank. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) Atlantic Coast Bank or (ii) Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to depositors as of March 31, 2009 and [Supplemental Record Date] of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of just Atlantic Coast Bank, when Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Atlantic Coast Bank) to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Atlantic Coast Bank has positive net worth, Atlantic Coast Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s interest in the liquidation account maintained by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and Office of Thrift Supervision regulations. If Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Atlantic Coast Bank, then the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Atlantic Coast Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation liquidation account.
     Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, after two years from the date of conversion and upon the written request of the Office of Thrift Supervision, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will transfer or eliminate the liquidation account and the depositors’ interests in such account to Atlantic Coast Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Atlantic Coast Bank.
     Under the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank is not the surviving institution, would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution or company.
     Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro-rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Atlantic Coast Bank on March 31, 2009 or [Supplemental Record Date] equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s deposit account on March 31, 2009 and [Supplemental Record Date], respectively, bears to the balance of all deposit accounts of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in Atlantic Coast Bank on such date.
     If, however, on any December 31 annual closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on March 31, 2009 or [Supplemental Record Date], or any other annual closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion

190


Table of Contents

of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.
Material Income Tax Consequences
     Completion of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income tax consequences of conversion to Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank, Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank would prevail in a judicial proceeding.
     Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation have received an opinion of counsel, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., regarding all of the material federal income tax consequences of the conversion, which includes the following:
  1.   The merger of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC with and into Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.
 
  2.   The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders’ and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders’ liquidation interests in Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC for liquidation interests in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.
 
  3.   None of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Eligible Account Holders nor Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in constructive exchange for liquidation interests established in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation for the benefit of such persons who remain depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank.
 
  4.   The basis of the assets of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and the holding period of such assets to be received by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC immediately before the exchange.
 
  5.   The merger of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with and into Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. Neither Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation nor Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.

191


Table of Contents

  6.   The basis of the assets of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and the holding period of such assets to be received by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation immediately before the exchange.
 
  7.   Current stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock.
 
  8.   Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation for interests in the liquidation account in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation.
 
  9.   The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation for interests in the liquidation account established in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.
 
  10.   Each stockholder’s aggregate basis in shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock (including fractional share interests) received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock surrendered in the exchange.
 
  11.   Each stockholder’s holding period in his or her Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock surrendered was held, provided that the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the stockholder on the date of the exchange.
 
  12.   Cash received by any current stockholder of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in lieu of a fractional share interest in shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will be treated as having been received as a distribution in full payment in exchange for a fractional share interest of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock, which such stockholder would otherwise be entitled to receive. Accordingly, a stockholder will recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between the cash received and the basis of the fractional share. If the common stock is held by the stockholder as a capital asset, the gain or loss will be capital gain or loss.
 
  13.   It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.
 
  14.   It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of Atlantic Coast Bank supporting the payment of the Atlantic Coast

192


Table of Contents

      Financial Corporation liquidation account in the event Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Atlantic Coast Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with and into Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation.
 
  15.   It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock purchased in the conversion offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.
 
  16.   No gain or loss will be recognized by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation on the receipt of money in exchange for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock sold in the conversion offering.
     We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and persons receiving subscription rights and stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. With respect to items 8 and 13 above, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm further noted that RP Financial, LC. has issued a letter that the subscription rights have no ascertainable fair market value. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
     The opinion as to item 14 above is based on the position that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received any payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in Atlantic Coast Bank are reduced; and (iv) the Atlantic Coast Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.
     In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC. stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Atlantic Coast Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.

193


Table of Contents

believes it is more likely than not that such rights in the Atlantic Coast Bank liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.
     The opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., unlike a letter ruling issued by the Internal Revenue Service, is not binding on the Internal Revenue Service and the conclusions expressed therein may be challenged at a future date. The Internal Revenue Service has issued favorable rulings for transactions substantially similar to the proposed reorganization and stock offerings, but any such ruling may not be cited as precedent by any taxpayer other than the taxpayer to whom the ruling is addressed. We do not plan to apply for a letter ruling concerning the transactions described herein.
     We have also received an opinion from Crowe Horwath LLP that the Georgia and Florida state income tax consequences are consistent with the federal income tax consequences.
     The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s registration statement.
Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion
     All shares of common stock purchased in the conversion offering by a director or certain officers of Atlantic Coast Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or executive officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation also will be restricted by the insider trading rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, certain officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock or to purchases of our common stock by our stock option plan or any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or non-tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any restricted stock plans.
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases. After one year, the Office of Thrift Supervision does not impose any repurchase restrictions.
SUPPLEMENTAL OFFERING
      General. We will offer no more than an additional 1,650,000 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, to selected investors in a supplemental offering, which we anticipate will occur immediately following completion of the conversion offering. We are conducting the supplemental offering to raise more capital than we can raise in the conversion offering alone. We believe the additional capital that we can raise in the supplemental offering enhances our ability to complete the conversion offering and positions us to better execute our business plan. We intend to use the net

194


Table of Contents

proceeds of the supplemental offering as discussed under “How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offerings.” Our independent valuation appraisal by RP Financial, LC. assumes the completion of the supplemental offering in arriving at the estimated pro forma market valuation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation which ranges from $47.9 million at the minimum of the valuation range to $65.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the valuation range.
      Conditions of Supplemental Offering. We must reach the minimum of the valuation range in order to complete the supplemental offering. The completion of the supplemental offering is contingent on the completion of the conversion offering. The conversion offering is not contingent on the completion of the supplemental offering, however if the supplemental offering is not completed, we may resolicit subscribers in the conversion offering. Purchasers in the supplemental offering may also purchase shares in the conversion offering, which will count towards reaching the minimum of the conversion offering range. We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the supplemental offering. No purchaser in the supplemental offering alone, or “acting in concert,” may acquire or own more than 9.9% of the shares outstanding following completion of the conversion and supplemental offerings. The supplemental offering is not subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval or a stockholder vote.
      Dilution. The completion of the supplemental stock offering will result in dilution of the ownership percentage of stockholders who purchased stock or received exchange shares in connection with the conversion. The following table shows the ownership percentages of conversion offering purchasers, current stockholders who receive shares in the exchange that is part of the conversion offering and supplemental offering purchasers.
Proposed Ownership of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Following the Completion of the
Conversion and the Supplemental Offerings
                                 
    Minimum   Midpoint   Maximum   Adjusted Maximum
 
                               
Conversion Share Ownership Percentage
    42.63 %     44.95 %     46.84 %     48.62 %
Exchange Shares Ownership Percentage
    22.89 %     24.14 %     25.15 %     26.11 %
Supplemental Offering Shares Ownership Percentage
    34.48 %     30.91 %     28.00 %     25.27 %
 
                               
Total
    100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %     100.00 %
 
                               
      Placement Agent Compensation; Plan of Distribution . To assist us in the sale of our shares of common stock in the supplemental offering, we have retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated on a best efforts basis. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the supplemental offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee equal to 5.0% of the dollar amount of shares of common stock sold to investors in the supplemental offering except that for sales of common stock to lenders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation who at the time of closing have participated in any credit facility with us, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated will receive a fee of 1.0%. No sales fee will be payable to Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated with respect to shares purchased by officers, directors, employees or their immediate families in the supplemental offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated also will be reimbursed for allocable expenses in an amount not to exceed $30,000 for the supplemental offering. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated is not obligated to purchase any shares of common stock in the supplemental offering.
     The supplemental offering will be conducted in accordance with certain Securities and Exchange Commission rules applicable to best efforts offerings. Under these rules, Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated generally will accept payment for shares of common stock to be purchased in the supplemental offering through a “sweep” arrangement under which a customer’s brokerage account at the applicable participating broker-dealer will be debited in the amount of the purchase price for the shares of

195


Table of Contents

common stock that such customer wishes to purchase in the supplemental offering on the settlement date. Customers who authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for the payment in their accounts on, but not before, the settlement date. Customers who do not wish to authorize participating broker-dealers to debit their brokerage accounts will not be permitted to purchase shares of common stock in the supplemental offering. Customers without brokerage accounts will not be able to participate in the supplemental offering. Institutional investors will pay Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, in its capacity as placement agent, for shares purchased in the supplemental offering on the settlement date through the services of the Depository Trust Company on a delivery versus payment basis. The closing of the supplemental offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Bank on one hand and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the supplemental offering, less fees and commissions payable by us, will be delivered promptly to us. In the supplemental offering, order forms will not be used.
COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS OF
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
      General. As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will become stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. There are differences in the rights of stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation caused by differences between federal and Maryland law and regulations and differences in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s federal stock charter and bylaws and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s Maryland articles of incorporation and bylaws.
     This discussion is not intended to be a complete statement of the differences affecting the rights of stockholders, but rather summarizes the material differences and similarities affecting the rights of stockholders. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws.
      Authorized Capital Stock. The authorized capital stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation consists of 18,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 2,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
     The authorized capital stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation consists of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.
     Under the Maryland General Corporation Law and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation, the board of directors may increase or decrease the number of authorized shares without stockholder approval. Stockholder approval is required to increase or decrease the number of authorized shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s charter and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation both authorize the board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and, for any series of preferred stock, to determine the terms and rights of the series, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion and redemption rates and liquidation preferences. As a result of the ability to fix voting rights for a series of preferred stock, our board of directors has the power, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duty, to issue a series of preferred stock to persons friendly to management in order to attempt to block a hostile tender offer, merger or other transaction by which a

196


Table of Contents

third party seeks control. We currently have no plans for the issuance of additional shares for such purposes.
      Issuance of Capital Stock. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC is required to own not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will no longer exist following completion of the conversion.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation do not contain restrictions on the issuance of shares of capital stock to directors, officers or controlling persons, whereas Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stock charter restricts such issuances to general public offerings, or to directors for qualifying shares, unless the share issuance or the plan under which they would generally be issued has been approved by the stockholders. However, stock-based compensation plans, such as stock option plans and restricted stock plans, would have to be submitted for approval by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation stockholders due to requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and in order to qualify stock options for favorable federal income tax treatment.
      Voting Rights. Neither Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stock charter or bylaws nor Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation or bylaws provide for cumulative voting for the election of directors. For additional information regarding voting rights, see “—Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders” below.
      Payment of Dividends. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s ability to pay dividends depends, to a large extent, upon Atlantic Coast Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, which is restricted by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations and by federal income tax considerations related to federal savings associations.
     The same restrictions will apply to Atlantic Coast Bank’s payment of dividends to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. In addition, Maryland law generally provides that Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is limited to paying dividends in an amount equal to its capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make it insolvent.
      Board of Directors . Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s bylaws and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation require the board of directors to be divided into three classes and that the members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified, with one class being elected annually.
     Under Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s bylaws, any vacancies on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors. Persons elected by the board of directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation to fill vacancies may only serve until the next election of directors by stockholders. Under Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s bylaws, any vacancy occurring on the board of directors, including any vacancy created by reason of an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors, and any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the term to which the director has been elected and until his or her successor is elected and qualified.
      Limitations on Liability. The charter and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation do not limit the personal liability of directors.

197


Table of Contents

     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation provide that directors will not be personally liable for monetary damages to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation for certain actions as directors, except for (i) receipt of an improper personal benefit from their positions as directors, (ii) actions or omissions that are determined to have involved active and deliberate dishonesty, or (iii) to the extent allowed by Maryland law. These provisions might, in certain instances, discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their duties even though such an action, if successful, might benefit Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation.
      Indemnification of Directors, Officers, Employees and Agents. As generally allowed under current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will indemnify its directors, officers and employees for any costs incurred in connection with any litigation involving such person’s activities as a director, officer or employee if such person obtains a final judgment on the merits in his or her favor. In addition, indemnification is permitted in the case of a settlement, a final judgment against such person, or final judgment other than on the merits, if a majority of disinterested directors determines that such person was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or its stockholders. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation also is permitted to pay ongoing expenses incurred by a director, officer or employee if a majority of disinterested directors concludes that such person may ultimately be entitled to indemnification. Before making any indemnification payment, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation is required to notify the Office of Thrift Supervision of its intention, and such payment cannot be made if the Office of Thrift Supervision objects to such payment.
     The articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation provide that it shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers to the fullest extent required or permitted by Maryland law, including the advancement of expenses and (2) other employees or agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the board of directors and Maryland Law. Maryland law allows Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to indemnify any person for expenses, liabilities, settlements, judgments and fines in suits in which such person has been made a party by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer or employee of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. No such indemnification may be given if the acts or omissions of the person are adjudged to be in bad faith and material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding, if such person is liable to the corporation for an unlawful distribution, or if such person personally received a benefit to which he or she was not entitled. The right to indemnification includes the right to be paid the expenses incurred in advance of final disposition of a proceeding.
      Special Meetings of Stockholders. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the Chairman, the president, a majority of the members of the board of directors or the holders of not less than one-tenth of the outstanding capital stock entitled to vote at the meeting. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called by the president, by a majority vote of the total authorized directors, or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
      Stockholder Nominations and Proposals. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s bylaws provide that stockholders may submit nominations for election of directors at an annual meeting of stockholders and may propose any new business to be taken up at such a meeting by filing the proposal in writing with Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at least five days before the date of any such meeting.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s bylaws provide that any stockholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must

198


Table of Contents

submit written notice to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation at least 80 days prior and not earlier than 90 days prior to such meeting. However, if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice must be submitted by a stockholder not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
     Management believes that it is in the best interest of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its stockholders to provide sufficient time to enable management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations, should management determine that doing so is in the best interests of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. In certain instances, such provisions could make it more difficult to oppose management’s nominees or proposals, even if stockholders believe such nominees or proposals are in their best interests.
      Stockholder Action Without a Meeting. The bylaws of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation provide that any action to be taken or which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is given by the holders of all outstanding shares entitled to vote. The bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation do not provide for action to be taken by stockholders without a meeting. Under Maryland law, action may be taken by stockholders without a meeting if all stockholders entitled to vote on the action consent to taking such action without a meeting.
      Stockholder’s Right to Examine Books and Records. A federal regulation, which is applicable to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, provides that stockholders may inspect and copy specified books and records after proper written notice for a proper purpose. Maryland law provides that a stockholder may inspect a company’s bylaws, stockholder minutes, annual statement of affairs and any voting trust agreements. However, only a stockholder or group of stockholders who together, for at least six months, hold at least 5% of the company’s total shares, have the right to inspect a company’s stock ledger, list of stockholders and books of accounts.
      Limitations on Voting Rights of Greater-than-10% Stockholders. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation provide that no beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock will be permitted to vote any shares in excess of such 10% limit. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s charter does not provide such a limit on voting common stock.
     In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that for a period of three years following the date of the completion of the conversion offering, no person, acting singly or together with associates in a group of persons acting in concert, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Where any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 10% of a class of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s equity securities without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the securities beneficially owned by such person in excess of 10% may not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote, and will not be counted as outstanding for purposes of determining the affirmative vote necessary to approve any matter submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

199


Table of Contents

      Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets. A federal regulation applicable to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation generally requires the approval of two-thirds of the board of directors and the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation entitled to vote thereon for mergers, consolidations and sales of all or substantially all of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s assets. Such regulation permits Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation to merge with another corporation without obtaining the approval of its stockholders if:
  (i)   it does not involve an interim savings institution;
 
  (ii)   Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s federal stock charter is not changed;
 
  (iii)   each share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stock outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the transaction will be an identical outstanding share or a treasury share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation after such effective date; and
 
  (iv)   either:
  (a)   no shares of voting stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and no securities convertible into such stock are to be issued or delivered under the plan of combination; or
 
  (b)   the authorized but unissued shares or the treasury shares of voting stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation to be issued or delivered under the plan of combination, plus those initially issuable upon conversion of any securities to be issued or delivered under such plan, do not exceed 15% of the total shares of voting stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation outstanding immediately prior to the effective date of the transaction.
     Under Maryland law, “business combinations” between Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s voting stock after the date on which Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation at any time after the date on which Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
     After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of Atlantic

200


Table of Contents

Coast Financial Corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
      Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
    the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;
 
    the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located;
 
    whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation;
 
    whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future;
 
    the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries;
 
    the future value of the stock or any other securities of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;
 
    any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;
 
    the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and
 
    the ability of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.

201


Table of Contents

     If the board of directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s charter and bylaws do not contain a similar provision.
      Dissenters’ Rights of Appraisal . Office of Thrift Supervision regulations generally provide that a stockholder of a federally chartered corporation that engages in a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of its assets shall have the right to demand from such institution payment of the fair or appraised value of his or her stock in the corporation, subject to specified procedural requirements. The regulations also provide, however, that a stockholder of a federally chartered corporation whose shares are listed on a national securities exchange are not entitled to dissenters’ rights in connection with a merger if the stockholder is required to accept only “qualified consideration” for his or her stock, which is defined to include cash, shares of stock of any institution or corporation that at the effective date of the merger will be listed on a national securities exchange, or any combination of such shares of stock and cash.
     Under Maryland law, stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will not have dissenters’ appraisal rights in connection with a plan of merger or consolidation to which Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is a party as long as the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation trades on a national securities exchange.
      Amendment of Governing Instruments . No amendment of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stock charter may be made unless it is first proposed by the board of directors then preliminarily approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation may be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the board of directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole board of directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend the following provisions:
  (i)   The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  (ii)   The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes;
 
  (iii)   The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board;
 
  (iv)   The requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by stockholders;
 
  (v)   The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws;
 
  (vi)   The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation;
 
  (vii)   The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock;

202


Table of Contents

  (viii)   The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock;
 
  (ix)   The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent;
 
  (x)   The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation;
 
  (xi)   The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation for money damages;
 
  (xii)   The inability of stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors;
 
  (xiii)   The advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations; and
 
  (xiv)   The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xiii) of this list.
     The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting stock.
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
     Although the board of directors of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation after the conversion, the board of directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its stockholders from takeovers which the board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Bank, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s stockholders.
     The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Atlantic Coast Bank’s charter and bylaws and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an “anti-takeover” effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and is not intended to be a complete description of the document or regulatory provision in question. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws are included as part of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s application for conversion filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that may discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not

203


Table of Contents

have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the board of directors or management of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation more difficult.
      Directors . The board of directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of the board of directors. Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the board of directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders.
      Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The articles of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of stockholders can be called by the President, by a majority of the whole board of directors or upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
      Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.
      Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. This provision has been included in the articles of incorporation in reliance on Section 2-507(a) of the Maryland General Corporation Law, which entitles stockholders to one vote for each share of stock unless the articles of incorporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limit or deny voting rights.
      Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding common stock entitled to vote (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in “—Limitation of Voting Rights.”).
      Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See “Description of Capital Stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation Following the Conversion.” The articles of incorporation authorize 25,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the designations, and relative preferences, limitations, voting rights, if any, including without limitation, offering rights of such shares (which could be multiple or as a separate class). In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation that the board of directors does not approve, it may be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.
      Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Amendments to the articles of incorporation must be approved by the board of directors and also by at least a majority of the outstanding shares of the voting stock; provided, however, that approval by at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock is generally required to amend certain provisions. A list of these provisions is provided under “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation—Amendment of Governing Instruments” above.

204


Table of Contents

     The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the total votes eligible to be voted at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders. Any amendment of this super-majority requirement for amendment of the bylaws would also require the approval of 80% of the outstanding voting shares.
     The provisions requiring the affirmative vote of 80% of outstanding shares for certain stockholder actions have been included in the articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in reliance on Section 2-104(b)(4) of the Maryland General Corporation Law. Section 2-104(b)(4) permits the articles of incorporation to require a greater proportion of votes than the proportion that would otherwise be required for stockholder action under the Maryland General Corporation Law.
      Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . Maryland law restricts mergers, consolidations, sales of assets and other business combinations between Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and an “interested stockholder”. See “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation—Mergers, Consolidations and Sales of Assets”, above.
      Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation provide that its board of directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to, certain enumerated factors. For a list of enumerated factors, see “Comparison of Stockholder Rights for Existing Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation—Evaluation of Offers”, above.
      Purpose and Anti-Takeover Effects of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws . Our board of directors believes that the provisions described above are prudent and will reduce our vulnerability to takeover attempts and certain other transactions that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors. These provisions also will assist us in the orderly deployment of the offering proceeds into productive assets during the initial period after the conversion. Our board of directors believes these provisions are in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its stockholders. Our board of directors believes that it will be in the best position to determine the true value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and to negotiate more effectively for what may be in the best interests of all our stockholders. Accordingly, our board of directors believes that it is in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and all of our stockholders to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate directly with the board of directors and that these provisions will encourage such negotiations and discourage hostile takeover attempts. It is also the view of our board of directors that these provisions should not discourage persons from proposing a merger or other transaction at a price reflective of the true value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and that is in the best interests of all our stockholders.
     Takeover attempts that have not been negotiated with and approved by our board of directors present the risk of a takeover on terms that may be less favorable than might otherwise be available. A transaction that is negotiated and approved by our board of directors, on the other hand, can be carefully planned and undertaken at an opportune time in order to obtain maximum value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation for our stockholders, with due consideration given to matters such as the management and business of the acquiring corporation and maximum strategic development of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s assets.

205


Table of Contents

     Although a tender offer or other takeover attempt may be made at a price substantially above the current market price, such offers are sometimes made for less than all of the outstanding shares of a target company. As a result, stockholders may be presented with the alternative of partially liquidating their investment at a time that may be disadvantageous, or retaining their investment in an enterprise that is under different management and whose objectives may not be similar to those of the remaining stockholders.
     Despite our belief as to the benefits to stockholders of these provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws, these provisions may also have the effect of discouraging a future takeover attempt that would not be approved by our board of directors, but pursuant to which stockholders may receive a substantial premium for their shares over then current market prices. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such a transaction may not have any opportunity to do so. Such provisions will also make it more difficult to remove our board of directors and management. Our board of directors, however, has concluded that the potential benefits outweigh the possible disadvantages.
Charter of Atlantic Coast Bank
     Atlantic Coast Bank’s charter provides that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion offering, no person other than Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Atlantic Coast Bank. This provision does not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan of Atlantic Coast Bank or Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or to an underwriter or member of an underwriting or selling group involving the public sale or resale of securities of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, so long as after the sale or resale, no underwriter or member of the selling group is a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of Atlantic Coast Bank. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote.
Conversion Regulations
     Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion. Further, without the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Office of Thrift Supervision has defined “person” to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institution’s or its holding company’s behalf for resale to the general public are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.

206


Table of Contents

Change in Control Regulations
     Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of an insured federal savings bank or its parent holding company unless the Office of Thrift Supervision has been given 60 days’ prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. In addition, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings bank without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any company that acquires such control becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
     Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institution’s directors, or a determination by the Office of Thrift Supervision that the acquiror has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution. Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings bank’s voting stock, if the acquiror is also subject to any one of eight “control factors,” constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under the regulations. Such control factors include the acquiror being one of the two largest stockholders. The determination of control may be rebutted by submission to the Office of Thrift Supervision, prior to the acquisition of stock or the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to such determination, of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which would support a finding that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The regulations provide that persons or companies which acquire beneficial ownership exceeding 10% or more of any class of a savings bank’s stock who do not intend to participate in or seek to exercise control over a savings bank’s management or policies may qualify for a safe harbor by filing with the Office of Thrift Supervision a certification form that states, among other things, that the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable determination of control and will take no action which would result in a determination or rebuttable determination of control without prior notice to or approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, as applicable. There are also rebuttable presumptions in the regulations concerning whether a group “acting in concert” exists, including presumed action in concert among members of an “immediate family.”
     The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if it finds, among other things, that:
  (i)   the acquisition would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;
 
  (ii)   the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution; or
 
  (iii)   the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION
General
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation currently expects to issue in the conversion offering, supplemental offering

207


Table of Contents

and exchange up to 5,892,070 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment up to 6,528,380 shares. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable.
     The shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Common Stock
      Dividends . Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may pay dividends to an amount equal to the excess of our capital surplus over payments that would be owed upon dissolution to stockholders whose preferential rights upon dissolution are superior to those receiving the dividend, and to an amount that would not make us insolvent, as and when declared by our board of directors. The payment of dividends by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is also subject to limitations that are imposed by law and applicable regulation, including restrictions on payments of dividends that would reduce Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s assets below the then-adjusted balance of its liquidation account. The holders of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
      Voting Rights . Upon completion of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will have exclusive voting rights in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. They will elect Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s board of directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the board of directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation issues shares of preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Certain matters require the approval of 80% of our outstanding common stock. As a federal stock savings association, corporate powers and control of Atlantic Coast Bank are vested in its board of directors, who elect the officers of Atlantic Coast Bank and who fill any vacancies on the board of directors. Voting rights of Atlantic Coast Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Atlantic Coast Bank, which will be Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, and voted at the direction of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s board of directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will not have direct control of Atlantic Coast Bank.
      Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Atlantic Coast Bank, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, as the holder of 100% of Atlantic Coast Bank’s capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Atlantic Coast Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Atlantic Coast Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities (including payments with

208


Table of Contents

respect to its liquidation account), all of the assets of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.
      Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued. The common stock is not subject to redemption.
Preferred Stock
     None of the shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the conversion offering or supplemental offering. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our board of directors may from time to time determine. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.
CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
     On March 31, 2010, the Audit Committee of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation met and dismissed Crowe Horwath LLP as its independent accountant. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s financial statements in recent years, including the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, were audited by Crowe Horwath LLP. On March 31, 2010 the Audit Committee also approved the engagement of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP as Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s independent accountant for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010.
     The reports of Crowe Horwath LLP on the financial statements of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation for the past two fiscal years contained no adverse opinion or disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles. In connection with its audits for the two most recent fiscal years and through March 31, 2010, there were no disagreements with Crowe Horwath LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Crowe Horwath LLP would have caused Crowe Horwath LLP to make reference thereto in its report on Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s financial statements. During the two most recent fiscal years and through March 30, 2010, there were no reportable events (as set forth in Regulation S-K Item 304(a)(1)(v)) with Crowe Horwath LLP.
     During the two most recent fiscal years and through March 31, 2010, neither Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation nor anyone on its behalf consulted with McGladrey & Pullen, LLP regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specific completed or proposed transaction, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s financial statements; or (ii) any matter that was the subject matter of a disagreement or reportable event with the former independent accountant (as set forth in Regulation S-K Item 304 (a)(1)(iv) or (v)).
TRANSFER AGENT
     The transfer agent and registrar for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.

209


Table of Contents

EXPERTS
     The consolidated financial statements of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and subsidiary as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Crowe Horwath LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, which is included herein and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
     RP Financial, LC. has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares of common stock upon completion of the conversion offering and its letters with respect to subscription rights and the liquidation accounts.
LEGAL MATTERS
     Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank, will issue to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation its opinion regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Crowe Horwath LLP has provided an opinion to us regarding the Georgia and Florida income tax consequences of the conversion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated by Kilpatrick Stockton LLP, Washington, D.C.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.
     Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC has filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. The application may be examined at the principal office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552, and at the Southeast Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1475 Peachtree Street, N.E., Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our Plan of Conversion and Reorganization is available, upon request, at each of our branch offices.
      In connection with the conversion offering, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will register its common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common

210


Table of Contents

stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of conversion and reorganization, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation has undertaken that it will not terminate such registration for a period of at least three years following the conversion offering.

211


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
 
       
    F-2  
 
       
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
       
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-9  
    F-11 – F-64  
Separate financial statements for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation have not been included in this prospectus because Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenue or expenses.
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included the financial statements or related notes.

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Stockholders and Board of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Waycross, Georgia
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (“Corporation”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
-S- CROWE HORWATH LLP
Crowe Horwath LLP
Brentwood, Tennessee
March 31, 2010

F-2


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Information)
                         
    Unaudited        
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
ASSETS
                       
Cash and due from financial institutions
  $ 9,591     $ 8,211     $ 10,025  
Short-term interest-earning deposits
    28,370       28,933       24,033  
 
                 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    37,961       37,144       34,058  
Securities available for sale
    204,217       177,938       147,474  
Loans held for sale
    5,253       8,990       736  
Loans, net of allowance of $13,308 at March 31, 2010, $13,810 at December 31, 2009 and $10,598 at December 31, 2008
    599,858       614,371       741,879  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost
    10,023       10,023       9,996  
Land, premises and equipment, net
    15,935       16,014       16,562  
Bank owned life insurance
    22,983       22,806       22,173  
Other real estate owned
    5,035       5,028       3,332  
Goodwill
                2,811  
Accrued interest receivable and other assets (includes deferred tax asset of $0 at March 31, 2010 and December 31,2009 and $7,727 at December 31, 2008)
    12,756       13,247       17,068  
 
                 
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 914,021     $ 905,561     $ 996,089  
 
                 
 
                       
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                       
Deposits
                       
Non-interest-bearing demand
  $ 35,370     $ 34,988     $ 33,192  
Interest-bearing demand
    79,052       79,192       67,714  
Savings and money market
    168,059       160,784       164,388  
Time
    302,211       280,480       359,312  
 
                 
Total deposits
    584,692       555,444       624,606  
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    92,800       92,800       92,800  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    172,718       182,694       184,850  
Other borrowings
    2,200       12,200        
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
    5,240       5,882       9,873  
 
                 
Total liabilities
    857,650       849,020       912,129  
 
                       
Commitments and contingent liabilities
                 
 
                       
Preferred stock: $0.01 par value; 2,000,000 shares authorized none issued
                 
Common stock: $0.01 par value; 18,000,000 shares authorized, shares issued 14,813,469 at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008
    148       148       148  
Additional paid in capital
    61,418       61,225       60,061  
Unearned employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) shares of 174,570 at March 31, 2010, 186,208 at December 31, 2009 and 232,760 at December 31, 2008
    (1,746 )     (1,862 )     (2,328 )
Retained earnings
    14,018       16,777       46,201  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    2,483       152       (308 )
Treasury stock, at cost, 1,397,760 shares at March 31, 2010, 1,375,260 shares at December 31, 2009 and 1,361,633 at December 31, 2008
    (19,950 )     (19,899 )     (19,814 )
 
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    56,371       56,541       83,960  
 
                 
 
                       
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 914,021     $ 905,561     $ 996,089  
 
                 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Information)
                                         
    Unaudited        
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
Interest and dividend income
                                       
Loans, including fees
  $ 9,190     $ 10,823     $ 40,726     $ 46,385     $ 46,331  
Securities and interest-earning deposits in other financial institutions
    2,012       2,003       7,992       8,874       9,178  
 
                             
 
    11,202       12,826       48,718       55,259       55,509  
 
                                       
Interest expense
                                       
Deposits
    2,820       4,557       15,921       20,654       23,795  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    1,554       1,712       6,767       7,575       6,653  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    1,148       983       4,237       3,780       2,675  
Other borrowings
    45             10              
 
                             
 
    5,567       7,252       26,935       32,009       33,123  
 
                                       
Net interest income
    5,635       5,574       21,783       23,250       22,386  
 
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    3,722       5,812       24,873       13,948       2,616  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan losses
    1,913       (238 )     (3,090 )     9,302       19,770  
 
                                       
Noninterest income
                                       
Service charges and fees
    856       992       4,245       4,871       5,251  
Gain on sale of loans held for sale
    104       185       708       118       34  
Loss on sale of portfolio loans
    (273 )           (1,317 )            
Gain (loss) on sale of securities available for sale
          96       383       650       (46 )
Other than temporary impairment loss:
                                       
Total impairment loss
    (700 )     344       (4,471 )            
Loss recognized in other comprehensive income
    625       (518 )     4              
 
                             
Net impairment loss recognized in earnings
    (75 )     (174 )     (4,467 )            
Interchange fees
    222       215       916       886       897  
Bank owned life insurance earnings
    178       175       632       984       861  
Life insurance proceeds in excess of CSV
                      2,634        
Other
    65       51       3,065       806       176  
 
                             
 
    1,077       1,540       4,165       10,949       7,173  
 
                                       
Noninterest expense
                                       
Compensation and benefits
    2,570       2,446       10,381       12,890       11,760  
Supplemental executive retirement plans
          129       (2,684 )     851       631  
Occupancy and equipment
    554       621       2,548       2,652       2,383  
FDIC insurance premiums
    449       336       1,839       493       457  
Foreclosed assets, net
    92       705       1,488       815       247  
Data processing
    255       260       1,030       1,023       1,136  
Outside professional services
    359       425       1,913       1,889       4,066  
Collection expense and repossessed asset losses
    393       204       1,193       508       301  
Goodwill impairment
                2,811              
Other
    1,077       894       3,781       5,208       4,717  
 
                             
 
    5,749       6,020       24,300       26,329       25,698  
 
                             
(Loss) income before income tax (benefit) expense
    (2,759 )     (4,718 )     (23,225 )     (6,078 )     1,245  
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
          (1,657 )     6,110       (3,233 )     130  
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,759 )   $ (3,061 )   $ (29,335 )   $ (2,845 )   $ 1,115  
 
                             
(Loss) earnings per common share:
                                       
Basic
  $ (0.21 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (2.24 )   $ (0.22 )   $ 0.08  
 
                             
Diluted
  $ (0.21 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (2.24 )   $ (0.22 )   $ 0.08  
 
                             
Dividends declared per common share
  $     $ 0.01     $ 0.02     $ 0.47     $ 0.57  
 
                             
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Information)
                                                         
                                    ACCUMULATED                
            ADDITIONAL     UNEARNED             OTHER             TOTAL  
    COMMON     PAID IN     ESOP     RETAINED     COMPREHENSIVE     TREASURY     STOCKHOLDERS’  
    STOCK     CAPITAL     SHARES     EARNINGS     INCOME (LOSS)     STOCK     EQUITY  
Balance at January 1, 2007
    148       57,708       (3,259 )     52,711       (204 )     (16,017 )     91,087  
ESOP shares earned, 46,552 shares
          276       466                         742  
Stock options exercised
          (8 )                       65       57  
Management restricted stock granted
          (98 )                       207       109  
Management restricted stock expense, 78,256 shares
          684                               684  
Stock options expense
          332                               332  
Directors deferred compensation
          49                         (49 )      
Shares relinquished
          139                         (155 )     (16 )
Cash dividends declared ($0.57 per share)
                      (2,644 )                 (2,644 )
Treasury stock purchased at cost
                                  (1,968 )     (1,968 )
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                      1,115                   1,115  
Other comprehensive income
                            308             308  
 
                                         
Total comprehensive income
                      1,115       308             1,423  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
 
                                                     
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 148     $ 59,082     $ (2,793 )   $ 51,182     $ 104     $ (17,917 )   $ 89,806  
 
                                         
(continued)

F-5


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Information)
                                                         
                                    ACCUMULATED                
            ADDITIONAL     UNEARNED             OTHER             TOTAL  
    COMMON     PAID IN     ESOP     RETAINED     COMPREHENSIVE     TREASURY     STOCKHOLDERS’  
    STOCK     CAPITAL     SHARES     EARNINGS     INCOME (LOSS)     STOCK     EQUITY  
Balance at January 1, 2008
  $ 148     $ 59,082     $ (2,793 )   $ 51,182     $ 104     $ (17,917 )   $ 89,806  
ESOP shares earned, 46,552 shares
          (94 )     465                         371  
Management restricted stock expense, 78,256 shares
          680                               680  
Stock options expense
          397                               397  
Directors deferred compensation
          (4 )                       4        
Cash dividends declared ($0.47 per share)
                      (2,136 )                 (2,136 )
Shares relinquished
                                  (60 )     (60 )
Treasury stock purchased at cost
                                  (1,841 )     (1,841 )
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                       
Net income (loss)
                      (2,845 )                 (2,845 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                            (412 )           (412 )
 
                                         
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                      (2,845 )     (412 )           (3,257 )
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 148     $ 60,061     $ (2,328 )   $ 46,201     $ (308 )   $ (19,814 )   $ 83,960  
 
                                         
(continued)

F-6


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Information)
                                                         
                                    ACCUMULATED                
            ADDITIONAL     UNEARNED             OTHER             TOTAL  
    COMMON     PAID IN     ESOP     RETAINED     COMPREHENSIVE     TREASURY     STOCKHOLDERS’  
    STOCK     CAPITAL     SHARES     EARNINGS     INCOME (LOSS)     STOCK     EQUITY  
Balance at January 1, 2009
  $ 148     $ 60,061     $ (2,328 )   $ 46,201     $ (308 )   $ (19,814 )   $ 83,960  
ESOP shares earned, 46,552 shares
          (236 )     466                         230  
Management restricted stock expense, 78,256 shares
          647                               647  
 
                                                       
Stock options expense
          314                               314  
Directors deferred compensation
          11                         (11 )      
Capital contribution by parent
          400                               400  
Cash dividends declared ($0.02 per share)
                      (89 )                 (89 )
Shares relinquished
          28                         (45 )     (17 )
Treasury stock purchased at cost
                                  (29 )     (29 )
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                       
Net income (loss)
                      (29,335 )                 (29,335 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                         
Net change in unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale net of reclassification and taxes
                            456             456  
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in earnings, net of reclassification and taxes
                            4             4  
 
                                         
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                      (29,335 )     460             (28,875 )
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 148     $ 61,225     $ (1,862 )   $ 16,777     $ 152     $ (19,899 )   $ 56,541  
 
                                         
(continued)

F-7


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Information)
                                                         
                                    ACCUMULATED                
            ADDITIONAL     UNEARNED             OTHER             TOTAL  
    COMMON     PAID IN     ESOP     RETAINED     COMPREHENSIVE     TREASURY     STOCKHOLDERS’  
    STOCK     CAPITAL     SHARES     EARNINGS     INCOME (LOSS)     STOCK     EQUITY  
Balance at January 1, 2010
  $ 148     $ 61,225     $ (1,862 )   $ 16,777     $ 152     $ (19,899 )   $ 56,541  
ESOP shares earned, 11,638 shares
          (64 )     116                         52  
Management restricted stock expense, 78,256 shares
          161                               161  
 
                                                       
Stock options expense
          79                               79  
Directors deferred compensation
          17                         (17 )      
Treasury stock purchased at cost, 22,500 shares
                                  (34 )     (34 )
Comprehensive income (loss):
                                                       
Net income (loss)
                      (2,759 )                 (2,759 )
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                                         
Net change in unrealized losses on securities available-for-sale net of reclassification and taxes
                            1,706             1,706  
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on securities available-for-sale for which a portion of an other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in earnings, net of reclassification and taxes
                            625             625  
 
                                         
Total comprehensive income (loss)
                      (2,759 )     2,331             (428 )
 
                                         
 
                                                       
Balance at March 31, 2010
  $ 148     $ 61,418     $ (1,746 )   $ 14,018     $ 2,483     $ (19,950 )   $ 56,371  
 
                                         
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Dollars in Thousands)
                                         
    Unaudited        
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
 
                                       
Cash flows from operating activities
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,759 )   $ (3,061 )   $ (29,335 )   $ (2,845 )   $ 1,115  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to to net cash from operating activities:
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    3,722       5,812       24,873       13,948       2,616  
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
                15,482       484       324  
Net reversal of SERP benefit liabilites
                (2,684 )            
Gain on sale of loans held for sale
    (104 )     (185 )     (708 )     (118 )     (34 )
Loss on sale of portfolio loans
    273             1,317              
Loans originated for sale
    (17,632 )     (14,292 )     (87,981 )     (11,167 )     (74,419 )
Proceeds from loan sales
    21,480       23,891       80,353       11,189       78,178  
Foreclosed assets, net
    92       705       1,488       815       247  
(Gain) loss on sale of securities available for sale
          (96 )     (383 )     (650 )     46  
Other than temporary impairment charge
    75       174       4,467              
Proceeds from VISA IPO redemption
                      79        
(Gain) loss on disposal of premises and equipment
          10       (669 )     (605 )     130  
Goodwill impairment charge
                2,811              
ESOP compensation expense
    52       40       230       371       742  
Share-based compensation expense
    240       240       961       1,077       1,109  
Net depreciation and amortization
    602       395       2,159       2,038       1,807  
Net change in accrued interest receivable
    35       130       673       146       (581 )
Net change in cash surrender value of bank owned life insurance
    (177 )     (176 )     (633 )     (984 )     (861 )
Net change in other assets
    548       (2,389 )     (12,652 )     (6,957 )     (2,549 )
Net change in accrued expenses and other liabilities
    (642 )     (9 )     (1,307 )     3,180       915  
 
                             
Net cash from operating activities
    5,805       11,189       (1,538 )     10,001       8,785  
 
                                       
Cash flows from investing activities
                                       
Proceeds from maturities and payments of securites available for sale
    15,256       10,180       53,079       25,661       18,694  
Proceeds from the sales of securities available for sale
          18,471       52,917       76,245       14,619  
Purchase of securities available for sale
    (39,691 )     (51,451 )     (140,523 )     (115,309 )     (67,871 )
Portfolio loans purchased
                                (51,423 )
Proceeds from sale of portfolio loans
    866             16,021              
Net change in portfolio loans
    8,781       10,529       79,233       (57,940 )     (17,633 )
Expenditures on premises and equipment
    (156 )     (191 )     (728 )     (1,728 )     (932 )
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
                852       1,653        
Proceeds from the sale of other real estate owned
    718       732       2,653       2,287       401  
Proceeds from BOLI, net
                      1,038        
(Purchase) / redemption of FHLB stock
          (128 )     (27 )     (703 )     (1,345 )
Purchase of Beckman Mortgage
                      (150 )      
Net change in other investments
                            1,200  
 
                             
Net cash from investing activities
    (14,226 )     (11,858 )     63,477       (68,946 )     (104,290 )
(continued)

F-9


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Three Months Ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(Dollars in Thousands)
                                         
    Unaudited        
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
 
                                       
Cash flows from financing activities
                                       
Net (decrease) increase in deposits
  $ 29,248     $ 9,301     $ (28,169 )   $ 41,876     $ 9,678  
Net decrease in deposits from sale of branch
                (40,993 )            
Proceeds from FHLB advances
          20,000       65,000       133,000       95,000  
Other borrowings
                12,200              
Repayment of other borrowings
    (10,000 )                        
Proceeds from sale of securities under agreement to repurchase
                          14,300       49,500  
Repayment of FHLB advances
    (9,976 )     (27,226 )     (67,156 )     (121,150 )     (66,000 )
Capital contribution from parent
                400              
Treasury stock repurchased
    (34 )     (29 )     (29 )     (1,841 )     (1,968 )
Share based compensation items
                (17 )     (60 )      
Proceeds from exercise of stock options, including tax benefit
                            57  
Dividends paid
          (45 )     (89 )     (2,432 )     (2,509 )
 
                             
Net cash from financing activities
    9,238       2,001       (58,853 )     63,693       83,758  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    817       1,332       3,086       4,748       (11,747 )
 
                                       
Cash and equivalents beginning of period
    37,144       34,058       34,058       29,310       41,057  
 
                             
 
                                       
Cash and equivalents at end of period
  $ 37,961     $ 35,390     $ 37,144     $ 34,058     $ 29,310  
 
                             
 
                                       
Supplemental information:
                                       
Interest paid
  $ 5,641     $ 7,276     $ 27,058     $ 32,070     $ 32,839  
Income tax (refund)/paid
    15       15       (4,518 )     2,063       3,269  
 
                                       
Supplemental noncash disclosures:
                                       
Loans transferred to other real estate
  $ 823     $ 785     $ 5,836     $ 4,704     $ 2,089  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-10


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Nature of Operations : The accompanying consolidated financial statements include Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiary, Atlantic Coast Bank (“Atlantic Coast Bank”) together referred to as (“the Company”). Prior to 2009, the consolidated financial statements also included Atlantic Coast Holdings, Inc (“Holdings”) which was a wholly owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Bank, formed for the purpose of managing and investing in certain securities as well as holding all of the common stock and 85% of the preferred stock of Coastal Properties, Inc., a Real Estate Investment Trust (the “REIT”). The REIT was formed in the fourth quarter of 2005, for the purpose of holding Georgia and Florida first lien residential mortgage loans originated by Atlantic Coast Bank. The REIT is permitted a deduction for Federal income tax purposes of all dividends paid to its shareholders. Both Atlantic Coast Holdings, Inc. and the REIT were dissolved during 2009 as part of a comprehensive revision of our income tax strategy. The consolidated financials also include First Community Financial Services, Inc. (“FCFS”), an inactive wholly owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Bank. All significant inter-company transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation is a majority owned (65.1%) subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. These financial statements do not include the transactions and balances of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC.
The consolidated financial statements and related notes as of March 31, 2010 and for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are unaudited, but in the opinion of management, include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which are necessary for a fair presentation of financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Atlantic Coast Bank provides a broad range of banking services to individual and business customers primarily in southern coastal Georgia and northern coastal Florida. Its primary deposit products are checking, savings, and certificate of deposits, and its primary lending products are residential mortgage, home equity and other consumer loans, and commercial loans. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are generally expected to be repaid from the cash flows from the operations of the business. There are no significant concentrations of loans to any one industry or customer. However, the customers’ ability to repay their loans is dependent on the real estate and general economic conditions in the area.
On May 30, 2002, Atlantic Coast Bank adopted a Plan of Reorganization into a three-tier mutual holding company. The Plan of Reorganization became effective on January 1, 2003. Following the reorganization, Atlantic Coast Bank became a wholly owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (“the Stock Company”), which became a wholly owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal MHC (“the Mutual Company”). The transaction was accounted for at historical cost. The principal activity of the Stock Company is the ownership of Atlantic Coast Bank. The principal activity of the Mutual Company is the ownership of the Stock Company.

F-11


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
Execution of Minority Stock Offering : On March 12, 2004, and amended on May 11, 2004, the Board of Directors of the Stock Company adopted a plan of stock issuance to sell a minority interest of its common stock to eligible depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank and its employee stock ownership plan in a subscription offering, with the Mutual Company retaining ownership of the majority of the common stock. The plan was accomplished on October 4, 2004 through the sale to eligible depositors of 5,353,480 shares and to the employee stock ownership plan of 465,520 for a total of 5,819,000 total shares sold at $10 per share, representing 40% of the Stock Company’s stock.
The issued shares resulted in proceeds of $56.3 million, net of conversion expenses of $1.9 million. With the proceeds the Stock Company loaned its employee stock ownership plan $4.7 million to enable it to buy 8% of the shares issued to persons other than the Mutual Company. The Stock Company also contributed $28.2 million, which is approximately 50% of the proceeds net of stock offering costs of $1.9 million, to Atlantic Coast Bank as a capital contribution.
Stock Repurchase Program : The Company has operated a stock repurchase program since the third quarter of 2005 for various purposes, including the purchase of shares to replace shares issued for the Recognition and Retention Plan, provide for future awards and to provide additional liquidity for our shareholders. The Company initiated the third stock repurchase program of up to 478,000 shares in September 2006, purchasing 295,354 shares during 2006 and 2007. During 2008 the Company amended the third stock repurchase program to allow for the repurchase of an additional 220,000 shares up to a total of 698,000 shares of common stock. During 2009 the Company purchased 7,400 shares of common stock outstanding; the Company suspended its repurchase program in March 2009. Total shares of common stock held in Treasury as of March 31, 2010 was 1,397,760 shares or 9.4% of total issued shares of common stock. Total shares of common stock held in Treasury as of December 31, 2009 was 1,375,260 shares or 9.3% of total issued shares of common stock.
At March 31, 2010, the Mutual Company (the “MHC”) owned 65.1%, or 8,728,500 shares, of the outstanding common stock of the Stock Company, with the remaining 34.9%, or 4,687,209 shares held by persons other than the MHC. The Stock Company holds 100% of Atlantic Coast Bank’s outstanding common stock.
At December 31, 2009, the Mutual Company (the “MHC”) owned 65.0%, or 8,728,500 shares, of the outstanding common stock of the Stock Company, with the remaining 35.0%, or 4,709,709 shares held by persons other than the MHC. The Stock Company holds 100% of Atlantic Coast Bank’s outstanding common stock.
Use of Estimates : To prepare financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America management makes estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. Estimates associated with the allowance for loan losses, realization of deferred tax assets, valuation of intangible assets including goodwill and the fair values of securities and other financial instruments are particularly susceptible to material change in the near term.
(Continued)

F-12


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
Cash and Cash Equivalents : For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents is defined to include cash on hand, deposits with other financial institutions with maturities less than 90 days and short-term interest-earning deposits in investment companies. The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions and deposit transactions.
Securities : Securities are classified as held to maturity and carried at amortized cost when management has the positive intent and ability to hold them to maturity. Securities are classified as available for sale when they might be sold before maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value, with unrealized holding gains and losses reported separately in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax.
Interest income includes amortization of purchase premium or discount. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments, except for mortgage backed securities where prepayments are anticipated. Gains and losses on sales of securities are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.
Loans Held for Sale : The Bank originates and purchases real estate mortgages for sale in the secondary market. Real estate mortgages held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market in the aggregate with adjustments for unrealized losses recorded in a valuation account by a charge against current earnings. Sales in the secondary market are recognized when full acceptance and funding has been received. Loans are generally sold servicing released.
Loans : Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of unearned loan fees and costs, premiums on loans purchased, and an allowance for loan losses.
The Bank may also purchase loans that conform to our underwriting standards, principally one- to four-family residential mortgages, in the form of whole loans for interest rate risk management and portfolio diversification and to supplement our organic growth.
Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method. Interest income includes amortization of purchase premiums or discounts on loans purchased. Premiums and discounts are amortized on the level yield-method.
Accrual of interest income on mortgage and commercial loans is discontinued, and the loan is placed on non-accrual status at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless the credit is well secured and in process of collection. Consumer loans are typically charged off no later than 180 days past due. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans
(Continued)

F-13


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
are placed on non-accrual or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful.
Loans for which the terms have been modified as a result of the borrower’s financial difficulties are considered troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and are classified as impaired loans. TDRs are measured for impairment based upon the present value of estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate at inception of the loan.
All interest accrued but not received on loans placed on-non-accrual status is reversed against interest income. Interest received on such loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
Allowance for Loan Losses : An allowance for loan losses (“allowance”) is maintained to reflect probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing assessments of the estimated losses incurred in the loan portfolio and is established as these losses are recognized through a provision for loan losses charged to earnings. Generally, loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibity of a loan balance is confirmed. Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. Due to declining real estate values in our markets and the deterioration of the US economy in general, it is increasingly likely that impairment reserves on non-performing collateral dependent loans, particularly one- to four-family residential loans, will not be recoverable and represent a confirmed loss. As a consequence the Company recognizes the charge-off of impairment reserves on non-performing one- to four family residential loans in the period the loan is classified as such. This process accelerates the recognition of charge-offs but has no impact on the impairment evaluation procedures.
The reasonableness of the allowance is reviewed and established by management, within the context of applicable accounting and regulatory guidelines, based upon its evaluation of then-existing economic and business conditions affecting the Bank’s key lending areas. Senior credit officers monitor the conditions discussed above continuously and reviews are conducted quarterly with the Bank’s senior management and Board of Directors.
Management’s methodology for assessing the reasonableness of the allowance consists of several key elements, which include a general loss component by type of loan and specific allowances for identified problem loans. The allowance also incorporates the results of measuring impaired loans.
The general loss component is calculated by applying loss factors to outstanding loan balances based on the internal risk evaluation of the loans or pools of loans. Changes to the risk evaluations relative to both performing and non-performing loans affect the amount of this component. Loss factors are based on the Bank’s recent loss experience, current market conditions that may impact real estate values within the Bank’s primary lending areas, and on other significant factors that in management’s judgment, may affect the ability to collect loans in the portfolio as of the evaluation
(Continued)

F-14


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
date. Other significant factors that exist as of the balance sheet date that may be considered in determining the adequacy of the allowance include credit quality trends (including trends in non-performing loans expected to result from existing conditions), collateral values, geographic foreclosure rates, new and existing home inventories, loan volumes and concentrations, specific industry conditions within portfolio segments and recent charge-offs experience in particular segments of the portfolio. The impact of the general loss component on the allowance began increasing during 2008 and continued to increase during 2009. The increases reflect the deterioration of market conditions, and the increase in the recent loan experience that has resulted from management’s proactive approach to charging off losses on impaired loans.
Management also evaluates the allowance for loan losses based on a review of certain large balance individual loans. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates including the amounts and timing of future cash flows management expects to receive on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. Impaired loans include large non-homogenous loans where it is probable that we will not receive all principal and interest when contractually due and troubled debt restructurings (TDR) with borrowers where the Bank has granted a concession to the borrower because of their financial difficulties. Impairment is determined by computing a fair value based on either discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Excluding TDRs, large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as individual consumer and residential loans are collectively evaluated for impairment and are excluded from the specific impairment evaluation; for these loans, the allowance for loan losses is calculated in accordance with the allowance for loan losses policy described above. Accordingly, we do not separately identify smaller balance homogeneous individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.
Concentration of Credit Risk : Much of the Company’s business activity is with customers in northeast Florida and southeast Georgia. Therefore, the Company’s exposure to credit risk is significantly affected by changes in the economy and real estate markets in northeast Florida and southeast Georgia.
Transfers of Financial Assets : Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been relinquished. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.
Foreclosed Assets : Assets acquired through or in lieu of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value, less estimated selling costs, at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure, a valuation allowance is recorded through expense. Costs relating to improvement of property are capitalized, whereas costs relating to the holding of property are expensed.
(Continued)

F-15


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock : Atlantic Coast Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system. Members are required to own a certain amount of FHLB stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.
Land, Premises, and Equipment : Land is carried at cost. Buildings and furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Premises and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line and accelerated methods over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Buildings and related components have useful lives ranging from 15 to 39 years. Furniture, fixtures, and equipment have useful lives ranging from 1 to 15 years. Interest expense associated with the construction of new facilities is capitalized at the weighted average cost of funds.
Bank Owned Life Insurance : The Company has purchased life insurance policies on certain key executives. Bank owned life insurance is recorded at the amount that can be realized under the insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or other amounts due that are probable at settlement.
Earnings Per Common Share : Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, reduced for unallocated ESOP shares. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period increased for the dilutive effect of unvested stock options and stock awards. The dilutive effect of the unvested stock options and stock awards is calculated under the treasury stock method utilizing the average market value of the Company’s stock for the period.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets : Goodwill resulted from business acquisitions and represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of acquired tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill is assessed at least annually for impairment and any such impairment is recognized in the period identified. An assessment of goodwill impairment was performed during the third quarter of 2009 in advance of the date of normal annual review. Based on the results of that analysis, an impairment charge of $2.8 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2009, leaving no goodwill on the balance sheet at December 31, 2009.
Other intangible assets consist of core deposit intangible assets arising from branch acquisitions. Core deposit intangibles are initially measured at fair value and then are amortized on an accelerated method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 4 to 10 years.
Long-Term Assets : Premises and equipment, core deposit and other intangible assets, and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.
(Continued)

F-16


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
Benefit Plans : Profit-sharing and 401k plan expense is the amount contributed as determined by Board decision. Deferred compensation plan expense is allocated over years of service.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) : Since the Company sponsors the ESOP with an employer loan, neither the ESOP’s loan payable or the Company’s loan receivable are reported in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Likewise, the Company does not recognize interest income or interest cost on the loan. Unallocated shares held by the ESOP are recorded as unearned ESOP shares in the consolidated statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. As shares are committed to be released for allocation, the Company recognizes compensation expense equal to the average market price of the shares for the period. Dividends on allocated ESOP shares reduce retained earnings; dividends on unearned ESOP shares are used to reduce the ESOP loan balance at the Company.
Stock-Based Compensation: The Company records compensation cost for restricted stock or stock options awarded to employees in return for employee service. The cost is measured at the grant-date fair value of the award and recognized as compensation expense over the employee service period, which is normally the vesting period. A Black-Scholes model is utilized to estimate the fair value of stock options, while the market price of the Company’s common stock at the date of grant is used for restricted stock awards.
Income Taxes : Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded.
The Company recognizes interest expense and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense.
Loss Contingencies : Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe there are currently any such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments : Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments including commitments to make loans and unused lines of credit, issued to meet customers’ financing needs. The face amount for these items represents
(Continued)

F-17


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
the exposure to loss, before considering collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.
Derivatives : Derivative financial instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. The Company’s derivatives consist mainly of interest rate swap agreements, which are used as part of its asset liability management to help manage interest rate risk. The Company does not use derivatives for trading purposes. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as non-interest income.
At the inception of a derivative contract, the Company designates the derivative as one of three types based on the Company’s intentions and belief as to likely effectiveness as a hedge. These three types are (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (“fair value hedge”), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (“cash flow hedge”), or (3) an instrument with no hedging designation (“stand-alone derivative”). For a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged item, are recognized in current earnings as fair values change. For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative is reported in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. For both types of hedges, changes in the fair value of derivatives that are not highly effective in hedging the changes in fair value or expected cash flows of the hedged item are recognized immediately in current earnings. Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported currently in earnings, as non-interest income.
Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on the item being hedged. Net cash settlements on derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in non-interest income. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.
The Company formally documents the relationship between derivatives and hedged items, as well as the risk-management objective and the strategy for undertaking hedge transactions at the inception of the hedging relationship. This documentation includes linking fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivative instruments that are used are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items. The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer probable, a hedged firm commitment is no longer firm, or treatment of the derivative as a hedge is no longer appropriate or intended.
(Continued)

F-18


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
When hedge accounting is discontinued, subsequent changes in fair value of the derivative are recorded as non-interest income. When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing basis adjustment is amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.
Comprehensive Income : Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income (loss) includes the net change in unrealized appreciation and depreciation on securities available for sale, net of tax, which are recognized as separate components of equity.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments : Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates.
Operating Segments : While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.
Restrictions on Cash : The Bank was not required to maintain cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve at the period ended March 31, 2010, year end 2009 and 2008 to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements.
Dividends : Banking regulations require maintaining certain capital levels and may limit the dividends paid by the Bank to the Stock Company or by the Company to shareholders. The Mutual Company, with approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision, may waive receipt of dividends paid by the Stock Company. Waived dividends are not charged to the Stock Company’s retained earnings, nor restrict the amount of future dividends. During the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended 2009 and 2008, the Mutual Company waived receipt of dividends in the amount of $0, $175,000 and $4.1 million, respectively.
(Continued)

F-19


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
Reclassifications : Certain items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation. The reclassifications have no effect on net income or stockholders’ equity as previously reported.
The Company has evaluated subsequent events for recognition and disclosure through March 31, 2010, which is the date the Company’s financial statements were issued.
Adoption of New Accounting Standards : In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB ASC 105-10, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (Statement No. 168 — The FASB Accounting Standards Codification and the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ). The new guidance replaces SFAS No. 162 and establishes the FASB Accounting Standards Codification as the source of authoritative accounting principles recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities in the preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). Rules and interpretative releases of the Securities and Exchange Commission under federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The new standard became effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations. Technical references to generally accepted accounting principles included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements are provided under the new FASB ASC structure with the prior terminology included parenthetically.
In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 320-10, Investments — Debt and Equity Securities (FASB Staff Position No. FAS 115-2 and FAS 124-2, Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments ). This guidance amended existing guidance for determining whether impairment is other-than-temporary for debt securities. An entity must assess whether it intends to sell, or it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell, a security in an unrealized loss position before recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either of these criteria is met, the amount of the impairment is split into two components as follows: 1) other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) related to other factors, which is recognized in other comprehensive income and 2) OTTI related to credit loss, which must be recognized in the income statement. The credit loss is determined as the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis. Additionally, disclosures about other-than-temporary impairment for debt and equity securities were expanded. The Company adopted this guidance for the interim reporting period ending March 31, 2009. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for the impact on the Company of adopting this new guidance.
(Continued)

F-20


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
In April 2009, the FASB issued new guidance impacting FASB ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (FASB Staff Position No. FAS 157-4, Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly ). This provides additional guidance on determining fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased when compared with normal market activity for the asset or liability. A significant decrease in the volume or level of activity for the asset or liability is an indication that transactions or quoted prices may not be determinative of fair value because transactions may not be orderly. In that circumstance, further analysis of transactions or quoted prices is needed, and an adjustment to the transactions or quoted prices may be necessary to estimate fair value. The Company adopted this guidance for the interim reporting period ending March 31, 2009 and it did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 166 , Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 140 ( ASC 810). The new accounting requirement amends previous guidance relating to the transfers of financial assets and eliminates the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity. This Statement must be applied as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. This Statement must be applied to transfers occurring on or after the effective date. Additionally, on and after the effective date, the concept of a qualifying special-purpose entity is no longer relevant for accounting purposes. Therefore, formerly qualifying special-purpose entities should be evaluated for consolidation by reporting entities on and after the effective date in accordance with the applicable consolidation guidance. Additionally, the disclosure provisions of this Statement were also amended and apply to transfers that occurred both before and after the effective date of this Statement. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In June 2009, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 167, Amendments to FASB Interpretation No. 46(R) (ASC 810) , which amended guidance for consolidation of variable interest entities by replacing the quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest in a variable interest entity with an approach focused on identifying which enterprise has the power to direct the activities of a variable interest entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or (2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. This Statement also requires additional disclosures about an enterprise’s involvement in variable interest entities. This Statement will be effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. Early adoption is prohibited. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
(Continued)

F-21


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 1 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (continued)
In January 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 210-06, an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 157 Fair Value Measurements ( ASC 820), which amended guidance requiring new disclosures as follows:
1. Transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2. A reporting entity should disclose separately the amounts of significant transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and describe the reasons for the transfers.
2. Activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. In the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), a reporting entity should present separately information about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements (that is, on a gross basis rather than as one net number).
This Update provides amendments to Subtopic 820-10 clarifying existing disclosures as follows:
1. Level of disaggregation. A reporting entity should provide fair value measurement disclosures for each class of assets and liabilities. A class is often a subset of assets or liabilities within a line item in the statement of financial position. A reporting entity needs to use judgment in determining the appropriate classes of assets and liabilities.
2. Disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques. A reporting entity should provide disclosures about the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value for both recurring and nonrecurring fair value measurements. Those disclosures are required for fair value measurements that fall in either Level 2 or Level 3.
This Update also includes conforming amendments to the guidance on employers’ disclosures about postretirement benefit plan assets (Subtopic 715-20). The conforming amendments to Subtopic 715-20 change the terminology from major categories of assets to classes of assets and provide a cross reference to the guidance in Subtopic 820-10 on how to determine appropriate classes to present fair value disclosures. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll- forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements. Those disclosures are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010, and for interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of this standard did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
(Continued)

F-22


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 2 — SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The following table summarizes the amortized cost and fair value of the available-for-sale investment securities and the corresponding amounts of unrealized gains and losses therein:
                                 
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Fair  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
March 31, 2010
                               
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
  $ 27,998     $ 87     $ (3 )   $ 28,082  
State and municipal
    947             (96 )     851  
Mortgage-backed securities residential
    48,541       1,246       (127 )     49,660  
Collateralized mortgage obligations U.S. Govt.
    103,462       1,478       (355 )     104,585  
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    20,787       1,559       (1,307 )     21,039  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 201,735     $ 4,370     $ (1,888 )   $ 204,217  
 
                       
                                 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
December 31, 2009
                               
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
  $ 15,998     $     $ (246 )   $ 15,752  
State and municipal
    947             (103 )     844  
Mortgage-backed securities residential
    37,390       1,028       (8 )     38,410  
Collateralized mortgage obligations U.S. Govt.
    101,236       1,530       (327 )     102,439  
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    22,116       534       (2,157 )     20,493  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 177,687     $ 3,092     $ (2,841 )   $ 177,938  
 
                       
                                 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
December 31, 2008
                               
U.S. Government-sponsored enterprises
  $ 13,864     $ 371     $ (35 )   $ 14,200  
State and municipal
    2,664       7       (158 )     2,513  
Mortgage-backed securities residential
    37,339       661       (52 )     37,948  
Collateralized mortgage obligations U.S. Govt.
    75,852       402       (178 )     76,076  
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    18,288             (1,551 )     16,737  
 
                       
 
                               
 
  $ 148,007     $ 1,441     $ (1,974 )   $ 147,474  
 
                       
(Continued)

F-23


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 2 — SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (continued )
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities segregated by contractual maturity as of March 31, 2010, is shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mortgage-backed securities, are shown separately.
                 
    March 31, 2010  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
    Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value  
Due in one year or less
  $     $  
Due from one to five years
           
Due from five to ten years
           
Due after ten years
    28,945       28,933  
Mortgage-backed securities — residential
    48,541       49,660  
Collateralized mortgage obligations — U.S. Government
    103,462       104,585  
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    20,787       21,039  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 201,735     $ 204,217  
 
           
The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities segregated by contractual maturity as of December 31, 2009, is shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mortgage-backed securities, are shown separately.
                 
    December 31, 2009  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
    Amortized     Fair  
    Cost     Value  
Due in one year or less
  $     $  
Due from one to five years
           
Due from five to ten years
           
Due after ten years
    16,945       16,596  
Mortgage-backed securities — residential
    37,390       38,410  
Collateralized mortgage obligations — U.S. Government
    101,236       102,439  
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    22,116       20,493  
 
           
 
               
Total
  $ 177,687     $ 177,938  
 
           
(Continued)

F-24


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 2 — SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE (continued )
Securities pledged at March 31, 2010 had a carrying value of $133.3 million; $3.1 million was pledged to secure public funds, and $130.2 million was pledged as collateral for borrowings. Securities pledged at year-end 2009 had a carrying value of $134.1 million, $3.7 million was pledged to secure public funds, and $130.4 million was pledged as collateral for borrowings. Securities pledged at year-end 2008 had a carrying value of $107.8 million, $2.2 million was pledged to secure public funds, and $105.6 million was pledged as collateral for borrowings. At March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than the U. S. Government-sponsored enterprises, in an amount greater than 10% of equity.
Securities with unrealized losses at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, aggregated by investment category and length of time in a continuous unrealized loss position are as follows:
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized     Fair     Unrealized  
Description of Securities   Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
March 31, 2010
                                               
Government-sponsored enterprises
  $ 2,997     $ (3 )   $     $     $ 2,997     $ (3 )
State and municipal
    851       (96 )                 851       (96 )
Mortgage-backed securities — U.S. Govt.
    17,491       (127 )                 17,491       (127 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations — U.S. Govt.
    42,495       (355 )                 42,495       (355 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    8,164       (1,287 )     839       (20 )     9,003       (1,307 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 71,998     $ (1,868 )   $ 839     $ (20 )   $ 72,837     $ (1,888 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
                                                 
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
December 31, 2009
                                               
Government-sponsored enterprises
  $ 15,752     $ (246 )   $     $     $ 15,752     $ (246 )
State and municipal
                844       (103 )     844       (103 )
Mortgage-backed securities — U.S. Govt.
    7,206       (8 )                 7,206       (8 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations — U.S. Govt.
    34,820       (327 )                 34,820       (327 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    7,118       (203 )     9,462       (1,954 )     16,580       (2,157 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 64,896     $ (784 )   $ 10,306     $ (2,057 )   $ 75,202     $ (2,841 )
 
                                   
                                                 
December 31, 2008
                                               
Government-sponsored enterprises
  $ 940     $ (35 )   $     $     $ 940     $ (35 )
State and municipal
    1,015       (33 )     823       (125 )     1,838       (158 )
Mortgage-backed securities — U.S. Govt.
    3,616       (52 )                 3,616       (52 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations — U.S. Govt.
    24,593       (178 )                 24,593       (178 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
                16,737       (1,551 )     16,737       (1,551 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Total
  $ 30,164     $ (298 )   $ 17,560     $ (1,676 )   $ 47,724     $ (1,974 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
(Continued)

F-25


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 2 AVAILABLE FOR SALE SECURITIES (continued)
The proceeds from sales and calls of securities and the associated gains and losses are listed below:
                                         
    March 31,   December 31,
    2010   2009   2009   2008   2007
    (Dollars in Thousands)
 
                                       
Proceeds
  $ 15,256     $ 10,180     $ 52,917     $ 76,245     $ 14,619  
Gross gains
          107       578       928       40  
Gross losses
          (11 )     (195 )     (278 )     (86 )
Gains and losses on sales of securities are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.
Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment
Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) at least on a quarterly basis, and more frequently when economic or market conditions warrant such an evaluation.
In evaluating OTTI, management considers many factors, including: (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) whether the market decline was affected by macroeconomic conditions, and (4) whether the entity has the intent to sell the debt security or more likely than not will be required to sell the debt security before its anticipated recovery. The assessment of whether an other-than-temporary decline exists involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and is based on the information available to management at a point in time.
The amount of the OTTI recognized in earnings depends on whether we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss. If we intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, less any current-period credit loss, the OTTI recognized in earnings is equal to the entire difference between its amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis less any current-period loss, the OTTI is separated into the amount representing the credit loss and the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the total OTTI related to the credit loss is determined based on the present value of cash flows expected to be collected and is recognized as a charge to earnings. The amount of the total OTTI related to other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income, net of applicable taxes. The previous amortized cost basis less the OTTI recognized in earnings becomes the new amortized cost basis of the investment.
(Continued)

F-26


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 2 AVAILABLE FOR SALE SECURITIES (continued)
As of March 31, 2010, the Company’s security portfolio consisted of 110 securities, 28 of which were in an unrealized loss position. Nearly all unrealized losses are related to debt securities whose underlying collateral is residential mortgages. However, the majority of these securities were issued by government sponsored organizations as discussed below.
At March 31, 2010, approximately $182.3 million, or 89% of the debt securities held by the Company were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2010.
As of December 31, 2009, the Company’s security portfolio consisted of 129 securities, 36 of which were in an unrealized loss position. Nearly all unrealized losses are related to debt securities whose underlying collateral is residential mortgages. However, the majority of these securities were issued by government sponsored organizations as discussed below.
At December 31, 2009, approximately $156.6 million, or 88% of the debt securities held by the Company were issued by U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies, primarily Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, institutions which the government has affirmed its commitment to support. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and illiquidity, and not credit quality, and because the Company does not have the intent to sell these securities and it is likely it will not be required to sell the securities before their anticipated recovery, the Company does not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2009.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations — Other
The Company’s securities portfolio also includes non-agency collateralized mortgage obligations with a fair value of $21.0 million at March 31, 2010 and $20.5 million at December 31, 2009. The Company evaluated the historical and expected future performance of the underlying collateral to determine if a future loss is expected which would result in a principal write-down. As a part of the evaluation, the Company reviewed deal specific data including loan-to-value (“LTV”), delinquency, foreclosures and cumulative loss to insure it has adequate credit support. This evaluation was completed utilizing a model to project future performance using collateral specific assumptions, such as expected future default rates, recoveries and prepayments.
The Company recorded an expense for other-than-temporary impairment of approximately $75,000 in non-interest income on one private label mortgage-backed mezzanine (support) bond for the three months ended March 31, 2010. The Company recorded an expense for other-than-temporary impairment of approximately $4.5 million in non-interest income on seven private label mortgage-backed securities for the year ended December 31, 2009.
(Continued)

F-27


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 2 AVAILABLE FOR SALE SECURITIES (continued)
The table below presents a roll-forward of the credit losses recognized in earnings for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009:
                 
    March 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
               
Beginning balance, January 1
  $ 4,467     $  
 
               
Amounts related to credit loss for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized
           
Amounts realized for securities sold during the period
               
Amounts related to securities for which the company intends to sell or that it will be more likely than not the company will be required to sell prior to recovery of amortized cost basis
           
Reductions for increase in cash flows expected to be collected that are recognized over the remaining life of the security
           
Increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized
    75       174  
 
           
 
               
Ending balance, March 31
  $ 4,542     $ 174  
 
           
(Continued)

F-28


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 2 AVAILABLE FOR SALE SECURITIES (continued)
The table below presents a roll-forward of the credit losses recognized in earnings for the year ended December 31, 2009:
         
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Beginning balance, January 1, 2009
  $  
Amounts related to credit loss for which an other-than-temporary impairment was not previously recognized
    4,467  
Additions/Subtractions
       
Amounts realized for securities sold during the period
     
Amounts related to securities for which the company intends to sell or that it will be more likely than not the company will be required to sell prior to recovery of amortized cost basis
     
Reductions for increase in cash flows expected to be collected that are recognized over the remaining life of the security
     
Increases to the amount related to the credit loss for which other-than-temporary impairment was previously recognized
     
 
     
 
       
Ending balance, December 31, 2009
  $ 4,467  
 
     
Interest income earned from securities exempt from federal income tax was $92,000, $179,000 and $205,000 for the years ending December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
NOTE 3 — LOANS HELD FOR SALE
Loans held for sale are comprised entirely of loans secured by one- to four-family residential residences. Substantially all of the balance outstanding at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, is composed of individual residential mortgage loans. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average number of days outstanding of loans held for sale was 16 days. As of December 31, 2009, the weighted average number of days outstanding of loans held for sale was 24 days.
During the three months ended March 31, 2010 the Company originated approximately $8.3 million of loans internally, and purchased approximately $8.5 million of loans from third parties. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 the Company originated approximately $62.4 million of loans internally, and purchased approximately $25.6 million of loans from third parties.
(Continued)

F-29


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 4 — LOANS, NET
Following is a comparative composition of net loans as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009:
                                                 
                    As of December 31,  
    March 31,     % of total             % of total             % of total  
    2010     loans     2009     loans     2008     loans  
                    (Dollars In Thousands)  
Real estate loans:
                                               
One-to-four family
  $ 299,314       49.2 %   $ 306,968       49.3 %   $ 370,783       49.9 %
Commercial
    77,584       12.8 %     77,403       12.4 %     84,134       11.3 %
Other (land & multifamily)
    35,999       5.9 %     37,591       6.0 %     43,901       5.9 %
 
                                   
Total real estate loans
    412,897       67.9 %     421,962       67.7 %     498,818       67.1 %
 
                                               
Real estate construction loans:
                                               
Construction-one-to-four family
    3,293       0.5 %     4,189       0.7 %     8,974       1.2 %
Construction-commercial
    7,521       1.2 %     8,022       1.3 %     10,883       1.5 %
Acquisition & development
    2,871       0.5 %     3,148       0.5 %     5,008       0.7 %
 
                                   
Total real estate construction loans
    13,685       2.3 %     15,359       2.5 %     24,865       3.3 %
 
                                               
Other loans:
                                               
Home equity
    91,644       15.1 %     93,929       15.1 %     107,525       14.5 %
Consumer
    71,961       11.8 %     73,870       11.9 %     87,162       11.7 %
Commercial
    17,667       2.9 %     17,848       2.9 %     25,273       3.4 %
 
                                   
Total other loans
    181,272       29.8 %     185,647       29.8 %     219,960       29.6 %
 
                                               
Total loans
    607,854       100 %     622,968       100 %     743,643       100 %
 
                                               
Allowance for loan losses
    (13,308 )             (13,810 )             (10,598 )        
Net deferred loan costs
    5,231               5,122               8,662          
Premiums on purchased loans
    81               91               172          
 
                                         
 
                                               
Loans, net
  $ 599,858             $ 614,371             $ 741,879          
 
                                         
(Continued)

F-30


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 4 — LOANS, NET (continued)
Activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows:
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                       
Beginning balance, January 1
  $ 13,810     $ 10,598     $ 10,598     $ 6,482     $ 4,705  
Loans charged-off
    (4,354 )     (2,331 )     (22,540 )     (10,989 )     (2,953 )
Recoveries
    130       345       879       1,157       2,114  
 
                             
Net charge-offs
    (4,224 )     (1,986 )     (21,661 )     (9,832 )     (839 )
 
                                       
Provision for loan losses
    3,722       5,812       24,873       13,948       2,616  
 
                             
 
                                       
Ending balance
  $ 13,308     $ 14,424     $ 13,810     $ 10,598     $ 6,482  
 
                             
Impaired loans as of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
                         
    As of        
    March 31,     As of December 31,  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
    2010     2009     2008  
Period-end loans with no allocated allowance for loan losses
  $ 19,156     $ 27,692     $  
Period-end loans with allocated allowance for loan losses
    19,541       16,700       24,872  
 
                 
 
                       
Total
  $ 38,697     $ 44,392     $ 24,872  
 
                 
 
                       
Amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated to impaired loans
  $ 5,296     $ 5,398     $ 3,525  
     
 
                       
Amount of charge-offs taken on period end impaired loans
  $ 298     $ 2,157     $ 1,120  
     
                                         
    Period ending March 31,   Period ending December 31,
    2010   2009   2009   2008   2007
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Average of impaired loans during the period
  $ 24,632     $ 12,267     $ 20,898     $ 10,092     $ 3,396  
Interest income recognized during impairment
                             
Cash-basis interest income recognized
                             
(Continued)

F-31


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 4 — LOANS, NET (continued)
Impaired loans include troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) of $20.1 million, $22.7 million and $8.7 million at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The balance of troubled debt restructurings with partial charge-offs is not included with year-end loans with an allocated allowance for loan losses. There were no commitments to lend additional amounts on TDRs as of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008. Non-performing loans, including non-accrual loans, at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $34.4 million, $35.2 million, $25.5 million and $7.8 million, respectively. There were no loans over 90 days past-due and still accruing interest as of March 31, 2010, or the end of 2009, 2008 or 2007. Non-performing loans include both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified as impaired loans. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended 2009 and 2008 contractual gross interest income of $332,000, $1.4 million and $1.1 million would have been recorded on non-performing loans if those loans had been current. Actual interest recorded on such loans for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $9,000, $480,000 and $713,000, respectively.
The Company has originated loans with directors and executive officers and their associates. These loans totaled approximately $4.9 million, $4.5 million and $2.6 million at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008. The activity on these loans during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and for the year ended 2009 were as follows:
                 
    As of     As of December 31,  
    March 31, 2010     2009  
    Dollars in Thousands  
Beginning balance
  $ 4,471     $ 2,572  
New loans
    424       119  
Effect of changes in related parties
          1,879  
Repayments
    (33 )     (99 )
 
           
Ending balance
  $ 4,862     $ 4,471  
 
           
NOTE 5 — FAIR VALUE
Fair value is the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
(Continued)

F-32


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE — 5 FAIR VALUE (continued)
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair values:
Investment Securities :
The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). Discounted cash flows are calculated using spread to swap and LIBOR curves that are updated to incorporate loss severities, volatility, credit spread and optionality. During times when trading is more liquid, broker quotes are used (if available) to validate the model. Rating agency and industry research reports as well as defaults and deferrals on individual securities are reviewed and incorporated into the calculations.
Impaired Loans
The fair values of impaired loans that are collateral dependent are based on a valuation model which incorporates the most current real estate appraisals available, as well as assumptions used to estimate the fair value of all non-real estate collateral as defined in the Bank’s internal loan policy (Level 3 inputs).
Derivatives
The fair value of derivative financial instruments is based on derivative valuation models using market data inputs as of the valuation date (Level 2 inputs).
Other Real Estate Owned
Nonrecurring adjustments to certain commercial and residential real estate properties classified as other real estate owned (“OREO”) are measured at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less costs to sell. Fair values are generally based on third party appraisals of the property, resulting in a Level 3 classification. An impairment loss is recognized in cases where the carrying amount exceeds the fair value less costs to sell.
(Continued)

F-33


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE — 5 FAIR VALUE (continued)
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements at March 31, 2010 Using:
            Quoted        
            Prices in        
            Active   Significant    
            Markets   Other   Significant
            for Identical   Observable   Unobservable
            Assets   Inputs   Inputs
            (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
                               
Available for sale
                               
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies
  $ 28,082           $ 28,082        
State and municipal
    851             851        
Mortgage-backed securities — residential
    49,660             49,660        
Collateralized mortgage obligations — U.S. Govt.
    104,585             104,585          
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    21,039             10,483       10,556  
Liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap
  $ (470 )   $     $ (470 )   $  
(Continued)

F-34


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE — 5 FAIR VALUE (continued)
Assets and Liabilities Measured on a Recurring Basis
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are summarized below:
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 Using:
            Quoted        
            Prices in        
            Active        
            Markets   Significant    
            for   Other   Significant
            Identical   Observable   Unobservable
            Assets   Inputs   Inputs
            (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
                               
Available for sale
                               
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies
  $ 15,752           $ 15,752        
State and municipal
    844             844        
Mortgage-backed securities — residential
    38,410             38,410        
Collateralized mortgage obligations — U.S. Govt.
    102,439             102,439          
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    20,493             19,141       1,352  
Liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap
  $ (520 )   $     $ (520 )   $  
(Continued)

F-35


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE — 5 FAIR VALUE (continued)
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using:
            Quoted        
            Prices in        
            Active        
            Markets   Significant    
            for   Other   Significant
            Identical   Observable   Nobservable
            Assets   Inputs   Inputs
            (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
                               
Available for sale
                               
U.S. government-sponsored entities and agencies
  $ 14,200           $ 14,200        
State and municipal
    2,513             2,513        
Mortgage-backed securities — residential
    37,948             37,948        
Collateralized mortgage obligations — U.S. Govt.
    76,076             76,076          
Collateralized mortgage obligations — other
    16,737       8,693       8,044        
Liabilities:
                               
Interest rate swap
  $ (618 )   $     $ (618 )    
The table below presents a reconciliation of all assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) for the periods ended:
                 
    Investment  
    Securities  
    Available-for-sale  
    As of     As of  
    March 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Beginning balance of recurring Level 3 assets
  $ 1,352     $  
Total realized and unrealized gains (losses):
               
Included in earnings — realized
           
Included in earnings — unrealized
          (3,488 )
Included other comprehensive income
          715  
Proceeds from maturities and payments, net
    (53 )     (99 )
Transfers in and/or out of level 3
    9,257       4,224  
 
           
Ending balance of recurring Level 3 assets
  $ 10,556     $ 1,352  
 
           
(Continued)

F-36


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE — 5 FAIR VALUE (continued)
Market conditions for certain debt securities have resulted in unreliable or unavailable fair values; accordingly the Company determined that debt securities totaling $10.6 million and $1.4 million were more appropriately evaluated as Level 3 assets utilizing discounted cash flow models as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis are summarized below:
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements at March 31, 2010 Using:
            Quoted        
            Prices in        
            Active        
            Markets   Significant    
            for   Other   Significant
            Identical   Observable   Unobservable
    March 31,   Assets   Inputs   Inputs
    2010   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
                               
Other real estate owned
  $ 5,035                     $ 5,035  
Impaired loans — collateral dependent
    29,643                       29,643  
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2009 Using:
            Quoted        
            Prices in        
            Active        
            Markets   Significant    
            for   Other   Significant
            Identical   Observable   Unobservable
    December 31,   Assets   Inputs   Inputs
    2009   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
                               
Other real estate owned
  $ 5,028                     $ 5,028  
Impaired loans — collateral dependent
    28,773                       28,773  
(Continued)

F-37


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE — 5 FAIR VALUE (continued)
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2008 Using:
            Quoted        
            Prices in        
            Active        
            Markets   Significant    
            for   Other   Significant
            Identical   Observable   Unobservable
    December 31,   Assets   Inputs   Inputs
    2008   (Level 1)   (Level 2)   (Level 3)
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Assets:
                               
Other real estate owned
  $ 3,332                     $ 3,332  
Impaired loans — collateral dependent
    13,947                   13,947  
Impaired loans which are collateral dependent are measured for impairment using the fair value of the collateral; collateral dependent loans had a carrying amount of $29.6 million, $28.8 million and $13.9 million, net of a valuation allowance of $5.3 million, $5.4 million and $3.5 million, as of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Provision for loan losses of $298,000, $2.3 million, $9.4 million and $2.2 million was recorded during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009 and 2008 on impaired loans, respectively.
Other real estate owned, which is measured at the lower of carrying or fair value less costs to sell, had a net carrying amount of $5.0 million, which is made up of the outstanding balance of $5.8 million, net of a valuation allowance of $780,000 at December 31, 2009, resulting in a write-down of $780,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Fair value adjustments for interest rate swaps resulted in a gain (loss) of $50,000 and ($26,000) for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009. Fair value adjustments for interest rate swaps resulted in a gain of $98,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.
(Continued)

F-38


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 6 — LAND, PREMISES, AND EQUIPMENT, NET
Land, premises, and equipment, net are summarized as follows:
                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Land
  $ 7,176     $ 7,176     $ 7,241  
Buildings and leasehold improvements
    12,016       12,016       12,312  
Furniture, fixtures, and equipment
    9,625       9,316       9,318  
Building and equipment in process
          152       368  
 
                 
 
    28,817       28,660       29,239  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (12,882 )     (12,646 )     (12,677 )
 
                 
 
                       
Land, premises and equipment, net
  $ 15,935     $ 16,014     $ 16,562  
 
                 
Depreciation expense was $236,000, $256,000, $1.1 million, $1.1 million and $1.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
NOTE 7 — GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
The change in balance for goodwill during the periods ended is as follows:
                         
    As of     As of December 31,  
    March 31, 2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Beginning of period
  $     $ 2,811     $ 2,661  
Increases in goodwill
                150  
Decreases in goodwill — impairment charge
          2,811        
 
                 
End of period
  $     $     $ 2,811  
 
                 
Goodwill is tested at least annually for impairment, more frequently if events or circumstances indicate impairment may exist. The recessionary economic conditions significantly affected the banking industry in general, and had an adverse impact on our financial results. Financial results for 2009 were negatively impacted by an increase in credit losses in our loan portfolio, a lower net interest margin due to increased balances of non-performing loans, recognition of other-than-temporary-impairment (OTTI) on certain of our available-for-sale securities and higher loan collection expenses. Our stock price continued to trade at a price below book value since the fourth quarter of 2008. Accordingly, an assessment of goodwill impairment was performed during the third quarter of 2009 in advance of the date of normal annual review. This non-cash charge had no impact on the Bank’s operations, liquidity, regulatory capital or its well-capitalized status. Based on the results of that analysis, an impairment charge of $2.8 million was recorded in the third quarter of 2009, leaving no goodwill on the balance sheet at December 31, 2009.
(Continued)

F-39


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 7 — GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (continued)
Core Deposit Intangible Assets
Core deposit intangible assets included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
                                                 
    As of   As of December 31,
    March 31, 2010   2009   2008
    Gross           Gross           Gross    
    Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated
    Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization   Amount   Amortization
Amortized intangible assets:
                                               
Core deposit intangibles
  $ 611     $ (505 )   $ 611     $ (498 )   $ 611     $ (466 )
Aggregate amortization expense was $7,000, $9,000, $33,000, $38,000 and $40,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years ending December 31:
         
    (Dollars in Thousands)
2010
  $ 27  
2011
    27  
2012
    27  
2013
    27  
2014
    5  
NOTE 8 — DEPOSITS
Time deposits of $100,000 or more were approximately $157.9 million, $132.2 million and $145.7 million at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Scheduled maturities of time deposits at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 were as follows:
                 
    As of     As of  
    March 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
2010
  $ 146,617     $ 189,277  
2011
    90,287       50,678  
2012
    39,704       23,705  
2013
    12,977       9,862  
2014 and beyond
    12,626       6,958  
 
           
 
  $ 302,211     $ 280,480  
 
           
(Continued)

F-40


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 8 — DEPOSITS (continued)
Brokered certificate of deposits were $76.3 million, $54.7 million and $43.4 million at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company obtained approval from the Office of Thrift Supervision in order to increase outstanding brokered deposits in excess of those held at December 31, 2009.
Deposits from directors, executive officers and their associates at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008 were approximately $796,000, $550,000 and $300,000.
Interest expense on customer deposit accounts is summarized as follows:
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Interest bearing
  $ 345     $ 363     $ 1,434     $ 1,438     $ 1,482  
Savings & money market
    465       759       2,495       4,168       7,169  
Time
    2,010       3,435       11,992       15,048       15,144  
 
                             
 
  $ 2,820     $ 4,557     $ 15,921     $ 20,654     $ 23,795  
 
                             
NOTE 9 — FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES
At period-end, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta were as follows:
                         
    Period        
    ended     Periods ended December 31,  
    March 31, 2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Maturities August 2010 through March 2018, fixed at rates from 2.66% to 4.41%, averaging 4.01%
  $ 132,718     $ 147,694     $ 152,600  
Maturities April 2010 through January 2014, variable rate at rates from 4.69% to 3.25%, averaging 1.98%
    40,000       35,000       32,250  
 
                 
Total
  $ 172,718     $ 182,694     $ 184,850  
 
                 
Fixed-rate advances includes amounts which may be converted by the FHLB, at various designated dates following issuance, from fixed-rate to variable-rate debt, or for certain advances, adjusted to current market fixed rates. If the FHLB converts the rates the Company has the option of pre-paying the debt, without penalty. The Company may incur prepayment penalties if the Company prepays the debt. At March 31, 2010 and year-end 2009 and 2008, the amounts of convertible advances were $110.0 million, $125.0 million and $125.0 million.
(Continued)

F-41


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 9 — FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES (continued)
The advances at March 31, 2010 mature as follows:
         
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
2010
  $ 15,000  
2011
    13,000  
2012
     
2013
    25,000  
2014
    10,000  
2015
    20,000  
Thereafter
    90,000  
 
     
 
       
 
  $ 173,000  
 
     
The advances at December 31, 2009 mature as follows:
         
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
2010
  $ 25,000  
2011
    13,000  
2012
     
2013
    10,000  
2014
    10,000  
2015
    20,000  
Thereafter
    105,000  
 
     
 
       
 
  $ 183,000  
 
     
The Company had mortgage, home equity and commercial loans totaling approximately $424.7, $446.7 million and $443.6 million at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008 pledged as collateral for the FHLB advances. At March 31, 2010, the remaining borrowing capacity was $60.0 million. At December 31, 2009, the remaining borrowing capacity was $45.3 million. At March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008 Atlantic Coast Bank owned $10.0 million of FHLB stock, which also secures debts to the FHLB.
The Company refinanced $30 million in FHLB advances during 2008 that resulted in a penalty of approximately $471,000 to be amortized over 5 years, the amortization is reflected in interest expense.
NOTE 10 — OTHER BORROWINGS
Other borrowings were $2.2 million at March 31, 2010. The Company borrowed $10.0 million from the Federal Reserve Bank in late December 2009 in conjunction with the sale of our Lake City, Florida branch. This borrowing was repaid in full during early January 2010. The Company borrowed $2.2 million from another financial institution, which is secured by shares of the Company owned by Atlantic Coast Federal MHC; terms of the note are as follows: prime plus 100 basis points with an 8% floor, payable in four annual installments of $550,000 plus interest, final due date December 11, 2013.
(Continued)

F-42


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 10 — OTHER BORROWINGS (continued)
Other borrowings were $12.2 million at December 31, 2009 as the Company borrowed $10.0 million from the Federal Reserve Bank in late December 2009 in conjunction with the sale of our Lake City, Florida branch. This borrowing was repaid in full during early January 2010. The Company also borrowed $2.2 million from another financial institution, which is secured by shares of the Company owned by Atlantic Coast Federal MHC; terms of the note are as follows: prime plus 100 basis points with an 8% floor, payable in four annual installments of $550,000 plus interest, final due date December 11, 2013.
NOTE 11 — SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with a carrying amount of $92.8 million at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008 were secured by mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $118.4 million, $119.9 million and $105.6 million, respectively.
Regular annual maturities of $26.5 million begin in 2014, with the remaining $66.3 million occurring after 2014. At maturity, the securities underlying the agreements are returned to the Company.
Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008 is summarized as follows:
                         
    March 31, 2010   2009   2008
    (in thousands)
Average daily balance for the three month period
  $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 89,793  
Average interest rate for the three month period
    4.95 %     4.57 %     4.45 %
Maximum month-end balance during the period
  $ 92,800     $ 92,800     $ 92,800  
Weighted average interest rate at period end
    5.04 %     4.80 %     4.30 %
The counterparty to the Company’s securities sold under agreements to repurchase is exposed to credit risk whenever these instruments are in a liability position. As a result, the Company collateralized the liability with securities. At March 31, 2010, the Company had $118.4 million in securities posted as collateral for these instruments. At year-end 2009, the Company had $119.9 million in securities posted as collateral for these instruments. The Company will be required to post additional collateral if the liability increases.
Beginning in January 2009, the lender has the option to terminate individual advances in whole the following quarter; there is no termination penalty if terminated by the lender. There have been no early terminations. In the event the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios fall below well capitalized it may be required to provide additional collateral. In the event the capital ratios fall below adequately capitalized the counterparty has the option to call the debt at its fair value. At maturity or termination, the securities underlying the agreements will be returned to the Company.
(Continued)

F-43


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 12 — INTEREST RATE SWAPS
The Company utilizes interest rate swap agreements as part of its asset liability management strategy to help manage its interest rate risk position by mitigating the impact of significant unexpected fluctuations in earnings caused by interest rate volatility or changes in the yield curve. The notional amount of the interest rate swaps does not represent amounts exchanged by the parties. The amount exchanged is determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate swap agreements.
The Company’s interest rate swap agreements do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment; accordingly changes in fair value are reported in current period earnings.
Summary information about these interest-rate swaps as of period-end is as follows:
                 
    March 31, 2010   December 31, 2009
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Notional amounts
  $ 50,000     $ 50,000  
Weighted average pay rates (3 month LIBOR, 2.50% floor)
    2.50 %     2.50 %
Weighted average receive rates (3 month LIBOR, 4.37% cap)
    0.28 %     0.25 %
Weighted average maturity (years)
    1.0       1.25  
Fair value of interest rate swaps
    (470 )     (520 )
The following tables summarize the fair value of the interest rate swaps utilized by the Company:
                         
    Liability Interest Rate Swaps  
    March 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
    Balance Sheet           Balance Sheet      
    Location   Fair Value     Location   Fair Value  
Interest rate swaps not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:
                       
 
                       
Interest rate contracts
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities   $ (470 )   Accrued expenses and other liabilities   $ (520 )
 
                   
 
                       
Total interest rate swaps not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:
                       
Total interest rate swaps
      $ (470 )       $ (520 )
 
                   
The effect of interest rate swaps for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:
                     
        Three Months Ended  
        March 31, 2010     March 31, 2009  
    Location of Gain or (Loss)   (Dollars in Thousands)  
    Recognized in Non-interest   Amount of the Gain or (Loss)  
    Income   Recognized in Income  
Interest rate swaps not designated as hedging instruments under SFAS 133:
                   
Interest rate contracts
  Other   $ 50     $ (24 )
 
               
 
                   
Total
      $ 50     $ (24 )
 
               
The fair value of the interest rate swap agreements is reflected in other liabilities with a corresponding charge to income recorded as a reduction of non-interest income.
(Continued)

F-44


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 13 — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Defined Contribution Plan : Company employees, meeting certain age and length of service requirements, may participate in a 401(k) plan sponsored by the Company. Plan participants may contribute between 1% and 75% of gross income, subject to an IRS maximum of $16,500. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007, the total plan expense was $0, $10,000, $5,000, $163,000 and $310,000, respectively. The Company suspended its matching program during the first quarter of 2009.
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (SERP) and Director Retirement Plan : Prior to 2009, the Company awarded SERP to certain executive officers and senior officers and provided a director retirement plan covering all non-employee members of the Board. Under the SERP, the Company provided supplemental retirement plans for certain officers beginning after one year of service. These plans generally provide for the payment of supplemental retirement benefits over a period of fifteen (15) to twenty (20) years after retirement. Vesting generally occurs over a six (6) to ten (10)-year period.
For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007, expense (income) for the supplemental retirement plans totaled $0, $120,000, $(2,472,000), $843,000 and $605,000, respectively. The accrued liability for the plans totaled $0 at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and $2,223,000 at December 31, 2008.
Under the Director Retirement Plan, directors were provided monthly benefits for a period of ten years following retirement. For the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007, the expense for the plan was $0, $8,000, $(212,000), $8,000, and $26,000, respectively. The related plan liability was $0 at March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and $212,000 at December 31, 2008.
The Company’s Board of Directors voted in December 2009 to rescind a decision earlier in 2009 to terminate the Company’s Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERP) for directors, executive officers and other senior officers in a cost reduction move. With the termination of those plans, the Company would have been required to distribute the accrued liabilities totaling approximately $3.8 million to SERP participants as early as May 2010 if certain financial conditions existed. However, the Company has obtained the consent of each SERP participant to release the Company from liabilities for vested benefits under the plans (except for those of a deceased former officer), which enabled the Company to reverse previous SERP costs totaling approximately $3.0 million pre-tax in the fourth quarter of 2009. In exchange for the release of the aforementioned liabilities, the Company has awarded new SERP benefits to the same participants, the vesting and value of which is contingent upon the successful completion of a second-step conversion at some future date or the occurrence of certain other events. Accordingly, no expense for the reinstated SERPs will be recorded until such time as the Company is able to determine the likelihood and value of the reorganization and conversion, through which the Company’s shares will become 100% publicly held or the occurrence of certain other events.
Deferred Director Fee Plan : A deferred director fee compensation plan covers all non-employee directors. Under the plan directors may defer director fees. These fees are expensed as earned
(Continued)

F-45


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 13 — EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (continued)
and the plan accumulates the fees plus earnings. At March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, the liability for the plan was $198,000, $186,000 and $144,000, respectively.
Split Dollar Life insurance agreement: The Company entered into a Split Dollar Life insurance agreement with certain executive officers recognizing an expense of $10,000 $10,000, $41,000, $466,000 and $60,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The 2008 expense includes $419,000 associated with death of a senior officer of the Company during 2008. The related liability was $142,000, $132,000 and $91,000 at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.
NOTE 14 — EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
In connection with the minority stock offering, the Company established an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) for the benefit of its employees with an effective date of January 1, 2004. The ESOP purchased 465,520 shares of common stock from the minority stock offering with proceeds from a ten-year note in the amount of $4,655,200 from the Company. The Company’s Board of Directors determines the amount of contribution to the ESOP annually but is required to make contributions sufficient to service the ESOP’s debt. Shares are released for allocation to employees as the ESOP debt is repaid. Eligible employees receive an allocation of released shares at the end of the calendar year on a relative compensation basis. An employee becomes eligible on January 1 st or July 1st immediately following the date they complete one year of service. Company dividends on allocated shares will be paid to employee accounts. Dividends on unallocated shares held by the ESOP will be applied to the ESOP note payable.
Contributions to the ESOP were $142,000, $142,000, $568,000, $628,000 and $646,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007. Contributions include approximately $5,000 and $127,000 in dividends on unearned shares in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
Compensation expense for shares committed to be released under the Company’s ESOP was $52,000, $40,000, $230,000, $371,000 and $742,000 for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Shares held by the ESOP as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 and 2008 were as follows:
                         
    Three Months Ended     Years Ended December 31,  
    March 31, 2010     2009     2008  
 
Allocated to eligible employees
    290,950       279,312       232,760  
Unearned
    174,570       186,208       232,760  
 
                 
Total ESOP shares
    465,520       465,520       465,520  
 
                 
 
                       
Fair value of unearned shares
  $ 436     $ 281     $ 908  
 
                 
(Continued)

F-46


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 15 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
In 2005 the Company’s stockholders approved the establishment of both the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan (the “Recognition Plan”), and the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan (the “Stock Option Plan”). The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Recognition Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $161,000, $161,000, $647,000, $790,000 and $684,000, respectively. The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Stock Option Plan for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $79,000, $79,000, $314,000, $397,000 and $332,000, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for stock-based compensation for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $0, $63,000, $252,000 $301,000 and $265,000, respectively.
The Recognition Plan
The Recognition Plan permits the Company’s board of directors to award up to 285,131 shares of its common stock to directors and key employees designated by the board. Under the terms of the Recognition Plan, awarded shares are restricted as to transferability and may not be sold, assigned, or transferred prior to vesting. Awarded shares vest at a rate of 20% of the initially awarded amount per year, beginning on the first anniversary date of the award, and are contingent upon continuous service by the recipient through the vesting date; accelerated vesting occurs if there is a change in control. Any awarded shares which are forfeited, are returned to the Company and can be re-awarded to another recipient. The Recognition Plan became effective on July 1, 2005 and remains in effect for the earlier of 10 years from the effective date, or the date on which all shares of common stock available for award have vested.
(Continued)

F-47


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 15 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATIO N (continued)
The Company’s board of directors did not award any shares of common stock available under the Recognition Plan to directors and key employees during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008. A summary of the status of the shares of the Recognition Plan at March 31, 2010, is presented below:
                 
            Weighted-Average
            Grant-Date
    Shares   Fair Value
 
               
Non-vested at January 1, 2009
    111,394     $ 15.46  
Granted
           
Vested
    (49,266 )     13.00  
Forfeited
    (4,400 )     11.55  
 
               
 
               
Non-vested at December 31, 2009
    57,728     $ 17.25  
 
               
 
               
Granted
           
Vested
           
Forfeited
           
 
               
 
               
Non-vested at March 31, 2010
    57,728     $ 17.25  
 
               
The weighted average grant-date fair value of non-vested shares was $17.25, $17.25 and $15.46 at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. There was $996,000, $996,000 and $561,000 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested shares awarded under the Recognition Plan at March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.5 years. The total fair value of shares vested during the three months ended March 31, 2010 and the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 was $0, $640,000 and $1.1 million, respectively.
The Stock Option Plan
The Stock Option Plan permits the Company’s board of directors to grant options to purchase up to 712,827 shares of its common stock to the Company’s directors and key employees. Under the terms of the Stock Option Plan, granted stock options have a contractual term of 10 years from the date of grant, with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Key employees are eligible to receive incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options, while outside directors are eligible for non-statutory stock options only.
The Stock Option Plan also permits the Company’s board of directors to issue key employees, simultaneous with the issuance of stock options, an equal number of Limited Stock Appreciation Rights (The Limited SAR). The Limited SARs are exercisable only upon a change of control and, if exercised, reduce one-for-one the recipient’s related stock option grants. Under the terms of the Stock Option Plan, granted stock options vest at a rate of 20% of the initially granted amount per year, beginning on the first anniversary date of the grant, and are contingent upon
(Continued)

F-48


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 15- STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
continuous service by the recipient through the vesting date. Accelerated vesting occurs if there is a change in control. The Stock Option Plan became effective on July 28, 2005 and terminates upon the earlier of 10 years after the effective date, or the date on which the exercise of Options or related rights equaling the maximum number of shares occurs.
During 2009 and the three months ended March 31, 2010 the Company’s board of directors made no awards of incentive stock options.
A summary of the option activity under the Stock Option Plan as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and changes for the year then ended is presented below:
                                 
                    Weighted-        
            Weighted-     Average     Aggregate  
            Average     Remaining     Intrinsic  
            Exercise     Contractual     Value  
Options   Shares     Price     Term     (in thousands)  
 
                               
Outstanding at beginning of year
    559,101     $ 13.72              
Granted
                       
Exercised
                       
Forfeited
    (86,756 )     12.46              
 
                             
 
                               
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    472,345     $ 13.94       6.0     $  
 
                       
 
                               
Vested or expected to vest
    452,106     $ 13.94       6.0     $  
 
                       
 
                               
Exercisable at year end
    373,182     $ 13.88       5.7     $  
 
                       
 
                               
Granted
                       
Exercised
                       
Forfeited
                       
 
                             
 
                               
Outstanding at March 31, 2010
    472,345     $ 13.94       5.8     $  
 
                       
 
                               
Vested or expected to vest
    452,249     $ 13.94       5.8     $  
 
                       
 
                               
Exercisable at March 31, 2010
    373,882     $ 13.87       5.5     $  
 
                       
(Continued)

F-49


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 15- STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION (continued)
Information related to the stock option plan during each year follows:
                         
    2009   2008   2007
Intrinsic value of options exercised
      $     $ 18,000  
Cash received from option exercises
                57,000  
Tax benefit realized from option exercises
                 
Weighted average fair value of options granted
      $ 1.35     $ 1.82  
The Company has a policy of satisfying share option exercises by issuing shares from Treasury stock obtained from its stock repurchase programs.
As of March 31, 2010, there was $289,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Plan. As of December 31, 2009, there was $290,000 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock options granted under the Plan. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 5.8 years.
NOTE 16 — INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) was as follows:
                                         
    For the Three Months Ended March 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Current — Federal
  $     $     $     $     $ 3,025  
Current — State
    2       4       10       15       15  
Deferred — Federal
    (976 )     (1,657 )     (8,064 )     (3,248 )     (2,910 )
Deferred — State
    (74 )     (177 )     (1,224 )     (484 )     (324 )
Change in federal valuation allowance
    976             14,169              
Change in state valuation allowance
    72       173       1,219       484       324  
 
                             
Total
  $     $ (1,657 )   $ 6,110     $ (3,233 )   $ 130  
 
                             
(Continued)

F-50


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 16 — INCOME TAXES (continued)
The effective tax rate differs from the statutory federal income tax rate as follows:
                                         
    For the Three Months        
    Ended March 31,     Years Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Income taxes at Current Statutory rate of 34%
  $ (939 )   $ (1,604 )   $ (7,896 )   $ (2,066 )   $ 423  
Increase(decrease) from State income tax, net of Federal tax effect
    (74 )     (178 )     (1,282 )     (492 )     (413 )
Tax-exempt income
    (3 )     (7 )     (31 )     (49 )     (56 )
Increase in cash surrender value of BOLI
    (61 )     (60 )     (215 )     (310 )     (293 )
Proceeds from life insurance in excess of BOLI
                      (920 )      
ESOP share release
                            94  
Stock option expense
    19       19       75       103       81  
Change in federal valuation allowance
    976             14,169              
Change in state valuation allowance
    72       173       1,219       484       324  
Other, net
    10             71       17       (30 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Income tax (benefit) expense
  $     $ (1,657 )   $ 6,110     $ (3,233 )   $ 130  
 
                             
 
                                       
Effective tax rate
    0.0 %     35.1 %     26.3 %     53.2 %     10.4 %
(Continued)

F-51


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 16 — INCOME TAXES (continued)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities were due to the following:
                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Deferred tax assets:
                       
Allowance for loan losses
  $ 5,057     $ 5,248     $ 4,027  
Depreciation
    182       93       208  
Deferred compensation arrangements
    414       446       1,292  
Other real estate
    118       118       154  
Net operating loss carryforward
    7,938       6,630       3,131  
Net unrealized losses on AFS securities
                224  
Net unrealized loss on interest rate swaps
    179       198        
Deferred loan fees
    1,116       1,128       182  
Interest income on non-accrual loans
    7       268       32  
Accrued expenses
    133       133       378  
Acquired customer intangibles
    635       654        
Security write-downs
    1,726       1,697        
AMT Carryforward
    71       71        
Donation Carryforward
    56       56        
Gain on inter-company sale transaction
    32       32        
Other
    99              
 
                 
 
                       
 
  $ 17,763     $ 16,772     $ 9,628  
Deferred tax liability:
                       
Net unrealized gain on AFS securities
    (944 )     (93 )      
Deferred loan costs
    (203 )     (237 )     (446 )
Prepaid expenses
    (223 )     (224 )     (239 )
Acquired customer intangibles
                (357 )
Other
          (22 )     (51 )
 
                 
 
    (1,370 )     (576 )     (1,093 )
 
                 
Net, before valuation allowance
    16,393       16,196       8,535  
 
                       
Valuation allowance — Federal
    (14,294 )     (14,169 )      
Valuation allowance — State
    (2,099 )     (2,027 )     (808 )
 
                 
 
                       
Net deferred tax (liability) asset
  $     $     $ 7,727  
 
                 
Under generally accepted accounting principles, the Company considers at each reporting period all available evidence, both positive and negative, to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is needed to reduce its deferred tax asset to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
(Continued)

F-52


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 16 — INCOME TAXES (continued)
A determination of the need for a valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets is dependent upon management’s evaluation of both positive and negative evidence. Positive evidence includes the probability of achieving forecasted future taxable income, applicable tax planning strategies and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions. Negative evidence includes the Company’s cumulative losses and expiring tax credit carryforwards.
At March 31, 2010, the Company evaluated the expected realization of its federal and state deferred tax assets which, prior to a valuation allowance, totaled $16.4 million and was primarily comprised of future tax benefits associated with the allowance for loan losses and net operating loss carryforwards. Based on this evaluation it was concluded a valuation allowance equal to 100%, or $16.4 million continues to be required for the federal deferred tax asset. This valuation allowance was recognized as a charge to income tax expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009. The realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon generating taxable income. The Company also continues to maintain a 100% valuation allowance for the state deferred tax asset.
At December 31, 2009, the Company evaluated the expected realization of its federal and state deferred tax assets which, prior to a valuation allowance, totaled $16.2 million and was primarily comprised of future tax benefits associated with the allowance for loan losses and net operating loss carryforwards. Based on this evaluation it was concluded a valuation allowance equal to $16.2 million was required for the federal deferred tax asset. This valuation allowance was recognized as a charge to income tax expense for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009. The realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon generating taxable income. The Company continues to maintain a 100% valuation allowance for the state deferred tax asset.
If the valuation allowance is reduced or eliminated, future tax benefits will be recognized as a reduction to income tax expense which will have a positive non-cash impact on our net income and stockholders’ equity.
The Company has a federal net operating loss carryforward of $18.7 million which begins to expire in 2027. There is a valuation allowance of $6.4 million on this carryforward. The Company has a Florida and Georgia net operating loss carryforward of $40.9 million which begins to expire in 2026. The Company maintains a valuation allowance on $1.6 million of the loss as it does not anticipate generating taxable income in these states to utilize this carryforward prior to expiration.
NOTE 17 — REGULATORY MATTERS
Atlantic Coast Bank is subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings, as well as other factors, and the regulators can lower classifications in certain cases. Failure to meet various capital requirements can initiate regulatory action that could have a direct material effect on the
(Continued)

F-53


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 17 — REGULATORY MATTERS (continued)
financial statements. The prompt corrective action regulations provide for five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition.
Atlantic Coast Bank actual and required capital levels (in millions) and ratios were:
                                                 
                                    To Be Well
                                    Capitalized Under
                    For Capital   Prompt Corrective
    Actual   Adequacy Purposes   Action
    Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
As of March 31, 2010
                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 59.7       11.3 %   $ 42.3       8.0 %   $ 52.9       10.0 %
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk weighted assets)
    53.1       10.0 %     21.1       4.0 %     31.7       6.0 %
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)
    53.1       5.8 %     36.4       4.0 %     45.5       5.0 %
 
                                               
As of December 31, 2009
                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 62.6       11.4 %   $ 43.8       8.0 %   $ 54.7       10.0 %
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk weighted assets)
    55.7       10.2 %     21.9       4.0 %     32.8       6.0 %
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)
    55.7       6.1 %     36.2       4.0 %     45.3       5.0 %
 
                                               
As of December 31, 2008
                                               
Total capital (to risk weighted assets)
  $ 80.3       11.6 %   $ 55.3       8.0 %   $ 69.1       10.0 %
Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk weighted assets)
    74.3       10.8 %     27.6       4.0 %     41.5       6.0 %
Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total assets)
    74.3       7.5 %     39.6       4.0 %     49.5       5.0 %
At March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, Atlantic Coast Bank was classified as “well capitalized.” There are no conditions or events since March 31, 2010 that management believes have changed the classification.
The Qualified Thrift Lender test requires at least 65% of assets be maintained in housing-related finance and other specified areas. If this test is not met, limits are placed on growth, branching, new investments, FHLB advances, and dividends, or Atlantic Coast Bank must convert to a commercial bank charter. Management believes this test is met.
Banking regulations limit capital distributions by savings associations. Generally, capital distributions are limited to undistributed net income for the current and prior two years. During 2010 Atlantic Coast Bank can not declare any dividends without prior approval of the OTS. Payment of dividends by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation is largely dependent on the ability of Atlantic Coast Bank to pay dividends.
(Continued)

F-54


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 17 — REGULATORY MATTERS (continued)
The following is a reconciliation of Atlantic Coast Bank’s equity under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America to regulatory capital as of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008:
                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
GAAP equity
  $ 55,599     $ 56,136     $ 77,109  
Intangible assets
    (106 )     (113 )     (2,955 )
Unrealized (gain) loss on securities available for sale
    (2,428 )     (327 )      
Minority interest in includable consolidated subsidiaries including REIT
                125  
 
                 
Tier 1 Capital
    53,065       55,696       74,279  
General allowance for loan and lease losses
    6,626       6,857       6,046  
 
                       
Total capital
  $ 59,691     $ 62,553     $ 80,325  
 
                 
NOTE 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has various outstanding commitments and contingent liabilities that are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
The principal commitments as of March 31, 2010 and December 31 2009 and 2008 are as follows:
                         
    March 31,   December 31,
    2010   2009   2008
    (Dollars in Thousands)
Undisbursed portion of loans closed
  $ 3,736     $ 4,128     $ 8,669  
Unused lines of credit and commitments to fund loans
    52,119       54,089       76,907  
At December 31, 2009, the un-disbursed portion of loans closed was primarily unfunded residential construction loans with fixed and variable rates ranging from 3.5% to 7.5%. At December 31, 2009, the unused lines of credit and commitments to fund loans were made up of both fixed rate and variable rate commitments. The fixed rate commitments totaled $27.9 million and had interest rates that range from 5% to 18%; variable rate commitments totaled $26.2 million and had interest rates that range from 2.5% to 9.9%.
As of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had fully secured outstanding standby letters of credit commitments totaling $263,000, $263,000 and $722,000, respectively.
(Continued)

F-55


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 18 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (continued)
Since certain commitments to make loans, provide lines of credit, and to fund loans in process expire without being used, the amount does not necessarily represent future cash commitments. In addition, commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these financial instruments is represented by the contractual amount of these instruments. The Company follows the same credit policy to make such commitments as is followed for those loans recorded on the consolidated balance sheet.
The Company has employment agreements with its chief executive officer (“CEO”), chief financial officer (“CFO”), chief risk officer and executive vice president of retail operations. Under the terms of the agreement, certain events leading to a successful Second Step Conversion, a change in control, or separation from the Company, could result in cash payments equal to 2.99 times the salary of the CEO, CFO and executive vice president of retail operations, and 1.00 times the salary of the chief risk officer. Since payments are contingent upon certain events, the Company accrues for no liability.
The Company maintained a line of credit with one financial institution of $7.5 million as of March 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009; the Company maintained lines of credit with two financial institutions that totaled $22.5 million as of December 31, 2008. There were no balances outstanding as of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008.
(Continued)

F-56


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 19 — EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE
A reconciliation of the numerator and denominator of the basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share computation for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
                                         
    Three months ended March 31,     Years ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands, Except Share Information)  
Basic
                                       
 
                                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (2,759 )   $ (3,061 )   $ (29,335 )   $ (2,845 )   $ 1,115  
 
                             
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    13,391,202       13,435,116       13,423,499       13,557,869       13,693,651  
Less: Average unallocated ESOP shares
    (186,208 )     (232,760 )     (232,632 )     (278,930 )     (325,736 )
Average unvested restricted stock awards
    (57,728 )     (110,817 )     (86,166 )     (144,164 )     (202,571 )
 
                             
 
                                       
Average shares
    13,147,266       13,091,539       13,104,701       13,134,775       13,165,344  
 
                             
 
                                       
Basic (loss) earnings per common share
  $ (0.21 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (2.24 )   $ (0.22 )   $ 0.08  
 
                             
 
                                       
Diluted
                                       
Net (loss) income
  $ (2,759 )   $ (3,061 )   $ (29,335 )   $ (2,845 )   $ 1,115  
 
                             
Weighted average common shares outstanding per common share
    13,147,266       13,091,539       13,104,701       13,134,775       13,165,344  
Add:Dilutive effects of assumed exercise of stock options
                            51,445  
Dilutive effects of full vesting of stock awards
                            128,719  
 
                             
 
                                       
Average shares and dilutive potential common shares
    13,147,266       13,091,539       13,104,701       13,134,775       13,345,508  
 
                             
 
                                       
Diluted (loss) earnings per common share
  $ (0.21 )   $ (0.23 )   $ (2.24 )   $ (0.22 )   $ 0.08  
 
                             
Stock options and restricted stock awards for 640,681 shares of common stock were not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for 2007 because they were anti-dilutive; there was no dilutive effect for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009 and 2008 as each period had a net loss.
(Continued)

F-57


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 20 — OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Other comprehensive income (loss) components and related taxes for the three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the years ended 2009, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
                                         
    March 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,759 )   $ (3,061 )   $ (29,335 )   $ (2,845 )   $ 1,115  
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                       
Change in securities available for sale:
                                       
Unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the period
    1,638       546       1,122       (37 )     440  
Less reclassification adjustments for (gains) losses recognized in income
          (96 )     (383 )     (650 )     46  
 
                             
Net unrealized (losses) gains
    1,638       450       739       (687 )     486  
Income tax effect
    68       (181 )     (283 )     275       (178 )
 
                             
Net of tax amount
    1,706       269       456       (412 )     308  
Other-than-temporary-impairment on available-for-sale debt securities recorded in other comprehensive income
    675       (692 )     4,475              
Less other-than-temporary-impairment on available-for-sale debt securities associated with credit loss realized in income
    (75 )     (174 )     (4,467 )            
Income tax effect
    25       348       (4 )            
 
                             
Net of tax amount
    625       (518 )     4              
 
                                       
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    2,331       (249 )     460       (412 )     308  
 
                             
 
                                       
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (428 )   $ (3,310 )   $ (28,875 )   $ (3,257 )   $ 1,423  
 
                             
As of March 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and 2008 accumulated other comprehensive income includes $1.7 million, $456,000 and $(412,000) related to net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale.
(Continued)

F-58


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 21 — FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Carrying amount and estimated fair value of financial instruments, not previously presented, at year end were as follows:
                                                 
    As of March 31,   As of December 31,
    2010   2009   2008
    Carrying   Estimated   Carrying   Estimated   Carrying   Estimated
    Amount   Fair Value   Amount   Fair Value   Amount   Fair Value
    (Dollars in Thousands)
FINANCIAL ASSETS
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 37,961     $ 37,961     $ 37,144     $ 37,144     $ 34,058     $ 34,058  
Loans held for sale
    5,253       5,253       8,990       8,990       736       736  
Loans, net
    599,858       599,680       614,371       614,229       741,879       733,142  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    10,023       n/a       10,023       n/a       9,996       n/a  
Accrued interest receivable
    3,225       3,225       3,261       3,261       3,934       3,934  
 
                                               
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
                                               
Deposits
    584,692       586,604       555,444       557,094       624,606       627,049  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
    92,800       102,798       92,800       102,537       92,800       106,327  
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    172,718       181,705       182,694       201,227       184,850       216,869  
Accrued interest payable
    1,244       1,244       1,318       1,318       1,441       1,441  
The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows:
Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, accrued interest, demand and savings deposits and variable rate loans or deposits that re-price frequently and fully. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent re-pricing or re-pricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk without considering the need for adjustments for market illiquidity. Fair value of debt (FHLB advances and securities sold under agreements to repurchase) is based on current rates for similar financing. It was not practicable to determine the fair vale of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability. The estimated fair value of other financial instruments and off-balance-sheet loan commitments approximate cost and are not considered significant to this presentation.
(Continued)

F-59


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 22 — PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS
March 31, 2010 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2009 and 2008
                         
    As of March 31,     As of December 31,  
    2010     2009     2008  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                       
Cash and cash equivalents at subsidiary
  $ 1,987     $ 1,598     $ 303  
Securities available for sale
    1,743       1,469       4,321  
Investment in subsidiary
    54,273       54,803       77,108  
Note receivable from ESOP
    1,999       2,124       2,614  
Other assets
    534       712       1,960  
 
                 
 
                       
Total assets
  $ 60,536     $ 60,706     $ 86,306  
 
                 
 
                       
Borrowed funds
  $ 3,943     $ 3,943     $ 1,535  
Other accrued expenses
    222       222       811  
Total stockholders’equity
    56,371       56,541       83,960  
 
                 
 
                       
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 60,536     $ 60,706     $ 86,306  
 
                 
(Continued)

F-60


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 22 — PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)
Three months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007
                                         
    Three months ended March 31,     Years ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                       
Net interest income
  $ 8     $ 75     $ 230     $ 543     $ 530  
Gain (loss) on sale of securities
                (129 )     63        
Impairment loss
                (1,158 )                
Other
    89       (4 )     211       (14 )     136  
Equity in net (loss) income of subsidiary
    (2,639 )     (2,972 )     (26,652 )     (2,780 )     2,345  
 
                             
 
                                       
Total income (loss)
    (2,542 )     (2,901 )     (27,498 )     (2,188 )     3,011  
 
                                       
Total expense
    217       160       1,837       657       1,896  
 
                             
 
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,759 )   $ (3,061 )   $ (29,335 )   $ (2,845 )   $ 1,115  
 
                             
(Continued)

F-61


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 22 — PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Three Months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007
                                         
    Three months ended March 31,     Years ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                       
Cash flow from operating activities
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ (2,759 )   $ (3,061 )   $ (29,335 )   $ (2,845 )   $ 1,115  
Adjustments:
                                       
Net depreciation and amortization
    (2 )     5       (6 )     10        
(Gain) loss on sale of securities
                129       (10 )      
Other than temporary impairment
                1,158              
Net change in other assets
    71       43       1,169       1,292       (1,866 )
Net change in other liabilities
          (418 )     (589 )     156       (339 )
Share-based compensation expense
    273       240       1,081       1,077       1,125  
Dividends received from subsidiary
                            10,216  
Equity in undistributed (earnings) loss of subsidiary
    2,650       2,972       26,652       2,780       (2,345 )
 
                             
Net cash from operating activities
    233       (219 )     259       2,460       7,906  
 
                                       
Cash flow from investing activities
                                       
Purchase of securities available for sale
                      (8,537 )      
Proceeds from maturities and repayments of securities available for sale
    65       235       593       6,268       983  
Proceeds from the sale of securities available for sale
                1,082       4,134        
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
                      2,161       (3,100 )
Life insurance proceeds in excess of CSV
                      2,634        
Contribution to Bank subsidiary
                (3,796 )     (6,423 )      
Payments received on ESOP loan
    125       121       484       418       376  
Expenditures on premises and equipment
                1       (3 )      
Net change in other interest bearing deposits at subsidiary
                            1,200  
 
                             
Net cash from investing activities
    190       356       (1,636 )     652       (541 )
(Continued)

F-62


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 22 — PARENT COMPANY ONLY CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (continued)
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Three Months ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007
                                         
    Three months ended March 31,     Years ended December 31,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007  
    (Dollars in Thousands)  
 
                                       
Cash flow from financing activities
                                       
Advances from Atlantic Coast Bank
          208             818       428  
Other borrowings
                2,407              
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
                            57  
Shares relinquished
                (17 )     (60 )     (16 )
Treasury stock purchased
    (34 )     (29 )     (29 )     (1,841 )     (1,968 )
Capital contribution
                400              
Repayments to Atlantic Coast Bank
                            (2,978 )
Dividends paid
          (45 )     (89 )     (2,432 )     (2,509 )
 
                             
Net cash from financing activities
    (34 )     134       2,672       (3,515 )     (6,986 )
 
                                       
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    389       271       1,295       (403 )     379  
 
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    1,598       303       303       706       327  
 
                             
 
                                       
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
  $ 1,987     $ 574     $ 1,598     $ 303     $ 706  
 
                             
(Continued)

F-63


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
March 31, 2010 and 2009 (Unaudited), Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
NOTE 23 — STOCK CONVERSION (unaudited)
On June 16, 2010, Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation approved a plan to convert the Mutual Holding Company from the mutual to stock form of organization. The Mutual Holding Company is a federally chartered mutual holding company and currently owns approximately 65%, of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, which owns 100% of the issued and outstanding shares of the capital stock of Atlantic Coast Bank (the “Bank”). Pursuant to the terms of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s plan of conversion and reorganization, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will convert from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company corporate structure. As part of the conversion, we are offering for sale in a subscription offering, and possibly in a community and/or a syndicated community offering, the majority ownership interest of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation that is currently owned by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. Upon the completion of the conversion and offering, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will cease to exist, and we will complete the transition from partial to full public stock ownership. Upon completion of the conversion, existing public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will receive shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in exchange for their shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock in order to maintain the public stockholders’ existing percentage ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the offering).
In connection with the conversion, shares of common stock of a new successor holding company, representing the ownership interest of the Mutual Holding Company, will be offered for sale to depositors of the Bank. The following persons and employee benefit plan have subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock of the new holding company in the following order of priority: (1) depositors of record as of March 31, 2009; (2) the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan; (3) depositors of record as of the end of the calendar quarter preceding the commencement of the offering; and (4) depositors entitled to vote on the conversion proposal. If necessary, shares will be offered to the general public. In addition, upon completion of the conversion of the Mutual Holding Company, shares of the Company’s common stock held by public stockholders will be exchanged for shares of a new corporation, which will become the Bank’s new parent holding company. As a result of the conversion and offering, the Mutual Holding Company and Company will cease to exist.
The conversion is subject to approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision as well as the approval of the Mutual Holding Company’s members (depositors of the Bank) and the Company’s stockholders. Proxy materials setting forth information relating to the conversion and offering will be sent to the members of the Mutual Holding Company and stockholders of the Company for their consideration. The offering will be made only by means of a prospectus in accordance with federal law and all applicable state securities laws. The conversion and offering are expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2010.
Expenses capitalized related to the stock conversion were $10,000 as of March 31, 2010. Expenses capitalized will be netted from proceeds if the offering is successful. Alternatively, expenses capitalized will be expensed in the event the offering is terminated.

F-64


Table of Contents

No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or Atlantic Coast Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.
 
 
Up to 2,760,000 Shares
 
 
(Subject to Increase to up to 3,174,000 Shares)
 
 
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
 
(Proposed Holding Company for
Atlantic Coast Bank)
 
 
COMMON STOCK
par value $0.01 per share
 
 
PROSPECTUS
 
 
 
Stifel Nicolaus
 
 
[Prospectus Date]
 
 
 
 
 
These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not federally insured or guaranteed.
 
 
 
 
 
Until               , or 25 days after commencement of the syndicated community offering, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
PROXY STATEMENT OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
     Atlantic Coast Bank is converting from a mutual holding company structure to a fully-public stock holding company structure. Currently, Atlantic Coast Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a federal corporation, and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC owns approximately 65.1% of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock. The remaining 34.9% of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, a newly formed company, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Maryland corporation, will become the stock holding company of Atlantic Coast Bank. Each share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 0.2337 and 0.3162 shares (subject to adjustment to up to 0.3636 shares) of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, so that immediately after the conversion Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock as they owned of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion, excluding any new shares purchased by them in the conversion offering, their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and any shares purchased in the supplemental offering, as further discussed below. The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and the number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock sold in the conversion offering and the supplemental offering described in the following paragraphs. It will not depend on the market price of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. See “Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization—Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders” for a discussion of the exchange ratio. Based on the $                      per share closing price of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock as of the last trading day prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, unless at least                      shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock are sold in the conversion offering (which is between the                      and the                      of the conversion offering range), the initial value of the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock you currently own. See “Risk Factors—The market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock exchanged.”
     Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering up to 2,760,000 shares of common stock (subject to increase to up to 3,174,000 shares) of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, representing the 65.1% ownership interest of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, for sale to eligible depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank, to Atlantic Coast Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans and to the public, including Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders, at a price of $10.00 per share. The conversion of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and the offering and exchange of common stock by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is referred to herein as the “conversion and related offering.” After the conversion and related offering are completed, Atlantic Coast Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, and 100% of the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and related offering, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will cease to exist.
     Immediately following completion of the conversion offering, we intend to sell no more than 1,650,000 shares of common stock to certain investors in the supplemental offering. The completion of the supplemental offering is contingent on the completion of the conversion offering. The conversion offering is not contingent on the completion of the supplemental offering, however if the supplemental offering is not completed, we may resolicit subscribers in the conversion offering. We must reach the minimum of the valuation range in order to complete the supplemental offering.

 


Table of Contents

     Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “ACFC.” We expect that Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s shares of common stock will trade on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “ACFCD” for a period of 20 trading days after the completion of the conversion offering and supplemental offering. Thereafter, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s trading symbol will revert to “ACFC.”
     The conversion and related offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation approve the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation is holding a special meeting of stockholders at Atlantic Coast Bank, 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia, on ____ __, 2010, at __:00 p.m., Eastern time, to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stockholders, including shares held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stockholders other than Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s Board of Directors unanimously recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the approval of the plan of conversion.
     This document serves as the proxy statement for the special meeting of stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and the prospectus for the shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock to be issued in exchange for shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. We urge you to read this entire document carefully. You can also obtain information about us from documents that we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Office of Thrift Supervision. This document does not serve as the prospectus relating to the offering by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation of its shares of common stock in the conversion offering, which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus. Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation are not required to participate in the conversion offering.
     This proxy statement/prospectus contains information that you should consider in evaluating the plan of conversion. In particular, you should carefully read the section captioned “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 for a discussion of certain risk factors relating to the conversion and related offering.
      These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
      None of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision or any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this proxy statement/prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
      For answers to your questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus including the Questions and Answers section, beginning on page 1. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to                                           ,                                                , at 1-___-                      , Monday through Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time.
     The date of this proxy statement/prospectus is                      , 2010, and it is first being mailed to stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation on or about                      , 2010.

 


Table of Contents

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501

(800) 342-2824
NOTICE OF SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
     On                      ___, 2010, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will hold a special meeting of stockholders at Atlantic Coast Bank, 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia. The meeting will begin at ___:00 p.m., Eastern time. At the meeting, stockholders will consider and act on the following:
  1.   The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization (the “Plan”) whereby: (a) Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a Federal corporation, will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Maryland corporation, will become the new stock holding company of Atlantic Coast Bank; (c) the outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation other than those held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, will be converted into shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation; and (d) Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, community offering and, possibly, a syndicated community offering;
 
  2.   The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;
 
  3.   The following informational proposals:
  3a.     Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation;
 
  3b.     Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s bylaws;
 
  3c.     Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s outstanding voting stock; and
  4.   Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.
     NOTE: The Board of Directors is not aware of any other business to come before the meeting.
     The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation which are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which our Board of Directors approved the plan of conversion and reorganization (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”). These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is

 


Table of Contents

requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals.
     The Board of Directors has fixed [voting record date], as the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and at an adjournment or postponement thereof.
      Upon written request addressed to the Corporate Secretary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at the address given above, stockholders may obtain an additional copy of this proxy statement/prospectus and/or a copy of the plan of conversion. In order to assure timely receipt of the additional copy of the proxy statement/prospectus and/or the plan of conversion, the written request should be received by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, by                      , 2010.
     Please complete and sign the enclosed proxy, which is solicited by the Board of Directors, and mail it promptly in the enclosed envelope. The proxy will not be used if you attend the meeting and vote in person.
         
  BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Pamela T. Saxon
Corporate Secretary
 
 
     
     
     
 
Waycross, Georgia
                     , 2010

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    1  
    6  
    11  
    17  
    20  
    21  
    25  
    26  
    27  
    27  
    27  
    28  
    29  
    30  
    31  
    32  
    32  
    33  
    33  
    34  
    35  
    35  
    35  
    36  
    37  
    38  
    38  
    38  
    38  
    38  
    38  
    F-1  

 


Table of Contents

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
FOR STOCKHOLDERS OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
REGARDING THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
You should read this document for more information about the conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization described herein (referred to as the “plan of conversion”) have been conditionally approved by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s primary federal regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision. However, such approvals by the agency does not constitute recommendations or endorsements of the plan of conversion.
Q.   WHAT ARE STOCKHOLDERS BEING ASKED TO APPROVE?
 
A.   Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders as of _______ __, 2010 are being asked to vote to approve the plan of conversion pursuant to which Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will convert from the mutual to the stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, a Maryland corporation, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, is offering its common stock to eligible depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank, to Atlantic Coast Bank’s tax qualified benefit plans, to stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation as of [voting record date] and to the public. The shares offered represent Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s current 65.1% ownership interest in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. Voting for approval of the plan of conversion will also include approval of the exchange ratio and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (including the anti-takeover provisions and provisions limiting stockholder rights). Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” its approval, we cannot implement the plan of conversion.
 
    In addition, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders are being asked to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.
 
    Stockholders also are asked to vote on the following informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation:
    Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation;
 
    Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s bylaws; and
 
    Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s outstanding voting stock.
    The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation that are included as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which our Board of Directors approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for

1


Table of Contents

    which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation which are summarized above as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring, or rendering more difficult, attempts by third parties to obtain control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
    Your vote is important. Without sufficient votes “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion, we cannot implement the plan of conversion and the conversion offering.
 
Q.   WHAT ARE THE REASONS FOR THE CONVERSION AND OFFERINGS?
 
A.   Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the conversion offering and supplemental are to:
    increase our capital position;
 
    eliminate some of the uncertainties associated with proposed financial regulatory reform by the United States Congress which may result in changes to or elimination of our primary bank regulator and holding company regulator as well as changes in regulations applicable to us, including, but not limited to, capital requirements, treatment of waived dividends by the mutual holding company, payment of dividends and conversion to full stock form;
 
    support internal growth through increased lending in the communities we serve;
 
    enable us to enhance existing products and services to meet the needs of our market;
 
    improve the liquidity of our shares of common stock and enhance stockholder returns through more flexible capital management strategies; and
 
    support acquisitions of financial institutions as opportunities arise, although we do not currently have any agreements to acquire a financial institution or other entity.
    As a fully converted stock holding company, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions, including the form of consideration that we can use to pay for an acquisition. Our current mutual holding company structure limits our ability to offer shares of our common stock as consideration in a merger or acquisition since Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC is required to own a majority of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s outstanding shares of common stock. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the purchase price. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination of stock and cash, and therefore will enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We currently have no arrangements or understandings regarding any specific acquisition.
 
Q.   WHAT WILL STOCKHOLDERS RECEIVE FOR THEIR EXISTING ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION SHARES?

2


Table of Contents

A.   As more fully described in “Proposal 1 — Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization — Share Exchange Ratio,” depending on the number of shares sold in the conversion offering, each share of common stock that you own at the time of the completion of the conversion will be exchanged for between 0.2337 shares at the minimum and 0.3162 shares at the maximum of the conversion offering range (or 0.3636 at the adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range) of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock (cash will be paid in lieu of any fractional shares). For example, if you own 100 shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, and the exchange ratio is 0.2750 (at the midpoint of the conversion offering range), after the conversion you will receive 27 shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock and $5.00 in cash, the value of the fractional share, based on the $10.00 per share purchase price of stock in the conversion offering.
    If you own shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock in a brokerage account in “street name,” your shares will be automatically exchanged, and you do not need to take any action to exchange your shares of common stock. If you own shares in the form of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stock certificates after the completion of the conversion and related offering, our exchange agent will mail to you a transmittal form with instructions to surrender your stock certificates. New certificates of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock will be mailed to you within five business days after the exchange agent receives properly executed transmittal forms and your Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stock certificates. You should not submit a stock certificate until you receive a transmittal form.
 
Q.   WHY WILL THE SHARES THAT I RECEIVE BE BASED ON A PRICE OF $10.00 PER SHARE RATHER THAN THE TRADING PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONVERSION?
A.   The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is a commonly selected per share price for mutual-to-stock conversion offerings. The amount of common stock Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will issue at $10.00 per share in the conversion offering and the exchange is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, assuming the conversion, conversion offering and supplemental offering are completed. RP Financial, LC., an appraisal firm experienced in appraisal of financial institutions, has estimated that, as of May 28, 2010, this market value ranged from $47.9 million to $58.9 million, with a midpoint of $53.4 million. Based on this valuation, the number of shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation that existing public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will receive in exchange for their shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock will range from 2,040,000 to 2,760,000, with a midpoint of 2,400,000 shares (with a value of approximately $20.4 million to $27.6 million, with a midpoint of $24.0 million, at $10.00 per share). If market conditions so warrant, the appraised value can be increased to $65.3 million, the adjusted maximum of the appraisal, and the number of shares issued in the exchange for existing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation can be increased to 3,174,000 (a value of $31.7 million, at $10.00 per share). The number of shares received by the existing public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation is intended to maintain their existing 34.9% ownership in our organization (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the conversion offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and any shares purchased in the supplemental offering). The independent appraisal is based in part on Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s financial condition and results of operations, the pro forma impact of the additional capital raised by the sale of shares of common stock in the offerings, and an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings bank and thrift holding companies that RP Financial, LC. considered comparable to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.

3


Table of Contents

Q.   DOES THE EXCHANGE RATIO DEPEND ON THE TRADING PRICE OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION COMMON STOCK?
 
A.   No, the exchange ratio will not be based on the market price of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. Therefore, changes in the price of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock between now and the completion of the conversion and related offerings will not affect the calculation of the exchange ratio.
 
Q.   WHY DOESN’T ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION WAIT TO CONDUCT THE CONVERSION AND OFFERINGS UNTIL THE STOCK MARKET IMPROVES SO THAT CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS CAN RECEIVE A HIGHER EXCHANGE RATIO?
 
A.   The Board of Directors believes that because the stock holding company form of organization and the capital raised in the conversion offer important advantages and that it is in the best interest of our stockholders to complete the conversion and related offerings sooner rather than later. There is no way to know when market conditions will change, when regulations governing conversion to stock form will change, or how they might change, or how changes in market conditions might affect stock prices for financial institutions. The Board of Directors concluded that it would be better to complete the conversion and offerings now, under existing Office of Thrift Supervision conversion regulations and under a valuation that offers a fair exchange ratio to existing stockholders and an attractive price to new investors, rather than wait an indefinite amount of time for potentially better market conditions.
 
Q.   SHOULD I SUBMIT MY STOCK CERTIFICATES NOW?
 
A.   No. If you hold stock certificate(s), instructions for exchanging the certificates will be sent to you by our exchange agent after completion of the conversion. If your shares are held in “street name” ( e.g., in a brokerage account) rather than in certificate form, the share exchange will be reflected automatically in your account upon completion of the conversion.
 
Q.   HOW DO I VOTE?
 
A.   Mark your vote, sign each proxy card enclosed and return the card(s) to us, in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT. PLEASE VOTE PROMPTLY.
 
Q.   IF MY SHARES ARE HELD IN STREET NAME, WILL MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE AUTOMATICALLY VOTE ON THE PLAN ON MY BEHALF?
 
A.   No. Your broker, bank or other nominee will not be able to vote your shares without instructions from you. You should instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, using the directions that they provide to you.
 
Q.   WHAT HAPPENS IF I DON’T VOTE?
 
A.   Your vote is very important. Not voting all the proxy card(s) you receive will have the same effect as voting “against” the plan of conversion. Without sufficient favorable votes “for” the plan of conversion, we will not proceed with the conversion and related offering.
 
Q.   WHAT IF I DO NOT GIVE VOTING INSTRUCTIONS TO MY BROKER, BANK OR OTHER NOMINEE?

4


Table of Contents

A.   Your vote is important. If you do not instruct your broker, bank or other nominee to vote your shares, the unvoted proxy will have the same effect as a vote “against” the plan of conversion.
 
Q.   MAY I PLACE AN ORDER TO PURCHASE SHARES IN THE CONVERSION OFFERING, IN ADDITION TO THE SHARES THAT I WILL RECEIVE IN THE EXCHANGE?
 
A.   Yes. If you would like to receive a prospectus and stock order form, you must call our Stock Information Center at (___) ___-___, Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. The Stock Information Center is closed weekends and bank holidays.
 
    Eligible depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank have priority subscription rights allowing them to purchase common stock in a subscription offering. Shares not purchased in the subscription offering may be available for sale to the public in a community offering, as described herein. In the event orders for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock in a community offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s; second to cover orders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders as of [voting record date]; and thereafter to cover orders of the general public. Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation are subject to an ownership limitation.
 
    Shares of common stock purchased in the conversion offering by a stockholder and his or her associates or individuals acting in concert with the stockholder, plus any shares a stockholder and these individuals receive in the exchange for existing shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, may not exceed 5% of the total shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to be issued and outstanding after the completion of the conversion.
 
Q.   WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ANY EFFECT ON DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AT ATLANTIC COAST BANK?
 
A.   No. The account number, amount, interest rate and withdrawal rights of deposit accounts will remain unchanged. Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation up to the legal limit. Loans and rights of borrowers will not be affected. Depositors will no longer have voting rights in the mutual holding company, which will cease to exist, after the conversion and related offering. Only stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will have voting rights after the conversion and related offering.
Please note that properly completed and signed stock order forms, with full payment, must be received (not postmarked) by the Stock Information Center no later than 12:00 noon, Eastern time on ______, 2010.
OTHER QUESTIONS?
For answers to other questions, please read this proxy statement/prospectus. Questions about voting on the plan of conversion may be directed to ___, ____________, at 1-______, Monday through Friday from 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Eastern time. Questions about the conversion offering may be directed to our Stock Information Center at (___) ___-___, Monday through Friday between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. The Stock Information Center is closed weekends and bank holidays.

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY
      This summary highlights material information from this proxy statement/prospectus and may not contain all the information that is important to you. To understand the conversion and other proposals fully, you should read this entire document carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Proposal 1 — Approval of The Plan of Conversion and Reorganization,” “Proposal 2— Adjournment of the Special Meeting,” “Proposals 3a through 3c — Informational Proposals Related to the Articles of incorporation and Bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation” and the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
The Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Special Meeting
      Date, Time and Place. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will hold its special meeting of stockholders at Atlantic Coast Bank, 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia, on ___, 2010, at _:00 p.m., Eastern time.
      The Proposals. Stockholders will be voting on the following proposals at the special meeting:
  1.   The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization (the “Plan”) whereby: (a) Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a Federal Corporation will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will become the new stock holding company of Atlantic Coast Bank; (c) the outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation other than those held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, will be converted into shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation; and (d) Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, community offering and, possibly, a syndicated community offering;
 
  2.   The approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;
 
  3.   The following informational proposals:
  3a.    Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation;
 
  3b    Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s bylaws;
 
  3c.    Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s outstanding voting stock; and
  4.   Such other business that may properly come before the meeting.
     The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation which are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which our Board of Directors approved the plan of conversion and reorganization (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”). These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift

6


Table of Contents

Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation which are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, if such attempts are not approved by the board of directors, or may make the removal of the board of directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
Vote Required for Approval of Proposals by the Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
      Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders, including shares held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders other than Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC.
      Proposal 2 Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.
      Informational Proposals 3a through 3c: Non-binding vote regarding certain provisions in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation. The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation which are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals listed above, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation that are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
      Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.
     Proposal 1 must also be approved by the members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC at a special meeting of members called for that purpose. Members will receive separate informational materials for Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC regarding the conversion.

7


Table of Contents

Revocability of Proxies
     You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.
Vote by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
     Management anticipates that Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, our majority stockholder, will vote all of its shares of common stock in favor of all the matters set forth above. If Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC votes all of its shares in favor of each proposal, the approval of the adjournment of the special meeting if necessary, would be assured.
     As of ___, 2010, the directors and executive officers of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation beneficially owned ___ shares, or approximately ___% of the outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC owned 8,728,500 shares, or approximately 65.1% of the outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock.
      Your Board of Directors unanimously recommends that you vote “FOR” the plan of conversion, “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, and “FOR” the Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.
The Companies
[Same as prospectus]
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
     The Boards of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Bank and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation have adopted a plan of conversion pursuant to which Atlantic Coast Bank will reorganize from a mutual holding company structure to a stock holding company structure. Public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will receive shares in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation in exchange for their shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock based on an exchange ratio. This conversion to a stock holding company structure also includes the offering by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation of shares of its common stock to eligible depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank and to the public, including Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders, in a subscription offering and, if necessary, in a community offering and/or syndicated community offering. Following the conversion and related offering, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will no longer exist, and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be the parent company of Atlantic Coast Bank.
     The conversion and related offering cannot be completed unless the stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation approve the plan of conversion. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stockholders will vote on the plan of conversion at Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s special meeting. This document is the proxy statement used by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s board of directors to solicit proxies for the special meeting. It is also the prospectus of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation regarding the shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock to be issued to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stockholders in the share exchange. This document does not serve as the

8


Table of Contents

prospectus relating to the offering by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation of its shares of common stock in the subscription offering and any community offering or syndicated community offering , which will be made pursuant to a separate prospectus.
Our Current Organizational Structure
     [Same as the prospectus]
Reasons for the Conversion and Offerings
     [Same as the prospectus]
Terms of the Conversion Offering
     [Same as the prospectus]
Terms of the Supplemental Offering
     [Same as the prospectus]
After-Market Stock Price Performance
     [Same as the prospectus]
How We Determined the Conversion Offering Range, the Exchange Ratio and the $10.00 Per Share Stock Price
     [Same as the prospectus]
The Exchange of Existing Shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Common Stock
     [Same as the prospectus]
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offerings
     [Same as the prospectus]
Purchases and Ownership by Officers and Directors
     [Same as the prospectus]
Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Resulting from the Conversion
     [Same as the prospectus]
Market for Common Stock
     [Same as the prospectus]
Our Dividend Policy
     [Same as the prospectus]

9


Table of Contents

Tax Consequences
     [Same as the prospectus]
Changes in Stockholders’ Rights for Existing Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
     As a result of the conversion, existing stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will become stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. Some rights of stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be reduced compared to the rights stockholders currently have in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. The reduction in stockholder rights results from differences between the federal and Maryland charters and bylaws, and from distinctions between federal and Maryland law. Many of the differences in stockholder rights under the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation are not mandated by Maryland law but have been chosen by management as being in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and all of its stockholders. The articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation which differ from the charter and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation include the following provisions: (i) allowing the Board of Directors to change the authorized number of shares without stockholder approval; (ii) the restriction on the payment of dividends under Maryland corporate law; (iii) filling vacancies on the Board of Directors; (iv) limitations on liability for directors and officers; (v) indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents; (vi) the calling of special meetings of stockholders; (vii) greater lead time required for stockholders to submit proposals for new business or to nominate directors; (viii) a stockholder’s right to examine the books and records of the company; (ix) limitations on the voting rights of greater than 10% stockholders; (x) restrictions on certain types of business combinations with interested stockholders; (xi) consideration by the Board of Directors of certain factors when considering a change in control of the company; and (xii) approval by at least 80% of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote generally is required to amend the bylaws and certain provisions of the articles of incorporation. See “Comparison of Stockholders’ Rights For Existing Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation” for a discussion of these differences.
Dissenters’ Rights
     Stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation do not have dissenters’ rights in connection with the conversion and related offering.
Important Risks in Owning Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s Common Stock
     Before you decide to purchase stock, you should read the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 11 of this proxy statement/prospectus.

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in the shares of common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business
     [Same as the prospectus]
Risks Related to the Offerings and the Exchange
The market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock received in the share exchange may be less than the market value of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock exchanged.
     The number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock you receive will be based on an exchange ratio that will be determined as of the date of completion of the conversion and related offering. The exchange ratio will be based on the percentage of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock held by the public prior to the completion of the conversion and related offering, the final independent appraisal of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock prepared by RP Financial, LC. and the number of shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering. The exchange ratio will ensure that existing public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock will own the same percentage of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock after the conversion and related offering as they owned of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock immediately prior to completion of the conversion offering (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the conversion offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and any shares purchased in the supplemental offering). The exchange ratio will not depend on the market price of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock.
     The exchange ratio ranges from 0.2337 shares at the minimum to 0.3162 shares at the maximum (or 0.3636 at the adjusted maximum) of the conversion offering range of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock per share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. Shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock issued in the share exchange will have an initial value of $10.00 per share. Depending on the exchange ratio and the market value of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock at the time of the exchange, the initial market value of the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock that you receive in the share exchange could be less than the market value of the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock that you currently own. Based on the most recent closing price of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock prior to the date of this proxy statement/prospectus, which was $___, unless at least ______ shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock are sold in the conversion offering (which is between the ___ and the ___ of the conversion offering range), the initial value of the Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock you receive in the share exchange would be less than the market value of the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock you currently own.
The supplemental offering may result in less shares being sold in the conversion offering thereby reducing the number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock that could be issued in the share exchange.
     We are conducting the supplemental offering to raise more capital than we can raise in the conversion offering alone. We believe the additional capital that we can raise in the supplemental offering enhances our ability to complete the conversion offering and positions us to better execute our business

11


Table of Contents

plan. The greater the number of shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering, the higher the exchange ratio and the number of shares that you will receive in the share exchange. In order to complete the conversion and supplemental offerings, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may accept orders under the supplemental offering, rather than the conversion offering, in order to fill the stock orders of those investors who wish to purchase more stock than is available under the purchase limitations established by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations for the conversion offering. Such purchases will not be taken into consideration in determining the exchange ratio and therefore will not have the effect of increasing the exchange ratio. As a result, you may receive less shares in the share exchange than you would in the absence of the supplemental offering.
     [Remaining risks are the same as the prospectus]

12


Table of Contents

INFORMATION ABOUT THE SPECIAL MEETING
General
     This proxy statement/prospectus is being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation by the Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation of proxies to be voted at the special meeting of stockholders to be held at Atlantic Coast Bank, 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia, on ___, 2010, at ___:00 p.m., Eastern time, and any adjournment or postponement thereof.
     The purpose of the special meeting is to consider and vote upon the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (referred to herein as the “plan of conversion”).
     In addition, stockholders will vote on a proposal to approve the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposals. Stockholders also will vote on informational proposals with respect to the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation.
      Voting in favor of or against the plan of conversion includes a vote for or against the conversion of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC to a stock holding company as contemplated by the plan of conversion. Voting in favor of the plan of conversion will not obligate you to purchase any shares of common stock in the conversion offering and will not affect the balance, interest rate or federal deposit insurance of any deposits at Atlantic Coast Bank.
Who Can Vote at the Meeting
     You are entitled to vote your Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock if our records show that you held your shares as of the close of business on [voting record date]. If your shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee, you are considered the beneficial owner of shares held in street name and these proxy materials are being forwarded to you by your broker or nominee. As the beneficial owner, you have the right to direct your broker or nominee how to vote.
     As of the close of business on [voting record date], there were ______ shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock outstanding. Each share of common stock has one vote.
Attending the Meeting
     If you are a stockholder as of the close of business on [voting record date], you may attend the meeting. However, if you hold your shares in street name, you will need proof of ownership to be admitted to the meeting. A recent brokerage statement or a letter from a bank or broker are examples of proof of ownership. If you want to vote your shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock held in street name in person at the meeting, you will have to get a written proxy in your name from the broker, bank or other nominee who holds your shares.
Quorum; Vote Required
     The special meeting will be held only if there is a quorum. A quorum exists if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, is present at the meeting. If you return valid proxy instructions or attend the meeting in person, your shares will be counted for purposes of determining whether there is a quorum, even if you abstain from voting. Broker non-votes also will be counted for purposes of determining the existence of a quorum. A broker non-vote occurs when a broker, bank or other nominee holding shares for a beneficial owner does not vote on a

13


Table of Contents

particular proposal because the nominee does not have discretionary voting power with respect to that item and has not received voting instructions from the beneficial owner.
      Proposal 1: Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation entitled to be cast at the special meeting, including shares held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, and (ii) a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation entitled to be cast at the special meeting, other than shares held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC.
      Proposal 2: Approval of the adjournment of the special meeting. We must obtain the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the votes cast by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation stockholders entitled to vote at the special meeting to adjourn the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the proposal to approve the plan of conversion.
      Informational Proposals 3a through 3c: Non-binding vote regarding certain provisions in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation. The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation which are summarized as informational proposals were approved as part of the process in which the Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation which are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
      Other Matters. We must obtain the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast by holders of outstanding shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. At this time, we know of no other matters that may be presented at the special meeting.
Shares Held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Our Officers and Directors
     As of [voting record date], Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC beneficially owned ______ shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock. This equals approximately 65.1% of our outstanding shares. Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC intends to vote all of its shares in favor of Proposal 1—Approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, Proposal 2—Approval of the Adjournment of the Special Meeting, and Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.
     As of [voting record date], our officers and directors beneficially owned ______ shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock, not including shares that they may acquire upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. This equals ___% of our outstanding shares and ___% of shares held by persons other than Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC.

14


Table of Contents

Voting by Proxy
     Our Board of Directors is sending you this proxy statement/prospectus to request that you allow your shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock to be represented at the special meeting by the persons named in the enclosed proxy card. All shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock represented at the meeting by properly executed and dated proxies will be voted according to the instructions indicated on the proxy card. If you sign, date and return a proxy card without giving voting instructions, your shares will be voted as recommended by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” approval of the plan of conversion, “FOR” approval of the adjournment of the special meeting, and “FOR” each of the Informational Proposals 3a through 3c.
     If any matters not described in this proxy statement/prospectus are properly presented at the special meeting, the Board of Directors will use their judgment to determine how to vote your shares. We do not know of any other matters to be presented at the special meeting.
     If your Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock is held in street name, you will receive instructions from your broker, bank or other nominee that you must follow to have your shares voted. Your broker, bank or other nominee may allow you to deliver your voting instructions via the telephone or the Internet. Please see the instruction form provided by your broker, bank or other nominee that accompanies this proxy statement/prospectus.
Revocability of Proxies
     You may revoke your proxy at any time before the vote is taken at the special meeting. To revoke your proxy, you must advise the corporate secretary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation in writing before your common stock has been voted at the special meeting, deliver a later-dated proxy or attend the special meeting and vote your shares in person. Attendance at the special meeting will not in itself constitute revocation of your proxy.
Solicitation of Proxies
     This proxy statement/prospectus and the accompanying proxy card are being furnished to you in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the special meeting by the Board of Directors. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will pay the costs of soliciting proxies from its stockholders. To the extent necessary to permit approval of the plan of conversion and the other proposals being considered, directors, officers or employees of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Bank may solicit proxies by mail, telephone and other forms of communication. We will reimburse such persons for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with such solicitation.
     We will also reimburse banks, brokers, nominees and other fiduciaries for the expenses they incur in forwarding the proxy materials to you.
Participants in the Employee Stock Ownership Plan
     If you participate in Atlantic Coast Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”), you will receive a voting instruction form for each plan that reflects all shares you may direct the trustees to vote on your behalf under the plans. Under the terms of the ESOP, the ESOP trustee votes all shares held by the ESOP, but each ESOP participant may direct the trustee how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account. The ESOP trustee, subject to the exercise of its fiduciary duties, will vote all unallocated shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock held by the ESOP and allocated shares for which no voting instructions are received in the same proportion as shares for which

15


Table of Contents

it has received timely voting instructions. The deadline for returning your voting instructions to the plan’s trustee is ______, 2010.
Participants in the 401(k) Plan
     If you hold shares of common stock through the Atlantic Coast Bank401(k) Plan (“401(k) Plan”), you will receive a voting instruction form that reflects all shares that you may direct the trustee to vote on your behalf under the 401(k) Plan. Under the terms of the 401(k) Plan, a participant is entitled to direct the trustee as to vote the shares in the 401(k) Plan credited to his or her account. The trustee will vote all shares for which no directions are given or for which instructions were not timely received in the same proportion as shares for which the trustee received voting instructions. The deadline for returning your voting instructions to the 401(k) plan’s trustee is ______, 2010.
Recommendation of the Board of Directors
      The Board of Directors recommends that you promptly sign and mark the enclosed proxy in favor of the above described proposals, including, the adoption of the plan of conversion and promptly return it in the enclosed envelope. Voting the proxy card will not prevent you from voting in person at the special meeting.
      Your prompt vote is very important. Failure to vote will have the same effect as voting against the plan of conversion.

16


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 1 — APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
     The Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, have approved the plan of conversion and reorganization, referred to herein as the “plan of conversion.” The plan of conversion must also be approved by the members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank) and the stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation. A special meeting of members and a special meeting of stockholders have been called for this purpose. The Office of Thrift Supervision has conditionally approved the plan of conversion; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion by that agency.
General
     Pursuant to the plan of conversion, our organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the fully stock form. Currently, Atlantic Coast Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC owns approximately 65.1% of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock. The remaining 34.9% of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion, our newly formed company, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, will become the holding company of Atlantic Coast Bank. Each share of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock owned by the public will be exchanged for between 0.2337 shares at the minimum and 0.3162 shares at the maximum of the conversion offering range (or 0.3636 at the adjusted maximum of the conversion offering range) of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock, so that Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s existing public stockholders will own the same percentage of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock as they owned of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s common stock immediately prior to the conversion (excluding any new shares purchased by them in the conversion offering and their receipt of cash in lieu of fractional exchange shares and any shares purchased in the supplemental offering). The actual number of shares that you will receive will depend on the percentage of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock held by the public at the completion of the conversion, the final independent appraisal of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and the number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock sold in the conversion offering and the supplemental offering described in the following paragraphs. It will not depend on the market price of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation common stock.
     Concurrently with the exchange offer, we are offering up to 2,760,000 shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, representing the 65.1% ownership interest of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC in Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, for sale to eligible depositors and to the public at a price of $10.00 per share. After the conversion and related offering are completed, Atlantic Coast Bank will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, and 100% of the common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will be owned by public stockholders. As a result of the conversion and related offering, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC will cease to exist.
     Immediately following completion of the conversion offering, we intend to sell no more than 1,650,000 shares of common stock to certain investors in the supplemental offering. The completion of the supplemental offering is contingent on the completion of the conversion offering. The conversion offering is not contingent on the completion of the supplemental offering, however if the supplemental offering is not completed, we may resolicit subscribers in the conversion offering. We must reach the minimum of the valuation range in order to complete the supplemental offering.
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation intends to contribute between $17.0 million and $20.5 million of net proceeds, or $22.4 million if the conversion offering range is increased by 15%, to Atlantic

17


Table of Contents

Coast Bank and to retain between $11.2 million and $14.3 million of the net proceeds, or $16.2 million if the conversion offering range is increased by 15% (excluding the portion of the net proceeds loaned to our employee stock ownership plan). The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least the minimum number of shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization.
     The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will offer shares of common stock in a “subscription offering” in the following descending order of priority:
  (i)   First, to depositors with accounts at Atlantic Coast Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on March 31, 2009.
 
  (ii)   Second, to our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, which will receive nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10.0% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering. Our employee stock ownership plan currently intends to purchase up to 4% of the shares of common stock sold in the conversion offering, with the remaining shares in this purchase priority allocated to our 401(k) plan.
 
  (iii)   Third, to depositors with accounts at Atlantic Coast Bank with aggregate balances of at least $50.00 at the close of business on [supplemental record date].
 
  (iv)   Fourth, to depositors of Atlantic Coast Bank at the close of business on [voting record date].
     Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a “community offering,” with a preference given first to natural persons residing in the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s, and then to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s public stockholders as of [voting record date]. The community offering, if held, may begin concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering as we may determine at any time. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a “syndicated community offering” managed by Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. We have the right to accept or reject, in our sole discretion, orders received in the community offering or syndicated community offering. Any determination to accept or reject stock orders in the community offering and the syndicated community offering will be based on the facts and circumstances available to management at the time of the determination.
     The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by the Office of Thrift Supervision. See “—Community Offering.” The syndicated community offering may begin at any time following the commencement of the subscription offering and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us, with approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. See “—Syndicated Community Offering.”
     We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offerings based upon an independent valuation of the estimated pro forma market value of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation All shares of common stock to be sold in the offerings will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offerings. The independent valuation will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the

18


Table of Contents

conversion offering will be determined at the completion of the conversion offering. See “—Stock Pricing and Number of Shares to be Issued” for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.
     The following is a brief summary of the conversion and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of conversion and reorganization. A copy of the plan of conversion and reorganization is available for inspection at each banking office of Atlantic Coast Bank and at the Southeast Regional and the Washington, D.C. offices of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also filed as an exhibit to Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC’s application to convert from mutual to stock form, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of conversion and reorganization is also an exhibit to the registration statement we have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission or online at the Securities and Exchange Commission’s website. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
      The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC.
Reasons for the Conversion and Offerings
     [Same as the prospectus]
Share Exchange Ratio for Current Stockholders
     [Same as the prospectus]

19


Table of Contents

PROPOSAL 2 — ADJOURNMENT OF THE SPECIAL MEETING
     If there are not sufficient votes to constitute a quorum or to approve the plan of conversion at the time of the special meeting, the proposals may not be approved unless the special meeting is adjourned to a later date or dates in order to permit further solicitation of proxies. In order to allow proxies that have been received by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at the time of the special meeting to be voted for an adjournment, if necessary, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation has submitted the question of adjournment to its stockholders as a separate matter for their consideration. The Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation recommends that stockholders vote “FOR” the adjournment proposal. If it is necessary to adjourn the special meeting, no notice of the adjourned special meeting is required to be given to stockholders (unless the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if a new record date is fixed), other than an announcement at the special meeting of the hour, date and place to which the special meeting is adjourned.
      The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the adjournment of the special meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the special meeting to approve the plan of conversion.

20


Table of Contents

PROPOSALS 3a THROUGH 3c — INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS RELATED TO THE
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
     By their approval of the plan of conversion as set forth in Proposal 1, the Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation has approved each of the informational proposals numbered 3a through 3c, all of which relate to provisions included in the articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. Each of these informational proposals is discussed in more detail below.
     As a result of the conversion, the public stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, whose rights are presently governed by the charter and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, will become stockholders of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, whose rights will be governed by the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. The following informational proposals address the material differences between the governing documents of the two companies. This discussion is qualified in its entirety by reference to the charter and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and the articles of incorporation and bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information” for procedures for obtaining a copy of those documents.
     The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation which are summarized as informational proposals 3a through 3c were approved as part of the process in which the Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation approved the plan of conversion. These proposals are informational in nature only, because the Office of Thrift Supervision’s regulations governing mutual-to-stock conversions do not provide for votes on matters other than the plan of conversion. Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s stockholders are not being asked to approve these informational proposals at the special meeting. While we are asking you to vote with respect to each of the informational proposals set forth below, the proposed provisions for which an informational vote is requested will become effective if stockholders approve the plan of conversion, regardless of whether stockholders vote to approve any or all of the informational proposals. The provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation and bylaws which are summarized as informational proposals may have the effect of deterring or rendering more difficult attempts by third parties to obtain control of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, if such attempts are not approved by the Board of Directors, or may make the removal of the Board of Directors or management, or the appointment of new directors, more difficult.
      Informational Proposal 3a. — Approval of a Provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote of Stockholders to Amend Certain Provisions of the Articles of Incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation. No amendment of the charter of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation may be made unless it is first proposed by the Board of Directors, then preliminarily approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and thereafter approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting. The articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may generally be amended, upon the submission of an amendment by the Board of Directors to a vote of the stockholders, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of common stock, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock if at least two-thirds of the members of the whole Board of Directors approves such amendment; provided, however, that any amendment of Section C, D, E or F of Article Fifth (Preferred Stock, Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities, Majority Vote, Quorum), Article 7 (Directors), Article 8 (Bylaws), Article 9 (Evaluation of Certain Offers), Article 10 (Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers), Article 11 (Limitation of Liability) and Article 12 (Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation) must be approved by the

21


Table of Contents

affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, except that the Board of Directors may amend the articles of incorporation without any action by the stockholders to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of capital stock.
     These limitations on amendments to specified provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation are intended to ensure that the referenced provisions are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend those provisions, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, as a 65.1% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the charter.
     The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend specified provisions of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the articles of incorporation is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The Board of Directors believes that the provisions limiting certain amendments to the articles of incorporation will put the Board of Directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.
      The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation.
      Informational Proposal 3b. — Approval of a Provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation Requiring a Super-Majority Vote of Stockholders to Approve Stockholder Proposed Amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s Bylaws. An amendment to Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s bylaws proposed by stockholders must be approved by the holders of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting subject to applicable approval by the Office of Thrift Supervision. The articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation provide that stockholders may only amend the bylaws if such proposal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote.
     The requirement of a super-majority stockholder vote to amend the bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation is intended to ensure that the bylaws are not limited or changed upon a simple majority vote of stockholders. While this limits the ability of stockholders to amend the bylaws, Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, as a 65.1% stockholder, currently can effectively block any stockholder proposed change to the bylaws. Also, the Board of Directors of both Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation may by a majority vote amend either company’s bylaws.
     This provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation could have the effect of discouraging a tender offer or other takeover attempt where the ability to make fundamental changes through amendments to the bylaws is an important element of the takeover strategy of the potential acquiror. The Board of Directors believes that the provision limiting amendments to the bylaws will put the Board of Directors in a stronger position to negotiate with third parties with respect to transactions potentially affecting the corporate structure of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and the fundamental rights of its stockholders, and to preserve the ability of all stockholders to have an effective voice in the outcome of such matters.

22


Table of Contents

      The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of the provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve stockholder proposed amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s bylaws.
      Informational Proposal 3c. — Approval of a Provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s Articles of Incorporation to Limit the Voting Rights of Shares Beneficially Owned in Excess of 10% of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s Outstanding Voting Stock. The articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation provide that in no event shall any person, who directly or indirectly beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock as of the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled or permitted to vote on any matter, be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the 10% limit unless a purchase of shares is approved by a majority of unaffiliated directors prior to the acquisition of such shares. Beneficial ownership is determined pursuant to the federal securities laws and includes, but is not limited to, shares as to which any person and his or her affiliates (i) have the right to acquire pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options and (ii) have or share investment or voting power (but shall not be deemed the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, and that are not otherwise beneficially, or deemed by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to be beneficially, owned by such person and his or her affiliates).
     The foregoing restriction does not apply to any employee benefit plans of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation or any subsidiary or a trustee of a plan.
     The amended and restated articles of incorporation of Atlantic Coast Bank provide that, for a period of five years from the effective date of the conversion, no person, other than Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock. The foregoing restriction does not apply to:
    the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering; or
 
    the purchase of shares by any employee benefit plans of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or any subsidiary.
     The provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation limiting the voting rights of beneficial owners of more than 10% of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s outstanding voting stock is intended to limit the ability of any person to acquire a significant number of shares of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation common stock and thereby gain sufficient voting control so as to cause Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation to effect a transaction that may not be in the best interests of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and its stockholders generally. This provision will not prevent a stockholder from seeking to acquire a controlling interest in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, but it will prevent a stockholder from voting more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock unless that stockholder has first persuaded the Board of Directors of the merits of the course of action proposed by the stockholder. The Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation believes that fundamental transactions generally should be first considered and approved by the Board of Directors as it generally believes that it is in the best position to make an initial assessment of the merits of any such transactions and that its ability to make the initial assessment could be impeded if a single stockholder could acquire a sufficiently large voting interest so as to control a stockholder vote on any given proposal. This provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation makes an acquisition, merger or other similar corporate transaction less likely to occur, even if such transaction is supported by most stockholders, because it can prevent a holder of shares in excess of the

23


Table of Contents

10% limit from voting the excess shares in favor of the transaction. Thus, it may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect.
      The Board of Directors recommends that you vote “FOR” the approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s outstanding voting stock.

24


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARY
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

25


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

26


Table of Contents

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERINGS
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
OUR DIVIDEND POLICY
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

27


Table of Contents

HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

28


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

29


Table of Contents

PRO FORMA DATA
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

30


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

31


Table of Contents

BUSINESS OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
BUSINESS OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION AND ATLANTIC COAST BANK
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

32


Table of Contents

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
TAXATION
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

33


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

34


Table of Contents

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF COMMON STOCK
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
SUPPLEMENTAL OFFERING
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

35


Table of Contents

COMPARISON OF STOCKHOLDERS’ RIGHTS FOR EXISTING
STOCKHOLDERS OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

36


Table of Contents

RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]

37


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
TRANSFER AGENT
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
EXPERTS
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
LEGAL MATTERS
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
[SAME AS PROSPECTUS]
OTHER MATTERS
     As of the date of this document, the board of directors is not aware of any business to come before the special meeting other than the matters described above in the proxy statement/prospectus. However, if any matters should properly come before the special meeting, it is intended that the holders of the proxies will act in accordance with their best judgment.
[Financial Statements that are the same as the offering prospectus to appear here]

38


Table of Contents

PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
                 
            Amount (1)  
       
 
       
  *    
Registrant’s Legal Fees and Expenses
  $ 400,000  
  *    
Registrant’s Accounting Fees and Expenses
    250,000  
  *    
Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (1)
    1,140,400  
  *    
Marketing Agent Marketing and Legal Fees and Expenses
    100,000  
  *    
Marketing Agent Supplemental Offering Expenses
    605,000  
  *    
Conversion Agent Fees and Expenses
    35,000  
  *    
Appraisal Fees and Expenses
    62,500  
  *    
Business Plan Fees and Expenses
    35,000  
  *    
Printing, Postage and Mailing
    300,000  
  *    
Filing Fees (FINRA, Nasdaq, SEC and OTS)
    31,184  
  *    
Transfer Agent and registrar fees and expenses
    5,000  
  *    
Proxy solicitor fees and expenses
    20,500  
  *    
Other
    54,816  
       
 
     
  *    
Total
  $ 3,039,400  
       
 
     
 
*   Estimated
 
(1)   Fees are estimated at the midpoint of the offering range. Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation has retained Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings.
Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers
     Articles 11 and 12 of the Articles of Incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (the “Corporation”) set forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:
      ARTICLE 11. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.
      A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B hereof with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
      B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 11 is not paid in full by the Corporation within 60 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be 20 days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be

II-1


Table of Contents

entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 11 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
      C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 11 shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
      D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
      E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 11 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 11 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
     Any repeal or modification of this Article 11 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 11 is in force.
      ARTICLE 12. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the Personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
Item 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
               Not Applicable.

II-2


Table of Contents

Item 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:
               The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:
  (a)   List of Exhibits
     
1.1
  Engagement Letter between Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
1.2
  Form of Agency Agreement between Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated*
2
  Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
3.1
  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
3.2
  Bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
4
  Form of Common Stock Certificate of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
5
  Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick regarding legality of securities being registered
8
  Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
10.1
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan, with amendments
10.2
  Employment Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Robert J. Larison, Jr. (1)
10.3
  Employment Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Thomas B. Wagers, Sr. (2)
10.4
  Employment Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Carl W. Insel (3)
10.5
  Employment Agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Jay Sidhu*
10.6
  Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Robert J. Larison, Jr. (4)
10.7
  Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Thomas B. Wagers, Sr. (5)
10.8
  Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Carl W. Insel (6)
10.9
  Fifth Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Robert J. Larison, Jr.
10.10
  Third Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.
10.11
  Fourth Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Carl W. Insel
10.12
  Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Robert J. Larison, Jr. (7)
10.13
  Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Thomas B. Wagers, Sr. (8)
10.14
  Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Carl W. Insel (9)
10.15
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2008 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (10)
10.16
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan (11)
10.17
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan (12)
10.18
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (13)
10.19
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Director Stock Purchase Plan (14)
10.20
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Director Deferred Fee Plan (15)
10.21
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Director Deferred Compensation Plan for Equity (16)
10.22
  Atlantic Coast Bank Director Emeritus Plan (17)
10.23
  Atlantic Coast Bank 2005 Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan
21
  Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1
  Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8)
23.2
  Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP
23.3
  Consent of RP Financial, LC.
24
  Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1
  Appraisal Agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and RP Financial, LC.
99.2
  Business Plan Agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and McAuliffe Financial, LLC
99.3
  Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. **
99.4
  Data Processing Agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

II-3


Table of Contents

     
99.5
  Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.6
  Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Rights
99.7
  Marketing Materials*
99.8
  Order and Acknowledgment Form*
99.9
  Form of Proxy Card
 
*   To be filed supplementally or by amendment.
 
**   Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection, during business hours, at the principal offices of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C.
 
(1)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(2)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(3)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(4)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2009.
 
(5)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(6)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(7)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2006.
 
(8)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 7, 2010.
 
(9)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2006.
 
(10)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2008.
 
(11)   Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2005.
 
(12)   Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2005.
 
(13)   Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2010.
 
(14)   Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2010.
 
(15)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-K Annual Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2009.
 
(16)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Form 10-K Annual Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2009.
 
(17)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Form 10-K Annual Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2009.
  (b)   Financial Statement Schedules
No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.

II-4


Table of Contents

Item 17.   Undertakings
               The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
          (1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
     (i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
     (ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;
     (iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
          (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
          (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
          (4) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
          (5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
          The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
     (i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);

II-5


Table of Contents

     (ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
     (iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
     (iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
          (6) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
          (7) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
          (8) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-6


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Waycross, State of Georgia on June 18, 2010.
         
  ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
 
 
  By:   /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
    Robert J. Larison, Jr.   
    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Duly Authorized Representative) 
 
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     We, the undersigned directors and officers of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint Robert J. Larison, Jr. as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Robert J. Larison, Jr. may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Company’s common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Robert J. Larison, Jr. shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signatures   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.
 
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.
 
Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ Jay S. Sidhu
 
Jay S. Sidhu
  Executive Chairman of the Board    June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ Forrest W. Sweat, Jr.
 
Forrest W. Sweat, Jr.
  Vice-Chairman of the Board    June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ Thomas F. Beeckler
 
Thomas F. Beeckler
  Director    June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ Frederick D. Franklin, Jr.
 
Frederick D. Franklin, Jr.
  Director    June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ Charles E. Martin, Jr.
 
Charles E. Martin, Jr.
  Director    June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ W. Eric Palmer
 
W. Eric Palmer
  Director    June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ Robert J. Smith
 
Robert J. Smith
  Director    June 18, 2010
 
       
/s/ H. Dennis Woods
 
H. Dennis Woods
  Director    June 18, 2010


Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 18, 2010
Registration No. 333-                     
 
 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
EXHIBITS
TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
ON
FORM S-1
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and
Atlantic Coast Federal Employees’ Savings and
Profit Sharing Plan And Trust
Waycross, Georgia
 
 


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
     
1.1
  Engagement Letter between Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
1.2
  Form of Agency Agreement between Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated*
2
  Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
3.1
  Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
3.2
  Bylaws of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
4
  Form of Common Stock Certificate of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
5
  Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick regarding legality of securities being registered
8
  Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
10.1
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan, with amendments
10.2
  Employment Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Robert J. Larison, Jr. (1)
10.3
  Employment Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Thomas B. Wagers, Sr. (2)
10.4
  Employment Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Carl W. Insel (3)
10.5
  Employment Agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Jay Sidhu*
10.6
  Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Robert J. Larison, Jr. (4)
10.7
  Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Thomas B. Wagers, Sr. (5)
10.8
  Non-Compete and Non-Solicitation Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Carl W. Insel (6)
10.9
  Fifth Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Robert J. Larison, Jr.
10.10
  Third Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.
10.11
  Fourth Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Carl W. Insel
10.12
  Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Robert J. Larison, Jr. (7)
10.13
  Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Thomas B. Wagers, Sr. (8)
10.14
  Split Dollar Life Insurance Agreement between Atlantic Coast Bank and Carl W. Insel (9)
10.15
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2008 Executive Deferred Compensation Plan (10)
10.16
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Stock Option Plan (11)
10.17
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan (12)
10.18
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Purchase Plan (13)
10.19
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Director Stock Purchase Plan (14)
10.20
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Amended and Restated 2005 Director Deferred Fee Plan (15)
10.21
  Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Amended and Restated 2007 Director Deferred Compensation Plan for Equity (16)
10.22
  Atlantic Coast Bank Director Emeritus Plan (17)
10.23
  Atlantic Coast Bank 2005 Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan
21
  Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1
  Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8)
23.2
  Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP
23.3
  Consent of RP Financial, LC.
24
  Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1
  Appraisal Agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and RP Financial, LC.
99.2
  Business Plan Agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and McAuliffe Financial, LLC
99.3
  Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC. **
99.4
  Data Processing Agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Atlantic Coast Bank and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
99.5
  Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.6
  Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Rights
99.7
  Marketing Materials*
99.8
  Order and Acknowledgment Form*


Table of Contents

     
99.9
  Form of Proxy Card
 
*   To be filed supplementally or by amendment.
 
**   Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection, during business hours, at the principal offices of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C.
 
(1)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(2)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(3)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(4)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2009.
 
(5)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(6)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 14, 2010.
 
(7)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2006.
 
(8)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 7, 2010.
 
(9)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 9, 2006.
 
(10)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Form 8-K Current Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 12, 2008.
 
(11)   Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2005.
 
(12)   Incorporated by reference to Appendix C to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2005.
 
(13)   Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2010.
 
(14)   Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Definitive Proxy Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 7, 2010.
 
(15)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Form 10-K Annual Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2009.
 
(16)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Form 10-K Annual Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2009.
 
(17)   Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Form 10-K Annual Report of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2009.

Exhibit 1.1
CONFIDENTIAL
May 28, 2010
Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
12724 Grand Bay Parkway
Suite 150
Jacksonville, Florida 32258
    Re: Proposed Second Step Conversion and Secondary Placement — Advisory, Administrative, Marketing and Placement Services
Dear Mr. Larison:
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel Nicolaus”) is pleased to submit this engagement letter setting forth the terms of the proposed engagement between Stifel Nicolaus and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (the “Company”) and Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (the “MHC”) in connection with the proposed elimination of the MHC and sale of the portion of the common stock of the Company currently held by the MHC (the “second step stock offering”) and the additional placement of securities subsequent to the second step stock offering.
1. BACKGROUND ON STIFEL NICOLAUS
Stifel Nicolaus is a full service brokerage and investment banking firm established in 1890. Stifel Nicolaus is a registered broker-dealer with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and is a member of the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and the Securities Investor Protection Corporation. Stifel Nicolaus has built a national reputation as a leading full service investment bank to both public and private financial institutions.
2. SECOND STEP CONVERSION, OFFERING AND SECONDARY PLACEMENT
The Company has approved a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) whereby the Company and the MHC are proposing to convert from partial to full public ownership (the “Conversion”), selling shares of common stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) held by the MHC in a subscription offering with any remaining shares sold in a concurrent community offering and any syndicated community offering or underwritten public offering (collectively the “Offering”). The aggregate value of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering will be calculated as the final independent appraisal multiplied by the majority ownership of the MHC. In addition and

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 2
immediately following and contingent on completion of the Conversion and Offering, Stifel Nicolaus would endeavor to obtain one or more commitments with respect to the placement, in one or a series of transactions, of common stock and/or equity securities of the Company (“Secondary Placement” and together with the Offering, the “Offerings”). Stifel Nicolaus proposes to act as: (i) conversion advisor to the Company and the MHC with respect to the Conversion and Offering; (ii) marketing agent with respect to the Offering; (iii) sole book running manager of any syndicated community offering; and (iv) sole book running placement agent with respect to the Secondary Placement. Specific terms of services in connection with the foregoing shall be set forth in an agency agreement (the “Definitive Agreement”) executed between Stifel Nicolaus and the Company. The Definitive Agreement will include customary representations and warranties, covenants, conditions, termination provisions and indemnification, contribution and limitation of liability provisions, all to be mutually agreed upon by Stifel Nicolaus and the Company.
3. SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY STIFEL NICOLAUS
Stifel Nicolaus will provide and coordinate certain advisory, administrative and marketing services in connection with the Offering.
  a.   Advisory Services — Stifel Nicolaus will work with the Company and its counsel to evaluate financial, marketing and regulatory issues.
 
      Our advisory services include:
    Advice with respect to business planning issues in preparation for a public offering;
 
    Advice with respect to the choice of charter and form of organization;
 
    Review and advice with respect to the Plan (e.g. sizes of benefit plan purchases; maximum purchase limits for investors);
 
    Review and input with respect to the business plan to be prepared in connection with the Conversion and Offering;
 
    Discussion of the appraisal process and analysis of the appraisal with the Board of Directors and management;
 
    Participation in drafting the offering disclosure documents and any proxy materials, and assistance in obtaining all requisite regulatory approvals;
 
    Developing a marketing plan for the subscription and community offerings, considering various sales method options, including direct mail, advertising, community meetings and telephone solicitation;
 
    Working with the Company to provide specifications and assistance (including recommendations) in selecting certain other professionals that will perform functions in connection with the Conversion and Offering process. Fees and expenses of financial printers, transfer agent and other service providers will be borne by the Company, subject to agreements between the Company and the service providers;

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 3
    Developing a depositor proxy solicitation plan;
 
    Developing a strategy for the subscription and community offering, including the location of the Stock Information Center (the “Center”);
 
    Assist the company in drafting marketing materials including press releases, letters, stock order form, advertisements, and informational brochures. If a community meeting or “road show” is anticipated, we will help draft the presentation; and
 
    After consulting with management, determine whether and when to conduct a syndicated community offering through assembling a group of selected broker/dealers (including Stifel Nicolaus) to sell stock remaining after the community offering, on a best-effort basis. Alternatively, consulting with management, as it relates to a firm commitment public underwriting, involving Stifel Nicolaus and other broker/dealers.
  b.   Administrative Services and Stock Information Center Management — Stifel Nicolaus will manage substantially all aspects of the Offering and depositor vote processes. The Center centralizes all data and work effort relating to the Offering.
 
      Our administrative services include the following:
    Providing experienced Stifel Nicolaus FINRA registered representatives to manage and supervise the Center;
 
    Administering the Center. All substantive investor related matters will be handled by employees of Stifel Nicolaus;
 
    Training and supervising Center staff assisting with order processing;
 
    Preparing procedures for processing stock orders and cash, and for handling requests for information;
 
    Educating the Company’s directors, officers and employees about the Offering, their roles and relevant securities laws;
 
    Educating branch managers and customer-contact employees on the proper response to stock purchase inquiries;
 
    Preparing daily sales reports for management and ensure funds received balance to such reports;
 
    Coordinating functions with the printer, transfer agent, stock certificate printer and other professionals;
 
    Coordinating with the Company’s stock exchange and the Depository Trust Company to ensure a smooth closing and orderly stock trading;
 
    Designing and implementing procedures for facilitating orders within IRA and Keogh accounts; and
 
    Providing post-offering subscriber assistance and management of the pro-ration process, in the event orders exceed shares available in the Offering.

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 4
  c.   Securities Marketing Services — Stifel Nicolaus uses various sales techniques including direct mail, advertising, community investor meetings, telephone solicitation, and if necessary, assembling a selling group of broker-dealers for a syndicated community offering.
 
      Our securities marketing services include:
    The Stifel Nicolaus registered representatives at the Center will seek to manage the sales function and, if applicable, will solicit orders from the prospects described above;
 
    If applicable, assisting management in developing a list of potential investors who are viewed as priority prospects;
 
    Responding to investment-related and other questions regarding information in the Offering disclosure documents provided to potential investors;
 
    If the sales plan calls for community meetings, participating in them;
 
    Continually advising management on market conditions and the customers/ community’s responsiveness to the Offering;
 
    In case of a best-efforts syndicated community offering, managing the selling group. We will prepare broker “fact sheets” and arrange “road shows” for the purpose of generating interest in the stock and informing the brokerage community of the particulars of the Offering; and
 
    Coordinating efforts to maximize after-market support and Company sponsorship.
  d.   Sale of Shares in the Secondary Placement . Stifel Nicolaus will perform or cause one or more of its affiliates to perform, and the Company hereby grants Stifel Nicolaus and its affiliates the exclusive right and authority to perform, the following services:
    Assist the Company with the preparation of materials that include business and financial information about the Company and a description of the proposed financing with the proposed terms and conditions.
 
    Contact and seek to elicit interest from one or more investors to participate in the Secondary Placement.
 
    Advise the Company as to the procedures to obtain a favorable Secondary Placement and assist the Company in evaluating and negotiating the terms and conditions of any Commitment (as defined in Section 4).
 
    Assist the Company in closing the Secondary Placement after a Commitment is procured.

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 5
4. COMPENSATION
For its services hereunder, the Company will pay to Stifel Nicolaus the following compensation:
  a.   An advisory and administrative fee of $50,000 in connection with the advisory and administrative services; the administrative and advisory fee shall be payable as follows: $25,000 upon signing this Agreement and $25,000 upon the initial filing of the Registration Statement.
 
  b.   A fee of one percent (1.00%) of the dollar amount of the Common Stock sold in the subscription and direct community offerings. No fee shall be payable pursuant to this subsection in connection with the sale of stock to officers, directors, employees or immediate family of such persons (“Insiders”) and qualified and non-qualified employee benefit plans of the Company or the Insiders. “Immediate family” includes spouse, parents, siblings and children who live in the same house as the officer, director, or employee. In no event, however, shall the fee payable pursuant to this subsection be less than $75,000.
 
  c.   For Common Stock sold by a group of selected dealers (including Stifel Nicolaus) pursuant to a syndicated community offering with Stifel Nicolaus as the sole book running manager (the “Selling Group”), a fee equal to one percent (1.00%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold in the syndicated community offering (“Syndicate Management Fee”), which fee paid to Stifel Nicolaus, along with the fee payable directly by the Company to Stifel Nicolaus and other selected dealers for their sales shall not exceed five and one half percent (5.50%) of the aggregate dollar amount of Common Stock sold.
 
      Stifel Nicolaus will serve as sole book running manager of the syndicated community offering and be entitled to a minimum 75 percent participation in all aspects of such offering. Subject to the foregoing and in consultation with Stifel Nicolaus, the Company will determine which FINRA member firms will (if any) serve as co-managers of the syndicated community offering or otherwise participate in the Selling Group and the extent of their participation. Stifel Nicolaus will not commence sales of the Common Stock through the Selling Group without the specific prior approval of the Company.
 
      To the extent, Stifel Nicolaus utilizes “stand by purchasers” in connection with the syndicated community offering, a fee of five and one half percent (5.5%) shall be applicable to such sales.
 
  d.   If, pursuant to a resolicitation of subscribers undertaken by the Company, Stifel Nicolaus is required to provide significant additional services, the additional compensation due will not exceed $50,000.
 
  e.   For Common Stock sold in connection with the Secondary Placement, a contingent placement fee (“Placement Fee”) equal to five percent (5.0%) on the aggregate amount of

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 6
Common Stock placed with investors. However, the Placement Fee shall be as follows for the following two classes of entities: (i) no fee shall be applicable on sales to Insiders and (ii) the fee shall be one percent (1.0%) for sales to entities participating as lenders at the time of the closing of the Offerings in any credit facility for the benefit of the Company. Stifel Nicolaus shall serve as sole book runner placement agent with respect to the Secondary Placement and be entitled to a minimum of 75 percent participation in all aspects of such offering.
If any form of compensation set forth in subparagraph 4a. through 4e. above is not fully paid when due, the Company agrees to pay all reasonable costs of collection or other enforcement of Stifel Nicolaus’ rights hereunder, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether collected or enforced by suit or otherwise. Any form of compensation set forth in subparagraph 4a. through 4e. above is not negotiable and is not subject to any reduction, set-off, counterclaim or refund for any reason or matter whatsoever.
The above compensation, less the amount of advance payments described in subparagraph a., is to be paid to Stifel Nicolaus at the closing of the Offering (or at the closing of the Secondary Placement with respect to the Placement Fee) .
If (i) the Plan is abandoned or terminated by the Company and the MHC; (ii) the Offering is not consummated by March 31, 2011; (iii) Stifel Nicolaus terminates this relationship because there has been a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations or business prospects of the Company since March 31, 2010; or (iv) immediately prior to commencement of the Offering, Stifel Nicolaus terminates this relationship because in its opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors, there has been a failure to satisfactorily disclose all relevant information in the offering document or other disclosure documents or market conditions exist which might render the sale of the Common Stock inadvisable; Stifel Nicolaus shall not be entitled to the compensation set forth in subparagraph 4.b through 4.e above, but in addition to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as set forth in paragraph 8 below, Stifel Nicolaus shall be entitled to retain its fee in subparagraph 4.a above for its advisory and administrative services.
5. LOCK-UP PERIOD
The Company shall cause each director and officer of the Company to agree not to, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, transfer, pledge, assign, hypothecate or otherwise encumber any shares of Common Stock or options, warrants or other securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock during the period commencing with the filing of a Registration Statement for the Offering and ending 90 days after completion of the Offerings without Stifel Nicolaus’ prior written consent. In addition, except for securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans in accordance with past practices or

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 7
securities issued in connection with a merger or acquisition by the Company, the Company shall agree not to issue, offer to sell or sell any shares of Common Stock or options, warrants or other securities exercisable, convertible or exchangeable for Common Stock without Stifel Nicolaus’ prior written consent for a period of 90 days after completion of the Offerings.
6. MARKET MAKING
Stifel Nicolaus agrees to use its best efforts to maintain a market after the Offering and to solicit other broker-dealers to make a market in the Common Stock at the conclusion of the Offering.
7. DOCUMENTS AND INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED
The Company and its counsel will complete, file with the appropriate regulatory authorities and, as appropriate, amend from time to time, the information to be contained in the Company’s applications to banking and securities regulators and any related exhibits thereto. In this regard, the Company and its counsel will prepare offering documents relating to the offering of the Common Stock and/or other equity securities of the Company in conformance with applicable rules and regulations. As the Company’s financial advisor, Stifel Nicolaus will, in conjunction with its counsel, conduct an examination of the relevant documents and records of the Company and will make such other reasonable investigations as deemed necessary and appropriate under the circumstances. The Company agrees to make all documents, records and other information deemed necessary by Stifel Nicolaus, or its counsel, available to them upon reasonable notice. Stifel Nicolaus’ counsel will prepare, subject to the approval of Company’s counsel, the Definitive Agreement.
8. EXPENSES AND REIMBURSEMENT
The Company will bear all of its expenses in connection with the Conversion and Offerings including, but not limited to: appraisal and business plan preparation; the Company’s attorney fees; SEC and FINRA filing fees; “blue sky” legal fees and state filing fees; fees and expenses of service providers such as transfer agent, information/data processing agent, financial and stock certificate printers, auditors and accountants; advertising; postage; “road show” and other syndicated community and publicly underwritten offering costs; and all costs of operating the Stock Information Center, including hiring temporary personnel, if necessary. In the event Stifel Nicolaus incurs such expenses on behalf of the Company, the Company shall reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for such reasonable fees and expenses regardless of whether the Conversion or Offerings are successfully completed.
The Company also agrees to reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including legal fees and expenses, incurred by Stifel Nicolaus in connection with the services contemplated hereunder. In the subscription, community, syndicated community offerings and Secondary Placement, Stifel Nicolaus will not incur legal fees (excluding the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) in excess of $100,000. Stifel Nicolaus will not incur actual accountable

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 8
reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred in excess of $30,000 in the subscription and community offering, $20,000 in the syndicated community offering and $30,000 in the Secondary Placement. The parties acknowledge, however, that such cap may be increased by the mutual consent of the Company and Stifel Nicolaus, including in the event of a material delay in the Offerings which would require an update of the financial information in tabular form to reflect a period later than that set forth in the original filing of the offering document; provided that under such circumstances, Stifel Nicolaus will not incur any additional accountable reimbursable out-of-pocket expenses in excess of $10,000 or additional reimbursable legal fees in excess of $20,000 and that the aggregate of all reimbursable expenses and legal fees shall not exceed $210,000. Not later than two days before closing, Stifel Nicolaus will provide the Company with a detailed accounting of all reimbursable expenses of Stifel Nicolaus and its counsel to be paid at closing.
9. BLUE SKY
To the extent required by applicable state law, Stifel Nicolaus and the Company must obtain or confirm exemptions, qualifications or registration of the Common Stock under applicable state securities laws and FINRA policies. The cost of such legal work and related state filing fees will be paid by the Company to the law firm furnishing such legal work. The Company will instruct the counsel performing such services to prepare a Blue Sky memorandum related to the Offering including Stifel Nicolaus’ participation therein and shall furnish Stifel Nicolaus a copy thereof, regarding which such counsel shall state Stifel Nicolaus may rely.
10. INFORMATION AGENT SERVICES
Pursuant to a separate agreement by and between the Company and Stifel Nicolaus and in connection with the subscription offering, Stifel Nicolaus shall serve as information agent for the Company.
11. INDEMNIFICATION
The Definitive Agreement will provide for indemnification of the type usually found in underwriting agreements as to certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. The Company also agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Stifel Nicolaus and its officers, directors, employees and agents against all claims, losses, actions, judgments, damages or expenses, including but not limited to reasonable attorney fees, arising solely out of the engagement described herein, except that such indemnification shall not apply to Stifel Nicolaus’ own bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence.
12. CONFIDENTIALITY
To the extent consistent with legal requirements and except as otherwise set forth in the offering document, all information given to Stifel Nicolaus by the Company, unless publicly available or otherwise available to Stifel Nicolaus without restriction to breach of any confidentiality agreement

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 9
(“Confidential Information”), will be held by Stifel Nicolaus in confidence and will not be disclosed to anyone other than Stifel Nicolaus’ agents without the Company’s prior approval or used for any purpose other than those referred to in this engagement letter. Upon the termination of its engagement, Stifel Nicolaus, at the request of the Company, will promptly deliver to the Company all materials specifically produced for it and will return to the Company all Confidential Information provided to Stifel Nicolaus during the course of its engagement hereunder.
13. FINRA MATTERS
Stifel Nicolaus has an obligation to file certain documents and to make certain representations to the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in connection with the Offerings. The Company agrees to cooperate with Stifel Nicolaus and provide such information as may be necessary for Stifel Nicolaus to comply with all FINRA requirements applicable to its participation in the Offerings. Stifel Nicolaus is and will remain through completion of the Offerings a member in a good standing of the FINRA and will comply with all applicable FINRA requirements.
14. OBLIGATIONS
Except as set forth below, this engagement letter is merely a statement of intent. While Stifel Nicolaus and the Company agree in principle to the contents hereof and propose to proceed promptly and in good faith to work out the arrangements with respect to the Conversion and the Offerings, any legal obligations between Stifel Nicolaus and the Company shall be only: (i) those set forth herein in paragraphs 2, 3 and 4 regarding services and payments; (ii) those set forth in paragraph 8 regarding reimbursement for certain expenses; (iii) those set forth in paragraph 11 regarding indemnification; (iv) those set forth in paragraph 12 regarding confidentiality; and (v) as set forth in a duly negotiated and executed Definitive Agreement.
The obligation of Stifel Nicolaus to enter into the Definitive Agreement shall be subject to there being, in Stifel Nicolaus’ opinion, which shall have been formed in good faith after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors: (i) no material adverse change in the condition, operation or business prospects of the Company; (ii) satisfactory disclosure of all relevant information in the offering disclosure documents and a determination that the sale of stock is reasonable given such disclosures; (iii) receipt of a “comfort letter” from the Company’s accountants containing no material exceptions; (iv) no market conditions exist which might render the sale of the shares by the Company hereby contemplated inadvisable; (v) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable in the then-prevailing market conditions, and (vi ) approval of Stifel Nicolaus’ internal Commitment Committee.

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 10
15. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR; NO FIDUCIARY DUTY
The Company acknowledges and agrees that it is a sophisticated business enterprise and that Stifel Nicolaus has been retained pursuant to this engagement letter to act as financial advisor to the Company solely with respect to the matters set forth herein. In such capacity, Stifel Nicolaus will act as an independent contractor, and any duties of Stifel Nicolaus arising out of this engagement pursuant to this letter shall be contractual in nature and shall be owed solely to the Company. Each party disclaims any intention to impose any fiduciary duty on the other.
16. ADVERTISEMENTS
The Company agrees that, following the closing or consummation of the Conversion and Offerings, Stifel Nicolaus has the right to place advertisements in financial and other newspapers and journals at its own expense, describing its services to the Company and a general description of the Conversion or Offerings, excluding advertisements that focus solely on the Company’s Conversion and Offering which will require the Company’s prior approval, which prior approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. In addition, the Company agrees to include in any press release or public announcement announcing the Offerings a reference to Stifel Nicolaus’ role as financial advisor, selling agent and book-running manager with respect to the Offerings, provided that the Company will submit a copy of any such press release or public announcement to Stifel Nicolaus for its prior approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
17. GOVERNING LAW
This engagement letter shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed and to be wholly performed therein without giving effects to its conflicts of laws principles or rules. Any dispute here under shall be brought in a court of the State of New York.
18. WAIVER OF TRIAL BY JURY
BOTH STIFEL NICOLAUS AND THE COMPANY WAIVE ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING, CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Page 11
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing in the place provided below and returning one copy of this letter to our office together with the retainer payment in the amount of $25,000. We look forward to working with you.
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
         
BY:
  /s/ Ben Plotkin     
 
 
 
Ben Plotkin
   
 
  Executive Vice President    
Accepted and Agreed to This 28 th Day of May, 2010
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL, MHC
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
ATLANTIC COAST BANK
         
BY:
  /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.     
 
 
 
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
   
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer    
Accepted and Agreed to This 1 st Day of June, 2010

 

Exhibit 2
PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
OF
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL, MHC

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                 
  1.    
Introduction
    1  
  2.    
Definitions
    2  
  3.    
Procedures for conversion
    8  
  4.    
Holding company applications and approvals
    11  
  5.    
Sale of subscription shares
    11  
  6.    
Purchase price and number of subscription shares
    12  
  7.    
Retention of conversion proceeds by the holding company
    13  
  8.    
Subscription rights of eligible account holders (first priority)
    13  
  9.    
Subscription rights of employee plans (second priority)
    14  
  10.    
Subscription rights of supplemental eligible account holders (third priority)
    14  
  11.    
Subscription rights of other members (fourth priority)
    15  
  12.    
Community offering
    15  
  13.    
Syndicated community offering and/or firm commitment underwritten offering
    16  
  14.    
Limitations on purchases
    16  
  15.    
Payment for subscription shares
    18  
  16.    
Manner of exercising subscription rights through order forms
    19  
  17.    
Undelivered, defective or late order form; insufficient payment
    20  
  18.    
Residents of foreign countries and certain states
    20  
  19.    
Establishment of liquidation accounts
    21  
  20.    
Voting rights of stockholders
    23  
  21.    
Restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition
    23  
  22.    
Requirements for stock purchases by directors and officers following the conversion
    24  
  23.    
Transfer of deposit accounts
    24  
  24.    
Registration and marketing
    24  
  25.    
Tax rulings or opinions
    25  
  26.    
Stock benefit plans and employment agreements
    25  
  27.    
Restrictions on acquisition of bank and holding company
    26  
  28.    
Payment of dividends and repurchase of stock
    27  
  29.    
Articles of incorporation and bylaws
    27  
  30.    
Consummation of conversion and effective date
    27  
  31.    
Expenses of conversion
    28  
  32.    
Amendment or termination of plan
    28  
  33.    
Conditions to conversion
    28  
  34.    
Interpretation
    29  
     
Exhibit A
  Form of Agreement of Merger between Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
 
   
Exhibit B
  Form of Agreement of Merger between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation

(i)


 

PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION OF
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL, MHC
      1. INTRODUCTION
     This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) provides for the conversion of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”), from the mutual to the capital stock form of organization. The Mutual Holding Company currently owns a majority of the common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a federal stock corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) which owns 100% of the common stock of Atlantic Coast Bank (the “Bank”), a federally-chartered stock savings bank. A new stock holding company (the “Holding Company”) will be established as part of the Conversion, will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and will issue Holding Company Common Stock in the Conversion. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization which will provide the Bank and the Holding Company with additional capital to grow and to respond to changing regulatory and market conditions. The Conversion will also provide the Bank and the Holding Company greater flexibility to effect corporate transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and branch expansions. The Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof. All sales of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, the Syndicated Community Offering, any Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators, will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Holding Company. As part of the Conversion, each Minority Stockholder will receive Holding Company Common Stock in exchange for Minority Shares. The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or other customers of the Bank. After the Conversion, the Bank’s insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law. In addition to shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering, the Holding Company intends to offer for sale additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Supplemental Offering. The Supplemental Offering may occur concurrently with or immediately following the Conversion and the Offering, and is intended to increase the capital of the Holding Company and the Bank to support the capital raised in the Offering. The Supplemental Offering would not be part of the Conversion and Offering, and the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company may, in their sole discretion, elect to complete the Conversion and Offering if the Supplemental Offering is not consummated.
     This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank. This Plan also must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members, (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger by Voting Members in their capacity as members of the Mutual Holding Company. The OTS must approve this Plan before it is

 


 

presented to Voting Members and Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company for their approval.
      2. DEFINITIONS
     For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:
      Account Holder – Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.
      Acting in Concert – The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company (“other party”) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.
      Affiliate – Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.
      Appraised Value Range – The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range.
      Articles of Combination – The Articles of Combination filed with the OTS and any similar documents filed with the Bank Regulators in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.
      Articles of Merger – The Articles of Merger filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation and any similar documents in connection with the consummation of any merger relating to the Conversion.
      Associate – The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Bank) if the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription

2


 

Shares following the Conversion, a person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term “Associate” does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any person who is related by blood or marriage to such person and (A) who lives in the same home as such person or (B) who is a Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.
      Bank – Atlantic Coast Bank, Waycross, Georgia.
      Bank Liquidation Account – The account established by the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.
      Bank Regulators – The OTS and other bank regulatory agencies, if any, responsible for reviewing and approving the Conversion, including the ownership of the Bank by the Holding Company and the mergers required to effect the Conversion.
      Code – The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      Community – The Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s.
      Community Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company. The Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering.
      Control – (including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” and “under common control with”) means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 574.
      Conversion – The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering and the Exchange Offering.
      Conversion Stock – The Subscription Shares and the Exchange Shares.
      Deposit Account – Any withdrawable account with a positive balance, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.
      Director – A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.

3


 

      Eligible Account Holder – Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.
      Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is March 31, 2009.
      Employees – All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.
      Employee Plans – Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.
      ESOP – The Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.
      Exchange Offering – The offering of Holding Company Common Stock to Minority Stockholders in exchange for Minority Shares.
      Exchange Ratio – The rate at which shares of Holding Company Common Stock are exchanged for Minority Shares upon consummation of the Conversion. The Exchange Ratio shall be determined as of the closing of the Conversion and shall be the rate that will result in the Minority Stockholders owning in the aggregate the same percentage of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock immediately upon completion of the Conversion as the percentage of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by them in the aggregate immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion.
      Exchange Shares – The shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued to Minority Stockholders in the Exchange Offering.
      FDIC – The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
      Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering, to members of the general public through one or more underwriters. A Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering may occur following the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.
      Holding Company – The Maryland corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion. Shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be issued in the Conversion to Participants, Minority Stockholders and others in the Conversion.
      Holding Company Common Stock – The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company.
      Independent Appraiser – The appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Holding Company.

4


 

      Liquidation Account – The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion.
      Majority Ownership Interest – A fraction, the numerator of which is equal to the number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion, and the denominator of which is equal to the total number of shares of Mid–Tier Holding Company common stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the completion of the Conversion.
      Meeting of Stockholders – The special or annual meeting of stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.
      Member – Any Person who qualifies as a member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its charter.
      MHC Merger – The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity, which merger shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.
      Mid-Tier Holding Company – Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, the federal corporation that owns 100% of the Bank’s common stock and any successor thereto.
      Mid-Tier Merger – The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity, which merger shall occur immediately following the MHC Merger and prior to the completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.
      Minority Shares – Any outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or shares of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company issuable upon the exercise of options or grant of stock awards, owned by persons other than the Mutual Holding Company.
      Minority Stockholder – Any owner of Minority Shares.
      Mutual Holding Company – Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, the mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
      Offering – The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Holding Company Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering and/or Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, as the case may be. The term “Offering” does not include Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Exchange Offering or the Supplemental Offering.
      Offering Range – The range of the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering multiplied by the Subscription Price. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest. The

5


 

maximum and minimum of the Offering Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Offering Range.
      Officer – The term Officer means the president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated. The term Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors if the chairman is authorized by the charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.
      Order Form – Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under the Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.
      Other Member – Any Person holding a Deposit Account on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, or any borrower who qualifies as a Voting Member.
      OTS – The Office of Thrift Supervision, a bureau of the United States Department of Treasury, or any successor thereto.
      Participant – Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member.
      Person – An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.
      Plan – This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.
      Prospectus – The one or more documents used in offering the Conversion Stock.
      Qualifying Deposit – The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, or (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50. The term “Qualifying Deposit” shall also include the aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts of not less than $50 held by Persons at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date in any entity merged with the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company prior to the closing of the Conversion, which merger would result in such Persons having the subscription rights of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder under applicable rules of the Banking Regulators.

6


 

      Resident – Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident the principal place of business or headquarters of the corporation or business entity must be in the Community. To the extent a Person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Mutual Holding Company and the Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a Person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Bank. A Person must be a “Resident” for purposes of determining whether such person “resides” in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.
      SEC – The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.
      Special Meeting of Members – The special or annual meeting of Voting Members and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.
      Stockholder – Any owner of outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Mutual Holding Company.
      Subscription Offering – The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.
      Subscription Price – The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be $10.00 unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.
      Subscription Shares – Shares of Holding Company Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. Subscription Shares do not include Exchange Shares.
      Supplemental Eligible Account Holder – Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company (unless the OTS grants a waiver permitting a Director or Officer to be included) and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.
      Supplemental Eligibility Record Date – The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding OTS approval of the application for conversion. The Supplemental Eligibility Record Date will only occur if the OTS has not approved the Conversion within 15 months after the Eligibility Record Date.
      Supplemental Offering – The offering of up to $16.5 million of Holding Company Common Stock to stockholders of the Holding Company and the public concurrently with or immediately after the Conversion and the Offering. The Supplemental Offering will occur at the

7


 

sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, and is expected to be completed immediately after the closing of the Conversion and Offering. Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, the terms and conditions of this Plan shall not apply to the Supplemental Offering. All shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Supplemental Offering will be sold at the same price per share as shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering.
      Syndicated Community Offering – The offering, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, of Subscription Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering, to members of the general public through a syndicate of broker-dealers. The Syndicated Community Offering may occur concurrently with the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering.
      Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan – Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be “qualified” under Section 401 of the Code. The Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan, provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements. A “Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan” is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan which is not so qualified.
      Voting Member – Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a member of the Mutual Holding Company.
      Voting Record Date – The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Members and/or the Meeting of Stockholders.
      3. PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION
     A. After approval of the Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, the Plan together with all other requisite material shall be submitted to the Bank Regulators for approval. Notice of the adoption of the Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of the Plan will be made available at each office of the Bank for inspection by depositors. The Mutual Holding Company will publish a notice of the filing with the Bank Regulators of an application to convert in accordance with the provisions of the Plan as well as notices required in connection with any holding company, merger or other applications required to complete the Conversion.
     B. Promptly following approval by the Bank Regulators, the Plan will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members and of the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company at the Meeting of Stockholders. The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing the Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will mail to all Minority Stockholders a proxy

8


 

statement describing the Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares. In addition, all Participants will receive, or will be given the opportunity to request by either telephone or by letter addressed to the Bank’s Secretary, a copy of the Plan as well as the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Holding Company. The Plan must be approved by at least (i) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members, (ii) two-thirds of the total votes eligible to be cast by Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Minority Stockholders at the Meeting of Stockholders. Upon such approval of the Plan, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of the Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.
     C. The period for the Subscription Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days from the date Participants are first mailed a Prospectus and Order Form, unless extended. Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in a Community Offering, a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the Bank Regulators. All sales of shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be completed within 45 days after the last day of the Subscription Offering, unless the offering period is extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with the approval of the Bank Regulators.
     D. The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion. Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to the Plan, the intent of the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of the Plan by Voting Members and Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement the Plan.
  (1)   The Holding Company will be organized as a first-tier stock subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
 
  (2)   The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and Members will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.

9


 

  (3)   Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the surviving entity pursuant to the Agreement of Merger attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by Members as part of the MHC Merger will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account, and each of the Minority Shares shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio.
 
  (4)   Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale the Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.
 
  (5)   The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.
     E. As part of the Conversion, each of the Minority Shares shall automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. The basis for exchange of Minority Shares for Holding Company Common Stock shall be fair and reasonable. Options to purchase shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock which are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the Conversion shall be converted into options to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with the number of shares subject to the option and the exercise price per share to be adjusted based upon the Exchange Ratio so that the aggregate exercise price remains unchanged, and with the duration of the option remaining unchanged.
     F. The Holding Company shall register the Conversion Stock with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities. In addition, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall prepare preliminary proxy materials as well as other applications and information for review by the SEC in connection with the solicitation of Stockholder approval of the Plan.
     G. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer. The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and

10


 

contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company.
     H. The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.
      4. HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS
     The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering. The Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank and Holding Company shall make timely applications to the Bank Regulators and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.
      5. SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES
     The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the proxy statement for the Special Meeting of Members. The Holding Company Common Stock will not be insured by the FDIC. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock.
     Any shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be issued in the Community Offering, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan. The Community Offering, if any, will involve an offering of unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a first preference given to those natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Community and the next preference given to Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date. The Community Offering may begin simultaneously or later than the Subscription Offering. The offer and sale of Holding Company Common Stock prior to the Special Meeting of Members, however, is subject to the approval of the Plan by the Voting Members and the Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including Minority Stockholders.
     If feasible, any shares of Holding Company Common Stock remaining unsold after the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering may be offered for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering or a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, or in any manner approved by the Bank Regulators that will achieve a widespread distribution of the Holding Company Common Stock. The issuance of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Holding Company Common Stock is consummated in any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, and only if the required minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock has been issued.

11


 

      6. PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES
     The total number of shares of Conversion Stock to be offered in the Conversion will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range multiplied by the Majority Ownership Interest. The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. The number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and the number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the product of (i) the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, and (ii) the Majority Ownership Interest.
     In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of shares of Conversion Stock to be issued in the Conversion is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares of Conversion Stock will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Conversion, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company, and the Bank Regulators, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of shares of Conversion Stock issued in the Conversion multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering and the Exchange Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, hold a new Offering and Exchange Offering after canceling the Offering and the Exchange Offering, or take such other action as the Bank Regulators may permit.
     The Holding Company Common Stock to be issued in the Conversion shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

12


 

      7. RETENTION OF CONVERSION PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY
     The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment, and would support the growth in the operations of the Holding Company and the Bank through increased lending, acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and other business and investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Holding Company Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.
      8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)
     A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 5% of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
     B. In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.
     C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on deposits made by such persons during the 12 months preceding the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the Bank Regulators.

13


 

      9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)
     The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Bank shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Conversion. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Holding Company or the Bank. Alternatively, if permitted by the Bank Regulators, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market.
      10. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)
     A. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 5% of Holding Company Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
     B. In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.

14


 

      11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)
     A. Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up 5% of Holding Company Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
     B. In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated to Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.
      12. COMMUNITY OFFERING
     If subscriptions are not received for all Subscription Shares offered for sale in the Subscription Offering, shares for which subscriptions have not been received may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, next to cover orders of Minority Stockholders as of the Voting Record Date, and thereafter to cover orders of other members of the general public. In the event orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceed the number of shares available for sale in a category pursuant to the distribution priorities described above, shares will be allocated within the category so that each member of that category will receive the lesser of 100 shares or their ordered amount and thereafter remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. In connection with the allocation, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock. The Holding Company reserves the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, that are received in the Community Offering.

15


 

Any Person may purchase up to 5% of Holding Company Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
      13. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING OR FIRM COMMITMENT UNDERWRITTEN OFFERING
     If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, for sale in a Syndicated Community Offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to 5% of Holding Company Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. In addition and in the event of an oversubscription for orders for Holding Company Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering, unless otherwise approved by the OTS, orders received for Holding Company Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. Provided that the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Syndicated Community Offering at any time.
     Alternatively, if feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering for sale in a Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, subject to the right of the Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering. Provided the Subscription Offering has begun, the Holding Company may begin the Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering at any time.
     If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering of shares of Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or any Community Offering cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Holding Company Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering, Community Offering, or any Syndicated Community Offering or Firm Commitment Underwritten Offering, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the Bank Regulators.
      14. LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES
     The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Conversion Stock:
     A. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant,

16


 

together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed up to 5% of Holding Company Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).
     B. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate, when combined with Exchange Shares received by such persons, shall not exceed 25% of the shares of Conversion Stock.
     C. The maximum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the Offering by any Person or Participant together with purchases by any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, combined with Exchange Shares received by any such Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert, shall not exceed 5% of the shares of Conversion Stock, except that this ownership limitation shall not apply to the Employee Plans.
     D. A minimum of 25 shares of Holding Company Common Stock must be purchased by each Person or Participant purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock purchased times the Subscription Price exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.
     E. If the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Person’s Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Person’s Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.
     Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the Bank Regulators and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan, provided that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below. If the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company increase the maximum purchase limitations, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company are only required to resolicit Participants who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and who indicated on their Order Form a desire to be resolicited may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company, resolicit certain other large purchasers. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares issued in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99%, provided that orders for Holding Company Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Holding Company Common Stock issued in the Offering. Requests to purchase additional

17


 

shares of the Holding Company Common Stock in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company in their sole discretion.
     In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to 15% (the “Adjusted Maximum”), the additional shares may be used to fill the Employee Plans orders before all other orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.
     For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and Employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individual’s purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.
     Each Person purchasing Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.
      15. PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES
     All payments for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Conversion. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank or, at the discretion of the Mutual Holding Company, at another insured depository institution.
     Payment for Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by personal check, money order or bank draft, provided that, if permitted by the OTS, in the event of a resolicitation as a result of an increase in the purchase limitations as described in Section 14E, personal checks may not be used for payment of Holding Company Common Stock. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the

18


 

remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscriber’s Deposit Account but may not be used by the subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received by check or money order will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received and processed by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them, with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.
      16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS
     As soon as practicable after the registration statements prepared by the Holding Company have been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved by the Bank Regulators, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered. Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank, the Holding Company Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:
     A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed to Participants by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;
     B. The Subscription Price per share for shares of Holding Company Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;
     C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares which may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;
     D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such Person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;

19


 

     E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the Prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;
     F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscriber’s Deposit Account at the Bank); and
     G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Mutual Holding Company or the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.
     Notwithstanding the above, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company reserve the right in their sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimiled order forms.
      17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT
     In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered or are not timely delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company or are received by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a “no mail” order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Participant to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Participant failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation by the Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.
      18. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES
     The Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country; or in a state of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (a) a small number of Persons otherwise

20


 

eligible to subscribe for shares under the Plan reside in such state; (b) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Holding Company Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (c) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
      19. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS
     A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the product of (i) the Majority Ownership Interest and (ii) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Conversion, plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The Holding Company shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.
     In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Account Holder’s Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock. A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution or holding company thereof, in which the Holding Company and/or Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.
     In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of either (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund its obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank, with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an amount necessary to fund the Holding Company’s remaining obligations under the Liquidation

21


 

Account before any liquidating distribution may be made to any holders of the Bank’s capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Company’s creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Company’s capital stock.
     In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Person’s rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holder’s interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).
     The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.
     If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.
     The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any capital of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account or the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental

22


 

Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts.
     The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and the Bank Liquidation Account shall be reduced by the same amount and upon the same terms as any reduction in the Liquidation Account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holder’s subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.
     For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior OTS approval (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. Upon the written request of the OTS at any time after two years from the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall eliminate or transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in such liquidation account at the Bank. In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall become the liquidation account of the Bank and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Company’s creditors. Approval of the Plan by the Members shall constitute approval of the transactions described herein.
      20. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS
     Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.
      21. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION
     A. All Subscription Shares purchased by Directors or Officers of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Bank in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section or as may be approved by the Bank Regulators, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.
     B. The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section shall not apply to the following:
  1.   Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate federal regulatory agency; and
 
  2.   Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of the Plan.
     C. With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:

23


 

  1.   Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend giving notice of the restriction;
 
  2.   Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and
 
  3.   Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.
      22. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION
     For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the Bank Regulators, any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Holding Company Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term “negotiated transaction” means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term “investment representative” shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.
      23. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS
     Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights) applicable to such Deposit Account in the Bank immediately prior to completion of the Conversion.
      24. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING
     Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Conversion pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement to maintain the registration of such securities for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish

24


 

and maintain a market for the Conversion Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.
      25. TAX RULINGS OR OPINIONS
     Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of either a ruling, an opinion of counsel or a letter of advice from their tax advisor regarding the federal and state income tax consequences of the Conversion to the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company, the Bank and the Account Holders and Voting Members receiving subscription rights in the Conversion.
      26. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
     A. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Conversion, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.
     B. As a result of the Conversion, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have ratified and approved all employee stock benefit plans maintained by the Bank and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and shall have agreed to issue (and reserve for issuance) Holding Company Common Stock in lieu of common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company pursuant to the terms of such benefit plans. Upon consummation of the Conversion, the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by such benefit plans shall be converted into Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio. Also upon consummation of the Conversion, (i) all rights to purchase, sell or receive Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock and all rights to elect to make payment in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock under any agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under any plan or program of the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company, shall automatically, by operation of law, be converted into and shall become an identical right to purchase, sell or receive Holding Company Common Stock and an identical right to make payment in Holding Company Common Stock under any such agreement between the Bank or the Mid-Tier Holding Company and any Director, Officer or Employee thereof or under such plan or program of the Bank, and (ii) rights outstanding under all stock option plans shall be assumed by the Holding Company and thereafter shall be rights only for shares of Holding Company Common Stock, with each such right being for a number of shares of Holding Company Common Stock based upon the Exchange Ratio and the number of shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that were available thereunder immediately prior to consummation of the Conversion, with the price adjusted to reflect the Exchange Ratio but with no change in any other term or condition of such right.
     C. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock award plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable regulations. The Holding Company and the Bank intend to implement a stock option plan and a restricted stock award plan no earlier than

25


 

six months after completion of the Conversion. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required. If adopted within 12 months following the completion of the Conversion, the stock option plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 10% of the shares sold in the Offering and the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 4% of the shares sold in the Offering (unless the Bank’s tangible capital is less than 10% upon completion of the Offering in which case the stock award plan will reserve a number of shares equal to up to 3% of the shares sold in the Offering), subject to adjustment, if any, as may be required by OTS regulations or policy to reflect stock options or restricted stock granted by the Mid-Tier Holding Company prior to the completion of the Conversion, for awards to employees and directors at no cost to the recipients. (Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans implemented more than one year following the completion of the Conversion are not subject to the restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence.) Shares for such plans may be issued from authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or repurchased shares.
     D. The Holding Company and the Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and/or change in control agreements with their executive officers.
      27. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY
     A. (1)    The charter of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the OTS. In addition, such charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.
 
  (2)   For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the OTS.
     B. The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Holding Company Common Stock who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of such outstanding shares be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of 10%. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions which provide for, or prohibit, as the case may be, staggered terms of the directors, noncumulative

26


 

voting for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.
     C. For the purposes of this section:
  (1)   The term “person” includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;
 
  (2)   The term “offer” includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;
 
  (3)   The term “acquire” includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and
 
  (4)   The term “security” includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a “security” as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)(1).
      28. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK
     A. The Holding Company shall comply with applicable regulations in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion. The Holding Company shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock, if such dividend or repurchase would reduce its capital below the amount then required for the Liquidation Account.
     B. The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below its applicable regulatory capital requirements.
      29. ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS
     By voting to approve this Plan, Voting Members will be voting to adopt the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws for the Holding Company.
      30. CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE
     The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Combination shall be filed with the OTS and the Articles of Merger shall be filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation. The Articles of Combination and the Articles of Merger shall be filed after all requisite regulatory, depositor and stockholder approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The closing of the sale of all shares of Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering and the Exchange Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the closing.

27


 

      31. EXPENSES OF CONVERSION
     The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses shall be reasonable.
      32. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN
     If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the Bank Regulators or otherwise at any time prior to the meetings of Voting Members and Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members and Mid-Tier Holding Company stockholders with the approval of the Bank Regulators shall not necessitate further approval by Voting Members unless otherwise required by the Bank Regulators. The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members and the Meeting of Stockholders to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the Bank Regulators.
     By adoption of the Plan, Voting Members of the Mutual Holding Company authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate the Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section.
      33. CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION
     Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:
     A. Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 25 hereof;
     B. The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Conversion;
     C. The issuance of Exchange Shares;
     D. The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan; and
     E. Receipt of all required regulatory approvals.

28


 

      34. INTERPRETATION
     All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the Bank Regulators.
Dated: June 16, 2010

29


 

EXHIBIT A
FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL, MHC AND
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION

 


 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL, MHC AND
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
      THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “MHC Merger Agreement”) dated as of ___, is made by and between Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) of the Mutual Holding Company, unless otherwise defined herein.
R E C I T A L S:
     1. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.
     2. The Mutual Holding Company is a federal mutual holding company that owns 65.0% of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
     3. At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the “MHC Merger”), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:
     1.  Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (“Resulting Corporation”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive a liquidation interest in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
     2.  Effective Date . The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) after approval by at least (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) a majority of the total shares held by Minority Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the eligible votes of Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the OTS with respect to the MHC Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Members. Approval of the Plan by Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by such stockholders.
     3.  Name . The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.

 


 

     4.  Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501.
     5.  Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.
     6.  Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Federally-chartered corporation as provided in its Charter. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company. The stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.
     7.  Rights of Stockholders . At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company. Minority Stockholders’ rights will remain unchanged.
     8.  Other Terms . All terms used in this MHC Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

A-2


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
                     
 
              Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC    
 
              (a federal mutual holding company)    
 
                   
ATTEST:
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
          By:        
Pamela T. Saxon,         Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
Secretary 
              President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
              Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation    
 
              (a federal corporation)    
 
                   
ATTEST:
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
          By:        
Pamela T. Saxon,         Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
Secretary 
              President and Chief Executive Officer    

A-3


 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION AND
ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION

 


 

AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION AND
ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
      THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the “Mid-Tier Merger Agreement”), dated as of _______________, is made by and between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”) and Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Holding Company”). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (the “Plan”) unless otherwise defined herein.
R E C I T A L S:
     1. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank.
     2. The Holding Company has been organized to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
     3. At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.
      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:
     1.  Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the “Resulting Corporation”), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC who constructively received liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for an interest in the Liquidation Account and the stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.
     2.  Effective Date . The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”) after approval by at least (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) a majority of the total shares held by Minority Stockholders, and (iii) a majority of the eligible votes of Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the OTS and Articles of Merger have been filed with the Maryland State Department of Assessments and Taxation with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by the Voting Members in their capacity as members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC. Approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Mid-

 


 

Tier Holding Company, including the Minority Stockholders, shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by such stockholders.
     3.  Name . The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation.
     4.  Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501.
     5.  Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.
     6.  Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company. The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.
     7.  Rights of Stockholders . At the Effective Date, the constructive stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company (i.e., the members of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock that they constructively received in the MHC Merger for an interest in the Liquidation Account and the stockholders of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (Minority Stockholders immediately prior to the Conversion) will exchange their shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company Common Stock for Holding Company Common Stock in the Exchange Offering pursuant to the Exchange Ratio.

B-2


 

     8.  Other Terms . All terms used in this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement shall, unless defined herein, have the meanings set forth in the Plan. The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.

B-3


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
                     
 
              Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation    
 
              (a federal corporation)    
 
                   
ATTEST:
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
          By:        
Pamela T. Saxon,         Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
Secretary 
              President and Chief Executive Officer    
 
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
              Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation    
 
              (a Maryland corporation)    
 
                   
ATTEST:
                   
 
                   
 
                   
 
          By:        
Pamela T. Saxon,         Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
Secretary 
              President and Chief Executive Officer    

B-4

Exhibit 3.1
ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT
     Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Maryland corporation (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland, that:
      FIRST: The Company desires to amend and restate its charter;
      SECOND: The provisions of the charter which are now in effect, and as amended hereby in accordance with Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”), are as follows:
      ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (herein the “Corporation”).
      ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.
      ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.
      ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.
      ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock
      A. Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one hundred twenty-five million (125,000,000) shares, consisting of:
          1. Twenty-five million (25,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Preferred Stock”); and
          2. One hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the “Common Stock”).
     The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million two hundred fifty thousand dollars ($1,250,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporation’s unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole

 


 

Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.
      B. Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holder’s name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporation’s debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation as described in Section G of this Article 5; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
      C. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock.
      D. Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporation’s Equity Securities
          1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a “Holder in Excess”) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which

2


 

is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner, and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the “Unaffiliated Directors.” For this purpose, the term “Unaffiliated Director” means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.
          2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.
  (a)   An “affiliate” of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.
 
  (b)   “Beneficial ownership” shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on December 31, 2009; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the “beneficial owner” of any Common Stock:
  (1)   that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or
 
  (2)   that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or

3


 

  (3)   that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
  (c)   A “Person” shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.
 
  (d)   The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.
          3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further

4


 

have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.
          4. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.
          5. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.
      E. Majority Vote. Pursuant to Section 2-104(b)(5) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (“MGCL”), notwithstanding any provision of the MGCL requiring stockholder authorization of an action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles.
      F. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.
      G. Liquidation Account. Under regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the “Liquidation Account”) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, as amended (the “Plan of Conversion”). In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Atlantic Coast Bank, a federally chartered savings bank that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the

5


 

amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holder’s and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder’s interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.
      ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights
      A. Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.
      B. Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
      ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
      A. Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Director’s management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors’ full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.
      B. Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be nine (9), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class (“Class I”) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (“Class II”) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (“Class III”) to expire at

6


 

the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
     The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:
     
Class I Directors:   Term to Expire in
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
  2011
W. Eric Palmer
  2011
Jay S. Sidhu
  2011
     
Class II Directors :   Term to Expire in
Frederick D. Franklin, Jr.
  2012
Robert J. Smith
  2012
H. Dennis Woods
  2012
     
Class III Directors :   Term to Expire in
Charles E. Martin, Jr.
  2013
Forrest W. Sweat, Jr.
  2013
Thomas F. Beeckler
  2013
     Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
      C. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
      D. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.
      E. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.
      ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole

7


 

Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.
      ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporation’s stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporation’s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporation’s stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another

8


 

individual or entity. This Article 9 does not create any implication concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.
     For purposes of this Article 9, a “Person” shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.
      ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers
      A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
      B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met, and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought

9


 

by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
      C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporation’s Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
      D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
      E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.
      F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law.
     Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.
      ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Person’s action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.

10


 

     Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
      ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporation’s outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.
     The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
     No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
     The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
     Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.

11


 

      THIRD: The foregoing amendment to and restatement of this charter has been approved by a majority of the Board of Directors as required by law and no shares of stock of the Corporation have been issued.
      FOURTH: The current address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is as set forth in Article 1 of the foregoing amended and restated charter.
      FIFTH: The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent are as set forth in Article 1 of the foregoing amended and restated charter.
      SIXTH: The number of Directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article 7 of the foregoing amended and restated charter.
      SEVENTH: The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to this amendment and restatement and has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing is 125,000,000, consisting of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share and 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value is $1,250,000.
      EIGHTH: The undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned President and Chief Executive Officer acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the pena1ties for perjury.

12


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its President and Chief Executive Officer, and attested by its Secretary, on this 14th day of June, 2010.
         
     
     /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
    Robert J. Larison, Jr.   
    President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
         
    Attest:
 
 
 
     /s/ Pamela T. Saxon   
    Pamela T. Saxon   
    Secretary   
 

13

Exhibit 3.2
ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Annual Meeting
     The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.
Section 2. Special Meetings
     Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the President or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the “Whole Board”). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.
Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment
     Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the

 


 

Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders’ meetings, or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.
     A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
     As used in these Bylaws, the term “electronic transmission” shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101( l ) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “MGCL”) or any successor provision.
Section 4. Quorum
     Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.
     If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.
Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business
     The Chairman of the Board of the Corporation or Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, the President, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints. The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her in order.
Section 6.   Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors
     (a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who: (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting; and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must

2


 

otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
     A stockholder’s notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
     Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
     At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting.
     (b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not less than 80 days nor more than 90 days prior to any such meeting; provided, however, that if less than 90 days’ notice or prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders, such written notice shall be delivered or mailed, as prescribed, to the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the

3


 

tenth day following the day on which notice of the meeting was mailed to stockholders or such public disclosure was made.
     A stockholder’s notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such person’s qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
     (c) For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term “public disclosure” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporation’s proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.
Section 7. Proxies and Voting
     Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as

4


 

otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.
     A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholder’s authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholder’s signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.
Section 8. Conduct of Voting
     The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairman of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballot shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.
Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act
     Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).

5


 

ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office
     The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairman of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairman of the Board or his designee to preside at its meetings.
     The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships
     By virtue of the Corporation’s election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 3. Regular Meetings
     Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.

6


 

Section 4. Special Meetings
     Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairman of the Board, or by the President, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.
Section 5. Quorum
     At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.
Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone
     Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 7. Conduct of Business
     At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporation’s Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.
Section 8. Powers
     All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Corporation’s Articles. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:

7


 

  (i)   To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;
 
  (ii)   To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;
 
  (iii)   To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;
 
  (iv)   To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;
 
  (v)   To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;
 
  (vi)   To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;
 
  (vii)   To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and
 
  (viii)   To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.
Section 9. Compensation of Directors
     Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.
Section 10. Resignation
     Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
Section 11. Presumption of Assent
     A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his dissent at the meeting and (a) such director’s dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the

8


 

meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his dissent known at the meeting.
Section 12. Director Qualifications
     A person is not qualified to serve as director if he or she: (1) is under indictment for, or has ever been convicted of, a criminal offense involving dishonesty or breach of trust and the penalty for such offense could be imprisonment for more than one year, (2) is a person against whom a banking agency has, within the past ten years, issued a cease and desist order for conduct involving dishonesty or breach of trust and that order is final and not subject to appeal, or (3) has been found either by a regulatory agency whose decision is final and not subject to appeal or by a court to have (i) breached a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, or (ii) committed a willful violation of any law, rule or regulation governing banking, securities, commodities or insurance, or any final cease and desist order issued by a banking, securities, commodities or insurance regulatory agency. No person may serve on the Board of Directors and at the same time be a director or officer of another co-operative bank, credit union, savings bank, savings and loan association, trust company, bank holding company or banking association (in each case whether chartered by a state, the federal government or any other jurisdiction) that has an office in any county in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an office, or in any county contiguous to any county in which the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries has an office. The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.
Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings
     The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a director’s unexcused absence of three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors.
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors
     (a)  General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Governance/Nominating Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.
     (b)  Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws. The Chairman of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairmanships to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairman and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee.

9


 

     (c)  Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.
Section 2. Conduct of Business
     Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1. Generally
     (a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.
     (b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.
     (c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.

10


 

Section 2. Chairman of the Board of Directors
     The Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairman of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.
Section 3. Chief Executive Officer
     The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporation’s business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.
Section 4. President
     The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 5. Vice President
     The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 6. Secretary
     The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 7. Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer
     The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the

11


 

Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.
Section 8. Other Officers
     The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.
Section 9. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations
     Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice-President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 1. Certificates of Stock
     The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporation’s transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporation’s Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by

12


 

the Chairman of the Board, the President, or a Vice-President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.
Section 2. Transfers of Stock
     Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.
Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books
     The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3 of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporation’s own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.
Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates
     The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.
Section 5. Stock Ledger
     The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock

13


 

ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.
Section 6. Regulations
     The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1. Facsimile Signatures
     In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
Section 2. Corporate Seal
     The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 3. Books and Records
     The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.
Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records
     Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

14


 

Section 5. Fiscal Year
     The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.
Section 6. Time Periods
     In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.
Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc.
     All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.
Section 8. Mail
     Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.
Section 9. Contracts and Agreements
     To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENTS
     These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.

15

Exhibit 4
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND
         
No.
  Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation   Shares
CUSIP:                     
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE
PAR VALUE $0.01 EACH
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS
CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO
RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE
     
THIS CERTIFIES that   is the owner of
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
a Maryland corporation
     The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.
                     
By
        [SEAL]     By    
 
                   
 
  PAMELA T. SAXON               ROBERT J. LARISON, JR.
 
  CORPORATE SECRETARY               PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

 


 

     The Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (the “Company”) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.
     The shares evidenced by this Certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then outstanding shares of common stock (the “Limit”), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit.
     The Articles of Incorporation require that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by at least 2/3 of all votes entitled to be cast by the stockholders, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of eighty percent (80%) of the shares entitled to vote.
     The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.
                                 
 
  TEN COM   -   as tenants in common   UNIF GIFT MIN ACT   -       Custodian    
 
                               
 
                      (Cust)       (Minor)
                     
 
  TEN ENT   -   as tenants by the entireties        
 
                  Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
 
  JT TEN   -   as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as        
 
                   
 
          tenants in common       (State)
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list
For value received,                                           hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER

 
 
 
 


     
 
(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
 
                                                                                                           Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                                                                       Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated,                     
     
In the presence of
  Signature:
 
   
 
   
NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.

 

Exhibit 5
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
 
Telephone (202) 274-2000
Facsimile (202) 362-2902
www.luselaw.com
WRITER’S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER
(202) 274-2000
June 18, 2010
The Board of Directors
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501
         
 
  Re:   Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
 
      Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the “Offering”) of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation (the “Company”). We have reviewed the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Form S-1”), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock.
     We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
     We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption “Legal Matters” and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.
   
  Very truly yours,
 
  /s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick
  Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
       A Professional Corporation

 

Exhibit 8
                     , 2010
Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Ladies and Gentlemen:
     You have requested this firm’s opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the “Mutual Holding Company”) into the capital stock form of organization (the “Conversion”) pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC dated                      , as amended (the “Plan”) and the integrated transactions described below.
     In connection with rendering our opinion, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan and the Registration Statement filed by Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Maryland stock corporation (the “Holding Company”) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Application for Conversion on Form AC filed by the Mutual Holding Company with the Office of Thrift Supervision (the “OTS”). In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you dated                      , 2010 stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and the regulations thereunder (the “Treasury Regulations”).
     Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Code, the Treasury Regulations and upon current Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) published rulings and existing court decisions, any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated below, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 2
conclusions. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and we disclaim any obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.
     We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth herein, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.
     For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, Atlantic Coast Bank, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation and the Holding Company, as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by authorized officers of each of the aforementioned entities, incorporated herein by reference.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED TRANSACTION
      Based upon our review of the documents described above, and in reliance upon such documents, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows. Atlantic Coast Bank (the “Bank”) is a federally-chartered savings association headquartered in Waycross, Georgia. It was originally founded in 1939 as a credit union and converted to a mutual savings association in                      . The Bank converted to stock form in January 2003 as part of the Bank’s mutual holding company reorganization, whereby the Bank became the wholly owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a federal corporation (the “Mid-Tier Holding Company”). On October 4, 2004, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation completed a minority stock offering in which it sold 5,819,000 shares or 40.0% of its common stock to eligible depositors and Atlantic Coast Bank’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan, with 60.0% of the 14,547,500 shares outstanding being retained by the Mutual Holding Company. The Mutual Holding Company is a mutual holding company with no stockholders. The Mutual Holding Company has members (e.g., the depositors of the Bank), who are entitled upon the complete liquidation of the Mutual Holding Company to liquidation proceeds after the payment of creditors.
     The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company has adopted the Plan providing for the Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from a federally chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization. As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and will offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock to the Banks

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 3
depositors, eligible borrowers, current stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and members of the general public in the Offering.
     Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected as follows, in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:
  (1)   The Mid-Tier Holding Company will organize the Holding Company as a first-tier subsidiary chartered in Maryland.
 
  (2)   The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the “MHC Merger”) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company will be cancelled and the members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
 
  (3)   Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with and into the Holding Company (the “Mid-Tier Merger”), with the Holding Company as the resulting entity. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the members of Mutual Holding Company will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for interests in the Liquidation Account and the Minority Shares will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be converted into and become the right to receive Holding Company Common Stock based on the Exchange Ratio.
 
  (4)   Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.
 
  (5)   The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for common stock of the Bank and the Bank Liquidation Account.
     Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Holding Company for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 19

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 4
of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will be equal to the product of (a) the percentage of the outstanding shares of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company owned by the Mutual Holding Company multiplied by (b) the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s total stockholders’ equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus utilized in the Conversion plus the value of the net assets of the Mutual Holding Company as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition of the Mutual Holding Company prior to the effective date of the Conversion (excluding its ownership of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock). The terms of the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are described in Section 19 of the Plan.
     As part of the Conversion, all of the then-outstanding shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock owned by the Minority Stockholders will be converted into and become shares of Holding Company Common Stock pursuant to the Exchange Ratio that ensures that after the Conversion, Minority Stockholders will own in the aggregate the same percentage of Holding Company Common Stock as they held in Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock immediately prior to the Conversion, exclusive of Minority Stockholders’ purchases of additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering and receipt of cash in lieu of fractional shares. As part of the Conversion, additional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale on a priority basis to depositors and eligible borrowers of the Bank, to current shareholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and to members of the public in the Offering.
     As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Holding Company will be a publicly-held corporation, will register the Holding Company Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC. The Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.
     The stockholders of the Holding Company will be the former Minority Stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, plus those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering. Nontransferable rights to subscribe for the Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the Bank’s tax-qualified employee plans (“Employee Plans”), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and certain depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date and any borrower who qualifies as a Voting Member (“Other Members”). Subscription rights are nontransferable. The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, if any, for sale in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering to certain members of the general public (with

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 5
preferences given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the counties of Los Angeles, San Bernadino, Orange, Riverside and Santa Clara).
OPINIONS
     Based on the foregoing description of the Conversion, including the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:
     1. The MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(l)(A) of the Code.)
     2. The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders ownership interests (e.g., liquidation and voting rights) in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54.)
     3. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
     4. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer to the members of the Mutual Holding Company of the liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
     5. Persons who have ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code.)
     6. The basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 6
     7. The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)
     8. The Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.)
     9. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Company’s assumption of its liabilities in exchange for shares of Holding Company Common Stock or the distribution of such stock to Minority Stockholders and distribution of interests in the Liquidation Account to the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
     10. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
     11. The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
     12. The holding period of the assets of Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)
     13. Mid-Tier Holding Company shareholders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock for Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 354 of the Code.)
     14. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their exchange of their liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company which they constructively received for interests in the Liquidation Account in the Holding Company. (Section 354 of the Code.)
     15. The exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company which they constructively received in the MHC Merger for interests in a Liquidation Account established in the Holding

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 7
Company will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54.)
     16. The payment of cash to the Minority Stockholders in lieu of fractional shares of Holding Company Common Stock will be treated as though the fractional shares were distributed as part of the Mid-Tier Merger and then redeemed by Holding Company. The cash payments will be treated as distributions in full payment for the fractional shares deemed redeemed under Section 302(a) of the Code, with the result that such shareholders will have short-term or long-term capital gain or loss to the extent that the cash they receive differs from the basis allocable to such fractional shares. (Rev. Rul. 66-365, 1966-2 C.B. 116 and Rev. Proc. 77-41, 1977-2 C.B. 574.)
     17. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Voting Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code.) Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Voting Members will not realize any taxable income as a result of their exercise of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.)
     18. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 356(a) of the Code.)
     19. Each shareholder’s aggregate basis in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will be the same as the aggregate basis of the Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock surrendered in exchange therefore. (Section 358(a) of the Code.)
     20. Because it is more likely than not that the subscription rights have no value, it is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code.)
     21. Each shareholder’s holding period in his or her Holding Company Common Stock received in the exchange will include the period during which the Mid-Tier Holding Company

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 8
common stock surrendered was held, provided that the common stock surrendered is a capital asset in the hands of the shareholder on the date of the exchange. (Section 1223(1) of the Code.)
     22. The holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code.)
     23. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code.)
     Our opinion under paragraph 20 above is predicated on the representation that no person shall receive any payment, whether in money or property, in lieu of the issuance of subscription rights. Our opinions under paragraphs 17, 19 and 20 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering. We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the Subscription Offering. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock have no value.
     If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.
     Our opinion under paragraph 18 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero. We understand that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received payment attributable to such interest in a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 9
under the Liquidation Account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced as described in the Plan; and (iv) the Bank Liquidation Account payment obligation arises only if the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to fund the Liquidation Account. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:
The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: “It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point.” Society for the Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).
In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the Conversion. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account have no value.
     If such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of the fair market value as of their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account the effective date of the Conversion.

 


 

Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
                     , 2010
Page 10
CONSENT
      We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Company’s Application for Conversion filed with the OTS and to the Holding Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions “The Conversion and Offering-Material Income Tax Consequences” and “Legal Matters.”
     
 
  Very truly yours,
 
   
 
  Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick P.C.

 

Exhibit 10.1
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Adopted effective January 1, 2004
Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2006

 


 

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
     This Employee Stock Ownership Plan, executed on the 29th day of August, 2006, by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a federally chartered mid-tier mutual holding company (the “Company”),
W I T N E S S E T H   T H A T
     WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Company initially adopted an employee stock ownership plan (“Plan”), effective January 1, 2004, for eligible employees of the Company and its affiliates, including Atlantic Coast Federal (the “Bank”), in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein;
     WHEREAS, the Company desires to amend the Plan and to submit the Plan, as amended, to the Internal Revenue Service for a favorable determination letter on its qualification under the provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 (“EGTRRA”); and
     WHEREAS, the Company desires that this Plan document shall govern the policies and procedures and practices of the Plan from January 1, 2006 until such time as the Plan is again amended and restated or terminated. The Plan document effective January 1, 2004, shall govern the Plan from said date until December 31, 2005.
     NOW, THEREFORE, the Company hereby amends and restates the following Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.
             
ATTEST:
           
 
           
/s/ Pamela T. Saxon
      By:   /s/ Forrest W. Sweat, Jr.
 
           
Secretary
          Authorized Officer

 


 

C O N T E N T S
         
    Page No.  
Section 1. Plan Identity
    1  
1.1 Name
    1  
1.2 Purpose
    1  
1.3 Effective Date
    1  
1.4 Fiscal Period
    1  
1.5 Single Plan for All Employers
    1  
1.6 Interpretation of Provisions
    1  
Section 2. Definitions
    1  
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation
    11  
3.1 Initial Eligibility
    11  
3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year
    11  
3.3 Terminated Employees
    11  
3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible
    11  
3.5 Participation and Reparticipation
    12  
3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee
    12  
3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee
    12  
Section 4. Contributions and Credits
    12  
4.1 Discretionary Contributions
    12  
4.2 Contributions for Stock Obligations
    13  
4.3 Conditions as to Contributions
    13  
4.4 Rollover Contributions
    14  
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations
    14  
5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions
    14  
5.2 Effect of Limitations
    16  
5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants
    16  
5.4 Erroneous Allocations
    17  
5.5 Dividend Recharacterization
    17  
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment.
    18  
6.1 Creation of Trust Fund
    18  
6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund
    18  
6.3 Acquisition of Company Stock
    18  
6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify
    19  
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Company Stock
    20  
7.1 Voting and Tendering of Company Stock
    20  
7.2 Application of Dividends
    21  
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts
    22  
8.1 ESOP Allocations
    22  
8.2 Charges to Accounts
    23  
8.3 Stock Fund Account
    24  

 


 

         
    Page No.  
8.4 Investment Fund Account
    24  
8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund
    24  
8.6 Participant Statements
    24  
Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests
    25  
9.1 Deferred Vesting in Accounts
    25  
9.2 Computation of Vesting Years
    25  
9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events
    26  
9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination
    27  
9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral
    27  
9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures
    28  
9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability
    28  
Section 10. Payment of Benefits
    28  
10.1 Benefits for Participants
    28  
10.2 Time for Distribution
    29  
10.3 Marital Status
    30  
10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination
    30  
10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments
    30  
10.6 Options to Receive and Sell Company Stock
    30  
10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Company Stock
    32  
10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights
    32  
10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution
    32  
10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution
    33  
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals
    33  
11.1 Claim for Benefits
    33  
11.2 Notification by Committee
    34  
11.3 Claims Review Procedure
    34  
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions
    34  
12.1 Authority of Committee
    34  
12.2 Identity of Committee
    35  
12.3 Duties of Committee
    35  
12.4 Compliance with ERISA
    36  
12.5 Action by Committee
    36  
12.6 Execution of Documents
    36  
12.7 Adoption of Rules
    36  
12.8 Responsibilities to Participants
    36  
12.9 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity
    36  
12.10 Indemnification by Employers
    36  
12.11 Nonparticipation by Interested Member
    37  
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan
    37  
13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers
    37  
13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification
    37  
13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate
    37  

(ii)


 

         
    Page No.  
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions
    38  
14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights
    38  
14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits
    38  
14.3 Limit of Employer Liability
    38  
14.4 Treatment of Expenses
    38  
14.5 Number and Gender
    39  
14.6 Nondiversion of Assets
    39  
14.7 Separability of Provisions
    39  
14.8 Service of Process
    39  
14.9 Governing State Law
    39  
14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility
    39  
14.11 Unclaimed Accounts
    39  
14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    40  
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions
    41  
15.1 Top-Heavy Plan
    41  
15.2 Super Top-Heavy Plan
    41  
15.3 Definitions
    41  
15.4 Top-Heavy Rules of Application
    43  
15.5 Minimum Contributions
    44  
15.7 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan
    44  

(iii)


 

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Section 1. Plan Identity .
     1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is “Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”
     1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.
     1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan was initially, January 1, 2004. The Effective Date of this restatement is January 1, 2006.
     1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.
     1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.
     1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.
     Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Section 2. Definitions .
     The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 


 

      “Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.
      “Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, Early or Normal Retirement.
      “Bank” means Atlantic Coast Federal and any entity which succeeds to the business of Atlantic Coast Federal. and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.
      “Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.
      “Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service.
      “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      “Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.

-2-


 

      “Company” means Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, the holding company of the Bank, and any entity which succeeds to the business of the Company and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.
      “Company Stock” means shares of the Company’s voting common stock or preferred stock meeting the requirements of Section 409(e)(3) of the Code issued by an Employer which is a member of the same controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Code Section 414(b). The term “Company Stock” shall include fractional shares, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
      “Compensation” Except as otherwise provided in Section 5, the term “Compensation” means a Participant’s total regular earnings from the Company paid during a Plan Year for services rendered that are reportable on the Participant’s IRS Form W-2, Wage and Tax Statement, including bonuses, overtime, and commissions. In addition, the term “Compensation” shall include earnings which are not currently includible in a Participant’s gross income for federal income tax purposes by reason of Section 125, 132(f), 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) of the Code. However, the term “Compensation” shall not include any of the following: (a) any earnings in excess of the amount that is determined under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (which amount for the Limitation Year ending December 31, 2004 is $205,000; or (b) any contributions or benefits under this Plan or under any other pension, profit sharing, insurance, hospitalization, or other plan or policy maintained by the Company for the benefit of the Participant. In any case where a Participant commences participation in the Plan, or resumes active participation in the Plan after incurring a Break-in-Service, on any day other than the first day of a Plan Year, his or her Compensation for that Plan Year shall be that portion of his or her Compensation as determined herein paid during the period of his or her participation in the Plan for that Plan Year.
      “Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.
      “Early Retirement Date” means the date on which a Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason on or after the date on which he or she attains age 55.
      “Effective Date” of the restated Plan means January 1, 2006. Originally, the Plan’s Effective Date was January 1, 2004.
      “Eligible Employee ” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2.

-3-


 

      “Employee” means any individual who is employed by the Company or the Bank, including an officer, who receives regular Compensation other than retirement benefits under this Plan and including Leased Employees. However, if Leased Employees constitute less than twenty percent of the Company’s “nonhighly compensated work force” (as defined in Code Section 414(n)(5)(c)(ii) of the Code), the term “Employee” shall not include any Leased Employees who are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5)(B) maintained by a leasing organization.
      “Employer” means the Company, the Bank, or any affiliate within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Company’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.2.
      “Entry Date” means the Effective Date of the Plan and each January 1 and July 1 of each Plan Year after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective January 1, 2006, “Entry Date” shall mean January 1 of each Plan Year.
      “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).
      “Fair Market Value” means, with respect to Company Stock, either (a) the price of the stock prevailing on a national securities exchange which is registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or (b) if the stock is not traded on a national securities exchange, then the offering price for the stock as established by the current bid and asked prices quoted by persons independent of the Company and any affiliates of the Company. If at any time there shall be no generally-recognized market for the Company Stock, then the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock shall be determined by the Trustee based upon a valuation of an independent appraiser meeting the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Code Section 170(a)(1).
      “Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had Compensation exceeding $95,000 (the $95,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d)) and was in the group of Employees consisting of the top 20 percent of all Employees when ranked on the basis of compensation paid by the Employer during the preceding Plan Year. For these purposes, “the top 20 percent of all Employees” shall be determined by taking into account all individuals working for all related Employer entities described in the definition of “Service,” but excluding any individual who has not completed six months of Service, who normally works fewer than 17 1 / 2 hours per week or in fewer than six months per year, who has not

-4-


 

reached age 21, whose employment is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, or who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from United States sources.
      “Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:
     (a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.
     (b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.
     (c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.
     (d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.
     (e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 90 Hours of Service for each bi-weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.
     (f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the

-5-


 

several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Administrator may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.
     (g) In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.
      “Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Company Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Company Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Stock Obligation, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.
      “Leased Employee” means any person (other than an employee of the “Recipient”) who, pursuant to an agreement between the Recipient and the Leasing Organization: (a) has performed services for the Recipient (or for the Recipient and a related person determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year; and (b) performed these services under the primary direction and control of the Recipient. For these purposes, the terms “Recipient” and “Leasing Organization” shall have the meanings set forth in Code Section 414(n).
      “Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.
      “Normal Retirement Date” means the date on which a Participant’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason on or after the date on which he or she attains age 65.
      “Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or an Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.
      “Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.
      “Plan Year” means the twelve-month period that begins on January 1 st and ends on December 31 st .
      “Recognized Absence” means a period for which —
     (a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or
     (b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or

-6-


 

     (c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).
      “Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”
          (a) “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:
          (1) in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;
          (2) prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);
          (3) is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or
          (4) for a Participant is
                    (A) required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;
                    (B) required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;
                    (C) required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or

-7-


 

                    (D) the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.
          (b) The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:
               (1) If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,
                    (A) not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or
                    (B) as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.
               (2) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.
               (3) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.
               (4) In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.
          (c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:
               (1) a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;

-8-


 

               (2) any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;
               (3) a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or
               (4) a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.
      “Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only to the extent: (i) that the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) that the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) of the Employee’s Service with all employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
      “Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
      “Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Company Stock.
      “Stock Obligation” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:

-9-


 

          (i) to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations § 54.4975-12;
          (ii) to repay such Stock Obligation; or
          (iii) to repay a prior exempt loan.
      “Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan to hold the assets of the Plan.
      “Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
      “Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Company to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.
      “Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Company Stock which has been acquired in exchange for one or more Stock Obligations and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.
      “Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.
      “Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Company Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally-recognized market for the Company Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.
      “Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date, provided, however, that with respect to the assets in the Investment Fund, the last day of the Valuation Period shall be December 31.
      “Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.

-10-


 

      “Year of Service” means a 12-month period of Service during which an Employee or Participant has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service with the Company, the Bank, the Bank’s mutual predecessor or an affiliate. For purposes of determining Vesting Years prior to the adoption of the Plan, a Year of Service shall be based on the calendar year.
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .
     3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan (retroactively) as of the Entry Date immediately preceding the last day of the Eligible Employee’s first Eligibility Year.
     3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose, an Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service. If the Employee does not have 1,000 Hours of Service in the first eligibility period, the next eligibility period shall commence on the first day of the Plan Year commencing within the Employee’s first eligibility period, and subsequent eligibility periods shall be each Plan Year thereafter.
     3.3 Terminated Employees . An Employee shall have no interest or rights under this Plan if the Employee is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.
     3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible .
          3.4-1. No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.
          3.4-2. Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
          3.4-3. Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).
          3.4-4. An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Plan Administrator no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year

-11-


 

for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.
     3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.
     3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall, in its sole discretion, (i) either allocate an amount equal to the omitted allocation (A) from forfeitures under Section 9.6 or (B) from dividends received on Company Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund, or (ii) make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.
     3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.
Section 4. Contributions and Credits .
     4.1 Discretionary Contributions .
     4.1-1. The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the

-12-


 

last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.
     4.1-2. Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.
     4.2 Contributions for Stock Obligations . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Stock Obligation upon the purchase of Company Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Stock Obligation. If there is more than one Stock Obligation, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Company Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Stock Obligation related to that Company Stock, subject to Section 7.2.
     In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Company Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under a Stock Obligation, a certain number of shares of the Company Stock acquired with that Stock Obligation which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Stock Obligation in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Stock Obligation.
     At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under a Stock Obligation may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Stock Obligation provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Stock Obligation, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Company Stock.
     4.3 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Company Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount

-13-


 

contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.
     4.4 Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .
     5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:
          5.1-1 If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the Accounts of Highly Compensated Employees, then allocation of such amount shall be adjusted so that such excess will not occur.
          5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $44,000 (or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the excess amounts shall not be deemed annual additions in that limitation year if they are treated in accordance with any one of the following:

-14-


 

          (i) Any excess amount at the end of the Plan Year that cannot be allocated to the Participant’s Account shall be reallocated to the remaining Participants who are eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions for the Plan Year. The reallocation shall be made in accordance with Section 4.1 of the Plan as if the Participant whose Account otherwise would receive the excess amount is not eligible for an allocation of Employer contributions.
          (ii) If the allocation or reallocation of the excess amounts causes the limitations of Code section 415 to be exceeded with respect to each Participant for the limitation year, then the excess amount will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be applied to reduce future Employer contributions for all remaining Participants in the next limitation year and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.
          (iii) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a limitation year, it will not participate in any allocation of investment gains and losses. All amounts held in suspense accounts must be allocated to Participants’ Accounts before any contributions may be made to the Plan for the limitation year.
          (iv) If a suspense account exists at the time of Plan termination, amounts held in the suspense account that cannot be allocated shall revert to the Employer.
          5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan.
          5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:
          (i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or
          (ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.
          5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual

-15-


 

additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.
          5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.
     5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan. If it is determined at any time that the Committee and/or Trustee has erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating net gain or loss pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3, then the Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
     5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Company Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Company Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Company Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.
     This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Company Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Company Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the

-16-


 

Company Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.
     Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.
     This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Company Stock acquired from the shareholder.
     5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
     5.5 Dividend Recharacterization . If any dividend paid on Stock shall be recharacterized to be an Employer contribution to the Plan for any limitation year, and if this recharacterization would cause an allocation to the Participant’s Accounts to exceed the limits allowed under Section 415 of the Code for the limitation year, then the Participant’s Accounts shall be retroactively reduced by an amount equal to the sum of (i) the excess of the amount credited to the Participant’s Accounts over the maximum amount that was properly allocable to his or her Accounts (the “excess amount”) plus (ii) all earnings of the Trust Fund credited to the Participant’s Accounts that are attributable to the excess amount. This provision shall be administered in such a way as to assure that no Participant receives any benefit from an allocation of any excess amount to his or her Accounts. Any excess amount and any earnings attributable to the excess amount shall be placed in the suspense account referred to in Section 5.1. It shall be conclusively presumed that any error with respect to the characterization of any dividend payment by the Company was a mistake of fact with respect to which the Trustee or the Administrator shall be entitled to make corrective adjustments to Participant Accounts.

-17-


 

      Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment .
     6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Company and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Company, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.
     6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Company Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Company Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Company Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Company Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. The Trustee shall have full responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund, except to the extent such responsibility may be delegated from time to time to one or more investment managers pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Trust Agreement, or to the extent the Committee directs the Trustee to purchase Company Stock with the assets in the Investment Fund.
     6.3 Acquisition of Company Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Company Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Company Stock no more than its Fair Market Value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.3. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Company Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called a “Stock Obligation.” The term “Stock Obligation” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. A Stock Obligation includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of a Stock Obligation in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Stock Obligation or the making of another Stock Obligation. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Stock Obligation shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

-18-


 

          6.3-1 A Stock Obligation shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest.
          6.3-2 A Stock Obligation may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Company Stock acquired in exchange for the Stock Obligation, or the Company Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Stock Obligation which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Stock Obligation. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for a Stock Obligation, and no creditor under a Stock Obligation shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Company Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.
          6.3-3 Any pledge of Company Stock to secure a Stock Obligation must provide for the release of pledged Company Stock in connection with payments on the Stock Obligations in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.
          6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Stock Obligation shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Company Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2.
          6.3-5 In the event of default of a Stock Obligation, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Stock Obligation must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, a Stock Obligation must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Stock Obligation. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.
     6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Company Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25% of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with

-19-


 

such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:
          6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.
          6.4-2 The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).
          6.4-3 The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Company Stock .
     7.1 Voting and Tendering of Company Stock .
          7.1-1. The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Company Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Company Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Company Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Company Stock, allocated Company Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Company Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Company Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants; provided, however, that if an exempt loan, as defined in Section 4975(d) of the Code, is outstanding and the Plan is in default on such exempt loan, as default is defined in the loan documents, then to the extent that such loan documents require the lender to exercise voting rights with respect to the unallocated shares, the loan documents will prevail. In the event no shares of Company Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Company Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Company Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.
     Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Company Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights

-20-


 

are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Company Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Company Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.
          7.1-2 In the event of a tender offer, Company Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Company Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Company Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.
      7.2 Application of Dividends .
          7.2-1 Stock Dividends . Dividends on Company Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Company Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Company Stock on which the dividends are paid.
          7.2-2 Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Company Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.
               (i)  On Company Stock in Participants’ Accounts .
               (A)  Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Company Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (i) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(c) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (ii) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance, (iii) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (iv) be used to make payments on the Stock Obligation. If dividends on Company Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Stock Obligation, Company Stock with a Fair Market Value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.
               (B)  Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Company Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Company Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully

-21-


 

vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.
               (ii)  On Company Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Company Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Stock Obligation used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants on a non-discriminatory basis, consistent with Section 7.2-2(i) above, and in the discretion of the Committee, treated as a dividend described in such Section, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year, including make-up contributions to inadvertently omitted Eligible Employees under Section 3.6. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Company Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Stock Obligation unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .
     8.1 ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Company Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Stock Obligation payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Company Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Stock Obligation through the sale or other disposition of Company Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.

-22-


 

          8.1-1. Shares of Company Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:
               (i) first, if dividends paid on shares of Company Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Stock Obligation, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Company Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a Fair Market Value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,
               (ii) second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Company Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and
               (iii) finally, any remaining shares of Company Stock shall be allocated as a general investment gain in proportion to the number of shares held in the Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 7.2-2(i).
          8.1-2. Shares of Company Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Company Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, and amounts forfeited) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant during the period of the Plan Year in which such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants.
          8.1-3. Shares of Company Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.
          8.1-4 If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Stock Obligation exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Company Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Stock Obligations, and following such repayment, there remains Company Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Company Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.
     8.2 Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.

-23-


 

     8.3 Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Company Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Company Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Company Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Company Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.
     8.4 Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Company Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Company Stock or to make payments due under a Stock Obligation; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (c) any cash dividends paid during that year on Company Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Stock Obligation; and (d) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.
     8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Company Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Company Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.
     8.6 Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Trustee will provide each Participant with a statement of his or her Account balances as of the last day of the Plan Year.

-24-


 

Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests .
     9.1 Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:
         
      Vesting   Percentage of
        Years   Interest Vested
Fewer than 1
    0 %
1 year
    20 %
2 years
    40 %
3 years
    60 %
4 years
    80 %
5 years
    100 %
     9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee shall receive one (1) Vesting Year of credit for every two (2) Years of Service with the Bank’s mutual predecessor prior to the adoption of the Plan. However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:
          9.2-1 To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.
          9.2-2 To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:
          (i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of separation from Service, or
          (ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.

-25-


 

          9.2-3 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
          9.2-4 To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.
     9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .
          9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Early Retirement, Disability or by death.
          9.3-2 The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes, “Change in Control” shall mean an event of a nature that (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8 K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as in effect at the time of the Change in Control (collectively, the “HOLA”); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “Person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 25% or more of the Bank’s or the Company’s outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided , however , that this sub-section (b) shall not apply if the Incumbent Board is replaced by the appointment by a Federal banking agency of a conservator or receiver for the Bank and, provided further that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company, or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the

-26-


 

surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the Plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reorganization of the Company by way of a second step conversion shall not be considered a “Change in Control.”
          9.3-3 Upon a Change in Control described in 9.3-2, the Plan shall be terminated and the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to sell a sufficient amount of Company Stock from the Unallocated Stock Fund to repay any outstanding Stock Obligation in full. The proceeds of such sale shall be used to repay such Stock Obligation. After repayment of the Stock Obligation, all remaining shares in the Unallocated Stock Fund (or the proceeds thereof, if applicable) shall be deemed to be earnings and shall be allocated in accordance with the requirements of Section 8.1-4.
     9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated.
     9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service. In all other cases, a forfeiture will occur on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Participant receives a distribution of the Participant’s vested Account balance, or (ii) the end of the first Plan Year in which the Participant incurs a Break in Service.
     If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Break in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid and an additional amount, equal to that portion of his Account which was previously

-27-


 

forfeited, shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. Upon repayment by the Participant of the amounts that were distributed from his or her Accounts: (i) there shall be restored to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account that number of shares that have a value equal to the value of the shares that previously were forfeited from his or her Stock Fund Account (determined as of the date of forfeiture); and (ii) there shall have been restored to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account the amount forfeited from that Account. If the Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance, any forfeiture restored shall include earnings that would have been credited to the Account but for the forfeiture. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return. Section 5.1, which imposes limitations on allocations to Participants and limitations on contributions by the Company, shall not apply to a reinstatement under this Section.
     9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Company Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Company Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Company Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section or in Section 3.6, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.
     9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.
Section 10. Payment of Benefits .
     10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates without the Participant’s consent. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to his Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is

-28-


 

delivered to the Committee. Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless a Participant elects to receive a distribution, the Plan administrator shall transfer accounts in excess of $1,000 but not in excess of $5,000 in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan administrator in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.
     10.2 Time for Distribution .
          10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant separates from service following the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date under the Plan, Disability, or death.
          10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -
          (i) the Participant attains the age of 65;
          (ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
          (iii) the Participant terminates Service with the Employer.
          10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1 / 2 , or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.
          10.2-4 Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after the Participant’s death shall comply with the following requirements:
          (i) If a Participant dies before distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his

-29-


 

surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1 / 2 . In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.
          (ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.
          (iii) If a married Participant dies before benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (i) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (ii) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.
          10.2-5 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).
     10.3 Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.
     10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.
     10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.
     10.6 Options to Receive Company Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Company Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the

-30-


 

benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Company Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Company Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Company Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Company Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Company Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash.
     Except in the case of Company Stock that is treated on an established securities market, any Participant who receives Company Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Company Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Company Stock to purchase the Company Stock for its current Fair Market Value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Company Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Company Stock’s current Fair Market Value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Company Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Company Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.
     The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Company Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.
     Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Company Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Company Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding

-31-


 

paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Company Stock to any other person. As to all Company Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Stock Obligation, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Company Stock acquired through a Stock Obligation shall continue with respect to such Company Stock after the Stock Obligation is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan.
     10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Company Stock . Except in the case of Company Stock which is traded on an established securities market, a Participant who receives Company Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Company Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Company Stock to any other person, first offer the Company Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current Fair Market Value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Company Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Company Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.
     10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Company Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Company Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
     10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.
          10.9-1 An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible

-32-


 

rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
          10.9-2 An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. In the case of an eligible rollover distribution to a surviving Spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.
          10.9-3 A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
          10.9-4 The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).
     10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code do not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Income Tax Regulations is given, provided that:
          (i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option), and
          (ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .
     11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or

-33-


 

Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.
     11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:
          (i) each specific reason for the denial;
          (ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
          (iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and
          (iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.
     11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions .
     12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Company, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Company, the

-34-


 

Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
     12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of the those persons appointed to the Committee by the Company from time to time. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Company shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Company. The Company shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.
     12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Company. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.
     Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Company Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Company Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Stock Obligations. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Company’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Company Stock. Subject to the direction of the board as to the application of Employer contributions to Stock Obligations, and subject to the provisions of Sections 6.4 and 10.6 as to Participants’ rights under certain circumstances to have their Accounts invested in Company Stock or in assets other than Company Stock, the Committee shall determine in its sole discretion the extent to which assets of the Trust shall be used to repay Stock Obligations, to purchase Company Stock, or to invest in other assets to be selected by the Trustee or an investment manager. No provision of the Plan relating to the allocation or vesting of any interests in the Stock Fund or the Investment Fund shall restrict the Committee from changing any holdings of the Trust, whether the changes involve an increase or a decrease in the Company Stock or other assets credited to Participants’ Accounts. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Company Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

-35-


 

     12.4 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.
     12.5 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.
     12.6 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.
     12.7 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.
     12.8 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with applicable law and the best interests of the individuals concerned.
     12.9 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.
     12.10 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or

-36-


 

in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.
     12.11 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .
     13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Company, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.
     13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a).
     13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Company intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Company reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s

-37-


 

proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Company, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .
     14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.
     14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.
     14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.
     14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are

-38-


 

allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.
     14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.
     14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.
     14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.
     14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Company, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Company.
     14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.
     14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction.
     14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:
          (i) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.

-39-


 

          (ii) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary makes a claim for the forfeited benefit.
     Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.
     14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:
          (i) The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and
          (ii) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
     During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic

-40-


 

relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions .
     15.1 Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:
          (i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;
          (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or
          (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).
     15.2 Super Top-Heavy Plan This Plan will be a super top-heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist:
          (i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds ninety percent (90%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group.
          (ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds ninety percent (90%), or
          (iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds ninety percent (90%).
     15.3 Definitions .
     In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:
          15.3-1 The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.

-41-


 

          15.3-2 A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $135,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
          15.3-3 A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.
          15.3-4 A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.
          15.3-5 A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

-42-


 

     15.4 Top-Heavy Rules of Application .
          For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:
          15.4-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.
          15.4-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.
          15.4-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.
          15.4-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.
          15.4-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
          15.4-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”
          15.4-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

-43-


 

          15.4-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.
     15.5 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:
          (i) three percent of his Compensation for that year, or
          (ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.
     If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in one of such other plans, including a plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met. If the Employer has both a Top-Heavy defined benefit plan and a Top-Heavy defined contribution plan and a minimum contribution is to be provided only in the defined contribution plan, then the sum of the Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated to the Account of each Non-key Employee shall be equal to at least five percent (5%) of such Non-key Employee’s Compensation for that year.
     15.6 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

-44-


 

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2006
 
Amendment Number One
 
     The Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”) is hereby amended, effective as provided herein, in accordance with the following:
The definition of “Unallocated Stock Fund” at Section 2 of the Plan shall be amended, effective January 1, 2006, by adding the following sentence at the end thereof:
“Securities acquired with proceeds of an exempt loan shall be added to and maintained in the Unallocated Stock Fund until withdrawn.”
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment Number One has been executed by the duly authorized officers of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation as of the 27th day of February, 2007.
     
ATTEST:
  ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
 
   
/s/ Pamela T. Saxon
  /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.
 
   
Secretary
  President

 


 

ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Amended and Restated effective January 1, 2006
 
Amendment Number Two
 
      WHEREAS, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (the “Company”) has adopted the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation Employee Stock Ownership Plan, amended and restated effective January 1, 2006 (the “Plan”); and
      WHEREAS , the Company desires to update the Plan to comply with the changes in the law made by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA”); the 2007 Final Treasury Regulations published under Internal Revenue Code Section 415 (“415 Regulations”); the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief Tax Act of 2008 (“HEART Act”); and the Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (“WRERA”); and
      WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 13.3 of the Plan, the Company may amend the Plan from time to time.
      NOW THEREFORE , the Plan is hereby amended as follows:
      1. The definition of “Compensation” in Section 2 is hereby amended to read as follows:
      “Compensation” shall mean:
     (a) Wages as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source, including overtime pay, bonuses, commissions, and severance pay (as described in subsection (c) below). Effective September 1, 2009, no severance pay will be included in the definition of “Compensation.”
     (b) Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement) and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation), Code Section 457 or 132(f)(4) shall also be included in the definition of Compensation.
     (c) From January 1, 2008 to August 31, 2009, Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included in Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the

 


 

later of 2 1 / 2 months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment. Effective September 1, 2009, no severance pay shall be included in the definition of “Compensation.”
     (i) Regular Pay . Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.
     (ii) Leave Cash Outs . Compensation shall include leave cash outs if those amounts would have been included in the definition of Compensation if they were earned prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued.
     (iii) Deferred Compensation . Compensation shall include deferred compensation if the deferred compensation would have been included in the definition of Compensation if it had been paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the compensation is received pursuant to a nonqualified unfunded deferred compensation plan, but only if the payment would have been paid at the same time if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer and only to the extent that the payment is includible in the Participant’s gross income.
     (d) Effective on the first day of the Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2008, Compensation includes differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.
     (e) For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Compensation shall include compensation paid by an insurer to a Participant who has incurred a Disability that is reported in Box 1 of Form W-2 and will also include any Disability payments from the Employer that is included in Box 1 of Form W-2. Any Disability payments from an insurer that are not included in Box 1 of Form W-2 shall not be included in Compensation.
     (f) For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, Compensation shall exclude amounts earned but not paid during the limitation year solely because of the timing of the pay periods and pay dates if: (1) these amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next limitation year; (2) the amounts are included in the definition of Compensation on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly situated

 


 

employees; and (3) these amounts are not included in the definition of Compensation for more than one limitation year.
     (g) Compensation in excess of $245,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $245,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $245,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(17)(B), effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.
      2. The following is hereby added to the end of Section 5.1-2 as follows:
     Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, in the event that annual additions exceed the aforesaid limitations as a result of allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)), or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of these rules, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 or any subsequent guidance.
      3. The following is hereby added to the end of Section 5.1-3 as follows:
     For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.
     For limitation years beginning on or after July 1, 2007, in the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.
      4. The following sentence is hereby added to the end of Section 9.3-1 to read as follows:
     Effective on the first day of the Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2008, for purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall fully vest in accordance with Code Section 414(u)(9).

 


 

      5. The following sentence is hereby added to the end of Section 10.9-2 to read as follows:
     Effective January 1, 2008, an “eligible retirement plan” shall include a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q) and a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e).
      6. The following sentence is hereby added to the end of Section 10.9-4 to read as follows:
     Effective January 1, 2007, a “distributee” shall include a Participant’s non-spouse Beneficiary.
      7. Section 10. 10(i) is hereby revised to read as follows:
     (i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option); provided, however, that effective January 1, 2007, the written notice requirements subject to Code Section 402(f) may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable; and
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment Number Two has been executed by a duly authorized officer of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation on the date set forth below.
     
 
  ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
 
   
August 27, 2009
  /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.
 
   
Date
  Robert J. Larison, Jr. President and Chief
 
  Executive Officer

 

Exhibit 10.9
FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS FIFTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of June 17, 2010 by and between ATLANTIC COAST BANK (the “Bank”), its successors and assigns and ROBERT J. LARISON, JR. (the “Executive”).
1.   Definitions . In this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
  (a)   Administrator shall mean the person or committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) to administer this Agreement. If a committee is appointed by the Board, a majority of those persons shall constitute a quorum and the act of the majority of such of persons either at a meeting or by written consent, shall be the act of the Administrator. The Administrator may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with this Agreement, as it deems necessary or appropriate in order to administer this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Appreciation Benefit shall mean:
(1) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Prior Benefit Component multiplied by the Issue Price (as defined below), or (B) the Executive’s benefit under the Agreement as of December 11, 2009 multiplied by three (3) percent per annum (in the event of a fractional year, the three (3) percent attributable to the fractional year will be reduced proportionately); plus
(2) an amount equal to the Stock Award Component (after applying the weighting requirements of subparagraph 2(q)) multiplied by the Issue Price; plus
(3) an amount equal to the Stock Ownership Component (after applying the weighting requirements of subparagraph 2(r)) multiplied by the Issue Price.
For example, assume the following:
    Second Step Conversion takes place on December 11, 2014
 
    Executive’s benefit as of December 11, 2009 is $28,800
 
    Prior Benefit Component of 20,000 shares ($28,800 / $1.44)
 
    Stock Award Component of 30,000 shares
 
    Stock Ownership Component of 25,000 shares
 
    Issue Price of $5 ($6.44-$1.44)
    Prior Benefit Component = $33,387.09 [the lesser of $100,000 (20,000 x $5) or $33,387.09 (28,800 x 3% per annum for five (5) years)]; plus
 
    Stock Award Component = $37,500 (30,000 x .25 x $5); plus
 
    Stock Ownership Component = $93,750 (25,000 x .75 x $5); equals

 


 

    Appreciation Benefit = $164,637.09
The Company will pay interest on the unpaid balance of the Executive’s Appreciation Benefit at the rate of the monthly average of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 275 basis points per annum until the Appreciation Benefit is paid in full.
In the event the Executive dies, becomes Disabled, incurs an Involuntary Termination or there is a Change in Control prior to the date of closing of the Second-Step Conversion, the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock as of the date of death, determination of Disability, Involuntary Termination or Change in Control will be substituted for “the average selling price of a share of Company Stock over the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the closing of a Second-Step Conversion” when calculating the Issue Price.
The Executive shall vest in his Appreciation Benefit in accordance with the following schedule:
     
Vested Percentage   Timing of Vesting
 
   
   15%
  Upon the expiration date of the “Subscription Offering” as defined in the Prospectus for the Second-Step Conversion, provided, however, if a Second-Step Conversion does not occur, vesting will not occur.
 
   
100%
  Upon the Company’s operation with positive before-tax income (disregarding any expense recorded by the Company or the Bank for a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by the Company or the Bank) for two consecutive calendar quarters following the closing of a Second-Step Conversion, provided, however, if a Second-Step Conversion does not occur, vesting will not occur.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will become 100 percent vested in his Appreciation Benefit prior to the schedule provided above in the event one of the following events occurs: death, Disability, Involuntary Termination, the occurrence of a Change in Control or the Administrator in its sole discretion accelerates vesting. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, if the Executive resigns at the request of, or is removed from service by, the Office of Thrift Supervision, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other regulatory authority for the Bank, the Executive shall be ineligible to participate and shall forfeit any benefits under this Agreement.
 
  (c)   Benefit Determination Date shall mean any of the following: (1) the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date; (2) the date the Executive incurs an Involuntary Termination prior to the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date; (3) the date of the Executive’s death; (4) the date the Executive incurs a Disability; or (5) the date of a Change in Control.

2


 

  (d)   Cause shall mean a Separation from Service due to the Executive’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, and willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order.
 
      The basis for determining whether Cause exists shall not be deemed to include any impact on the Company’s or the Bank’s business, properties, assets, liabilities, results of operations, financial condition or business from (1) changes in thrift, banking and similar laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by courts or governmental authorities, or other changes affecting depository institutions generally, including changes in general economic conditions and changes in prevailing interest and deposit rates, (2) changes in GAAP or regulatory accounting requirements applicable to thrifts, banks and their holding companies generally, or (3) changes in national or international political or social conditions including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon or within the United States, or any of its territories, possessions or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel in the United States.
 
      A determination of Cause shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board, acting in good faith with respect to such termination, provided, however, that on or after the earliest date on which a change in control as defined in Section 1(e) occurs, such a determination shall require the affirmative vote of at least three fourths of the members of the Board acting in good faith and such vote shall not be made prior to the expiration of a 60-day period following the date on which the Board shall by written notice to the Executive, furnish him a statement of its grounds for proposing to make such determination, during which period the Executive shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to make oral and written presentations to the members of the Board, and to be represented by his legal counsel at such presentations, or to refute the grounds for the proposed determination.
 
  (e)   Change in Control shall mean the following:
(1) A “change in the ownership” of the Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or its successor (the “Company”), a “change in the effective control” of the Bank or the Company, or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Bank or the Company, each described below. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Second-Step Conversion shall not be deemed a Change in Control.
(2) A “change in ownership” occurs on the date that anyone person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank or Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50

3


 

percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation.
(3) A “change in the effective control” of the Bank or Company occurs on the date that either (A) anyone person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or Company possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or Company, or (B) a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection (B) is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or Company is another corporation.
(4) A “change in a substantial portion of the assets of the Bank” or the Company occurs on the date that anyone person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank or Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (A) all of the assets of the Bank or Company, or (B) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.
  (f)   Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.
 
  (g)   Disabled or Disability shall mean the Executive:
(1) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months;
(2) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank; or
(3) is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.
  (h)   Fair Market Value shall mean the per share closing price of Company Stock, as reported by the principal exchange or market over which the shares of Company Stock are then listed or regularly traded.

4


 

  (i)   Involuntary Termination shall mean Separation from Service other than for Cause without the Executive’s express written consent and voluntary resignation due to a material diminution of or interference with the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and benefits as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to in writing by the Executive: (i) a change in the principal workplace of the Executive to a location outside of a 30 mile radius from the Executive’s principal workplace as of the date hereof; (ii) a material demotion of the Executive; (iii) a material reduction in the number or seniority of other personnel reporting to the Executive or a material reduction in the frequency with which, or on the nature of the matters with respect to which, such personnel are to report to the Executive, other than as part of an institution-wide reduction in staff; (iv) a material adverse change in the Executive’s salary, perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of the senior management of the Bank; and (v) a material permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Executive; provided that the Executive has notified the Bank of the existence of such a condition no later than 90 days after the initial existence of such condition and the Bank has at least 30 days to cure such condition. The term “Involuntary Termination” does not include termination for Cause or termination of employment due to retirement, death, Disability or suspension or temporary or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
 
  (j)   Issue Price shall mean the average selling price of a share of Company Stock over the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the closing of a Second-Step Conversion minus $1.44 (the closing price of Company Stock on December 11, 2009).
 
  (k)   Monthly Benefit shall mean an amount, as of a Benefit Determination Date, equal to the vested Appreciation Benefit divided by 180. For example, if on a Benefit Determination Date the Appreciation Benefit is $450,000, then Executive’s Monthly Benefit is $2,500 ($450,000 / 180) plus accrued interest.
 
  (l)   Normal Retirement Date shall mean the date the Executive attains age 55 (i.e., February 9, 2012. The Executive may change his Normal Retirement Date provided that he files an election form with the Bank; provided, however, that: (1) the new election will not take effect until at least 12 months after the date the new election is filed; (2) the commencement of installment payments with respect to which such election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made; and (3) the new election is filed at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment under the Plan.
 
  (m)   Prior Benefit Component shall mean a number of shares of Company Stock equal to the Executive’s benefit under the Agreement as of December 11, 2009, divided by the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on December 11, 2009. For

5


 

      example, the Executive’s prior benefit under the terms of the Agreement on December 11, 2009 was $40,000 and the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on December 11, 2009 was $2.00. The Executive is deemed to have, for purposes of the Agreement, 20,000 shares of Company Stock ($40,000/$2.00) in the Prior Benefit Component.
  (n)   Second-Step Conversion shall mean the conversion and reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, the Company and the Bank from a mutual holding company structure to a fully public ownership structure.
 
  (o)   Separation from Service shall mean the date of cessation of the employment relationship (other than an approved leave of absence) between the Executive and the Bank and its affiliates and subsidiaries (including any successor in interest, if applicable), and shall be construed to comply with Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
  (p)   Specified Employee shall mean a key employee of the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 4l6(i) without regard to paragraph 5 thereof, determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i).
 
  (q)   Stock Award Component shall mean the number of shares of Company Stock awarded to the Executive under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan that are still held by the Executive on December 11, 2009 times 25 percent. For example, on December 11, 2009 the Executive had 100 shares awarded to him under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan. For purposes of calculating the Appreciation Benefit, only 25 shares would be counted.
 
  (r)   Stock Ownership Component shall mean the number of shares of Company Stock directly or beneficially owned by the Executive (as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, disregarding any beneficial ownership of stock options) as of December 11, 2009 times 75 percent. For example, on December 11, 2009 the Executive directly and beneficially owns 100 shares. For purposes of calculating the Appreciation Benefit, only 75 shares would be counted.
2.   Payment of Benefits .
  (a)   Normal Benefit . If Monthly Benefits have not already started due to Separation from Service, Disability or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to Executive starting on the first business day of the month following the Normal Retirement Date and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a total of 180 months (i.e., monthly payments for 15 years), regardless of whether the Executive has experienced a Separation from Service; provided however, that, if the Executive has experienced a Separation from Service, then, to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A

6


 

      and the regulations thereunder, such payments shall not commence until the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service if the Executive is a Specified Employee on his date of Separation from Service.
  (b)   Death Benefit . If the Executive dies prior to the Normal Retirement Date, Separation from Service, Disability or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay to the beneficiary designated on Exhibit A , the Appreciation Benefit in a lump sum on the first business day of the month following the Executive’s death. If no beneficiary or beneficiaries have been designated, or if all of the beneficiaries predecease the Executive, the Monthly Benefit will be paid to the Executive’s estate.
 
  (c)   Disability Benefit . If the Executive becomes Disabled prior to the Normal Retirement Date, death, Separation from Service or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to him commencing on the first business day of the month following the date on which the Executive becomes Disabled and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a period of 180 months.
 
  (d)   Separation from Service Benefit . In the event the Executive incurs a Separation from Service due to an Involuntary Termination before the Normal Retirement Date, Disability, death or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to him commencing on the first business day of the month following the Separation from Service and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a period of 180 months. However, if the Executive is a Specified Employee on the date of his Separation from Service, such payments shall not commence until the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service.
 
  (e)   Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control occurs before the Normal Retirement Date, Separation from Service due to an Involuntary Termination, Disability or death, then, within 30 calendar days after such Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Executive a lump sum equal to the Appreciation Benefit.
 
  (f)   Funding of Monthly Benefit . The Bank reserves the right to purchase a contract from a life insurance company with a minimum rating of AA from Standard & Poors and Moody’s in order to provide all or any portion of the Monthly Benefit described herein. Upon the Bank’s purchase of such contract and distribution of the contract to Executive or his Beneficiary, the Bank’s liability to provide the Monthly Benefit hereunder shall cease and such contract shall be the sole source of funds for providing such Monthly Benefit.
 
  (g)   Changes in Company Stock . In the event of any change in Company Stock through stock dividends, split-ups, stock splits or reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, conversions or otherwise, then the Board will make appropriate adjustment or substitution in the aggregate value of the Prior

7


 

      Benefit Component, the Stock Award Component and the Stock Ownership Component.
3.   Claims . In the event a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied under this Agreement, the Executive or any other person claiming benefits under this Agreement (a “Claimant”) shall be given notice in writing within 30 calendar days after the Administrator’s receipt of the claim. For good cause shown, the Administrator may extend this period for an additional 30 calendar days. Any denial must specifically set forth the reasons for the denial and any additional information necessary to rescind such denial. The Claimant shall have the right to seek a review of the denial by filing a written request with the Administrator within 60 calendar days of receipt of the denial. Such request may be supported by such documentation and evidence deemed relevant by the Claimant. Following receipt of this information, the Administrator shall make a final determination and notify the Claimant in writing within 60 calendar days of the Administrator’s receipt of the request for review together with the specific reasons for the decision.
 
4.   General Assets and Funding . The amounts payable under this Agreement are payable from the general assets of the Bank and no special fund or arrangement is intended to be established hereby nor shall the Bank be required to earmark, place in trust or otherwise segregate assets with respect to this Agreement or any benefits hereunder. The Administrator reserves the right to determine how the Bank will fund its obligation undertaken by this Agreement. At its discretion, the Administrator may establish one or more trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Bank shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Bank. Under no circumstances shall a Participant serve as trustee or co-trustee of any trust established by the Bank pursuant to this Plan.
 
    Should the Administrator elect to purchase assets relating to this Agreement, in whole or in part, through the medium of life insurance or annuities, or both, the Bank shall be the owner and beneficiary of each such policy unless otherwise provided by this Agreement. Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such life insurance or annuities, as well as any other investment program, at any time, in whole or in part unless otherwise provided by this Agreement. Such termination shall in no way affect the Bank’s obligation to pay the Executive the benefits as provided in this Agreement. At no time shall the Executive be deemed to have any right, title, or interest in or to any specific asset or assets of the Bank, including but not by way of restriction, any insurance or annuity contract and contracts or the proceeds therefrom.
 
5.   Certain Reductions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement, together with any other amounts and the value of benefits received or to be received by the Executive in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be nondeductible for federal income tax

8


 

    purposes by the Bank or the consolidated group of which the Bank is a member pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent necessary so as to maximize amounts and the value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become nondeductible by Bank pursuant to or by reason of such Section 280G. The Employee shall determine the allocation of such reduction among payments and benefits to the Employee.
6.   Beneficiary Designations . The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing with Bank a written designation of beneficiary on a form substantially similar to the form attached as Exhibit A. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to the Executive’s estate.
 
    If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person, or to a custodian selected by the Bank under the Georgia Uniform Transfers to Minors Act for the benefit of such minor. The Bank may require proof of incompetency, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.
 
7.   Amendment and Termination .
  (a)   Amendment . This Agreement may be amended at any time by a written instrument signed by the Bank and the Executive.
 
  (b)   Termination . The Bank may at any time partially or completely terminate the Agreement, if, in its judgment, the tax, accounting, or other effects of the continuance of the Agreement, or potential payments thereunder, would not be in the best interests of the Bank.
     (1) Partial Termination . In the event of a partial termination, the Agreement shall continue to operate and be effective with regard to benefits accrued prior to the effective date of such partial termination, but no further benefits shall accrue after the date of such partial termination.
     (2) Complete Termination . Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A , in the event of complete termination, the Agreement shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay the Executive his Account as if he had terminated

9


 

service as of the effective date of the complete termination. Such complete termination of the Agreement shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions.
     (A) The Bank may terminate the Agreement within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts accrued under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
     (B) The Bank may terminate the Agreement within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control (but not following a Change in Control), provided that the Agreement shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Executive and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the termination of the arrangements.
     (C) The Bank may terminate the Agreement provided that (i) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-l(c) if any individual; covered by this Agreement was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated; (ii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement; (iii) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (iv) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if the same individual participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.
     (D) The Bank may terminate the Agreement pursuant to such other terms and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may permit from time to time.
8.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   Withholding . To the extent amounts payable under this Agreement are determined by the Administrator, in good faith, to be subject to federal, state or local income tax, the Bank may withhold from each such payment an amount necessary to meet the Bank’s obligation to withhold amounts under the applicable federal, state or local law.

10


 

  (b)   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia, except to the extent that federal law applies.
 
  (c)   Future Employment . This Agreement shall not be construed as providing the Executive the right to be continued in the employ of the Bank or its affiliates or subsidiaries.
 
  (d)   No Pledge or Attachment . No benefit which is or may become payable under this Agreement shall be subject to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation or subject to any attachment, levy or similar process and any attempt to effect any such action shall be null and void.
 
  (e)   Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and the obligations of the Bank herein shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Bank. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Bank without the prior written consent of the Executive or any other beneficiary receiving payments under this Agreement.
 
  (f)   Participation in Plans . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to alter, abridge, or in any manner affect the rights and privileges of the Executive to participate in and be covered by any pension, profit sharing, group insurance, bonus, incentive, or other employee plans which the Bank or its affiliates or subsidiaries may now or hereafter have.
 
  (g)   Notices . Any notices under this Agreement shall be provided to the Executive at his last address on file with the Administrator and shall be provided to the Administrator in care of President, Atlantic Coast Federal, 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501.
 
  (h)   Headings . Headings of sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference. They are not to be considered in the construction of this Agreement.
 
  (i)   Savings Clause . If any provision of this Agreement shall be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall be carried into effect.
 
  (j)   Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive be virtue of this Agreement other than as specifically set forth herein.
 
  (k)   Suicide . No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.
 
  (l)   Top Hat Agreement . For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code, the Bank intends this Agreement to be an unfunded, unsecured promise to pay on the part of the Bank. For purposes of ERISA, the Bank intends this Agreement to be an unfunded obligation solely for the benefit of the Executive for the purpose of

11


 

      qualifying this Agreement for the “top hat” exception under sections 201(2), 301 (a)(3) and 401 (a) of ERISA.
9.   Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

12


 

     The parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  ATLANTIC COAST BANK
 
 
6/17/2010  By:   /s/ Charles E. Martin, Jr.    
Date    Charles E. Martin, Jr.   
       
 
  EXECUTIVE
 
 
6/17/2010  /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
Date  Robert J. Larison, Jr.   
     
 

13

Exhibit 10.10
THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT is made as of June 17, 2010 by and between ATLANTIC COAST BANK (the “Bank”), its successors and assigns and THOMAS B. WAGERS, SR. (the “Executive”).
1.   Definitions . In this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
  (a)   Administrator shall mean the person or committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) to administer this Agreement. If a committee is appointed by the Board, a majority of those persons shall constitute a quorum and the act of the majority of such of persons either at a meeting or by written consent, shall be the act of the Administrator. The administrator may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with this Agreement, as it deems necessary or appropriate in order to administer this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Appreciation Benefit shall mean:
(1) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Prior Benefit Component multiplied by the Issue Price (as defined below), or (B) the Executive’s benefit under the Agreement as of December 11, 2009 multiplied by three (3) percent per annum (in the event of a fractional year, the three (3) percent attributable to the fractional year will be reduced proportionately); plus
(2) an amount equal to the Stock Award Component (after applying the weighting requirements of subparagraph 2(q)) multiplied by the Issue Price; plus
(3) an amount equal to the Stock Ownership Component (after applying the weighting requirements of subparagraph 2(r)) multiplied by the Issue Price.
For example, assume the following:
    Second Step Conversion takes place on December 11, 2014
 
    Executive’s benefit as of December 11, 2009 is $28,800
 
    Prior Benefit Component of 20,000 shares ($28,800 / $1.44)
 
    Stock Award Component of 30,000 shares
 
    Stock Ownership Component of 25,000 shares
 
    Issue Price of $5 ($6.44-$1.44)
    Prior Benefit Component = $33,387.09 [the lesser of $100,000 (20,000 x $5) or $33,387.09 (28,800 x 3% per annum for five (5) years)]; plus
 
    Stock Award Component = $37,500 (30,000 x .25 x $5); plus
 
    Stock Ownership Component = $93,750 (25,000 x .75 x $5); equals
 
    Appreciation Benefit = $164,637.09

 


 

The Company will pay interest on the unpaid balance of the Executive’s Appreciation Benefit at the rate of the monthly average of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 275 basis points per annum until the Appreciation Benefit is paid in full.
In the event the Executive dies, becomes Disabled, incurs an Involuntary Termination or there is a Change in Control prior to the date of closing of the Second-Step Conversion, the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock as of the date of death, determination of Disability, Involuntary Termination or Change in Control will be substituted for “the average selling price of a share of Company Stock over the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the closing of a Second-Step Conversion” when calculating the Issue Price.
The Executive shall vest in his Appreciation Benefit in accordance with the following schedule:
     
Vested Percentage   Timing of Vesting
 
   
  15%
  Upon the expiration date of the “Subscription Offering” as defined in the Prospectus for the Second-Step Conversion, provided, however, if a Second-Step Conversion does not occur, vesting will not occur.
 
   
100%
  Upon the Company’s operation with positive before-tax income (disregarding any expense recorded by the Company or the Bank for a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by the Company or the Bank) for two consecutive calendar quarters following the closing of a Second-Step Conversion, provided, however, if a Second-Step Conversion does not occur, vesting will not occur.
      Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will become 100 percent vested in his Appreciation Benefit prior to the schedule provided above in the event one of the following events occurs: death, Disability, Involuntary Termination, the occurrence of a Change in Control or the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion accelerates vesting. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, if the Executive resigns at the request of, or is removed from service by, the Office of Thrift Supervision, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other regulatory authority for the Bank, the Executive shall be ineligible to participate and shall forfeit any benefits under this Agreement.
 
  (c)   Benefit Determination Date shall mean any of the following: (1) the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date; (2) the date the Executive incurs an Involuntary Termination prior to the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date; (3) the date of the Executive’s death; (4) the date the Executive incurs a Disability; or (5) the date of a Change in Control.

2


 

  (d)   Cause shall mean a Separation from Service due to the Executive’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, and willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order.
 
      The basis for determining whether Cause exists shall not be deemed to include any impact on the Company’s or the Bank’s business, properties, assets, liabilities, results of operations, financial condition or business from (1) changes in thrift, banking and similar laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by courts or governmental authorities, or other changes affecting depository institutions generally, including changes in general economic conditions and changes in prevailing interest and deposit rates, (2) changes in GAAP or regulatory accounting requirements applicable to thrifts, banks and their holding companies generally, or (3) changes in national or international political or social conditions including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon or within the United States, or any of its territories, possessions or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel in the United States.
 
      A determination of Cause shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board, acting in good faith with respect to such termination, provided, however, that on or after the earliest date on which a change in control as defined in Section 1(e) occurs, such a determination shall require the affirmative vote of at least three fourths of the members of the Board acting in good faith and such vote shall not be made prior to the expiration of a 60-day period following the date on which the Board shall by written notice to the Executive, furnish him a statement of its grounds for proposing to make such determination, during which period the Executive shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to make oral and written presentations to the members of the Board, and to be represented by his legal counsel at such presentations, or to refute the grounds for the proposed determination.
 
  (e)   Change in Control shall mean the following:
(1) A “change in the ownership” of the Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or its successor (the “Company”), a “change in the effective control” of the Bank or the Company, or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Bank or the Company, each described below. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Second-Step Conversion shall not be deemed a Change in Control.
(2) A “change in ownership” occurs on the date that anyone person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank or Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50

3


 

percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation.
(3) A “change in the effective control” of the Bank or Company occurs on the date that either (A) anyone person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or Company possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or Company, or (B) a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection (B) is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or Company is another corporation.
(4) A “change in a substantial portion of the assets” of the Bank or the Company occurs on the date that anyone person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank or Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (A) all of the assets of the Bank or Company, or (B) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.
  (f)   Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.
 
  (g)   Disabled or Disability shall mean the Executive:
(1) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months;
(2) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank; or
(3) is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.
  (h)   Fair Market Value shall mean the per share closing price of Company Stock, as reported by the principal exchange or market over which the shares of Company Stock are then listed or regularly traded.

4


 

  (i)   Involuntary Termination shall mean Separation from Service other than for Cause without the Executive’s express written consent and voluntary resignation due to a material diminution of or interference with the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and benefits as Chief Financial Officer of the Bank, including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to in writing by the Executive: (i) a change in the principal workplace of the Executive to a location outside of a 30 mile radius from the Executive’s principal workplace as of the date hereof; (ii) a material demotion of the Executive; (iii) a material reduction in the number or seniority of other personnel reporting to the Executive or a material reduction in the frequency with which, or on the nature of the matters with respect to which, such personnel are to report to the Executive, other than as part of an institution-wide reduction in staff; (iv) a material adverse change in the Executive’s salary, perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of the senior management of the Bank; and (v) a material permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Executive; provided that the Executive has notified the Bank of the existence of such a condition no later than 90 days after the initial existence of such condition and the Bank has at least 30 days to cure such condition. The term “Involuntary Termination” does not include termination for Cause or termination of employment due to retirement, death, Disability or suspension or temporary or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
 
  (j)   Issue Price shall mean the average selling price of a share of Company Stock over the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the closing of a Second-Step Conversion minus $1.44 (the closing price of Company Stock on December 11, 2009).
 
  (k)   Monthly Benefit shall mean an amount, as of a Benefit Determination Date, equal to the vested Appreciation Benefit divided by 180. For example, if on a Benefit Determination Date the Appreciation Benefit is $450,000, then Executive’s Monthly Benefit is $2,500 ($450,000 / 180) plus accrued interest.
 
  (l)   Normal Retirement Date shall mean January 1, 2014. The Executive may change his Normal Retirement Date provided that he files an election form with the Bank; provided, however, that: (1) the new election will not take effect until at least 12 months after the date the new election is filed; (2) the commencement of installment payments with respect to which such election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made; and (3) the new election is filed at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment under the Plan.
 
  (m)   Prior Benefit Component shall mean a number of shares of Company Stock equal to the Executive’s benefit under the Agreement as of December 11, 2009, divided by the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on December 11, 2009. For example, the Executive’s prior benefit under the terms of the Agreement on

5


 

      December 11, 2009 was $40,000 and the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on December 11, 2009 was $2.00. The Executive is deemed to have, for purposes of the Agreement, 20,000 shares of Company Stock ($40,000/$2.00) in the Prior Benefit Component.
  (n)   Second-Step Conversion shall mean the conversion and reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, the Company and the Bank from a mutual holding company structure to a fully public ownership structure.
 
  (o)   Separation from Service shall mean the date of cessation of the employment relationship (other than an approved leave of absence) between the Executive and the Bank and its affiliates and subsidiaries (including any successor in interest, if applicable), and shall be construed to comply with Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
  (p)   Specified Employee shall mean a key employee of the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 4l6(i) without regard to paragraph 5 thereof, determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i).
 
  (q)   Stock Award Component shall mean the number of shares of Company Stock awarded to the Executive under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan that are still held by the Executive on December 11, 2009 times 25 percent. For example, on December 11, 2009 the Executive had 100 shares awarded to him under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan. For purposes of calculating the Appreciation Benefit, only 25 shares would be counted.
 
  (r)   Stock Ownership Component shall mean the number of shares of Company Stock directly or beneficially owned by the Executive (as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, disregarding any beneficial ownership of stock options) as of December 11, 2009 times 75 percent. For example, on December 11, 2009 the Executive directly and beneficially owns 100 shares. For purposes of calculating the Appreciation Benefit, only 75 shares would be counted.
2.   Payment of Benefits .
  (a)   Normal Benefit . If Monthly Benefits have not already started due to Separation from Service, Disability or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to Executive starting on the first business day of the month following the Normal Retirement Date and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a total of 180 months (i.e., monthly payments for 15 years), regardless of whether the Executive has experienced a Separation from Service; provided however, that, if the Executive has experienced a Separation from Service, then, to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder, such payments shall not commence until the first

6


 

      day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service if the Executive is a Specified Employee on his date of Separation from Service.
  (b)   Death Benefit . If the Executive dies prior to the Normal Retirement Date, Separation from Service, Disability or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay to the beneficiary designated on Exhibit A , the Appreciation Benefit in a lump sum on the first business day of the month following the Executive’s death. If no beneficiary or beneficiaries have been designated, or if all of the beneficiaries predecease the Executive, the Monthly Benefit will be paid to the Executive’s estate.
 
  (c)   Disability Benefit . If the Executive becomes Disabled prior to the Normal Retirement Date, death, Separation from Service or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to him commencing on the first business day of the month following the date on which the Executive becomes Disabled and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a period of 180 months.
 
  (d)   Separation from Service Benefit . In the event the Executive incurs a Separation from Service due to an Involuntary Termination before the Normal Retirement Date, Disability, death or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to him commencing on the first business day of the month following the Separation from Service and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a period of 180 months. However, if the Executive is a Specified Employee on the date of his Separation from Service, such payments shall not commence until the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service.
 
  (e)   Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control occurs before the Normal Retirement Date, Separation from Service due to an Involuntary Termination, Disability or death, then, within 30 calendar days after such Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Executive a lump sum equal to the Appreciation Benefit.
 
  (f)   Funding of Monthly Benefit . The Bank reserves the right to purchase a contract from a life insurance company with a minimum rating of AA from Standard & Poors and Moody’s in order to provide all or any portion of the Monthly Benefit described herein. Upon the Bank’s purchase of such contract and distribution of the contract to Executive or his Beneficiary, the Bank’s liability to provide the Monthly Benefit hereunder shall cease and such contract shall be the sole source of funds for providing such Monthly Benefit.
 
  (g)   Changes in Company Stock . In the event of any change in Company Stock through stock dividends, split-ups, stock splits or reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, conversions or otherwise, then the Board will make appropriate adjustment or substitution in the aggregate value of the Prior Benefit Component, the Stock Award Component and the Stock Ownership Component.

7


 

3.   Required Provisions .
  (a)   The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank other than Separation from Service for Cause as defined above shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Separation from Service for Cause.
 
  (b)   If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 USC §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(l) [12 USC §1818(g)(I)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.
 
  (c)   If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 USC §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(l) [12 USC §1818(g)(l)] of the FDI Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
 
  (d)   If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(l) [12 USC §1813(x)(1)] of the FDI Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
 
  (e)   All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section B(c) [12 USC §1823(c)] of the FDI Act; or (ii) by the Director or his or her designee at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
 
  (f)   Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

8


 

4.   Claims . In the event a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied under this Agreement, the Executive or any other person claiming benefits under this Agreement (a “Claimant”) shall be given notice in writing within 30 calendar days after the Administrator’s receipt of the claim. For good cause shown, the Administrator may extend this period for an additional 30 calendar days. Any denial must specifically set forth the reasons for the denial and any additional information necessary to rescind such denial. The Claimant shall have the right to seek a review of the denial by filing a written request with the Administrator within 60 calendar days of receipt of the denial. Such request may be supported by such documentation and evidence deemed relevant by the Claimant. Following receipt of this information, the Administrator shall make a final determination and notify the Claimant in writing within 60 calendar days of the Administrator’s receipt of the request for review together with the specific reasons for the decision.
5.   General Assets and Funding . The amounts payable under this Agreement are payable from the general assets of the Bank and no special fund or arrangement is intended to be established hereby nor shall the Bank be required to earmark, place in trust or otherwise segregate assets with respect to this Agreement or any benefits hereunder. The Administrator reserves the right to determine how the Bank will fund its obligation undertaken by this Agreement. At its discretion, the Administrator may establish one or more trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Bank shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Bank. Under no circumstances shall a Participant serve as trustee or co-trustee of any trust established by the Bank pursuant to this Plan.
 
    Should the Administrator elect to purchase assets relating to this Agreement, in whole or in part, through the medium of life insurance or annuities, or both, the Bank shall be the owner and beneficiary of each such policy unless otherwise provided by this Agreement. Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such life insurance or annuities, as well as any other investment program, at any time, in whole or in part unless otherwise provided by this Agreement. Such termination shall in no way affect the Bank’s obligation to pay the Executive the benefits as provided in this Agreement. At no time shall the Executive be deemed to have any right, title, or interest in or to any specific asset or assets of the Bank, including but not by way of restriction, any insurance or annuity contract and contracts or the proceeds therefrom.
 
6.   Certain Reductions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement, together with any other amounts and the value of benefits received or to be received by the Executive in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be nondeductible for federal income tax purposes by the Bank or the consolidated group of which the Bank is a member pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent necessary so as to maximize amounts and the

9


 

    value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become nondeductible by Bank pursuant to or by reason of such Section 280G. The Employee shall determine the allocation of such reduction among payments and benefits to the Employee.
7.   Beneficiary Designations . The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing with Bank a written designation of beneficiary on a form substantially similar to the form attached as Exhibit A. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to the Executive’s estate.
 
    If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person, or to a custodian selected by the Bank under the Georgia Uniform Transfers to Minors Act for the benefit of such minor. The Bank may require proof of incompetency, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.
 
8.   Amendment and Termination .
  (a)   Amendment . This Agreement may be amended at any time by a written instrument signed by the Bank and the Executive.
 
  (b)   Termination . The Bank may at any time partially or completely terminate the Agreement, if, in its judgment, the tax, accounting, or other effects of the continuance of the Agreement, or potential payments thereunder, would not be in the best interests of the Bank.
     (1) Partial Termination . In the event of a partial termination, the Agreement shall continue to operate and be effective with regard to benefits accrued prior to the effective date of such partial termination, but no further benefits shall accrue after the date of such partial termination.
     (2) Complete Termination . Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A , in the event of complete termination, the Agreement shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay the Executive his Account as if he had terminated service as of the effective date of the complete termination. Such complete termination of the Agreement shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions.

10


 

     (A) The Bank may terminate the Agreement within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts accrued under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
     (B) The Bank may terminate the Agreement within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control (but not following a Change in Control), provided that the Agreement shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Executive and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the termination of the arrangements.
     (C) The Bank may terminate the Agreement provided that (i) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-l(c) if any individual; covered by this Agreement was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated; (ii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement; (iii) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (iv) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if the same individual participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.
     (D) The Bank may terminate the Agreement pursuant to such other terms and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may permit from time to time.
9.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   Withholding . To the extent amounts payable under this Agreement are determined by the Administrator, in good faith, to be subject to federal, state or local income tax, the Bank may withhold from each such payment an amount necessary to meet the Bank’s obligation to withhold amounts under the applicable federal, state or local law.
 
  (b)   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia, except to the extent that federal law applies.

11


 

  (c)   Future Employment . This Agreement shall not be construed as providing the Executive the right to be continued in the employ of the Bank or its affiliates or subsidiaries.
 
  (d)   No Pledge or Attachment . No benefit which is or may become payable under this Agreement shall be subject to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation or subject to any attachment, levy or similar process and any attempt to effect any such action shall be null and void.
 
  (e)   Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and the obligations of the Bank herein shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Bank. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Bank without the prior written consent of the Executive or any other beneficiary receiving payments under this Agreement.
 
  (f)   Participation in Plans . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to alter, abridge, or in any manner affect the rights and privileges of the Executive to participate in and be covered by any pension, profit sharing, group insurance, bonus, incentive, or other employee plans which the Bank or its affiliates or subsidiaries may now or hereafter have.
 
  (g)   Notices . Any notices under this Agreement shall be provided to the Executive at his last address on file with the Administrator and shall be provided to the Administrator in care of President, Atlantic Coast Federal, 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501.
 
  (h)   Headings . Headings of sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference. They are not to be considered in the construction of this Agreement.
 
  (i)   Savings Clause . If any provision of this Agreement shall be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall be carried into effect.
 
  (j)   Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive be virtue of this Agreement other than as specifically set forth herein.
 
  (k)   Suicide . No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.
 
  (l)   Top Hat Agreement . For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code, the Bank intends this Agreement to be an unfunded, unsecured promise to pay on the part of the Bank. For purposes of ERISA, the Bank intends this Agreement to be an unfunded obligation solely for the benefit of the Executive for the purpose of qualifying this Agreement for the “top hat” exception under sections 201(2), 301 (a)(3) and 401 (a) of ERISA.

12


 

10.   Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

13


 

     The parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  ATLANTIC COAST BANK
 
 
6/17/2010  By:   /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
Date    Name:   Robert J. Larison, Jr.   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  EXECUTIVE
 
 
6/17/2010  /s/ Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.    
Date  Thomas B. Wagers, Sr.   
     
 

14

Exhibit 10.11
FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT
      THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of June 17, 2010 by and between ATLANTIC COAST BANK (the “Bank”), its successors and assigns and CARL W. INSEL (the “Executive”).
1.   Definitions . In this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
  (a)   Administrator shall mean the person or committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) to administer this Agreement. If a committee is appointed by the Board, a majority of those persons shall constitute a quorum and the act of the majority of such of persons either at a meeting or by written consent, shall be the act of the Administrator. The Administrator may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with this Agreement, as it deems necessary or appropriate in order to administer this Agreement.
 
  (b)   Appreciation Benefit shall mean:
(1) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Prior Benefit Component multiplied by the Issue Price (as defined below), or (B) the Executive’s benefit under the Agreement as of December 11, 2009 multiplied by three (3) percent per annum (in the event of a fractional year, the three (3) percent attributable to the fractional year will be reduced proportionately); plus
(2) an amount equal to the Stock Award Component (after applying the weighting requirements of subparagraph 2(q)) multiplied by the Issue Price; plus
(3) an amount equal to the Stock Ownership Component (after applying the weighting requirements of subparagraph 2(r)) multiplied by the Issue Price.
For example, assume the following:
    Second Step Conversion takes place on December 11, 2014
 
    Executive’s benefit as of December 11, 2009 is $28,800
 
    Prior Benefit Component of 20,000 shares ($28,800 / $1.44)
 
    Stock Award Component of 30,000 shares
 
    Stock Ownership Component of 25,000 shares
 
    Issue Price of $5 ($6.44-$1.44)
    Prior Benefit Component = $33,387.09 [the lesser of $100,000 (20,000 x $5) or $33,387.09 (28,800 x 3% per annum for five (5) years)]; plus
 
    Stock Award Component = $37,500 (30,000 x .25 x $5); plus
 
    Stock Ownership Component = $93,750 (25,000 x .75 x $5); equals

 


 

    Appreciation Benefit = $164,637.09
The Company will pay interest on the unpaid balance of the Executive’s Appreciation Benefit at the rate of the monthly average of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 275 basis points per annum until the Appreciation Benefit is paid in full.
In the event the Executive dies, becomes Disabled, incurs an Involuntary Termination or there is a Change in Control prior to the date of closing of the Second-Step Conversion, the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock as of the date of death, determination of Disability, Involuntary Termination or Change in Control will be substituted for “the average selling price of a share of Company Stock over the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the closing of a Second-Step Conversion” when calculating the Issue Price.
The Executive shall vest in his Appreciation Benefit in accordance with the following schedule:
     
Vested Percentage   Timing of Vesting
 
   
  15%
  Upon the expiration date of the “Subscription Offering” as defined in the Prospectus for the Second-Step Conversion, provided, however, if a Second-Step Conversion does not occur, vesting will not occur.
 
   
100%
  Upon the Company’s operation with positive before-tax income (disregarding any expense recorded by the Company or the Bank for a nonqualified deferred compensation plan sponsored by the Company or the Bank) for two consecutive calendar quarters following the closing of a Second-Step Conversion, provided, however, if a Second-Step Conversion does not occur, vesting will not occur.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive will become 100 percent vested in his Appreciation Benefit prior to the schedule provided above in the event one of the following events occurs: death, Disability, Involuntary Termination, the occurrence of a Change in Control or the Administrator in its sole discretion accelerates vesting. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, if the Executive resigns at the request of, or is removed from service by, the Office of Thrift Supervision, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other regulatory authority for the Bank, the Executive shall be ineligible to participate and shall forfeit any benefits under this Agreement.
  (c)   Benefit Determination Date shall mean any of the following: (1) the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date; (2) the date the Executive incurs an Involuntary Termination prior to the Executive’s Normal Retirement Date; (3) the date of the Executive’s death; (4) the date the Executive incurs a Disability; or (5) the date of a Change in Control.

2


 

  (d)   Cause shall mean a Separation from Service due to the Executive’s personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, and willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order.
 
      The basis for determining whether Cause exists shall not be deemed to include any impact on the Company’s or the Bank’s business, properties, assets, liabilities, results of operations, financial condition or business from (1) changes in thrift, banking and similar laws of general applicability or interpretations thereof by courts or governmental authorities, or other changes affecting depository institutions generally, including changes in general economic conditions and changes in prevailing interest and deposit rates, (2) changes in GAAP or regulatory accounting requirements applicable to thrifts, banks and their holding companies generally, or (3) changes in national or international political or social conditions including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon or within the United States, or any of its territories, possessions or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or personnel in the United States.
 
      A determination of Cause shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board, acting in good faith with respect to such termination, provided, however, that on or after the earliest date on which a change in control as defined in Section 1(e) occurs, such a determination shall require the affirmative vote of at least three fourths of the members of the Board acting in good faith and such vote shall not be made prior to the expiration of a 60-day period following the date on which the Board shall by written notice to the Executive, furnish him a statement of its grounds for proposing to make such determination, during which period the Executive shall be afforded a reasonable opportunity to make oral and written presentations to the members of the Board, and to be represented by his legal counsel at such presentations, or to refute the grounds for the proposed determination.
 
  (e)   Change in Control shall mean the following:
(1) A “change in the ownership” of the Bank or Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation or its successor (the “Company”), a “change in the effective control” of the Bank or the Company, or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Bank or the Company, each described below. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Second-Step Conversion shall not be deemed a Change in Control.
(2) A “change in ownership” occurs on the date that anyone person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank or Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50

3


 

percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation.
(3) A “change in the effective control” of the Bank or Company occurs on the date that either (A) anyone person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or Company possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or Company, or (B) a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection (B) is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or Company is another corporation.
(4) A “change in a substantial portion of the assets” of the Bank or the Company occurs on the date that anyone person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank or Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (A) all of the assets of the Bank or Company, or (B) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.
  (f)   Company Stock shall mean the common stock of the Company.
 
  (g)   Disabled or Disability shall mean the Executive:
(1) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months;
(2) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank; or
(3) is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration.
  (h)   Fair Market Value shall mean the per share closing price of Company Stock, as reported by the principal exchange or market over which the shares of Company Stock are then listed or regularly traded.

4


 

  (i)   Involuntary Termination shall mean Separation from Service other than for Cause without the Executive’s express written consent and voluntary resignation due to a material diminution of or interference with the Executive’s duties, responsibilities and benefits as Executive Vice President of the Bank, including (without limitation) any of the following actions unless consented to in writing by the Executive: (i) a change in the principal workplace of the Executive to a location outside of a 30 mile radius from the Executive’s principal workplace as of the date hereof; (ii) a material demotion of the Executive; (iii) a material reduction in the number or seniority of other personnel reporting to the Executive or a material reduction in the frequency with which, or on the nature of the matters with respect to which, such personnel are to report to the Executive, other than as part of an institution-wide reduction in staff; (iv) a material adverse change in the Executive’s salary, perquisites, benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect to all members of the senior management of the Bank; and (v) a material permanent increase in the required hours of work or the workload of the Executive; provided that the Executive has notified the Bank of the existence of such a condition no later than 90 days after the initial existence of such condition and the Bank has at least 30 days to cure such condition. The term “Involuntary Termination” does not include termination for Cause or termination of employment due to retirement, death, Disability or suspension or temporary or permanent prohibition from participation in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs under Section 8 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
 
  (j)   Issue Price shall mean the average selling price of a share of Company Stock over the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the closing of a Second-Step Conversion minus $1.44 (the closing price of Company Stock on December 11, 2009).
 
  (k)   Monthly Benefit shall mean an amount, as of a Benefit Determination Date, equal to the vested Appreciation Benefit divided by 180. For example, if on a Benefit Determination Date the Appreciation Benefit is $450,000, then Executive’s Monthly Benefit is $2,500 ($450,000 / 180) plus accrued interest.
 
  (l)   Normal Retirement Date shall mean the date the Executive attains age 55. The Executive may change his Normal Retirement Date provided that he files an election form with the Bank; provided, however, that: (1) the new election will not take effect until at least 12 months after the date the new election is filed; (2) the commencement of installment payments with respect to which such election is made must be deferred for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made; and (3) the new election is filed at least 12 months prior to the date of the first scheduled payment under the Plan.
 
  (m)   Prior Benefit Component shall mean a number of shares of Company Stock equal to the Executive’s benefit under the Agreement as of December 11, 2009, divided by the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on December 11, 2009. For example, the Executive’s prior benefit under the terms of the Agreement on

5


 

      December 11, 2009 was $40,000 and the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on December 11, 2009 was $2.00. The Executive is deemed to have, for purposes of the Agreement, 20,000 shares of Company Stock ($40,000/$2.00) in the Prior Benefit Component.
  (n)   Second-Step Conversion shall mean the conversion and reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, the Company and the Bank from a mutual holding company structure to a fully public ownership structure.
 
  (o)   Separation from Service shall mean the date of cessation of the employment relationship (other than an approved leave of absence) between the Executive and the Bank and its affiliates and subsidiaries (including any successor in interest, if applicable), and shall be construed to comply with Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(h).
 
  (p)   Specified Employee shall mean a key employee of the Bank within the meaning of Code Section 4l6(i) without regard to paragraph 5 thereof, determined in accordance with Code Section 409A and Treasury Regulations Section 1.409A-1(i).
 
  (q)   Stock Award Component shall mean the number of shares of Company Stock awarded to the Executive under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan that are still held by the Executive on December 11, 2009 times 25 percent. For example, on December 11, 2009 the Executive had 100 shares awarded to him under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan. For purposes of calculating the Appreciation Benefit, only 25 shares would be counted.
 
  (r)   Stock Ownership Component shall mean the number of shares of Company Stock directly or beneficially owned by the Executive (as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, disregarding any beneficial ownership of stock options) as of December 11, 2009 times 75 percent. For example, on December 11, 2009 the Executive directly and beneficially owns 100 shares. For purposes of calculating the Appreciation Benefit, only 75 shares would be counted.
2.   Payment of Benefits .
  (a)   Normal Benefit . If Monthly Benefits have not already started due to Separation from Service, Disability or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to Executive starting on the first business day of the month following the Normal Retirement Date and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a total of 180 months (i.e., monthly payments for 15 years), regardless of whether the Executive has experienced a Separation from Service; provided however, that, if the Executive has experienced a Separation from Service, then, to the extent necessary to avoid penalties under Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder, such payments shall not commence until the first

6


 

      day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service if the Executive is a Specified Employee on his date of Separation from Service.
  (b)   Death Benefit . If the Executive dies prior to the Normal Retirement Date, Separation from Service, Disability or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay to the beneficiary designated on Exhibit A , the Appreciation Benefit in a lump sum on the first business day of the month following the Executive’s death. If no beneficiary or beneficiaries have been designated, or if all of the beneficiaries predecease the Executive, the Monthly Benefit will be paid to the Executive’s estate.
 
  (c)   Disability Benefit . If the Executive becomes Disabled prior to the Normal Retirement Date, death, Separation from Service or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to him commencing on the first business day of the month following the date on which the Executive becomes Disabled and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a period of 180 months.
 
  (d)   Separation from Service Benefit . In the event the Executive incurs a Separation from Service due to an Involuntary Termination before the Normal Retirement Date, Disability, death or Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Monthly Benefit to him commencing on the first business day of the month following the Separation from Service and on the first business day of each calendar month thereafter for a period of 180 months. However, if the Executive is a Specified Employee on the date of his Separation from Service, such payments shall not commence until the first day of the seventh month following the date of the Executive’s Separation from Service.
 
  (e)   Change in Control Benefit . If a Change in Control occurs before the Normal Retirement Date, Separation from Service due to an Involuntary Termination, Disability or death, then, within 30 calendar days after such Change in Control, the Bank shall pay the Executive a lump sum equal to the Appreciation Benefit.
 
  (f)   Funding of Monthly Benefit . The Bank reserves the right to purchase a contract from a life insurance company with a minimum rating of AA from Standard & Poors and Moody’s in order to provide all or any portion of the Monthly Benefit described herein. Upon the Bank’s purchase of such contract and distribution of the contract to Executive or his Beneficiary, the Bank’s liability to provide the Monthly Benefit hereunder shall cease and such contract shall be the sole source of funds for providing such Monthly Benefit.
 
  (g)   Changes in Company Stock . In the event of any change in Company Stock through stock dividends, split-ups, stock splits or reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, conversions or otherwise, then the Board will make appropriate adjustment or substitution in the aggregate value of the Prior Benefit Component, the Stock Award Component and the Stock Ownership Component.

7


 

3.   Required Provisions .
  (a)   The Bank may terminate Executive’s employment at any time, but any termination by the Bank other than Separation from Service for Cause as defined above shall not prejudice Executive’s right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Separation from Service for Cause.
 
  (b)   If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 USC §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(l) [12 USC §1818(g)(I)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the “FDI Act”), the Bank’s obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.
 
  (c)   If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank’s affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 USC §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(l) [12 USC §1818(g)(l)] of the FDI Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
 
  (d)   If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(l) [12 USC §1813(x)(1)] of the FDI Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
 
  (e)   All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section B(c) [12 USC §1823(c)] of the FDI Act; or (ii) by the Director or his or her designee at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
 
  (f)   Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDI Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.

8


 

4.   Claims . In the event a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied under this Agreement, the Executive or any other person claiming benefits under this Agreement (a “Claimant”) shall be given notice in writing within 30 calendar days after the Administrator’s receipt of the claim. For good cause shown, the Administrator may extend this period for an additional 30 calendar days. Any denial must specifically set forth the reasons for the denial and any additional information necessary to rescind such denial. The Claimant shall have the right to seek a review of the denial by filing a written request with the Administrator within 60 calendar days of receipt of the denial. Such request may be supported by such documentation and evidence deemed relevant by the Claimant. Following receipt of this information, the Administrator shall make a final determination and notify the Claimant in writing within 60 calendar days of the Administrator’s receipt of the request for review together with the specific reasons for the decision.
5.   General Assets and Funding . The amounts payable under this Agreement are payable from the general assets of the Bank and no special fund or arrangement is intended to be established hereby nor shall the Bank be required to earmark, place in trust or otherwise segregate assets with respect to this Agreement or any benefits hereunder. The Administrator reserves the right to determine how the Bank will fund its obligation undertaken by this Agreement. At its discretion, the Administrator may establish one or more trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Bank shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Bank. Under no circumstances shall a Participant serve as trustee or co-trustee of any trust established by the Bank pursuant to this Plan.
 
    Should the Administrator elect to purchase assets relating to this Agreement, in whole or in part, through the medium of life insurance or annuities, or both, the Bank shall be the owner and beneficiary of each such policy unless otherwise provided by this Agreement. Bank reserves the absolute right, in its sole discretion, to terminate such life insurance or annuities, as well as any other investment program, at any time, in whole or in part unless otherwise provided by this Agreement. Such termination shall in no way affect the Bank’s obligation to pay the Executive the benefits as provided in this Agreement. At no time shall the Executive be deemed to have any right, title, or interest in or to any specific asset or assets of the Bank, including but not by way of restriction, any insurance or annuity contract and contracts or the proceeds therefrom.
 
6.   Certain Reductions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement, together with any other amounts and the value of benefits received or to be received by the Executive in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be nondeductible for federal income tax purposes by the Bank or the consolidated group of which the Bank is a member pursuant to Section 280G of the Code, then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent necessary so as to maximize amounts and the

9


 

    value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become nondeductible by Bank pursuant to or by reason of such Section 280G. The Employee shall determine the allocation of such reduction among payments and benefits to the Employee.
7.   Beneficiary Designations . The Executive shall designate a beneficiary by filing with Bank a written designation of beneficiary on a form substantially similar to the form attached as Exhibit A. The Executive may revoke or modify the designation at any time by filing a new designation. However, designations will only be effective if signed by the Executive and accepted by the Bank during the Executive’s lifetime. The Executive’s beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases the Executive, or if the Executive names a spouse as beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, all payments shall be made to the Executive’s surviving spouse, if any, and if none, to the Executive’s surviving children and the descendants of any deceased child by right of representation, and if no children or descendants survive, to the Executive’s estate.
 
    If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Bank may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person, or to a custodian selected by the Bank under the Georgia Uniform Transfers to Minors Act for the benefit of such minor. The Bank may require proof of incompetency, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.
 
8.   Amendment and Termination .
  (a)   Amendment . This Agreement may be amended at any time by a written instrument signed by the Bank and the Executive.
 
  (b)   Termination . The Bank may at any time partially or completely terminate the Agreement, if, in its judgment, the tax, accounting, or other effects of the continuance of the Agreement, or potential payments thereunder, would not be in the best interests of the Bank.
     (1) Partial Termination . In the event of a partial termination, the Agreement shall continue to operate and be effective with regard to benefits accrued prior to the effective date of such partial termination, but no further benefits shall accrue after the date of such partial termination.
     (2) Complete Termination . Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, in the event of complete termination, the Agreement shall cease to operate and the Bank shall pay the Executive his Account as if he had terminated service as of the effective date of the complete termination. Such complete termination of the Agreement shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions.

10


 

     (A) The Bank may terminate the Agreement within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to 11 U.S.C. §503(b)(1)(A), provided that the amounts accrued under the Agreement are included in the Executive’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
     (B) The Bank may terminate the Agreement within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control (but not following a Change in Control), provided that the Agreement shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Executive and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the termination of the arrangements.
     (C) The Bank may terminate the Agreement provided that (i) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Agreement under Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-l(c) if any individual; covered by this Agreement was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated; (ii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement; (iii) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (iv) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Treasury Regulations section 1.409A-1(c) if the same individual participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.
     (D) The Bank may terminate the Agreement pursuant to such other terms and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may permit from time to time.
9.   Miscellaneous .
  (a)   Withholding . To the extent amounts payable under this Agreement are determined by the Administrator, in good faith, to be subject to federal, state or local income tax, the Bank may withhold from each such payment an amount necessary to meet the Bank’s obligation to withhold amounts under the applicable federal, state or local law.
 
  (b)   Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of Georgia, except to the extent that federal law applies.

11


 

  (c)   Future Employment . This Agreement shall not be construed as providing the Executive the right to be continued in the employ of the Bank or its affiliates or subsidiaries.
 
  (d)   No Pledge or Attachment . No benefit which is or may become payable under this Agreement shall be subject to any anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, pledge, encumbrance or hypothecation or subject to any attachment, levy or similar process and any attempt to effect any such action shall be null and void.
 
  (e)   Successors and Assigns . This Agreement and the obligations of the Bank herein shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Bank. This Agreement may not be assigned by the Bank without the prior written consent of the Executive or any other beneficiary receiving payments under this Agreement.
 
  (f)   Participation in Plans . Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to alter, abridge, or in any manner affect the rights and privileges of the Executive to participate in and be covered by any pension, profit sharing, group insurance, bonus, incentive, or other employee plans which the Bank or its affiliates or subsidiaries may now or hereafter have.
 
  (g)   Notices . Any notices under this Agreement shall be provided to the Executive at his last address on file with the Administrator and shall be provided to the Administrator in care of President, Atlantic Coast Federal, 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501.
 
  (h)   Headings . Headings of sections herein are inserted for convenience of reference. They are not to be considered in the construction of this Agreement.
 
  (i)   Savings Clause . If any provision of this Agreement shall be for any reason invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall be carried into effect.
 
  (j)   Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Bank and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive be virtue of this Agreement other than as specifically set forth herein.
 
  (k)   Suicide . No benefits shall be payable if the Executive commits suicide within two (2) years after the date of this Agreement, or if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Bank.
 
  (l)   Top Hat Agreement . For purposes of the Internal Revenue Code, the Bank intends this Agreement to be an unfunded, unsecured promise to pay on the part of the Bank. For purposes of ERISA, the Bank intends this Agreement to be an unfunded obligation solely for the benefit of the Executive for the purpose of qualifying this Agreement for the “top hat” exception under sections 201(2), 301 (a)(3) and 401 (a) of ERISA.

12


 

10.   Arbitration . Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association’s National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (“National Rules”) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction.

13


 

     The parties have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
         
  ATLANTIC COAST BANK
 
 
6/17/2010  By:   /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
Date    Name:   Robert J. Larison, Jr.   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  EXECUTIVE
 
 
6/17/2010  /s/ Carl W. Insel    
Date  Carl W. Insel   
     
 

14

Exhibit 10.23
ATLANTIC COAST BANK
2005 AMENDED AND RESTATED
DIRECTOR RETIREMENT PLAN
     The Atlantic Coast Bank 2005 Amended and Restated Director Retirement Plan (the “Plan”) is amended and restated effective June 17, 2010.
     The purpose of the Plan is to provide retirement benefits to those non-employee members of the Board of Directors (“Directors”) who have contributed significantly to the success and growth of Atlantic Coast Bank (the “Bank”) and its holding company, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (the “Company”) (and any successors thereto), and the Bank’s predecessor, Atlantic Coast Federal Credit Union, whose services are vital to its continued growth and success in the future and who are to be encouraged to remain a member of such Boards until retirement.
ARTICLE I
ELIGIBILITY AND VESTING
      1.1 Eligibility . Each individual who is a Director of the Bank (or any predecessors or successors) shall be eligible to participate in the Plan (“Participants”).
      1.2 Vesting .
     (a) Participants shall vest in their benefits under this Plan upon the earliest to occur of the date (i) Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC completes a Second-Step Conversion (as defined below), (ii) of a Change in Control, (iii) the Participant dies pursuant to Section 2.2, or (iv) the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, accelerates vesting. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, any Participant who resigns at the request of, or is removed from service by, the Office of Thrift Supervision, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other regulatory authority for the Bank, shall be ineligible to participate and shall forfeit any benefits under this Plan.
     (b) “Second-Step Conversion” means the conversion and reorganization of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, the Company and the Bank from a mutual holding company structure to a fully public ownership structure.
     (c) “Change in Control” means the following:
     (i) A “change in the ownership” of the Bank or the Company, a “change in the effective control” of the Bank or the Company, or a “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Bank or the Company, each described below. As discussed below, a “change in the ownership,” change in the effective control” and “change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” includes such actions with respect to a successor of the Bank or the Company. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Second-Step Conversion shall not be deemed a Change in Control.
     (ii) A “change in ownership” occurs on the date that anyone person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-


 

3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of stock of the Bank or Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation.
     (iii) A “change in the effective control” of the Bank or Company occurs on the date that either (A) anyone person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)(B)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Bank or Company possessing 30 percent or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Bank or Company, or (B) a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Bank’s or Company’s board of directors prior to the date of the appointment or election, provided that this subsection (B) is inapplicable where a majority shareholder of the Bank or Company is another corporation.
     (iv) A “change in a substantial portion of the assets” of the Bank or the Company occurs on the date that anyone person or more than one person acting as a group (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)(C)) acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Bank or Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than 40 percent of the total gross fair market value of (A) all of the assets of the Bank or Company, or (B) the value of the assets being disposed of, either of which is determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Change in Control shall be construed to be consistent with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5), except to the extent that such regulations are superseded by subsequent guidance.
ARTICLE II
BENEFIT
      2.1 Appreciation Benefit .
     (a) Upon the earlier to occur of (i) “Separation from Service” (as defined below) at or after age sixty-five (65) (“Normal Retirement Age”), or (ii) the closing date of a Second-Step Conversion, the Bank shall pay the Participant their vested “Appreciation Benefit” (as defined below) payable in equal monthly installments over a period of One Hundred Twenty (120) months (the “Benefit Period”), commencing on the first day of the month following the date payment is scheduled to commence. Any Participant who has at least 240 full months of service, whether continuous or otherwise, may receive such annual benefit for the Benefit Period upon Separation from Service prior to age of 65 provided that the Separation from Service follows a Second-Step Conversion.
     (b) “Separation from Service” means the Participant’s retirement or termination from service from the Board. For these purposes, a Participant shall not be deemed to have a Separation from Service until the Participant no longer serves on the Board of the Bank, the Bank’s holding company, or any member of a controlled group of corporations with the Bank or

2


 

holding company within the meaning of Final Treasury Regulation §1.409A-l(a)(3). In addition, service on the Board of the Bank as an “emeritus director” will not constitute a Separation from Service until such individual ceases to serve in such capacity. Whether a Participant has had a Separation from Service shall be determined in accordance with the requirements of Final Treasury Regulation §1.409A-l(h).
     (c) “Appreciation Benefit” shall mean:
     (i) an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the Prior Benefit Component multiplied by the Issue Price (as defined below), or (B) the Participant’s benefit under the Agreement as of December 11, 2009 multiplied by three (3) percent per annum (in the event of a fractional year, the three (3) percent attributable to the fractional year will be reduced proportionately); plus
     (ii) an amount equal to the Stock Award Component (after applying the weighting requirements discussed below) multiplied by the Issue Price; plus
     (iii) an amount equal to the Stock Ownership Component (after applying the weighting requirements discussed below) multiplied by the Issue Price.
     For example, assume the following:
    Second Step Conversion takes place on December 11, 2014
 
    Participant’s benefit as of December 11, 2009 is $28,800
 
    Prior Benefit Component of 20,000 shares ($28,800 / $1.44)
 
    Stock Award Component of 30,000 shares
 
    Stock Ownership Component of 25,000 shares
 
    Issue Price of $5 ($6.44-$1.44)
    Prior Benefit Component = $33,387.09 [the lesser of $100,000 (20,000 x $5) or $33,387.09 (28,800 x 3% per annum for five (5) years)]; plus
 
    Stock Award Component = $37,500 (30,000 x .25 x $5); plus
 
    Stock Ownership Component = $93,750 (25,000 x .75 x $5); equals
 
    Appreciation Benefit = $164,637.09
     The Company will pay interest on the unpaid balance of the Participant’s Appreciation Benefit at the rate of the monthly average of the three-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) plus 275 basis points per annum until the Appreciation Benefit is paid in full.
     (iv) “Prior Benefit Component” shall mean a number of shares of Company Stock equal to the Participant’s benefit under the Agreement as of December 11, 2009, divided by the Fair Market Value of Company Stock (as defined below) on December 11, 2009. For example, the Participant’s prior benefit under the terms of the Agreement on December 11, 2009 was $40,000 and the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on December 11, 2009 was $2.00. The Participant is deemed to have, for purposes of the Agreement, 20,000 shares of Company Stock ($40,000/$2.00) in the Prior Benefit

3


 

Component. For purposes of the Plan, “Fair Market Value of Company Stock” means the per share closing price of common stock of the Company, as reported by the principal exchange or market over which the shares are then listed or regularly traded.
     (v) “Stock Award Component” shall mean the number of shares of Company Stock awarded to the Participant under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan that are still held by the Participant on December 11, 2009 times 25 percent. For example, on December 11, 2009 the Participant had 100 shares awarded to him under the Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation 2005 Recognition and Retention Plan. For purposes of calculating the Appreciation Benefit, only 25 shares would be counted.
     (vi) “Stock Ownership Component” shall mean the number of shares of Company Stock directly or beneficially owned by the Participant (as that term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, disregarding any beneficial ownership of stock options) as of December 11, 2009 times 75 percent. For example, on December 11, 2009 the Participant directly and beneficially owns 100 shares. For purposes of calculating the Appreciation Benefit, only 75 shares would be counted.
     (vii) “Issue Price” shall mean shall mean the average selling price of a share of Company Stock over the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the closing of a Second-Step Conversion minus $1.44 (the closing price of Company Stock on December 11, 2009).
     In the event the Participant dies pursuant to Section 2.2, or there is a Change in Control prior to the date of closing of the Second-Step Conversion, the Fair Market Value of the Company Stock as of the date of death or Change in Control will be substituted for “the average selling price of a share of Company Stock over the thirty (30) day period immediately preceding the closing of a Second-Step Conversion” when calculating the Issue Price.
     In the event of any change in Company Stock through stock dividends, split-ups, stock splits or reverse stock splits, recapitalizations, reclassifications, conversions or otherwise, then the Board will make appropriate adjustment or substitution in the aggregate value of the Prior Benefit Component, the Stock Award Component and the Stock Ownership Component.
      2.2 Death Benefit . In the event a Participant dies and has at least 60 full months of service with the Bank, the Company or one of their affiliates or subsidiaries, (whether continuous or otherwise), then the Participant will become vested in his or her Appreciation Benefit. Such Appreciation Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s “Beneficiary” (as defined below) in a lump sum on the first business day of the month following the Participant’s death. If a Participant dies prior to attaining 60 full months of service, and is not otherwise vested, then he or she will forfeit his or her Appreciation Benefit. “Beneficiary” means the person(s) designated by the Participant on the form set forth at Appendix A to receive any death benefits hereunder. If the Participant has not designated a Beneficiary, the Participant’s spouse shall be the Beneficiary. In the absence of any surviving Beneficiary or spouse, the benefits shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

4


 

      2.3 Unforeseeable Emergency .
     (a) Upon an “Unforeseeable Emergency” (as defined below), (i) a Participant who is vested in his or her benefit hereunder but has not yet begun to receive payments; or (ii) a Participant who is receiving Appreciation Benefits, may request a lump sum payment in an amount necessary (but not exceeding the present value of the remaining benefits) to meet the Unforeseeable Emergency, including an amount necessary to pay any taxes due as a result of such lump sum payment from the Plan. The present value shall be equal to the amount accrued by the Bank in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
     (b) “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship to the Participant or Beneficiary resulting from (i) an illness or accident of the Participant or Beneficiary, his or her spouse, or dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a)); (ii) loss of the Participant’s or Beneficiary’s property due to casualty; or (iii) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant or Beneficiary. The term “Unforeseeable Emergency” shall be construed consistent with Code Section 409A and the final regulations and other guidance issued thereunder.
      2.4 Deferral of Appreciation Benefit . A Participant may file an election to change the date payment of an installment payment will be made by filing a deferral election form with the Company; provided, however, that: (a) the new election will not take effect until at least 12 months after the date the new election is filed, (b) the installment payments will be delayed for a period of not less than five years from the date the first payment would otherwise have been made, and (c) the new election is filed with the Company at least 12 months prior to the date of the scheduled payment under the Plan.
      2.5 Tax Withholding . All benefits paid under this Plan shall be subject to withholding in accordance with federal and state law.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION CLAIMS PROCEDURES
      3.1 Plan Administrator. The Board of Directors of the Bank (the “Board”) is hereby designated the Plan Administrator.
      3.2 Powers of Plan Administrator. As Plan Administrator, the Board shall be responsible for the management, control, interpretation and administration of this Plan and may allocate to others certain aspects of the management and operational responsibilities of the Plan including the employment of advisors and the delegation of any ministerial duties to qualified individuals. All decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be final and binding on all persons.
      3.3 Claims Procedures . Claims for benefits hereunder shall be submitted to the President of the Bank, as agent for the Plan Administrator. In the event a claim for benefits is wholly or partially denied under this Plan, the Participant or any other person claiming benefits under this Plan (a “Claimant”), shall be given notice of the denial in writing within thirty (30) calendar days after the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the claim. The Plan Administrator may extend this period for an additional thirty (30) calendar days. Any denial must specifically set forth the reasons for the denial and any additional information necessary to perfect the claim for

5


 

benefits. The Claimant shall have the right to seek a review of the denial by filing a written request with the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) calendar days after receipt of the initial denial. Such request may be supported by such documentation and evidence deemed relevant by the Claimant. Following receipt of this information, the Plan Administrator shall make a final determination and notify the Claimant within sixty (60) calendar days of the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the request for review together with the specific reasons for the decision.
ARTICLE IV
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
      4.1 Amendments . This Plan may be amended at any time with respect to a Participant by a written instrument signed by the Bank and by the Participant.
      4.2 Termination. The Board may completely terminate the Plan. Subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A, in the event of complete termination with respect to such benefits, the Plan shall cease to operate and the Bank shall payout to each Participant his or her account as if that Participant had terminated service as of the effective date of the complete termination. Such complete termination of the Plan shall occur only under the following circumstances and conditions:
     (a) The Board may terminate the Plan within 12 months of a corporate dissolution taxed under Code section 331, or with approval of a bankruptcy court pursuant to II U.S.C. §503(b)(1 )(A), provided that the amounts deferred under the Plan are included in each Participant’s gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Plan terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the payment is administratively practicable.
     (b) The Board may terminate the Plan within the 30 days preceding a Change in Control (but not following a Change in Control), provided that the Plan shall only be treated as terminated if all substantially similar arrangements sponsored by the Bank are terminated so that the Participants and all participants under substantially similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within 12 months of the date of the termination of the arrangements.
     (c) The Board may terminate the Plan provided that (i) the termination and liquidation does not occur proximate to a downturn in the financial health of the Bank or Company, (ii) all arrangements sponsored by the Bank that would be aggregated with this Plan under Final Regulations Section 1.409A-I(c) if the Participant covered by this Plan was also covered by any of those other arrangements are also terminated; (iii) no payments other than payments that would be payable under the terms of the arrangement if the termination had not occurred are made within 12 months of the termination of the arrangement; (iv) all payments are made within 24 months of the termination of the arrangements; and (v) the Bank does not adopt a new arrangement that would be aggregated with any terminated arrangement under Final Regulations Section 1.409A-I(c) if the Participant participated in both arrangements, at any time within three years following the date of termination of the arrangement.
     (d) The Board may terminate the Plan pursuant to such other terms and conditions as the Internal Revenue Service may permit from time to time.

6


 

ARTICLE V
UNFUNDED ARRANGEMENT
      5.1 Unsecured General Creditors. The Participant and Beneficiaries are general unsecured creditors of the Bank for the payment of benefits under this Plan. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Bank to pay such benefits. The benefits payable under this Plan are payable from the general assets of the Bank and no special fund or arrangement is intended to be established hereby nor shall the Bank be required to earmark, place in trust or otherwise segregate assets with respect to this Plan or any benefits hereunder.
      5.2 Rabbi Trust. The Bank shall be responsible for the payment of all benefits provided under the Plan. At its discretion, the Bank may establish one or more trusts, with such trustees as the Board may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of such benefits. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Bank’s creditors. To the extent any benefits provided under the Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Bank shall have no further obligation with respect thereto, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Bank. Under no circumstances shall a Participant serve as trustee or co-trustee of any trust established by the Bank pursuant to this Plan.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
      6.1 No Guarantee of Continued Service on the Board. This Plan does not constitute a guaranty of continued service on the Board.
      6.2 Binding Effect . This Plan shall be binding upon the Bank, the Company and their successors and assigns, and upon the Participants and the Beneficiaries and legal representatives of the Participant.
      6.3 No Assignment . Neither the Participant nor any Beneficiary or personal representative of the Participant can assign any of the rights to benefits under this Plan. Any attempt to anticipate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or change the Participant’s right to receive benefits shall be void. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment or garnishment by creditors.
      6.4 Choice of Law . This Plan shall be construed under and governed by the laws of the State of Georgia, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      6.5 Payment to Guardians . If a Participant’s benefit is payable to a minor or a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his property, the Plan Administrator may direct payment of such Plan benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetency, minority, incapacity or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the Plan benefit. Such distribution shall completely discharge the Plan Administrator and the Bank from all liability with respect to such benefit.

7


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank has caused this amended and restated Plan to be executed by its duly authorized officer.
         
  ATLANTIC COAST BANK
 
 
6/17/2010  By:   /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.    
Date    Robert J. Larison, Jr. President and   
    Chief Executive Officer   

8

Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
     
Name   State of Incorporation
 
   
Atlantic Coast Bank
  Federal (direct)

 

Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in the Prospectus contained in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and Form AC and Form H-(e)1-S, filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision on June 18, 2010 of our report dated March 31, 2010 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2009.
We also consent to the references to us under the headings “The Conversion Offering — Material Income Tax Consequences”, and “Experts” in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 and Form AC and H-(e)1-S.
         
     
  /s/ Crowe Horwath LLP    
  Crowe Horwath LLP   
     
 
Brentwood, Tennessee
June 17, 2010

 

Exhibit 23.3
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
June 17, 2010
Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501
Members of the Boards of Directors:
     We hereby consent to the use of our firm’s name in the Form AC Application for Conversion for Atlantic Coast Federal Mutual Holding Company and in the Form S-1 Registration Statement for Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, in each case as amended and supplemented. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and reference to our Appraisal and our statements concerning subscription rights and liquidation rights in such filings including the prospectus of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.
         
         Sincerely,
 
 
  /s/ RP Financial, LC.   
       RP FINANCIAL, LC.   
     
 
     
Washington Headquarters    
Three Ballston Plaza   Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com   E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.1
(RP FINANCIAL, LC. LETTERHEAD)
May 6, 2010
Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501
Dear Mr. Larison:
     This letter sets forth the agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (the “Company”), the majority owned subsidiary of Atlantic Coast Federal MHC, Waycross, Georgia, and RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”), whereby RP Financial will provide the independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the second step. Atlantic Coast Bank (the “Bank”) is wholly-owned by the Company. The specific appraisal services to be rendered by RP Financial are described below.
Description of Appraisal Services
     In conjunction with the appraisal services, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors of the Company, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines. RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Company’s financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Company’s interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Company’s business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer group.
     We will review pertinent sections of the Company’s prospectus and conduct discussions with representatives of the Company to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, and characteristics of stock plans.
(RP FINANCIAL, LC. LETTERHEAD FOOTER)

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison
May 6, 2010
Page 2
     The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations.
     RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications and amendments thereto. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines.
     Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation original appraisal and subsequent updates.
     RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board.
Fee Structure and Payment Schedule
     The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown in the detail below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:
    $5,000 upon execution of the letter of agreement engaging RP Financial’s appraisal services;
 
    $45,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and
 
    $5,000 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report. There will be at least one appraisal update report, to be filed upon completion of the offering.
     The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the valuation within 30 days after receipt of a detailed billing statement or invoice therefore. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services, and will not exceed $7,500 in the aggregate unless otherwise mutually agreed upon.
     In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report set forth above and payment of the corresponding progress payment fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison
May 6, 2010
Page 3
full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out of pocket expenses subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financial’s standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $400 per hour for managing directors.
     If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
     The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:
     1. The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records of the MHC, the Company and the Bank. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.
     2. The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
     3. (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as “RP Financial”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison
May 6, 2010
Page 4
otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Company’s respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.
     (b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder. With respect to the legal counsel retained by RP Financial in such indemnified matters, RP Financial and the Company agree that the legal counsel retained will be mutually agreeable to both RP Financial and the Company. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Company’s receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.
     (c) Subject to the Company’s right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financial’s good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, nonappealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.
     (d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.
     This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.
     The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or

 


 

Mr. Robert J. Larison
May 6, 2010
Page 5
circumstance that would cause it not to be “independent” within the meaning of the conversion regulations or the applicable regulatory valuation guidelines or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.
* * * * * * * * * * *
     Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $5,000.
         
  Sincerely,

 
 
  /s/ James P. Hennessey    
  James P. Hennessey   
  Senior Vice President   
 
Agreed To and Accepted By:   Robert J. Larison           /s/  Robert J. Larison          
President and Chief Executive Officer
Upon Authorization by the Board of Directors For:   Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation., subsidiary of
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Waycross, Georgia
Date Executed:             May 7, 2010          
         
     
     
     
     
 

 

Exhibit 99.2
McAuliffe Financial, LLC
April 27, 2010
Mr. Robert J. Larison
President and Chief Executive Officer
Atlantic Coast Federal Corp.
505 Haines Ave.
Waycross, GA 31501
Dear Bob:
     This letter sets forth the agreement between Atlantic Coast Federal Corp. (“Atlantic Coast Federal” or the “Company”) and McAuliffe Financial, LLC (“McAuliffe Financial”), whereby Atlantic Coast Federal has engaged McAuliffe Financial to assist in the preparation of a business plan for both the Bank and the Holding Company of Atlantic Coast Bank and to provide advisory services related to the Company’s mutual to stock conversion. The focus of the business plan will be the preparation of a regulatory plan designed to address regulatory issues relating to the Company pursuing a mutual to stock conversion. We envision our business planning services will provide the following:
  1.   An Executive Summary prepared in a format that summarizes the content of the plan. This summary will initially be utilized as a draft submission to the regulatory agency in seeking regulatory approval to move forward with the plan of conversion.
 
  2.   A Description of the Company’s Business including market niche, corporate structure, a financial analysis of the Company’s current condition, a review of strengths and weaknesses and an overview of the Company’s expansion plans.
 
  3.   A Marketing Plan that will include a description of product strategy, a market area analysis, a review of the economic forecast and an examination of the competitive environment.
 
  4.   A Management Plan that provides an organizational structure, list of committees and addresses management succession.
 
  5.   A Description of Records, Systems and Controls .
 
  6.   A Financial Management Plan that will address capital needs, earnings, use of conversion proceeds, growth, liquidity needs, interest rate risk, credit risk and a dividend policy.
 
  7.   A description of the Company’s plan to Monitor and Revise the Plan as necessary.
 
  8.   Extensive Financial Projections that will include Bank only projections, Holding Company only projections and consolidated projections.
     Advisory services will focus on assisting the Company through the mutual to stock conversion process by providing input in structuring relationships with other conversion service providers, reviewing offering documents and advising on stock sale efforts, among other advisory services.
     
19457 Olson Avenue, Lake Oswego, OR 97034   310 Charles Alexander Court, Alexandria, VA 22301
503-638-9685   703-549-2176
www.mcauliffefinancial.com

 


 

McAuliffe Financial, LLC
Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
April 27, 2010
Page 2
     Atlantic Coast Federal agrees to pay McAuliffe Financial for its advisory services and to prepare the business plan and to reimburse McAuliffe Financial for certain expenses necessary and incident to the completion of the plan including travel, data, shipping, etc. Professional fees for our services are $35,000 for the business plan and advisory services. Payment of the fees shall be made according to the following schedule:
  o   $10,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement; and
 
  o   $25,000 upon delivery of the business plan report.
     In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue its need for a business plan and advisory services, the Company agrees to compensate McAuliffe Financial according to McAuliffe Financial’s standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed $35,000.
     If, after submission of the Business Plan, further services are required of McAuliffe Financial by the Company with respect to responding to regulatory comments concerning the Business Plan, McAuliffe Financial will provide up to 8 hours at no charge with time beyond the 8 hours billed at our hourly rates with aggregate fees capped at $5,000.
     If, during the course of the Company’s business planning process, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature of the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and McAuliffe Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in procedures as they relate to business plans, major changes in management, a merger with another financial institution, operating policies or financial condition.
     The Company and McAuliffe Financial hereby agree to the following:
     1. The Company agrees to supply to McAuliffe Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as McAuliffe Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid business plan. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to McAuliffe Financial shall include without limitation: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, commitments and contingencies, potential gains/losses, prior business plans and corporate books and records.
     2. As a condition to us being furnished information, we agree to treat any Confidential Information (as defined herein) furnished by you or on behalf of the Company in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
     “Confidential Information” means all customer information, other data, reports, interpretations, forecasts, agreements, files, computer tapes and records, written or oral, containing or reflecting information concerning the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries that is not available to the general public and that the Company will provide us, including without limitation any and all information obtained by meeting with representatives or personnel of the Company or its subsidiaries, together with analyses, compilations, studies or other documents,
     
19457 Olson Avenue, Lake Oswego, OR 97034   310 Charles Alexander Court, Alexandria, VA 22301
503-638-9685   703-549-2176
www.mcauliffefinancial.com

 


 

McAuliffe Financial, LLC
Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
April 27, 2010
Page 3
whether prepared by you or others, that contain or otherwise reflect such information. “Confidential Information” does not include information which (i) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by you or your Representatives, (ii) was within our possession prior to its being furnished to us by or on behalf of the Company pursuant hereto, provided that the source of such information was not known by you to be bound by a confidentiality agreement with, or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to, the Company or any other party with respect to such information, (iii) becomes available to us on a non-confidential basis from a source other than the Company or our Representatives, provided that such source is not bound by a confidentiality agreement with or other contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation of confidentiality to the Company or any other party with respect to such information, or (iv) was independently developed by us without reference to the Confidential Information, provided such independent development can reasonably be proven by us by written records.
     In consideration of the Company providing us with Confidential Information, we agree that: (i) the Confidential Information will be held and treated by us, our respective directors, our officers, employees, advisors, agents or representatives (collectively, our “Representatives”) in confidence and, except as hereinafter provided, will not be disclosed by us or our respective Representatives in any manner whatsoever and will not be used by us or our respective Representatives other than in connection with our consideration of a Transaction or in any way directly or indirectly detrimental to the Company or its subsidiaries; and (ii) except as required by law, our respective Representatives will not disclose to any person, unless in the opinion of counsel such disclosure is required, the fact that the Confidential Information has been made available, that this Agreement exists, that discussions or negotiations are taking place or have taken place concerning a possible Transaction involving ourselves and the Company or any of the terms, conditions or other facts with respect to any such possible Transaction.
     This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia, without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.
     No provision of this Agreement may be waived, amended or modified, in whole or in part, nor any consent given, except by way of a writing signed by a duly authorized representative of the Company, which specifically refers to this Agreement and the provision so amended or modified or for which such waiver or consent is given.
     3. The Company hereby represents and warrants to McAuliffe Financial that any information provided to McAuliffe Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, at all relevant times, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading.
     4. (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless McAuliffe Financial and any affiliates of McAuliffe Financial who act for or on behalf of McAuliffe Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws) caused by or arising out of
     
19457 Olson Avenue, Lake Oswego, OR 97034   310 Charles Alexander Court, Alexandria, VA 22301
503-638-9685   703-549-2176
www.mcauliffefinancial.com

 


 

McAuliffe Financial, LLC
Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
April 27, 2010
Page 4
any untrue statement of a material fact contained in the information supplied by the Company to McAuliffe Financial or by an omission to state a material fact in the information so provided that is required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements not misleading.
          (b) The Company will not be responsible for any such losses, claims, damages and liabilities if McAuliffe Financial is determined to be negligent or otherwise at fault.
          (c) McAuliffe Financial will not be responsible for any such losses, claims, damages and liabilities to the extent that it reasonably relied upon information furnished by the Company whether or not the Company is determined to be negligent or otherwise at fault.
          (d) Should McAuliffe Financial incur legal expenses in defending any legal action challenging the business plan where McAuliffe Financial is not negligent or otherwise at fault or is found by a court of law to be not negligent or otherwise at fault, the Company will indemnify McAuliffe Financial for all such expenses and reimburse expenses as incurred by McAuliffe Financial. Such expenses will include legal fees for which the Company will have the right to approve the attorney engaged by McAuliffe Financial prior to the engagement.
     The Company and McAuliffe Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor McAuliffe Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other.
     Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to McAuliffe Financial a signed copy of this letter.
Sincerely,
McAuliffe Financial, LLC
/s/ J. Kevin McAuliffe          
J. Kevin McAuliffe
President
Agreed To and Accepted By:
Atlantic Coast Federal Corp.
         
Signed
  Date    
 
/s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr. 
  5/05/10     
 
Robert J. Larison, Jr.
 
 
   
President and Chief Executive Officer
       
     
19457 Olson Avenue, Lake Oswego, OR 97034   310 Charles Alexander Court, Alexandria, VA 22301
503-638-9685   703-549-2176
www.mcauliffefinancial.com

 

Exhibit 99.3
PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
Waycross, Georgia
PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:
ATLANTIC COAST BANK
Waycross, Georgia
Dated As Of:
May 28, 2010
 
Prepared By:
RP ® Financial, LC.
1100 North Glebe Road
Suite 1100
Arlington, Virginia 22201
 

 


 

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
 
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
May 28, 2010
Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501
Members of the Boards of Directors:
     At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (“Appraisal”) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued by Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, Waycross, Georgia (“ACFC” or the “Company”) in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion of Atlantic Coast Federal MHC (the “MHC”). The MHC currently has a majority ownership interest in, and its principal asset consists of, approximately 65.06% of the common stock of ACFC (the “MHC Shares”), the mid-tier holding company for Atlantic Coast Bank, Waycross, Georgia (the “Bank”). The remaining 34.94% of ACFC’s common stock is owned by public stockholders. ACFC, which completed its initial public stock offering in October 2004, owns 100% of the common stock of the Bank. It is our understanding that ACFC will offer its stock, representing the majority ownership interest held by the MHC, in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale in a community offering to members of the local community with a preference given first to residents of the Georgia counties of Chatham, Coffee and Ware and the Florida counties of Clay, Duval, Flagler, Nassau and St. John’s, and then to ACFC’s public stockholders.
     This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations 563b.7 and has been prepared in accordance with the “Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization” of the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), which have been adopted in practice by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
Plan of Conversion and Stock Issuance
     On June 16, 2010, the respective Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Company and the Bank adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”), pursuant to which the mutual holding company will convert to the stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, (i) newly formed ACFC will be organized as a stock subsidiary of the mid-tier holding company, (ii) the MHC will merge with and into the mid-tier holding company (the “MHC Merger”) with the mid-tier holding company being the survivor, and the MHC Shares will be cancelled; (iii) the mid-tier holding company will merge with the newly formed ACFC (the “Mid-Tier Merger”) with ACFC as the resulting entity and the Bank becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary of
     
 
Washington Headquarters    
 Three Ballston Plaza
 1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100
 Arlington, VA 22201
 www.rpfinancial.com
  Telephone: (703) 528-1700
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 


 

Boards of Directors
May 28, 2010
Page 2
ACFC; and (iv) immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, newly formed ACFC will offer and sell shares of its common stock to certain depositors of the Bank, residents of the Bank’s local community and shareholders of the Company and others in the manner and subject to the priorities set forth in the Plan of Conversion. As of May 28, 2010, the MHC’s ownership interest in ACFC approximated 65.06%. The Company will also issue shares of its common stock to the public stockholders of ACFC pursuant to an exchange ratio that will result in the public shareholders owning the same aggregate percentage of the newly issued ACFC common stock as owned immediately prior to the conversion. As of May 28, 2010, the public stockholders’ ownership interest in ACFC approximated 34.94%.
     In addition, ACFC is offering 1,650,000 shares of common stock to selected investors in a supplemental offering that will close immediately following completion of the second step conversion offering.
RP ® Financial, LC.
     RP ® Financial, LC. (“RP Financial”) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. We believe that, except for the fee we will receive for our appraisal, we are independent of the Company, the Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by the Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.
Valuation Methodology
     In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of ACFC, the Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the OTS and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We have conducted a financial analysis of ACFC, the Bank and the MHC that has included a review of audited financial information for fiscal years ended December 31, 2005 through 2009, and the three months ended March 31, 2010, and due diligence related discussions with ACFC’s management; Crowe Horwath, LLP, the Company’s independent auditor through the end of fiscal 2009 and McGladrey & Pullen, LLP, the Company’s current independent accounting firm, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., ACFC’s conversion counsel; and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, our marketing advisor and sales agent in connection with the stock offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
     We have investigated the competitive environment within which ACFC operates and have assessed ACFC’s relative strengths and weaknesses. We have kept abreast of the changing regulatory and legislative environment for financial institutions and analyzed the potential impact on ACFC and the industry as a whole. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on ACFC’s operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of ACFC. We have analyzed the assets held by the MHC, which will be consolidated with ACFC’s assets and equity pursuant to the completion of conversion. We have reviewed the

 


 

Boards of Directors
May 28, 2010
Page 3
economic and demographic characteristics of the Company’s primary market area. We have compared ACFC’s financial performance and condition with selected publicly-traded thrifts in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed the current conditions in the securities markets in general and the market for thrift stocks in particular, including the market for existing thrift issues, initial public offerings by thrifts and thrift holding companies, and second-step conversion offerings. We have excluded from such analyses thrifts subject to announced or rumored acquisition, and/or institutions that exhibit other unusual characteristics.
     The Appraisal is based on ACFC’s representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by ACFC and its independent auditor, legal counsel, and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by ACFC, or its independent auditor, legal counsel, and other authorized agents nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of ACFC. The valuation considers ACFC only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of ACFC’s liquidation value.
     Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for ACFC and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local, state and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions and mutual holding companies, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the value of ACFC’s stock alone. It is our understanding that there are no current plans for selling control of ACFC following completion of the second-step stock offering. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.
     The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which ACFC’s common stock, immediately upon completion of the second-step stock offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.
Valuation Conclusion
     It is our opinion that, as of May 28, 2010, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares to be issued in the conversion of the MHC, including: (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in Company; (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of the Company; and (3) 1,650,000 shares issued in the Supplemental Offering with a value of $16,500,000 (based on the offering price), was $53,387,560 at the midpoint, equal to 5,338,756 shares at $10.00 per share.
Establishment of the Exchange Ratio
     OTS regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, the minority stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares of ACFC stock as a fully converted company. The Board of Directors of the MHC has independently determined the exchange ratio. The determined exchange ratio has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in ACFC equal to 34.94% as of March 31, 2010. The exchange ratio to be received by the existing minority shareholders of ACFC will be determined at the end of

 


 

Boards of Directors
May 28, 2010
Page 4
the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the subscription and community offerings. Based upon this calculation, and the valuation conclusion and offering range concluded above, the exchange ratio would be 0.2337 shares, 0.2750 shares, 0.3162 shares and 0.3636 shares of newly issued shares of ACFC stock for each share of stock held by the public shareholders at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and supermaximum of the offering range, respectively. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued ACFC shares for the shares held by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio. The resulting range of value pursuant to regulatory guidelines, the corresponding number of shares based on the Board approved $10.00 per share offering price, and the resulting exchange ratios are shown below.
                                           
            Breakdown of Shares Issued in Second Step Conversion        
            and Simultaneous Supplementary Offering of Common Stock
                      Second Step Conversion Characteristics
                      2nd Step   Exchange Shares    
            Supplemental     Offering   Issued to the   Exchange
    Total Shares   Offering     Shares   Public Shareholders   Ratio
              (x)
Shares
                                     
Super Maximum
    6,528,380       1,650,000         3,174,000       1,704,380       0.3636  
Maximum
    5,892,070       1,650,000         2,760,000       1,482,070       0.3162  
Midpoint
    5,338,756       1,650,000         2,400,000       1,288,756       0.2750  
Minimum
    4,785,443       1,650,000         2,040,000       1,095,443       0.2337  
 
                                         
Distribution of Shares
                                         
Super Maximum
    100.00 %     25.27 %       48.62 %     26.11 %        
Maximum
    100.00 %     28.00 %       46.84 %     25.15 %        
Midpoint
    100.00 %     30.91 %       44.95 %     24.14 %        
Minimum
    100.00 %     34.48 %       42.63 %     22.89 %        
 
                                         
Aggregate Market Value(1)                                  
Super Maximum
  $ 65,283,800     $ 16,500,000       $ 31,740,000     $ 17,043,800          
Maximum
  $ 58,920,700     $ 16,500,000       $ 27,600,000     $ 14,820,700          
Midpoint
  $ 53,387,560     $ 16,500,000       $ 24,000,000     $ 12,887,560          
Minimum
  $ 47,854,430     $ 16,500,000       $ 20,400,000     $ 10,954,430          
 
(1)   Based on offering price of $10.00 per share.
Limiting Factors and Considerations
     Our valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of ACFC immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with

 


 

Boards of Directors
May 28, 2010
Page 5
respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market following the completion of the second-step offering.
     RP Financial’s valuation was based on the financial condition, operations, and shares outstanding of ACFC as of March 31, 2010, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus. The proposed exchange ratio to be received by the current public stockholders of ACFC and the exchange of the public shares for newly issued shares of ACFC common stock as a full public company was determined independently by the Boards of Directors of the MHC, ACFC, and the Bank. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange ratio to public stockholders or the exchange of public shares for newly issued shares.
     RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals, or employees from purchasing stock of its client institutions.
     This valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of ACFC, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift shares, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the legislative and regulatory environment for financial institutions, the stock market and the market for thrift stocks, and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update. The valuation will also be updated at the completion of ACFC’s stock offering.
         
  Respectfully submitted,

RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
 
 
  -S- JAMES P. HENNESSEY    
  James P. Hennessey
Director 
 
 

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   TABLE OF CONTENTS
    i
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
ATLANTIC COAST BANK
Waycross, Georgia
         
    PAGE
DESCRIPTION   NUMBER
 
       
CHAPTER ONE OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
       
 
       
Introduction
    I.1  
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
    I.2  
The Supplemental Offering
    I.3  
Purpose of the Reorganization and Supplemental Offering
    I.3  
Strategic Overview
    I.4  
Regulatory Agreement
    I.7  
Balance Sheet Trends
    I.8  
Income and Expense Trends
    I.13  
Interest Rate Risk Management
    I.19  
Lending Activities and Strategy
    I.20  
Asset Quality
    I.24  
Funding Composition and Strategy
    I.25  
Legal Proceedings
    I.27  
 
       
CHAPTER TWO MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
       
 
       
Introduction
    II.1
Market Area Demographics
    II.8
Competition
    II.12
 
       
CHAPTER THREE PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
       
 
       
Peer Group Selection
    III.1
Financial Condition
    III.8
Income and Expense Components
    III.12
Loan Composition
    III.15
Credit Risk
    III.15
Interest Rate Risk
    III.17
Summary
    III.20

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   TABLE OF CONTENTS
    ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
ATLANTIC COAST BANK
Waycross, Georgia
(continued)
         
    PAGE
DESCRIPTION   NUMBER
 
       
CHAPTER FOUR VALUATION ANALYSIS
       
 
       
Introduction
    IV.1
Appraisal Guidelines
    IV.1
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
    IV.1
Valuation Analysis
    IV.2
1.   Financial Condition
    IV.3
2.   Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
    IV.4
3.   Asset Growth
    IV.5
4.   Primary Market Area
    IV.5
5.   Dividends
    IV.6
6.   Liquidity of the Shares
    IV.7
7.   Marketing of the Issue
    IV.7
     A.   The Public Market
    IV.8
     B.   The New Issue Market
    IV.12
     C.   The Acquisition Market
    IV.13
     D.   Trading in ACFC’s Stock
    IV.16
8.   Management
    IV.17
9.   Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
    IV.17
Summary of Adjustments
    IV.18
Valuation Approaches
    IV.18
1.   Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”)
    IV.20
2.   Price-to-Book (“P/B”)
    IV.21
3.   Price-to-Assets (“P/A”)
    IV.21
Comparison to Recent Offerings
    IV.21
Valuation Conclusion
    IV.22
Establishment of the Exchange Ratio
    IV.23

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   LIST OF TABLES
    iii
LIST OF TABLES
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
ATLANTIC COAST BANK
Waycross, Georgia
                 
TABLE        
NUMBER   DESCRIPTION   PAGE
       
 
       
  1.1    
Historical Balance Sheets
    I.9  
  1.2    
Historical Income Statements
    I.14  
       
 
       
  2.1    
Summary Demographic Data
    II.9
  2.2    
Major Employers in Ware County and Duval County
    II.11
  2.3    
Unemployment Trends
    II.12
  2.4    
Deposit Summary
    II.14
  2.5    
Competitor Analysis
    II.15
       
 
       
  3.1    
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
    III.3
  3.2    
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
    III.9
  3.3    
Income as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
    III.13
  3.4    
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
    III.16
  3.5    
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
    III.18
  3.6    
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
    III.19
       
 
       
  4.1    
Pricing Characteristics: Recent Conversions Completed
    IV.14
  4.2    
Market Pricing Comparatives
    IV.15
  4.3    
Public Market Pricing
    IV.24

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.1
I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Introduction
     Atlantic Coast Bank (the “Bank”) is a federally-chartered stock savings bank which conducts operations through its main office in Waycross, Georgia, and a total of 10 full service branch offices which cover a broad section of southeastern portions of the State of Georgia and northeastern sections of the State of Florida. Specifically, the northernmost office is located in Garden City, Georgia, near the City of Savannah, to the Orange Park office in northeast Florida, which are outside the City of Jacksonville. Certain of the locations reflect, in part, the credit union roots and the location of CSX Corporation’s operations, and reflect several prior acquisitions (credit unions and bank branch acquisitions). The Bank also employs a variety of alternative delivery mechanisms, including ATMs, online banking and a telephone call center.
     Originally chartered in 1939 as “Atlantic Coast Line Credit Union”, serving the employees of the CSX Corporation and its predecessors, Atlantic Coast evolved through the years into a full-service multi-branch financial institution serving the general public and operating in southeast Georgia and northeast Florida. Atlantic Coast completed a conversion from a federal credit union charter to a federal mutual savings bank charter as of November 1, 2000 (the “Charter Conversion”). The objective of the Charter Conversion was to better serve customers and the local community through the broader lending and to expand its customer base beyond the limited field of membership permitted for credit unions. The Charter Conversion and related growth potential coupled with the ability to raise external capital through the mutual holding company structure are believed to enhance the ability to remain competitive while providing customers with superior service and a broad array of financial services products.
     The Bank’s post Charter Conversion operations have been characterized by relatively strong growth in loans and deposits. A portion of the growth is attributable to several branch acquisitions as Atlantic Coast Bank acquired a total of three branches in fiscal 2002 and 2003 in two separate transactions. Additionally, Atlantic Coast Bank has taken advantage of its expanded lending authority, as evidenced in the growth of permanent residential mortgages and commercial and multi-family loans (“income producing property loans”), while continuing to expand its branch office network through de novo branching.
     Since the Charter Conversion, the Bank has been regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”). The Bank is currently a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”)

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.2
system. The Bank’s deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).
     Atlantic Coast reorganized into a mutual holding company (“MHC”) structure in January 2003, and no stock was issued publicly at the time. Simultaneous with the MHC reorganization, a wholly-owned mid-tier stock holding company was formed known as Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (“ACFC” or the “Company”), and Atlantic Coast Bank became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. The MHC and the Company were both capitalized with $50,000 in cash concurrent with their formation.
     In October 2004, the Company completed a minority stock issuance, selling a minority ownership position (i.e., 40% of the total outstanding shares) to the public while the MHC retained a majority ownership interest (60% ownership). Gross proceeds raised in pursuant to the minority stock issuance totaled $58.2 million. The most significant asset of the Company is its equity investment in the Bank; in addition, the Company has extended a loan to the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”). As of March 31, 2010, the Company had $914.0 million in assets, $584.7 million in deposits and total equity of $56.4 million, or 6.17% of total assets. The Company’s audited and unaudited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-1.
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
     On June 16, 2010, Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation announced that the Boards of Directors of the MHC, ACFC, and the Bank unanimously adopted a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan of Conversion”), pursuant to which ACFC will convert from the three-tier MHC structure to the full stock holding company structure and concurrently conduct a second-step conversion offering (“Second Step Conversion” or “Offering”) that will include the sale of the MHC’s ownership interest in ACFC. Pursuant to the Plan of Conversion, ACFC will be succeeded by a new Maryland chartered stock corporation named Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (“ACFC” or the “Company”). The Company will also issue exchange shares of its common stock to the public shareholders pursuant to an exchange ratio that will result in the same 34.9% aggregate ownership percentage as immediately before the Offering.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.3
The Supplemental Offering
     Predicated on completion of the Second Step Conversion Offering, the Company will sell an additional 1,650,000 shares of common stock, at a purchase price of $10.00 per share which is equal to the initial public offering price of the stock sold in the Second Step Conversion, to selected investors in a supplemental offering (the “Supplemental Offering”. It is anticipated that the sales process will run concurrent with the subscription and community offerings within the Second Step Conversion offering and the Supplemental Offering will close immediately following completion of the conversion offering. The Company is conducting the Supplemental Offering in order to increase the capital raised in the conversion offering alone. Management believes the additional capital that can be raised in the Supplemental Offering enhances the ability to complete the Second Step Conversion Offering and positions ACFC to better execute the business plan, which focuses on improving asset quality and reducing the rate of operating losses over the near term and realizing growth and earnings improvement over the intermediate and longer term. The valuation range set forth herein incorporates the impact of the shares sold in the Supplemental Offering.
Purpose of the Reorganization and Supplemental Offering
     The Second Step Conversion and completion of the Supplemental Offering will bolster the Company’s capital and liquidity position and facilitate the Bank’s continued regulatory capital compliance in the current recessionary environment. Additionally, management believes that the enhanced capital position will facilitate ACFC ability to reduce the level of NPAs and the Bank and Company’s credit risk exposure. The foregoing reflect management’s estimates of the near term benefits of the Second Step Conversion. Management further believes the ability to navigate through the short term uncertainty posed by a recessionary environment will enhance the ability of the Company to be a viable and effective competitor once the economy realizes improvement. Moreover, many of the Company’s competitors have been similarly impacted by asset quality problems and stressed capital positions which have reduced the level of competition for well-capitalized banking institutions. The incremental capital will bolster the ability to absorb credit related losses as it seeks to resolve asset quality problems on an expedited basis. In this regard, the Company may likely realize losses in the range of $2 to $3 million on asset sales in the June 2010 quarter.
     The projected use of stock proceeds is highlighted below.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.4
    The Company. The Company is expected to retain up to [50%] of the net conversion proceeds. At present, Company funds, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be invested initially into high quality investment securities with short- to intermediate-term maturities, generally consistent with the current investment mix. A portion of the proceeds may also be utilize to repay a holding company loan which was taken down subsequent to the March 31, 2010, date of financial data in the prospectus. Over time, Company funds are anticipated to be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Bank, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of regular and/or special ash dividends.
 
    The Bank. The balance of the net offering proceeds will be infused into the Bank. Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds, and are expected to initially be invested in short-term investments pending longer term deployment, i.e., funding lending activities, purchasing mortgage backed securities (“MBS”), general corporate purposes and/or expansion, and diversification.
     Over the near term, the Company expects to continue to preserve its capital position, limiting growth and focusing on resolving problem assets with the objective of minimizing the Company’s credit risk exposure. Over the intermediate term to longer term, once ACFC’s credit risk exposure and NPAs have reduced, the Company will seek to undertake moderate growth and other strategies to enhance ACFC’s long term earnings potential and shareholder returns.
Strategic Overview
     Throughout much of its corporate history, ACFC’s strategic focus was on serving its historical credit union field of membership. However, the Charter Conversion was undertaken to broaden the traditional customer base tied to the CSX Corporation with the objective of enhancing future growth prospects while minimizing the risk exposure related to conducting businesses with a customer base tied to a single employer. The Company has been generally successful in diversifying the customer base as a result of deposit growth, particularly in the Florida market and as a result of the purchase of branches and expanded mortgage lending activities, including both internal originations and purchases.
     In summary, following the Charter Conversion, management began to reengineer the Company’s operations to a community-oriented institution emphasizing service, its local orientation and a comparatively broader array of commercial and consumer products and services. Balance sheet growth has been focused on the Jacksonville market in northern

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.5
Florida given the large size and more favorable growth characteristics of the Jacksonville area in comparison to the Waycross area where the Company’s operations have historically been centered. In order to accelerate the ability to grow in ACFC’s northern Florida markets, the Company acquired three branches in two separate transactions (consummated in fiscal 2002 and 2003). Conversely, the Company sold the Fernandina Beach and Lake City branches in August 2008 and December 2009, respectively, due to the Company’s assessment that these branches were not sufficiently profitable and/or did not fit well within the existing branch structure. Aside from the profitability considerations pertaining to these recent branch sales, the divestitures also facilitated balance sheet shrinkage and the regulatory capital ratios.
     The Company’s operating strategy through fiscal 2008 was designed to take advantage of the broad geographic footprint encompassed by ACFC’s offices, particularly in the northern Florida market which was a growth oriented economically healthy market until the onset of the worldwide financial crisis and the subsequent deep economic recession. Over the fiscal 2005 to 2008 timeframe, the Company realized strong loan growth which was largely attributable to the origination and purchase of mortgage loans, the majority of which were secured by properties within the Company’s markets. The focus of the ACFC’s mortgage lending encompasses both residential (i.e., secured by 1-4 family properties) and commercial and multi-family property lending as permanent mortgage loans (excluding construction loans) ranged from 65% to 70% of the loan portfolio over the last five fiscal years. Expansion of the mortgage loan portfolio was facilitated by employment of an in-house lending staff including both residential and commercial mortgage loan officers and the Company supplemented its internal loan origination volume with brokered and purchased loans. ACFC also developed a credit administration function separate and apart from the loan origination function in the period following the Charter Conversion.
     As noted above, the Company’s growth oriented business plan was in place through the end of fiscal 2008 and resulted in aggregate asset growth equal to 33.9% for the fiscal 2005 to 2008 period, which translated into a 10.2% compounded annual growth rate for the period. Subsequently, total assets have diminished from the 2008, decreasing by 8.2% over the fifteen months ended March 31, 2010. The asset shrinkage reflects the Company’s response to the recessionary economic environment which resulted in operating losses and reduction in ACFC’s regulatory capital ratios. In response, the Company sold branch offices outside of its core market area and commenced selling mortgage loans to the secondary market rather than retaining loans for portfolio investments. In conjunction with the effort to reduce assets and preserve its regulatory capital ratios, the Company has sought to minimize expenses by

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.6
reducing staffing and reducing or otherwise amending certain employee and director benefit programs in order to reduce operating expenses.
     The economic recession experienced nationally has impacted the Company’s markets, both in terms of job losses and increasing rates of unemployment which in turn, has resulted in increased loan delinquency rates and loan foreclosures. Additionally, real estate prices including both the prices of residential and income producing properties has diminished eroding the collateral value of the properties securing the Company’s mortgage loans. As a result of the foregoing, while the Company has historically maintained very strong credit quality ratios, the level of NPAs have increased from approximate 1% of assets as of the end of fiscal 2007, to 4.31% of assets as of March 2010. Additionally, NPAs plus performing trouble debt restructurings (“TDRs”) have increased to 6.33% of total assets. The adverse asset quality trends have also impacted the Company’s operating condition as a result of increasing levels of loan loss provisions.
     Retail deposits have consistently served as the primary interest-bearing funding source for the Company. In recent years, the Company has sought to expand checking and other transaction accounts in conjunction with the increased emphasis on marketing to commercial accounts. Through fiscal 2008, the Company was required to maintain a large base of certificates of deposits (“CDs”) and high cost money market accounts in order to generate sufficient deposit funds to fund the asset base. In fiscal 2009 through the first three months of fiscal 2010, funding pressures have lessened as the Company seeks to preserve its regulatory capital ratios and the need to price funds on a highly competitive basis has diminished as well which has benefitted ACFC’s cost of funds.
     The Company utilizes borrowings as a supplemental funding source to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. FHLB advances constitute the Company’s largest source of borrowings; the majority of the Company’s borrowed funds have fixed rates and have been used to fund both leveraging through investment in securities and whole loans. To the extent additional borrowings are utilized by the Company following the Second Step Conversion, FHLB advances would likely continue to be the principal source of such borrowings followed by reverse repurchase agreements.
     The Company has reported operating losses over the last two fiscal years and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010. In this regard, the Company’s earnings have been impacted by the aforementioned increase in NPAs and loan loss provisions. Additionally, the

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.7
high level of NPAs has adversely impacted the Company’s net interest margin as a relatively high portion of ACFC’s assets are in non-interest earning form while expenses related to problem asset resolution have increased the Company’s operating costs.
     The capital raised in the Second Step Conversion and Supplemental Offering will enhance the Company’s earnings with the reinvestment of the proceeds and provide an additional capital cushion to address the NPAs over the near term and capital for growth over the longer term. The post-offering business plan of the Company is expected to focus on near problem asset resolution and growth of core deposits. The capital infusion will bolster the Bank’s regulatory capital ratios and ability to address problem assets resolution. Importantly, the Company believes that its status as a well-capitalized publicly traded full stock company will enhance the ability to expand business lines, balance sheet over the long term relative to the many local competitors which have been similarly impacted by asset quality problems and weakened capital positions but which have been unable to tap the equity markets to increase their capitalization. A summary of the Company’s key operating ratios for this period is presented in Exhibit I-2.
Regulatory Agreement
     Primarily as a result of the aforementioned operating losses and adverse trends with respect to the Company’s asset quality, ACFC and the Bank have become a subject to increased regulatory scrutiny and oversight. In August 2009, ACFC and the Bank entered into a memorandums of understanding (the “MOU”) with the Office of Thrift Supervision requiring the Company to address certain areas of operations. Under the MOU, the Bank is required to: (1) utilize a four quarter roll forward budget to address, among other things, capital adequacy, appropriate allowances for loan and lease losses and a liquidity analysis; (2) the BOLI investment limit is 25% of total capital and the Bank is not to add additional BOLI unless it is within this limit; (3) review and enhance the liquidity policy; (4) develop a written plan to mitigate any risks to capital and liquidity from repurchase agreements; (5) reduce brokered deposits to not more than $52.5 million by June 30, 2011; (6) obtain OTS approval for the payment of any dividends, (7) develop a plan to enhance the compliance management program (including Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering programs); and (8) correct all deficiencies and weaknesses identified in the 2009 Report of Examination. Management believes the Company and Bank have addressed all the corrective actions mandated in the MOU and ACFC and the Bank are believed to be in substantial compliance with the requirements of the memorandum.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.8
Balance Sheet Trends
      Growth Trends
          Table 1.1 shows the Company’s historical balance sheet data for the past five years and at March 31, 2010, as well as the pro forma impact of the Supplemental Offering as of March 31, 2010. These numbers have been reflected since the historical financial data adjusted for the impact of the Supplemental Offering (net proceeds of $15.895 million) will serve as the pre-conversion valuation base for calculating the pro forma equity, earnings, assets and pricing ratios following the completion of the Second Step Conversion offering.
          Balance sheet growth trends for the Company are presented in Table 1.1, highlighting the trends noted previously. Since December 31, 2005, total assets increased at a 5.0% compounded annual rate, expanding from $640.1 million to $914.0 million as of March 31, 2010. Over this four and one-quarter year timeframe, the asset composition in terms of loans and investments has changed modestly as the proportion of loans-to-assets has diminished as the Company has ceased purchasing loans and has sold a portion of its internally originated loans. As a result, the proportion of investment securities/assets has increased from 9.7% as of the end of fiscal 2005, to 22.3% as of March 31, 2010.
          The Company’s assets are funded through a combination of deposits, borrowings and retained earnings. Deposits have always comprised the majority of funding liabilities, increasing at an annual rate of 3.0% since the end of fiscal 2005. However, the long term growth trend masks the relatively strong deposit growth realized from the end of fiscal 2005, to the end of fiscal 2008 (21.0% aggregate growth), which was diminished by subsequent deposit shrinkage of 6.4% for the 15 month period through March 31, 2010. In this regard, deposit shrinkage was partially the result of the sale of the Fernandina Beach and Lake City branches in August 2008 and December 2009, respectively
          Borrowed funds have increased at a comparatively faster pace (by 18.7% compounded annually), as the Company relied heavily on borrowed funds to supplement deposits when asset growth was comparatively rapid during the fiscal 2005 to 2008 period. Over the fiscal 2005 to 2007 period, borrowed funds were utilized to fund loan growth in excess of deposit growth.
          Equity has diminished at a 10.7% compounded annual pace reflecting the impact of dividends and periodic share repurchases as well as the impact of recent operating losses

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.9
Table 1.1
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Historical Balance Sheets
                                                                                                                         
                                                                                                    12/31/05-   Pro Forma As of
                                                                                                    3/31/10   March 31, 2010
    As of the Fiscal Year Ended December 31,                   Annual   After Supplemental
    2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   As of March 31, 2010   Growth Rate   Offering (2)
    Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Pct   Amount   Pct(1)
    ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   (%)   ($000)   (%)
Total Amount of:
                                                                                                                       
Assets
  $ 744,116       100.00 %   $ 843,079       100.00 %   $ 931,026       100.00 %   $ 996,089       100.00 %   $ 905,561       100.00 %   $ 914,021       100.00 %     4.96 %   $ 929,916       100.00 %
Cash and Cash Equivalents
    37,959       5.10 %     41,057       4.87 %     29,310       3.15 %     34,058       3.42 %     37,144       4.10 %     37,961       4.15 %     0.00 %     53,856       5.79 %
Loans Receivable (net)
    580,441       78.00 %     639,517       75.85 %     703,513       75.56 %     741,879       74.48 %     614,371       67.84 %     599,858       65.63 %     0.78 %     599,858       64.51 %
Loans Held for Sale
    100       0.01 %     4,365       0.52 %     640       0.07 %     736       0.07 %     8,990       0.99 %     5,253       0.57 %     153.98 %     5,253       0.56 %
Investment Securities — AFS
    71,965       9.67 %     99,231       11.77 %     134,216       14.42 %     147,474       14.81 %     177,938       19.65 %     204,217       22.34 %     27.81 %     204,217       21.96 %
Other Investments
    1,800       0.24 %     1,200       0.14 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     -100.00 %           0.00 %
FHLB Stock
    7,074       0.95 %     7,948       0.94 %     9,293       1.00 %     9,996       1.00 %     10,023       1.11 %     10,023       1.10 %     8.54 %     10,023       1.08 %
Intangible Assets
    2,969       0.40 %     2,888       0.34 %     2,844       0.31 %     2,956       0.30 %     113       0.01 %     106       0.01 %     -54.35 %     106       0.01 %
BOLI
    20,526       2.76 %     21,366       2.53 %     22,227       2.39 %     22,173       2.23 %     22,806       2.52 %     22,983       2.51 %     2.70 %     22,983       2.47 %
OREO
    310       0.04 %     286       0.03 %     1,726       0.19 %     3,332       0.33 %     5,028       0.56 %     5,035       0.55 %     92.69 %     5,035       0.54 %
Deposits
    516,321       69.39 %     573,052       67.97 %     582,730       62.59 %     624,606       62.71 %     555,444       61.34 %     584,692       63.97 %     2.97 %     584,692       62.88 %
Borrowed Funds
    129,000       17.34 %     173,000       20.52 %     251,500       27.01 %     277,650       27.87 %     287,694       31.77 %     267,718       29.29 %     18.74 %     267,718       28.79 %
 
                                                                                                                       
Total Equity
    92,918       12.49 %     91,087       10.80 %     89,806       9.65 %     83,960       8.43 %     56,541       6.24 %     56,371       6.17 %     -10.68 %     72,266       7.77 %
Tangible Equity
    89,949       12.09 %     88,199       10.46 %     86,962       9.34 %     81,004       8.13 %     56,428       6.23 %     56,265       6.16 %     -10.04 %     72,160       7.76 %
 
                                                                                                                       
Loans/Deposits
            112.42 %             111.60 %             120.73 %             118.78 %             110.61 %             102.59 %                     102.59 %
 
                                                                                                                       
Number of Full Service Offices
            12               13               13               12               11               11                       11  
 
(1)   Percent of average assets.
 
(2)   Adjusted to include the net proceeds of the Supplemental Offering of $15.895 million.
Source: Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s prospectus.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.10
which have more than offset prior year’s earnings for the 2005 to 2007 period. Going forward, equity will be increased with the completion of the Second Step Conversion and Supplemental Offerings. The post-offering equity growth rate will primarily be a function of the Company’s ability to improve asset quality and stem the loan loss provisions and asset quality which have resulted in the recent erosion of ACFC’s capital base.
      Loans Receivable
          The Company’s lending strategy has evolved over the last several fiscal years but has primarily emphasized real estate lending, including both 1-4 family residential and income property loans secured by multi-family or commercial properties. ACFC’s loan portfolio composition as of March 31, 2010, underscores the emphasis — permanent first mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties totaled $299.3 million, equal to 49.2% of gross loans, while multi-family and commercial real estate loans totaled $113.5 million, equal to approximately 18.7% of gross loans. Reflecting its former credit union roots, the Company maintains a large portfolio of home equity loans ($91.6 million equal to 15.1% of total loans) and consumer loans ($72.0 million equal to 11.8% of total loans).
          The Company’s lending strategy has evolved over time. In this regard, the Company sought to gradually diversify the loan portfolio to include construction and commercial mortgage loans, particularly as management sought to leverage the proceeds received in the first step mutual holding company offering in the 2005 to 2007 period. The internal loan origination capacity was bolstered by loan purchases, as the Company purchased both residential whole loans and commercial/multi-family mortgage loans and participations. The Company stopped purchasing loans in fiscal 2008 as the depth of the economic crisis became apparent. Additionally, the Company sold a larger portion of its residential mortgage loan originations on a servicing released basis to facilitate shrinkage and to generate liquidity for the branch sales.
      Cash, Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities
          ACFC’s preference is to deploy the majority of assets into loans while maintaining required liquidity. The Company anticipates initially reinvesting the net offering proceeds into investments with short-to-intermediate maturities, pending longer-term deployment primarily into loans.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.11
          As of March 31, 2010, the Company’s portfolio of cash and cash equivalents totaled $38.0 million, equal to 4.2% of assets. It is the Company’s current practice to classify all investment securities (including MBS) as available for sale (“AFS”). As of March 31, 2010, the investment portfolio totaled $204.2 million, equal to 22.3% of total loans (see Exhibit I-3 for the investment portfolio composition). MBS comprise the largest segment of the investment portfolio, totaling $175.3 million, or 11.7% of assets and 85.8% of investment securities, as of March 31, 2010. The balance of the investment portfolio was comprised of U.S. Government and agency securities ($28.1 million) and municipal securities ($851,000).
          No major changes to the composition and practices with respect to the management of the investment portfolio are anticipated over the near term. The level of cash and investments is anticipated to increase initially following Second Step Conversion and Supplemental Offerings.
      Bank Owned Life Insurance
          As of March 31, 2010, the balance of bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) totaled $22.9 million, which reflects a modest increase over the last five fiscal years owing to increases in the cash surrender value of the policies. The balance of the BOLI reflects the value of life insurance contracts on selected members of the Company’s management and has been purchased with the intent to offset various benefit program expenses on a tax advantaged basis. The increase in the cash surrender value of the BOLI is recognized as an addition to non-interest income on an annual basis. The Bank is precluded from purchasing additional BOLI as it is subject to regulatory requirements that limit the BOLI investment to 25% of total capital.
      Intangible Assets
          The Company maintained a balance of goodwill equal to $2.8 million through fiscal 2008 but recognized full impairment of this intangible asset in fiscal 2009. Accordingly, as of March 31, 2010, the remaining balance of intangibles totaled $106,000 and consisted of core deposit intangibles attributable to a prior branch acquisition. The CDI will continue to be amortized through 2014.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.12
      Funding Structure
          Retail deposits have generally met the substantial portion of the Company’s funding needs supplemented with a modest amount of borrowed funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta and through reverse repurchase agreements.
          The Company maintains a strong level of savings and transaction accounts, which totaled $277.9 million, or 48.4% of total deposits, as of March 31, 2010, however, certificates of deposits (“CDs”) comprise the single largest element of deposits and equaled $296.1 million, or 51.6% of total deposits. In comparison, demand deposit, money market and passbook savings accounts equaled $113.3 million (19.8% of deposits), $125.9 million (22.0% of deposits), and $38.5 million (6.7% of deposits).
          The Company has continually utilized borrowed funds over the last five fiscal years, with the majority of borrowings consisting of FHLB advances and reverse repurchase agreements. As of March 31, 2010, FHLB advances totaled $172.7 million, representing 18.9% of total assets while reverse repurchase agreements totaled $92.8 million, equal to 10.15% of assets. The Company typically utilizes borrowings: (1) when such funds are priced attractively relative to deposits; (2) to lengthen the duration of liabilities; (3) to enhance earnings when attractive revenue enhancement opportunities arise; and (4) to generate additional liquid funds, if required.
          The borrowed funds consist of both fixed and variable rate FHLB advances and structured reverse repurchase agreements which are callable at the option of the lender. The majority of the Company’s borrowed funds carry a high interest cost, as the weighted average rate of the FHLB advances was 3.54% as of March 31, 2010, and the reverse repurchase agreements carried a weighted average cost of 5.04%. In addition to the cost, both the FHLB advances and the reverse repurchase agreements carry steep prepayment penalties essentially precluding their prepayment. Accordingly, the borrowed funds will continue to lend an upward bias to ACFC’s funding costs until their maturity and/or until market interest rate levels rise.
      Equity
          Stockholder’s equity totaled $56.4 million, equal to 6.2% of assets on a reported basis as of March 31, 2010. On a pro forma basis, assuming completion of the Supplemental Offering but before the impact of the completion of the Second Step Conversion offering, pro forma equity totaled $72.3 million, equal to 7.77% of total pro forma assets.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.13
          As noted previously, ACFC’s capital base has diminished at a 10.7% compounded annual pace since the end of fiscal 2005 reflecting the impact of dividends and periodic share repurchases as well as the impact of recent operating losses which have more than offset prior year’s earnings for the 2005 to 2007 period. The offering proceeds will serve to further strengthen the Company’s regulatory capital position and ability to address the weak economy in its markets as well as the recent increase in the level of non-performing assets.
Income and Expense Trends
     Table 1.2 shows the Company’s historical income statements for the fiscal years ended 2005 to 2009 and for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 on a reported basis. Table 1.2 also presents a pro forma income statement for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, giving effect to the completion of the Supplemental Offering assuming the proceeds are reinvested at the rate reflected in the prospectus (3.15%).
     The Company’s net earnings fluctuated in a relatively narrow range of $5.0 million to $5.1 million in fiscal 2005 to 2006. Thereafter, earnings began to diminish and the Company has posted operating losses since fiscal 2008. Specifically, ACFC reported a loss equal to $2.8 million (0.29% of average assets) in fiscal 2008 which increased to $29.3 million (3.01% of average assets) in fiscal 2009. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, ACFC reported a loss equal to $29.0 million, or 3.06% of average assets.
     The significant losses were primarily the result of impaired credit quality in the loan portfolio which was evidenced by higher NPAs and which resulted in the establishment of loan loss provisions which were well above the historical average. Additionally, the Company recorded significant net non-operating expenses, many of which were related to the deteriorating economic and credit environment. The trends and characteristics with respect to the Company’s earnings are described more fully below.
      Net Interest Income
          Over the period from fiscal 2005 to the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, net interest income has remained relatively stable in dollar terms but diminished as a percent of average assets. In this regard, interest income increased reflecting the impact of balance sheet growth while interest expense also increased offsetting the revenue benefit from a net earnings perspective.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
    I.14
Table 1.2
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Historical Income Statements
                                                                                                                 
                                                                                                    The Supplemental
                                                                                                    Issuance for the
                                                                                    Twelve Months   Twelve Months
    For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31,   Ended   Ended
    2005   2006   2007   2008   2009   March 31, 2010   March 31, 2010(2)
    Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)   Amount   Pct(1)
    ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)   ($000)   (%)
Interest Income
  $ 37,254       5.26 %   $ 46,407       5.97 %   $ 55,509       5.97 %   $ 55,259       5.63 %   $ 48,718       5.00 %   $ 47,094       4.96 %   $ 47,404       4.91 %
Interest Expense
    (17,139 )     -2.42 %     (24,747 )     -3.18 %     (33,123 )     -3.56 %     (32,009 )     -3.26 %     (26,935 )     -2.76 %     (25,250 )     -2.66 %     (25,250 )     -2.62 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Interest Income
  $ 20,115       2.84 %   $ 21,660       2.79 %   $ 22,386       2.41 %   $ 23,250       2.37 %   $ 21,783       2.24 %   $ 21,844       2.30 %   $ 22,154       2.30 %
Provision for Loan Losses
    (2,121 )     -0.30 %     (475 )     -0.06 %     (2,616 )     -0.28 %     (13,948 )     -1.42 %     (24,873 )     -2.55 %     (22,783 )     -2.40 %     (22,783 )     -2.36 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Interest Income after Provisions
  $ 17,994       2.54 %   $ 21,185       2.73 %   $ 19,770       2.13 %   $ 9,302       0.95 %     ($3,090 )     -0.32 %     ($939 )     -0.10 %     ($629 )     -0.07 %
 
                                                                                                               
Other Operating Income
    7,855       1.11 %     8,101       1.04 %     7,185       0.77 %     7,547       0.77 %     8,858       0.91 %     8,746       0.92 %     8,746       0.91 %
Operating Expense
    (19,534 )     -2.76 %     (21,680 )     -2.79 %     (25,451 )     -2.74 %     (25,514 )     -2.60 %     (22,685 )     -2.33 %     (23,027 )     -2.43 %     (23,027 )     -2.39 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Operating Income
  $ 6,315       0.89 %   $ 7,606       0.98 %   $ 1,504       0.16 %   $ (8,665 )     -0.88 %   $ (16,917 )     -1.74 %   $ (15,220 )     -1.60 %   $ (14,910 )     -1.55 %
 
                                                                                                               
Net Gain (Loss) on Sale of Loans
    121       0.02 %     67       0.01 %     34       0.00 %     118       0.01 %     (609 )     -0.06 %     (963 )     -0.10 %     (963 )     -0.10 %
Net Gain (Loss) on Sale of Securities
    (80 )     -0.01 %     (163 )     -0.02 %     (46 )     0.00 %     650       0.07 %     383       0.04 %     287       0.03 %     287       0.03 %
Net Gain (Loss) on Repossessed Assets
    (41 )     -0.01 %     1       0.00 %     (247 )     -0.03 %     (815 )     -0.08 %     (1,488 )     -0.15 %     (875 )     -0.09 %     (875 )     -0.09 %
Life Insurance Proceeds in Excess of CSV
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     2,634       0.27 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %
OTTI Loss on Securities
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     (4,467 )     -0.46 %     (4,368 )     -0.46 %     (4,368 )     -0.45 %
Elimintation of SERP Liability
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     2,684       0.28 %     2,684       0.28 %     2,684       0.28 %
Goodwill Impairment
          0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %     (2,811 )     -0.29 %     (2,811 )     -0.30 %     (2,811 )     -0.29 %
 
                                                                                   
Total Non-Operating Income/(Expense)
  $       0.00 %   $ (95 )     -0.01 %   $ (259 )     -0.03 %   $ 2,587       0.26 %   $ (6,308 )     -0.65 %   $ (6,046 )     -0.64 %   $ (6,046 )     -0.63 %
 
                                                                                                               
Net Income Before Tax
  $ 6,315       0.89 %   $ 7,511       0.97 %   $ 1,245       0.13 %   $ (6,078 )     -0.62 %   $ (23,225 )     -2.38 %   $ (21,266 )     -2.24 %   $ (20,956 )     -2.17 %
Income Taxes
    (1,290 )     -0.18 %     (2,382 )     -0.31 %     (130 )     -0.01 %     3,233       0.33 %     (6,110 )     -0.63 %     (7,767 )     -0.82 %     (7,885 )     -0.82 %
 
                                                                                   
Net Income (Loss)
  $ 5,025       0.71 %   $ 5,129       0.66 %   $ 1,115       0.12 %   $ (2,845 )     -0.29 %   $ (29,335 )     -3.01 %   $ (29,033 )     -3.06 %   $ (28,841 )     -2.99 %
 
                                                                                                               
Estimated Core Net Income
                                                                                                               
Net Income
  $ 5,025       0.71 %   $ 5,129       0.66 %   $ 1,115       0.12 %   $ (2,845 )     -0.29 %   $ (29,335 )     -3.01 %   $ (29,033 )     -3.06 %   $ (28,841 )     -2.99 %
Addback (Deduct): Non-Recurring (Inc)/Exp
          0.00 %     95       0.01 %     259       0.03 %     (2,587 )     -0.26 %     6,308       0.65 %     6,046       0.64 %     6,046       0.63 %
Tax Effect (1)
          0.00 %     (36 )     0.00 %     (98 )     -0.01 %     983       0.10 %           0.00 %           0.00 %           0.00 %
 
                                                                                   
Estimated Core Net Income
  $ 5,025       0.71 %   $ 5,188       0.67 %   $ 1,276       0.14 %   $ (4,449 )     -0.45 %   $ (23,027 )     -2.36 %   $ (22,987 )     -2.42 %   $ (22,795 )     -2.36 %
 
                                                                                                               
Memo:
                                                                                                               
Expense Coverage Ratio (2)
    102.97 %             99.91 %             87.96 %             91.13 %             96.02 %             94.86 %             96.21 %        
Efficiency Ratio (3)
    69.84 %             72.85 %             86.07 %             82.85 %             74.03 %             75.28 %             74.52 %        
Effective Tax Rate
    20.43 %             31.71 %             10.44 %             53.19 %             -26.31 %             -36.52 %             -37.63 %        
 
(1)   Based on an estimated effective tax rate of 38% for fiscal 2005 through 2008 while no tax effect has been assumed for fiscal 2009 and the twelve months ended March 31, 2010.
 
(2)   Net interest income divided by operating expenses.
 
(3)   Operating expenses as a percent of the sum of net interest income and other operating income (excluding non-operating items).
 
(4)   Reflects reinvestments of $15.9 million of net offering proceeds from supplemental offering at a 3.15% reinvestment rate tax effected at a 38% rate.
Source: Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation’s prospectus.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.15
          After reaching a peak level of $23.3 million in fiscal 2008, net interest income diminished to $21.8 million for fiscal 2009 and the twelve months ended March 31, 2010. The decline stems from both the reduction in the Company’s total assets as ACFC sought to shrink the balance sheet and owing to the increase in non-performing assets. Additionally, the Company’s diminishing yield-cost spreads from 2.67% in fiscal 2007 to 2.14% in fiscal 2009 was also a factor (see Exhibit I-4). In this regard, a large portion of the Company’s borrowed funds are fixed rate fixed term borrowings with relatively lengthy maturities and with relatively high interest rates. Thus, as market interest rates have declined, the disparity between the cost of the portfolio borrowings and other funding sources at the current market rate has widened.
          The reduction of NPAs is a key strategy of management over the long term and the Company expects to sell non-performing loans with a book value of approximately $7.0 million in the June 2010, quarter. Likewise, the Company has sought to reduce credit risk exposure and NPAs by reducing commercial real estate and construction loan balances. Reduction of NPAs coupled with reinvestment of the offering proceeds from both the Second Step Conversion Offering and the Supplemental Offering should positively impact the Company’s earnings initially. Over the intermediate to longer term, significant improvement to the Company’s earnings will likely be dependent upon improvements in the Company’s asset quality as well as improvements in the economy of the Company’s Florida and Georgia markets.
      Loan Loss Provisions
          Provisions for loan losses have typically been limited reflecting the Company’s relatively strong asset quality historically and the secured nature of the loan portfolio; the majority of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate collateral in the Company’s market area. However, since fiscal 2007, the Company has increased the level of loan loss provisions in response to deteriorating asset quality.
          As a result, loan loss provisions have increased since the end of fiscal 2007, to $13.9 million in fiscal 2008 and $24.9 million in fiscal 2009. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, loan loss provisions totaled $22.8 million, equal to 2.36% of average assets. At March 31, 2010, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $13.3 million, equal to 2.17% of total loans and 38.7% of non-performing loans. Exhibit I-5 sets forth the Company’s loan loss allowance activity during the review period. Going forward, the Company will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the level of general valuation allowances (“GVAs”) on a regular basis

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.16
and establish additional loan loss provisions in accordance with the Company’s asset classification and loss reserve policies.
      Non-Interest Income
          The contribution from non-interest income (before net gains) has increased modestly over the last five fiscal years, from $7.9 million, equal to 1.11% of average assets in fiscal 2005, to $8.7 million, equal to 0.92% of average assets for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010.. The largest component of the Company’s non-interest income consists of deposit services charges and fees, which are earned primarily based on transaction services for deposit account customers. Other components of non-interest income include returns on the investment in BOLI, and from other financial services including debit card interchange income and safe deposit box rentals.
          Growth of fee income has been limited over the last several fiscal years as deposit growth has been limited, particularly in fee generating transaction accounts. Future levels of fee income may be limited by Regulation E (“Reg E”) that prohibit financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machine and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents to opt-in, to the overdraft service for those types of transactions.
      Operating Expenses
          The Company’s operating expenses were subject to increase over the fiscal 2005 to 2008 period due to asset growth, emphasis in commercial lending, and branching, both from acquisition and de novo branching. In particular, cost increases have been associated with expanded commercial lending activities and the need to maintain compensation levels in line with the market in a highly competitive banking environment. Similarly, increasing benefit costs including the expense of the stock-based benefit plans and such benefits as medical insurance premiums have also been a factor in increasing compensation costs. Reflecting the foregoing, operating expenses increased from $19.5 million, or 2.76% of average assets in fiscal 2005, to $25.5 million, or 2.60% of average assets, for fiscal 2008. Importantly, over this timeframe, the operating expense ratio diminished as asset growth exceeded the rate of growth of operating expenses.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.17
          Operating expenses have diminished in fiscal 2009 and for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010 ($23.0 million equal to 2.43% of average assets) as the Company eliminated the supplemental executive retirement plans (“SERP”) and the related accrual expense was eliminated from compensation. Additionally, the Company has undertaken two staffing reductions in the second quarter of 2008 and in late 2008 and early 2009, as well as reduced other controllable overhead costs in an effort to stem the operating losses. At the same time, the Company has incurred increased expenses (compensation and other overhead) as a result of problem asset management and resolution which has offset some of the potential cost savings from the cost reduction efforts in other areas.
          Operating expenses are expected to increase on a post-offering basis as a result of the expense of the stock-related benefit plans. Management has indicated that it will continue to seek to minimize operating costs which should be facilitated by the business plan which seeks to limit growth and improve asset quality over the near term.
      Non-Operating Income/Expense
          Non-operating income and expenses have typically had a limited impact on earnings over the last several years and have primarily consisted of gains on the sale of loans and investments. However, a deteriorating economy which has led to a significant increase in net non-operating expenses as noted below. In this regard, losses on loan sales, real estate owned (“REO”), the OTTI impairment expense on securities and the goodwill impairment expense were all related to the deteriorating asset quality or economy. The only significant non-operating income was generated through the elimination of the SERP which management and the Board conceded in order to bolster the Bank and Company’s asset quality ratios.
                                 
    Twelve Months     Twelve Months  
    Ended     Ended  
    December 31, 2009     March 31, 2010  
    Amount     Pct(1)     Amount     Pct(1)  
    ($000)     (%)     ($000)     (%)  
Net Non-Operating Expenses
                               
Net Gain (Loss) on Sale of Loans
    (609 )     -0.06 %     (963 )     -0.10 %
Net Gain (Loss) on Sale of Securities
    383       0.04 %     287       0.03 %
Net Gain (Loss) on Repossessed Assets
    (1,488 )     -0.15 %     (875 )     -0.09 %
OTTI Loss on Securities
    (4,467 )     -0.46 %     (4,368 )     -0.46 %
Elimintation of SERP Liability
    2,684       0.28 %     2,684       0.28 %
Goodwill Impairment
    (2,811 )     -0.29 %     (2,811 )     -0.30 %
 
                       
Total Non-Operating Income/(Expense)
  $ (6,308 )     -0.65 %   $ (6,046 )     -0.64 %
 
(1)   Percent of average assets.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.18
      Taxes
          The Company was in a fully taxable position through fiscal 2008. In fiscal 2009, ACFC recorded an income tax expense equal to $6.1 million, notwithstanding the significant operating losses reported in that year owing to the establishment of a 100% valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset. As the Company did not receive any tax benefit from the operating losses, the actual cost was $16.4 million. As of March 31, 2010, the Company’s net deferred tax asset totaled $16.4 million and there was a 100% valuation allowance against this asset. Accordingly, the Company has not been realizing tax benefits for recent operating losses. Conversely, to the extent ACFC reports earnings, the $15.3 million of net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) will be available to offset future taxable income on an unlimited basis in the Company’s current structure providing a significant future benefit to the Company if profitability is restored. On a post-offering basis, the Company has indicated that the ability to utilize the NOLs may be limited on annual basis. It is uncertain at this time if the NOLs will be subject to an annual usage limitation and, if limited, the amount of NOLs which may be utilized on an annual basis.
      Efficiency Ratio
          The Company’s efficiency ratio deteriorated from fiscal 2005 to fiscal 2007 reflecting that the ratio of net interest income to average assets fell while the ratio of operating expenses and non-interest income to average assets remained unchanged. The impact of the deteriorating efficiency ratio on core earnings was minimized by the positive earnings impact of balance sheet growth and as a result, core earnings were relatively stable over the fiscal 2005 to 2006 period.
          The efficiency ratio reflects improvement since the end of fiscal 2007, diminishing from 86.07% to 74.52% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010. The improvement is the result of both modest increases to the Company’s net interest margin as well as reductions in operating costs. Importantly, deteriorating asset quality ratios for the Company and the resulting higher level of loan loss provisions have more than offset the earnings benefit of the expanding level of net interest income. Moreover, given the recent trend in NPAs, loan loss provisions may continue to limit the earnings benefit of an improving efficiency ratio at least over the near term. On a post-offering basis, the efficiency ratio may show some improvement from the benefit of reinvesting the proceeds from both the Second Step Conversion offerings and the

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.19
Supplemental Offering. However, a portion of the benefit is expected to be at least partially offset by the increased expense of the stock benefit plans.
Interest Rate Risk Management
     The primary aspects of the Company’s interest rate risk management include:
    Emphasizing the origination of adjustable rate residential mortgage loans or hybrid ARMS with repricing frequencies of up to five years when market conditions permit (limited in the recent rate environment);
 
    Utilizing a short-to-intermediate term investment portfolio which more closely matches the duration of funding liabilities;
 
    Selling a portion of the fixed rate mortgage loans originated based on risk and profitability considerations;
 
    Promoting transaction accounts and, when appropriate, longer-term CDs;
 
    Maintaining stable depositor relationships by providing quality service and multiple delivery channels so as to diminish the need to price funds on a highly competitive basis;
 
    Utilizing longer-term borrowings when such funds are attractively priced relative to deposits and prevailing reinvestment opportunities;
 
    Utilizing interest rate swap agreements on a limited basis to more finely tune the effective repricing structure of funding liabilities;
 
    Maintaining a balance of cash or short-term investments; and
 
    Maintaining an acceptable level of capital which provides a favorable level of interest-earning assets relative to interest-bearing liabilities.
 
    Limiting investment in fixed assets and other non-earning assets and seeking to resolve existing non-performing assets as quickly as possible;
     The rate shock analysis as of March 31, 2010 (see Exhibit I-6) reflects a modest liability sensitive position with the economic value of equity (“EVE”) declining by $16.6 million or 26.2% pursuant to a positive 200 basis point instantaneous and permanent rate shock. Overall, the data suggests ACFC’s earnings would be adversely impacted by rising interest rates, although the Company has been somewhat successful in reducing its exposure to interest rate risk. At the same time, there are numerous limitations inherent in such analyses, such as the credit risk of the Company’s adjustable rate loans in a rising interest rate environment.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.20
Lending Activities and Strategy
     Over the last five fiscal years, the Company has been primarily emphasizing real estate lending, primarily 1-4 family residential mortgage loans and, to a lesser extent, commercial mortgage and multi-family mortgage loans. The majority of the Company’s 1-4 family residential mortgage loans consist of loans which are conforming to agency standards, and the non-conforming residential loans are conforming but for the loan amount (i.e., jumbo loans). To a lesser extent, the Company extends consumer loans. Details regarding the Company’s loan portfolio composition are included in Exhibits I-7 and I-8.
      Residential Lending
          As of March 31, 2010, residential mortgage loans approximated $299.3 million, or 49.2% of total loans. ACFC originates both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family mortgage loans. The Company’s general philosophy is to seek to originate adjustable rate loans and/or shorter-term fixed rate mortgage loans for portfolio (hybrid loans with a fixed rate of up to 5 years initially) when competitive and market conditions permit. The Company also originates longer term fixed rate loans and may either place such loans into portfolio or sell them on a servicing released basis, depending upon various considerations which include an assessment of the interest rate risk exposure of holding the loans. ACFC has recently been originating longer term fixed rate loans for sale on a servicing released basis as it has sought to shrink the balance sheet.
          Adjustable-rate loans are tied to a variety of indices including rates based on U. S. Treasury securities. The majority of adjustable-rate loans carry an initial fixed rate of interest for either three or five years which then convert to an interest rate that is adjusted based upon the applicable index and in accordance with the note. As of March 31, 2010, the interest only portion of this portfolio totaled $66.4 million, or 10.9% of the total loan portfolio, and 22.2% of the total one- to four-family residential mortgage loan portfolio. ACFC does not currently originate or purchase interest only one-to four-family residential mortgage loans and ceased such activity in December 2007.
          ACFC originates one-to-four family loans up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 90%, with private mortgage insurance (“PMI”) being required for loans in excess of an 80.0% LTV ratio. The majority of the 1-4 family mortgage loans which have been originated or purchased by the Company are secured by residences in the Company’s markets in Georgia and Florida.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.21
The Company was purchasing loans from out of state brokers through fiscal 2008 but has ceased purchasing loans.
          As a complement to 1-4 family permanent mortgage lending, the Company also has offered home equity loans including fixed rate amortizing term loans and variable rate lines of credit tied to the Prime rate. In the current market environment, the Company has limited the origination of home equity lines of credit and has focused on extending fixed rate term loans. As of March 31, 2010, home equity loans totaled $91.6 million, equal to 15.1% of total loans, 52.0% of which were home equity loans secured by first mortgages. As of March 31, 2010, interest only lines of credit totaled $41.5 million, or 45.3% of the total home equity loans, and 10.5% of total residential mortgage loans.
      Commercial Mortgage, Multi-Family Mortgage and Land Loan Lending
          Commercial real estate loans totaled $77.6 million, equal to 12.8% of total loans, while other mortgage loans, consisting primarily of multi-family mortgage and land loans totaled $36.0 million, equal to 5.9% of total loans. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans originated by ACFC are extended up to a loan-to-value (“LTV”) ratio of 80% and carry adjustable rates with amortization periods generally ranging from 20 to 30 years, and a minimum debt service coverage of 1.2 times. The Company’s fixed rate product have typically been originated with five or ten year call provisions and priced at a premium to the rate of the U.S. Treasury of corresponding maturity. The majority of adjustable-rate loans carry an initial fixed-rate of interest for either three or five years and then convert to an interest rate that is adjusted annually based upon the index. Prepayment penalties are frequently incorporated into the loan agreements to discourage prepayment within the first several years of the loan. Adjustable rate loans typically consist of loans which are fixed for the first five years and reprice annually thereafter.
          Loans to commercial and individual borrowers secured by land and multi-family property total $39.6 million as of March 31, 2010. Multi-family residential loans are generally originated with adjustable interest rates based on prime or U.S. Treasury securities. Loan-to-value ratios on multi-family residential loans do not exceed 75% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. These loans require monthly payments, amortize over a period of up to 30 years. The Company offers both fixed and adjustable rate land loans to individual and commercial borrowers. Essentially all of these loans are secured by property located in the Company’s primary market.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.22
          The typical commercial or multi-family loans that the Company seeks to originate or purchase has a principal balance in the range of $500,000 to $2.0 million, but may be larger, particularly if the loan is well-collateralized or extended to a very credit-worthy borrower. The Company has largely ceased originating commercial and multi-family mortgage loans as it seeks to minimize its risk exposure and reduce NPAs.
      Construction Loans
          Construction loans comprised the balance of the Company’s mortgage loan portfolio, amounting to $13.9 million (2.3% of total loans) at March 31, 2010. The Company’s construction loan balance has diminished from a peak level of $37.4 million at the end of fiscal 2006 and the Company expects the balance to continue to decline as ACFC has virtually ceased originating new construction loans except where it has a contractual obligation to do so.
      Non-Mortgage Loans
          ACFC originates non-mortgage loans, including commercial and consumer loans (excluding mortgage-based home equity loans which totaled $91.6 million), which in the aggregate, totaled $71.9 million as of March 31, 2010 (14.7% of total loans). Loans secured by manufactured homes totaled $39.0 million, or 6.4% of the gross loan portfolio as of March 31, 2010. Manufactured home loans have a fixed rate of interest and may carry terms up to twenty years. Down payments are required, and the amounts are based on several factors, including the borrower’s credit history. The second most significant component of the consumer loan portfolio consists of automobile loans. The loans are originated primarily through the Company’s branch network and are underwritten by the in-house staff. Loans secured by automobiles totaled $18.3 million, or 3.0% of the gross loan portfolio as of March 31, 2010. Automobile loans have a fixed rate of interest and may carry terms up to six years. Down payments are required, and the amounts are based on several factors, including the borrower’s credit history.
          The Company also extends commercial loans for the purpose of financing leases, working capital lines of credit, loans for equipment and loans for other business purposes. As of March 31, 2010, the portfolio of commercial non-mortgage loans totaled $17.7 million, equal to 2.9% of total loans.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.23
          The future lending strategy is expected to focus on residential mortgage lending and small business lending. In this regard, the Company will continue to originate permanent mortgage loans for its portfolio, typically including shorter term fixed rate and adjustable rate loans. Additionally, the Company will be seeking to build relationships with mortgage bankers and brokers, both in market and out-of-market who will source mortgage loan originations for the Company. Substantially all of the loans will be sold, typically with servicing rights released, and the Company will manage the underwriting and processing of the loan. The other area where the Company may expand lending is with respect to small business lending which the Company sees as underserved in the current environment. A benefit of small business lending will be that the Company believes it will be able to attract a deposit relationship with the credit relationship enhance the stability and cost of its funding sources.
      Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales
          The Company’s residential loan originations have primarily come from the following sources historically: (1) internal loan originations generated through direct solicitation by the Company’s business development officers or by referrals through ACFC’s branches or presence on the Internet; (2) loan brokers; and (3) whole loan participation purchases from other lenders (primarily within the Company’s normal lending territory). The Company also periodically purchased pools of 1-4 family residential mortgage loan pools from various secondary market sources. Such loans may be comprised of loans both within and outside the Company’s primary market. At present, the Company’s residential loan originations are primarily derived from an in-house staff. In the future, the Company will be seeking to expand its relationships with mortgage brokers and bankers to expand the volume of secondary market loan sales with the objective of increasing revenue without substantially impacting the balance of total assets.
     The Company has originated commercial loans internally and supplemented the internal loan origination capacity through purchases. At the present time, the Company has largely ceased origination of new commercial and construction loans.
     Consumer loans are primarily extended to provide a full range of services to customers and are originated by in-house staff. Such loans are primarily evaluated utilizing statistical credit scoring models to evaluate the borrower’s creditworthiness.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.24
Asset Quality
     The Company’s asset quality has historically been strong and the level of NPAs has been modest, generally well below a level of 1% of assets. However, ACFC has recently realized an increase in the level of NPAs, primarily related to the recessionary economic environment. Specifically, the Company’s delinquencies have increased as a result of growing unemployment in its markets and the slack economy has depressed the collateral value of many of the Company’s security properties. As reflected in Exhibit I-9, the total NPA balance (i.e., loans 90 days or more past due and REO) as of March 31, 2010, was $39.4 million, equal to 4.31% of assets, consisting primarily of non-accruing loans and a small balance of real estate owned (“REO”). In contrast, the ratio of NPAs/Assets was below 1% as recently as the end of fiscal 2007. In addition, the Company has a significant balance of restructured loans such that the ratio of NPAs and 90+ day accruing delinquent loans/Assets (ratio includes performing TDRs) totaled $57.8 million, equal to 6.33% of assets. The ratio of allowances to total loans equaled 2.17% while reserve coverage in relation to NPAs equaled 38.70% (see Exhibit I-5) and reserve coverage in relation to NPAs and 90+ day accruing delinquent loans equaled 23.01%.
     The Company has taken several steps to address the deterioration in asset quality which is largely the result of: (1) erosion of real estate values which has impacted the collateral value of the Company’s loans; and (2) the recession which has resulted in job losses and lower personal income levels, both of which have adversely impacted borrower’s ability to repay their loans with the Company. Management has instituted a proactive strategy to aggressively reduce non-performing assets through accelerated charge-offs, loan work out programs, enhanced collection practices, the use of distressed asset sales and improved risk management. Additionally, the Company has undertaken the following steps to improve asset quality:
    Beginning in 2009, management began to accelerate its charge-offs of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans by taking partial or full charge-offs in the period that such loans became non-accruing.
 
    The Company has restructured loans through TDRs in circumstances in which it is believed that the borrower can service the loan pursuant to the renegotiated terms providing the Company with savings from the expense of foreclosure proceedings and the holding and disposition expenses of selling foreclosed property.
 
    In 2009, due to the elevated delinquency of one- to four-family residential loans and the increasing complexity of workout for these types of loans, the Company engaged the services of a national third party servicer for certain loans. One- to four-family

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.25
      residential mortgage loans, and any associated home equity loan that become 60 days past due are assigned to the third party servicer for collection. ACFC will also assign other one- to four-family residential mortgage loans to the third party servicer irrespective of delinquency status if management believes the loan may have collection risk. At March 31, 2010, the outstanding balance of loans assigned to the third party servicer was $46.9 million.
 
    In order to reduce the expenses of the foreclosure process and selling of foreclosed property, ACFC has sold certain non-performing loans through national loan sales of distressed assets. The Company has also accepted short sales of residential property by borrowers where such properties are sold at a loss and the proceeds of such sales are paid to ACFC.
 
    The Company has enhanced the internal risk management processes. In 2010, ACFC established an independent risk committee of the Board of Directors to evaluate and monitor system, market and credit risk.
     ACFC has bolstered staffing in the servicing and collections area to in an effort to quickly identify potential loan delinquencies as they occur and to develop resolutions strategies with respect to problem borrowers. Other steps taken by the Company to improve asset quality have been to tighten underwriting and limit high risk-weight lending in the current environment until real estate prices appear to have stabilized and the economy shows signs of firming.
     Management believes the completion of the Second Step Conversion and Supplemental Offering will enhance the ability to absorb credit-related losses which may accelerate overall improvement in asset quality. In this regard, the Company is planning a bulk sale of non-performing loans (net book value of $7.0 million) to be completed in the second quarter of 2010. The anticipated loss is expected to be in the range of $2 million to $3 million but the sale is expected to reduce ACFC’s credit risk exposure and exposure to future losses.
Funding Composition and Strategy
     As of March 31, 2010, the Company’s assets were funded primarily with deposits, and, to a lesser extent, borrowings and equity (see Exhibits I-10, I-11 and I-12). The Company’s deposit services generally cater to individuals rather than commercial businesses.
      Deposits
          Local retail deposits have consistently addressed the substantial portion of ACFC’s funding needs, with core deposits in the form of non-interest bearing checking, passbook accounts, and money market deposit accounts comprising the majority of deposits. In the

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.26
aggregate, these accounts totaled $277.9 million, or 48.4% of total deposits as of March 31, 2010. At this same date, CDs accounted for approximately 51.6% of deposits. Approximately 67% of CDs had remaining maturities of one year or less. Large balance CDs (i.e. balances greater than $100,000), which tend to be more rate sensitive than lower balance CDs, accounted for $158.6 million, or 27.6% of deposits, at March 31, 2010.
          Deposits have diminished since the end of fiscal 2008, facilitated by a reduction in the price paid for new deposit funds and two branch sales.
      Borrowings
          Borrowings have been utilized primarily as a supplemental funding source to fund lending and investment security activity. As of March 31, 2010, borrowed funds consisted of $172.7 million of Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances. Maturities on ACFC’s portfolio of borrowed funds extend out to as long as 6 years (2016). Fixed-rate advances includes amounts which may be converted by the FHLB, at various designated dates following issuance, from fixed-rate to variable-rate debt, or for certain advances, adjusted to current market fixed rates. As of the most recent fiscal year end, convertible advances had a balance of $125.0 million and the weighted average cost of all the Company’s FHLB advances at March 31, 2010, was 3.54%.
          Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are secured by mortgage-backed securities with a carrying amount of $92.8 million at March 31, 2010. The agreements carry various periods of fixed interest rates that convert to callable floating rates in the future. Upon conversion, each agreement may be terminated in whole by the lender each following quarter. At maturity or termination, the securities underlying the agreements will be returned to the Company. As of March 31, 2010, the weighted average rate of the agreements was 5.04%.
          Overall, the borrowed funds enhanced the Company’s ability to expand the balance sheet through fiscal 2008. At the same time, the cost of such funds is relatively high, particularly as short term rates have dropped to record low levels. The relatively high cost and lengthy remaining term to maturity of the Company’s borrowed funds will remain an impediment to future profitability until their respective maturities.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
I.27
Legal Proceedings
     Other than the routine legal proceedings that occur in the Company’s ordinary course of business, the Company is not involved in litigation which is expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or operations.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.1
II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
Introduction
     ACFC currently conducts operations through its main office in Waycross, Georgia, and a total of 10 additional branch offices which cover a broad section of southeastern portions of Georgia and northeastern sections of Florida. Specifically, the northernmost office is located in Garden City, Georgia, near the city of Savannah, and the branch network extends to the Julington Creek office in northeast Florida, which is midway between Jacksonville and St. Augustine. Certain of the locations reflect, in part, the credit union roots and the location of CSX Corporation’s operations, and reflect several prior acquisitions (credit unions and bank branch acquisitions).
     Important from the perspective of this analysis, the Company’s offices, deposits and lending activities are concentrated in two areas including Waycross, Georgia (Ware County) where the headquarters office, one branch, and a drive-up facility are located, and in the Jacksonville, Florida Metropolitan Statistical Area (“MSA”) or the Greater Jacksonville Area of Duval County where five branches are situated, and which has been an area of growth for the Company over the last several years. Overall, more than three-quarters of the Company’s deposits were in these two markets as of June 30, 2009. Given this regional concentration, the regional economic and demographic trends for the Waycross, Georgia and Greater Jacksonville markets have been the focus of the analysis set forth herein.
     The Company will seek to gradually expand its regional branch office network over time, given the financial stability of the Company, based on the perceived market opportunity and may also seek to acquire other financial institutions. In the current environment, the Company may seek to acquire failed institutions from the FDIC if an attractive opportunity arises and assuming completion of the Second Step Conversion and Supplemental Offering as well as targeted reduction in NPAs. Moreover, ACFC will continue to extend the reach of its branch network through continued operation of the network of ATMs, Internet and telephone banking.
     A map reflecting the broad geographic coverage of ACFC’s offices as well as the relative concentration of offices in the Waycross and Greater Jacksonville markets is set forth below.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.2
(MAP)
     Future growth opportunities for ACFC depend on the growth and stability of the regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment. These factors have been briefly examined in the following pages to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company and the relative economic health of ACFC’s market area. The growth potential and the stability provided by the market area have a direct bearing on the market value of the Company, and will be factored into our valuation analysis accordingly. Exhibit II-1 provides a description of ACFC’s office facilities and Exhibit II-2 provides historical interest rates.
Local and Regional Economic Trends
      Local Real Estate Market Trends and the Impact on the Banking Industry
          Like many markets nationwide, ACFC’s market area has been impacted by the recessionary environment. The real estate market has been particularly impacted as the high growth Georgia market and the Company’s markets in northern Florida became overbuilt. In April 2010, Georgia maintained the ninth highest foreclosure rate in the United States and posted the seventh highest number of foreclosure filings nationwide. By comparison, Florida

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.3
reported the third highest foreclosure rate in the United States and posted the second highest number of foreclosure filings nationwide, as reported by RealtyTrac, a leading online marketplace of foreclosure properties with detailed property, loan, and home sales data. The mounting foreclosures on top of an already overbuilt market have resulted in both Georgia and Florida being high on the list of bank failures over the last several years.
          A total of 218 banks and thrifts have failed nationwide since 2009, with 78 occurring in 2010 alone. The State of Georgia, while home to just 3% of all U.S. banks, reported 15% of the nation’s bank failures since the beginning of 2009, while Florida reported 12%. More banks have collapsed in Georgia than in any other state, with Florida ranking third since 2009. Eight Georgia banks and ten Florida banks have been seized by regulators this year, with defaulting construction and development loans playing a significant role in many of the failures.
          Given the high level of delinquent loans haunting the remaining Georgia and Florida based banks, more financial institution failures are expected. Poorly underwritten loans to builders and developers in the Atlanta area is at the root of many of the Georgia failures. Most of the failed Georgia institutions made outsized bets during the real estate boom on residential and commercial construction projects in the Atlanta area. Additionally, a weakened commercial real estate market which has increased delinquencies rates in those portfolios has also contributed to the growing number of problem institutions. Likewise, the problems in Florida’s banking industry have been focused in areas where new development was the greatest which resulted in an overbuilt market once the recession took hold, including both the east and west coastal area.
          The Company’s Georgia’s markets in the southeastern portion of the State were not impacted to the same extent as the Atlanta area, as new development was limited. Specifically, in April 2010, 1 in every 802 housing units (0.12% foreclosure rate) in Ware County received a foreclosure filing, which was very low in comparison to DeKalb County (where Atlanta is located), where 1 in every 244 housing units (0.41% foreclosure rate) received a foreclosure filing over the same time period. In comparison, the United States posted a 0.72% foreclosure rate (1 in every 138 housing units) for the first quarter of 2010, while the Atlanta MSA reported a 1.35% foreclosure rate and the nearby Savannah MSA reported a 0.75% foreclosure rate. The Atlanta MSA had the 31 st highest foreclosure rate and the nearby Savannah MSA was the 61 st highest foreclosure rate of all the metro areas in the United States.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.4
      Real Estate Market’s Impact on ACFC’s Florida Markets
          Like many markets nationwide, ACFC’s markets in Georgia and Florida have been impacted by the recessionary environment which has lead to the Company’s deteriorating asset quality. In this regard, much of the Company’s recent loan growth has been realized in Florida and thus, recent price depreciation in Florida’s real estate market has impacted the Company’s asset quality more significantly than weakness in the Georgia market.
          Recent trends with respect to single family home sales in northeastern Florida are shown in the chart below. While there are significant month-to-month fluctuations, home sales were up in the most recent month and monthly sales figures have tended to be above the level recorded for the same month in the prior year.
(GRAPH)

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.5
(GRAPH)
          Median prices continued to decline during the first quarter of 2010, as the median price for homes fell 6% to $141,600, compared with $150,700 during the same period last year. Florida’s statewide median home prices were down 5% to $133,800 over the past year.
(GRAPH)

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.6
          A troubling measure, the unemployment rate, remains above 10.0%. As of April 2010, the Jacksonville area’s unemployment rate was 11.0%, which has dropped for the second consecutive month from 12.2% in February 2010. However, the unemployment rate has climbed steadily since the 2008 economic meltdown, as during better economic times, the unemployment rate was holding at 3.1% in the spring of 2007, which is shown below.
(GRAPH)
          The Jacksonville area’s growing unemployment rate coupled with depreciating real estate values has resulted in increasing foreclosure rates. As shown below, foreclosure activity increased over the past few years. Jacksonville ranked as the 33 rd highest MSA nationally for foreclosures in the first quarter of 2010, down from the 26 th ranking for foreclosures in 2009.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.7
(GRAPH)
          Due to the considerable slowing of economic growth and the resulting downturn in the real estate market, management believes growth in the market area will be moderate in the near term. In addition, the Northeast Florida Association of Realtors expects 2010 to continue as it has — with slow and steady sales increases, adding that the recovery will take some time, but the market appears to be stabilizing.
      Economic Overview — Ware County, Georgia
          Ware County is a primarily rural area with a population estimated at 36,000, less than 15,000 of who lived in the City of Waycross. The economy of the market area is based on manufacturing, transportation and service industries and agriculture. CSX Transportation, Inc., which employs more than 950 workers at its “Hump Yard” in Waycross, essentially serves as a major southeastern switching yard and service center for the CSX Railroad. Many of the smaller manufacturing industries and other employers in Waycross and the surrounding area are related to the town’s location at a major regional rail hub for CSX Transportation and ready access to major highways (Waycross is at the junction of U.S. Routes 1, 82 and 84, which provide easy access to major interstate routes including I-95 and I-75). Farm products produced in Ware County and the surrounding area primarily include blueberries, tobacco and cotton as well as livestock, including cattle and hogs. Importantly, Ware County is a relatively small market with limited growth trends. Thus, the Company expanded its market into larger

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.8
more growth oriented markets such as Duval County, Florida, which is described below.
      Economic Overview — Duval County, Florida
          Jacksonville’s economy has historically been tied to the military and defense industries, primarily the Navy, and has realized strong growth since the beginning of World War II. As a result of the mild climate and relatively low cost of living in comparison to many areas of southern Florida, the area has attracted many retirees. The surrounding area also has a significant tourism industry. Moreover, many other businesses including banks and financial services companies have transformed Jacksonville into a regional financial center in the southeastern U.S. These characteristics, coupled with growth of the Port of Jacksonville into the 38 th largest port in the U.S. have all contributed to growth of the Jacksonville area economy.
Market Area Demographics
     Table 2.1 includes detailed information regarding the demographic trends for the Company’s market area counties from 2000 to 2009 and projected through 2014. Data for the states of Georgia and Florida is included for comparative purposes. The data shows a wide diversity of size and growth levels for the markets served by ACFC. In this regard, the Ware County market (Waycross) where the Company maintains approximately one-third of its deposits, is relatively small (total population approximating 36,000) and has actually een experiencing minimal growth in terms of its total population base from 2000 to 2009. While the Company’s other markets in Georgia (Chatham County and Coffee County) are larger in terms of the overall population and household levels, the Company’s retail presence in these markets is relatively limited (they represented 2.9% and 3.6% of the Company’s total deposits as of June 30, 2009).
     At the same time, the rationale for expansion into larger more vibrant markets is evidenced in the data as Duval County, Florida (i.e., the Jacksonville market) represents a comparatively huge market (912,000 residents and 1.4 million residents in the Jacksonville MSA) which has been growing by approximately 1.8% from 2000 to 2009. Likewise, the Company’s other Florida markets in Clay and St. Johns Counties have experienced more favorable growth trends, however with a smaller population size. The St. John’s County area shows the most significant growth out of all the counties that ACFC serves, with growth projections reflecting that it will continue to grow at a faster pace into 2014.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
II.9
Table 2.1
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Summary Demographic Information
                                         
    Year     Growth Rate  
    2000     2009     2014     2000-2009     2009-2014  
Population (000)
                                       
 
                                       
United States
    281,422       309,732       324,063       1.1 %     0.9 %
Florida
    15,982       19,022       20,473       2.0 %     1.5 %
Clay County
    141       192       220       3.5 %     2.7 %
Duval County
    779       912       979       1.8 %     1.4 %
St. Johns County
    123       188       227       4.8 %     3.8 %
Georgia
    8,186       9,933       10,861       2.2 %     1.8 %
Chatham County
    232       256       268       1.1 %     0.9 %
Coffee County
    37       41       42       1.0 %     0.5 %
Ware County
    35       36       36       0.1 %     0.1 %
 
                                       
Households (000)
                                       
 
                                       
United States
    105,480       116,523       122,109       1.1 %     0.9 %
Florida
    6,338       7,543       8,135       2.0 %     1.5 %
Clay County
    50       70       80       3.7 %     2.8 %
Duval County
    304       364       392       2.0 %     1.5 %
St. Johns County
    50       76       91       4.8 %     3.8 %
Georgia
    3,006       3,648       3,994       2.2 %     1.8 %
Chatham County
    90       100       105       1.2 %     1.1 %
Coffee County
    13       14       15       0.9 %     0.6 %
Ware County
    13       14       14       0.3 %     0.2 %
 
                                       
Median Household Income ($)
                                       
 
                                       
United States
  $ 42,164     $ 54,719     $ 56,938       2.9 %     0.8 %
Florida
    38,843       50,413       52,516       2.9 %     0.8 %
Clay County
    48,948       62,075       65,311       2.7 %     1.0 %
Duval County
    40,737       52,034       54,702       2.8 %     1.0 %
St. Johns County
    50,102       65,697       70,229       3.1 %     1.3 %
Georgia
    42,686       56,761       58,593       3.2 %     0.6 %
Chatham County
    37,854       48,284       52,071       2.7 %     1.5 %
Coffee County
    30,698       36,664       38,839       2.0 %     1.2 %
Ware County
    28,527       34,983       36,343       2.3 %     0.8 %
 
                                       
Per Capita Income ($)
                                       
 
                                       
United States
  $ 21,587     $ 27,277     $ 28,494       2.6 %     0.9 %
Florida
    21,557       27,128       28,526       2.6 %     1.0 %
Clay County
    20,868       26,832       28,286       2.8 %     1.1 %
Duval County
    20,753       26,819       28,099       2.9 %     0.9 %
St. Johns County
    28,674       37,763       39,994       3.1 %     1.2 %
Georgia
    21,154       26,980       28,427       2.7 %     1.1 %
Chatham County
    21,152       24,713       26,034       2.2 %     1.0 %
Coffee County
    15,530       17,353       18,312       1.6 %     1.1 %
Ware County
    14,384       17,817       18,721       3.1 %     1.0 %
                                 
    Less Than     $25,000 to     $50,000-        
2009 HH Income Dist. (%)   $25,000     50,000     $100,000     $100,000+  
 
                               
United States
    20.9       24.5       35.3       19.3  
Florida
    21.9       27.6       33.8       16.7  
Clay County
    12.7       24.8       42.7       19.9  
Duval County
    20.0       27.8       35.5       16.7  
St. Johns County
    21.9       25.0       32.3       12.3  
Georgia
    26.0       25.8       35.5       12.8  
Chatham County
    26.0       25.8       35.5       12.8  
Coffee County
    33.2       31.9       29.0       6.0  
Ware County
    36.4       30.2       27.9       5.5  
Source: ESRI.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.10
     Income characteristics for the Company’s markets are also reflected in the data set forth in Table 2.1. Generally, ACFC’s markets in Georgia are in rural and/or less prosperous regions of the State, which is reflected in the comparatively moderate income levels as measured by average household income, median household income and per capita income. Specifically, the median household and per capita income in Ware County equaled $34,983 and $17,817 respectively, as of 2009, which falls approximately 38% and 34% below the state aggregate, respectively. While income levels in the Company’s other Georgia markets are higher than Ware County, they too fall below the Georgia aggregate level.
     By comparison, income levels in Duval County are relatively comparable to the Florida aggregate. In this regard, the median household income in Duval County equaled $52,034 as of 2009, which exceeded the state aggregate by 3.2%, while per capita income equaled $26,819, which fell 1.1% below the state aggregate. In St. Johns and Clay Counties, the income levels also exceeded the Florida averages.
      Local Economy/Largest Employers
          The largest employers in Ware County and Duval County reflect the characteristics and trends previously described. In this regard, the major employers in Ware County reflect the status of Waycross and Ware County as a regional center for jobs, shopping and health care, among other components. As a result of its status as a regional employment hub, the population of Ware County approximately doubles during the working day when residents of nearby areas commute into the market for work, as such large employers as Satilla Regional Medical Center (1,200 employees), CSX Transportation (950 employees), and Baptist Village Inc. (360 employees). Other large manufacturing employers include Simmons Company (mattress manufacturer), Clayton Homes (producer of manufactured homes), and Carolina Skiff (manufactures small boats).
          The largest employers in Duval County reflects the traditionally large role played by the military, but also reflects the growing importance of other business and industries on the local economy including health care, retailing and financial services (see Table 2.2). In this regard, the largest employer and two of the five largest employers in the market is the U.S. Navy, which employs more than 35,000 workers at the Mayport Naval Station and the Jacksonville Naval Air Station. Other large employers include health care providers and financial services companies, whose presence in Jacksonville has been growing over the last several decades.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.11
Table 2.2
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Major Employers in Ware County and Duval County
             
    Number of    
Company   Employees   Product/Service
 
           
Ware County
           
Satilla Regional Medical Center
    1,200     Hospital
Ware County School System
    1,100     Gov./Education
CSX
    950     Rail/Freight Transport.
Wal-Mart
    488     Retail
Ware State Prison
    388     State Prison
Baptist Village
    360     Nursing Home
Carolina Skiff
    250     Boat Manufacturer
Simmons Company
    232     Mattress Manufacturer
Scotbuilt Homes
    190     Manufactured Housing
Clayton Homes
    185     Manufactured Housing
 
           
Duval County
           
Jacksonville Naval Air Station
    25,245     Government/Military
Duval County Public Schools
    14,489     Govt./Education
Mayport Naval Station
    12,677     Government/Military
City of Jacksonville
    8,828     Municipal Govt.
Baptist Health System
    8,100     Health Care-Hospital
Blue Cross/Blue Shield of FL
    7,000     Health Insurer
CSX
    5,000     Railroad Corp. HQ
Mayo Clinic
    5,000     Health Care
Citi
    4,600     Credit Card Company
Bank of America
    4,000     Regional Bank Sys.
Sources:   Okefenokee Area Development Authority for Ware County and the Northeast Florida Regional Development Partnership for Duval County.
      Unemployment Rates
          Unemployment levels on a local, state and national level have been increasing over the most recent 12 months, reflecting a recessed state of economy (see Table 2.3). Specifically, all of the Company’s market area counties are higher than the national unemployment rate, except for Chatham County in Georgia, reflecting the impact of the economic downturn on the Company’s markets. Notably, Coffee and Ware Counties were above the Georgia unemployment rate of 10.5% for March 2010, as only Duval County was above the Florida unemployment rate of 12.3%. Unemployment rates for both Georgia and Florida were above the national unemployment rate of 9.7% and the Company’s market area

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.12
counties ranged from a low of 8.8% in Chatham County, Georgia, to a high of 17.3% in Coffee County, Georgia.
Table 2.3
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Unemployment Trends (1)
                 
    March 2009   March 2010
Region   Unemployment   Unemployment
United States
    8.6 %     9.7 %
Georgia
    9.0       10.5  
Chatham County
    7.6       8.8  
Coffee County
    11.6       17.3  
Ware County
    9.7       12.0  
Florida
    9.6       12.3  
Clay County
    8.6       11.0  
Duval County
    9.4       12.4  
St. Johns County
    7.9       10.2  
 
(1)   Unemployment rates are not seasonally adjusted.
 
Source:   U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics.
Competition
     As a savings bank with its primary business functions of real estate lending and the gathering deposits in southeast Georgia and northeast Florida, ACFC’s primary competitors are: (1) other financial institutions with offices in the local market (including banks, thrifts and credit unions); (2) other mortgage loan originators; (3) those depository and lending organizations not physically located within the market but capable of doing business remotely through the Internet or by other means; and (4) other competitors such as investment firms, mutual funds, insurance companies, etc.
     Competition among financial institutions in the Company’s market is significant. As larger institutions compete for market share to achieve economies of scale, the environment for the Company’s products and services is expected to remain highly competitive. Community-sized institutions such as ACFC typically compete with larger institutions on pricing or operate in a niche that will allow for operating margins to be maintained at profitable levels.
     Table 2.4 displays deposit market trends in recent years for Ware and Duval Counties as well as the other markets where ACFC maintains branch offices. The Company maintains a relatively strong market share in Ware County, where it is the largest financial institution holding

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.13
approximately 28% of the total deposit market. Total deposits in the Ware County market realized 7.1% annual growth overall over the last three years, with ACFC growing at a faster rate of 8.7% over the same time period. The Duval County market represents a much larger market overall (in excess of $30 billion of total deposits) but ACFC’s market share is much smaller, equal to approximately 0.9% of the total deposit market.
     The largest competitors in the markets served by ACFC are comprised of some of the largest financial institutions in the Southeast U.S. and the nation as a whole (See Table 2.5). In this regard, while ACFC holds the largest market share in Ware County, there are other significant competitors including WB&T Bankshares, Inc., Patterson Bankshares, Inc., and SunTrust Banks, Inc., each of which holds a share of the deposit market greater than 10%. The Duval County market also reflects a significant level of competition with a significant number of large banks, community banks and credit unions. In this regard, the two largest financial institutions in the market (Bank of America Corp. and EverBank Financial) together hold more than 60% of the deposit market.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.14
Table 2.4
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Deposit Summary
(Dollars in Thousands)
                                                         
    As of June 30,    
    2006   2009   Deposit
            Market   Number of           Market   No. of   Growth Rate
    Deposits   Share   Branches   Deposits   Share   Branches   2006-2009
 
                                                       
State of Georgia
  $ 169,490,000       100.0 %     2,741     $ 186,132,000       100.0 %     2,839       3.2 %
Commercial Banks
    162,799,000       96.1 %     2,536       180,648,000       97.1 %     2,694       3.5 %
Savings Institutions
    6,691,000       3.9 %     205       5,484,000       2.9 %     145       -6.4 %
 
                                                       
Chatham County
  $ 4,417,585       100.0 %     88     $ 4,882,197       100.0 %     101       3.4 %
Commercial Banks
    4,362,223       98.7 %     85       4,826,925       98.9 %     98       3.4 %
Savings Institutions
    55,362       1.3 %     3       55,272       1.1 %     3       -0.1 %
Atlantic Coast
    17,502       0.4 %     1       16,890       0.3 %     1       -1.2 %
 
                                                       
Coffee County
  $ 602,979       100.0 %     16     $ 664,934       100.0 %     17       3.3 %
Commercial Banks
    586,494       97.3 %     15       643,830       96.8 %     16       3.2 %
Savings Institutions
    16,485       2.7 %     1       21,104       3.2 %     1       8.6 %
Atlantic Coast
    16,485       2.7 %     1       21,104       3.2 %     1       8.6 %
 
                                                       
Ware County
  $ 655,431       100.0 %     10     $ 804,141       100.0 %     12       7.1 %
Commercial Banks
    483,271       73.7 %     8       582,784       72.5 %     10       6.4 %
Savings Institutions
    172,160       26.3 %     2       221,357       27.5 %     2       8.7 %
Atlantic Coast
    172,160       26.3 %     2       221,357       27.5 %     2       8.7 %
 
                                                       
State of Florida
  $ 363,416,000       100.0 %     5,310     $ 400,979,000       100.0 %     5,820       3.3 %
Commercial Banks
    296,869,000       81.7 %     4,465       355,137,000       88.6 %     5,286       6.2 %
Savings Institutions
    66,547,000       18.3 %     845       45,842,000       11.4 %     534       -11.7 %
 
                                                       
Clay County
  $ 1,138,867       100.0 %     28     $ 1,270,360       100.0 %     32       3.7 %
Commercial Banks
    1,071,754       94.1 %     26       1,208,253       95.1 %     30       4.1 %
Savings Institutions
    67,113       5.9 %     2       62,107       4.9 %     2       -2.6 %
Atlantic Coast
    0       0.0 %     0       41,809       3.3 %     1     NA
 
                                                       
Duval County
  $ 23,200,454       100.0 %     176     $ 30,356,688       100.0 %     204       9.4 %
Commercial Banks
    19,285,097       83.1 %     153       24,014,518       79.1 %     184       7.6 %
Savings Institutions
    3,915,357       16.9 %     23       6,342,170       20.9 %     20       17.4 %
Atlantic Coast
    293,891       1.3 %     6       264,537       0.9 %     5       -3.4 %
 
                                                       
Saint Johns County
  $ 2,489,873       100.0 %     60     $ 2,786,112       100.0 %     68       3.8 %
Commercial Banks
    2,221,165       89.2 %     52       2,419,770       86.9 %     57       2.9 %
Savings Institutions
    268,708       10.8 %     8       366,342       13.1 %     11       10.9 %
Atlantic Coast
    0       0.0 %     0       18,793       0.7 %     1     NA
     
Source:   FDIC.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
    II.15
Table 2.5
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Competitor Analysis
Ware, GA
                                             
                                2009     2009  
                        2009     Total     Total  
                        Number     Deposits in     Market  
2009     2008             of     Market     Share  
Rank     Rank     Institution (ST)   Type   Branches     ($000)     (%)  
  1       1    
Atlantic Coast Fed Corp (MHC) (GA)
  Thrift     2       221,357       33.87  
  2       2    
WB&T Bankshares Inc. (GA)
  Bank HC     1       96,010       14.69  
  3       5    
Patterson Bankshares Inc. (GA)
  Bank HC     1       75,670       11.58  
  4       3    
SunTrust Banks Inc. (GA)
  Bank     1       68,337       10.46  
  5       7    
BB&T Corp. (NC)
  Bank     1       68,243       10.44  
  6       6    
Bank of America Corp. (NC)
  Bank     1       46,450       7.11  
  7       4    
United Community Banks Inc. (GA)
  Bank     1       43,538       6.66  
  8       8    
Liberty Shares Inc. (GA)
  Bank HC     2       33,859       5.18  
               
Total For Institutions In Market
        10       653,464          
Duval, FL
                                             
                                2009     2009  
                        2009     Total     Total  
                        Number     Deposits in     Market  
2009     2008             of     Market     Share  
Rank     Rank     Institution (ST)   Type   Branches     ($000)     (%)  
  1       1    
Bank of America Corp. (NC)
  Bank     24       12,956,347       42.73  
  2       3    
EverBank Financial (FL)
  Thrift HC     5       5,752,713       18.97  
  3       2    
Wells Fargo & Co. (CA)
  Bank     39       4,998,290       16.49  
  4       4    
SunTrust Banks Inc. (GA)
  Bank     23       1,486,145       4.90  
  5       5    
Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argent SA
  Bank     14       805,595       2.66  
  6       6    
Jacksonville Bancorp Inc. (FL)
  Bank     9       594,470       1.96  
  7       8    
Regions Financial Corp. (AL)
  Bank     17       472,693       1.56  
  8       7    
First Guaranty B&TC Co. (FL)
  Comm’l Bank     8       396,818       1.31  
  9       13    
Fifth Third Bancorp (OH)
  Bank     6       368,374       1.22  
  10       10    
Florida Capital Group Inc. (FL)
  Bank HC     2       315,961       1.04  
  12       9    
Atlantic Coast Fed Corp (MHC) (GA)
  Thrift     5       264,537       0.87  
               
Total For Institutions In Market
        199       30,317,940          
     
Note: Market Share is for U.S. Territories only and non-retail branches are not included.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.1
III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
     This chapter presents an analysis of ACFC’s operations versus a group of comparable publicly-traded financial institutions (the “Peer Group”) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded financial institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of ACFC is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to ACFC, key areas examined for differences are: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and effect of government regulations and regulatory reform. Our comparative analysis of the Company and the Peer Group takes into consideration the pro forma impact of the completion of the Supplemental Offering consistent with the assumptions set forth in the prospectus.
Peer Group Selection
     The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded thrifts whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX) or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-publicly traded and closely-held institutions. Non-listed institutions are inappropriate since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus, may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies, and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.
     Ideally, the Peer Group should be comprised of locally or regionally-based institutions with comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are approximately 144 publicly-traded institutions nationally, which includes approximately 38 publicly-traded MHCs. Given this limited number of public full stock thrifts, it is typically the case that the Peer

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.2
Group will be comprised of institutions which are not directly comparable, but the overall group will still be the “best fit” group. To the extent that differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for the differences. Since ACFC will be a full stock public company upon completion of the Offering, we considered only full stock companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group.
     Based on the foregoing, from the universe of 106 fully converted publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten institutions with characteristics similar to those of ACFC. The selection process applied is described below, followed by a brief description of each member of the Peer Group.
    Screen #1 Florida and Georgia institutions. There were no publicly traded thrift institutions eligible for inclusion in the Peer Group as there were no publicly traded thrifts in based in Florida and the only two publicly traded thrift institutions based in Georgia were subsidiaries of mutual holding companies which are inappropriate for the valuation peer group for a thrift undertaking a second step conversion transaction.
 
    Screen #2. Thrift institutions with assets between $400 million and $3.0 billion; Based on the importance that asset size plays in franchise value and resources of financial institution, market capitalization and liquidity of the stock;
 
    NPA/Assets ratios between 2% and 7.5%; Asset quality is an important consideration in investors’ perception of value in the current environment. As of March 31, 2010, the Company’s ratio of NPAs/assets equaled 4.31% and NPAs including accruing TDRs equaled 6.33% of assets. Accordingly, in selecting the Peer Group, we were seeking to select comparable thrifts with similar asset quality ratios in the aggregate, such that the perceived investment risks and returns were captured in their respective pricing ratios.
 
    Return on Assets (“ROA”) ratios less than 0.30% . Given the Company’s recent operating losses, our Peer Group selection was focused on selecting comparable public thrifts with weak operating returns or losses. Moreover, we excluded three thrifts reporting operating losses merely as a result of one-time non-recurring goodwill impairment charges.
 
    Other Considerations. We also excluded several institutions operating in inner city markets (Caver Bancorp of New York and Broadway Financial Corp. of CA) which also were minority owned and operated as well as a company which had converted in the last twelve months (Omni-American Bancorp of Texas). Overall, in selecting the Peer Group, we sought to balance characteristics as regional market, asset quality and earnings in order to best match the corresponding characteristics for the Company.
     Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and ACFC, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation, subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of ACFC’s

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.3
Table 3.1
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
May 28, 2010
                                                             
                Operating   Total           Fiscal   Conv.   Stock   Market
Ticker   Financial Institution   Exchange   Primary Market   Strategy(1)   Assets(2)   Offices   Year   Date   Price   Value
                                                ($)   ($Mil)
   
 
                                                       
FDEF  
First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH
  NASDAQ   Defiance, OH   Thrift   $ 2,059       35       12-31     10/95   $ 10.83     $ 88  
BFIN  
BankFinancial Corp. of IL
  NASDAQ   Burr Ridge, IL   Thrift   $ 1,559       18       12-31     06/05   $ 8.53     $ 183  
MFSF  
MutualFirst Financial Inc. of IN
  NASDAQ   Muncie, IN   Thrift   $ 1,487       33       12-31     12/99   $ 7.66     $ 54  
ABBC  
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  NASDAQ   Jenkintown, PA   Thrift   $ 1,267       20       12-31     06/07   $ 8.88     $ 185  
CITZ  
CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN
  NASDAQ   Munster, IN   Thrift   $ 1,092       22       12-31     07/98   $ 5.06     $ 55  
LEGC  
Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA
  NASDAQ   Pittsfield, MA   Thrift   $ 946       20       12-31     10/05   $ 8.76     $ 76  
FPTB  
First PacTrust Bancorp of CA
  NASDAQ   Chula Vista, CA   Thrift   $ 904       9       12-31     08/02   $ 9.25     $ 39  
RVSB  
Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA
  NASDAQ   Vancouver, WA   Thrift   $ 838       18       03-31     10/97   $ 3.00     $ 33  
FSBI  
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA
  NASDAQ   Pittsburgh, PA   Thrift   $ 708       14       09-30     06/88   $ 7.10     $ 22  
JFBI  
Jefferson Bancshares Inc. of TN
  NASDAQ   Morristown, TN   Thrift   $ 663       12       06-30     07/03   $ 4.13     $ 28  
 
NOTES:  (1)    Operating strategies are: Thrift=Traditional Thrift, M.B.=Mortgage Banker, R.E.=Real Estate Developer, Div.=Diversified and Ret.=Retail Banking.
 
(2)    Most recent quarter end available (E=Estimated and P=Pro Forma).
 
Source:   SNL Financial, LC.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.4
financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk, and credit risk versus the Peer Group, as of the most recent publicly available date. A summary description of the key characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies is detailed below and a market area comparative analysis is provided in Exhibit III-2.
    First Defiance Financial Corp., Inc. First Defiance Financial Corp. is a savings and loan holding company based in Defiance, Ohio. First Defiance Financial Corp. conducts operations from 35 retail banking offices in northwestern Ohio and nearby areas in Michigan and Indiana. First Defiance Financial Corp.’s operating objectives include expansion, diversification within its markets, growth of its fee based income, and growth internally and through acquisitions of financial institutions, branches and financial services businesses. First Defiance Financial Corp. has completed three whole bank acquisitions, several branch acquisitions and acquisitions of other financial services companies over the last decade. At March 31, 2010, First Defiance Financial Corp. had total assets of $2.1 billion, deposits of $1.6 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 8.4%. The ratio of NPAs/Assets was 2.59% and was thus favorable relative to the Peer Group average. For the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, First Defiance Financial Corp. reported earnings of $5.3 million for a return on average assets of 0.26%. First Defiance Financial Corp. had a market capitalization of $88 million as of May 28, 2010.
 
    BankFinancial Corp. of IL. BankFinancial Corp. operates through a total of 18 offices in the Chicago, Illinois, metropolitan area. BankFinancial Corp.’s asset investment strategy reflects a ratio of loans/assets which is modestly above the Peer Group average and a loan portfolio composition which is heavily weighted towards commercial and multi-family mortgage loans. The ratio of NPAs/Assets falls modestly below the Peer Group average at 4.05% of assets. Reported earnings are above the Peer Group average and median reflecting in part, below average level of loan loss provisions. At March 31, 2010, BankFinancial Corp. had total assets of $1.6 billion, deposits of $1.2 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 15.2%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, BankFinancial Corp. reported a net loss of $194,000 for a return on average assets of -0.01%, while core earnings excluded net non-operating items on a tax effected basis equaled 0.05% of average assets. BankFinancial Corp had a market capitalization of $183 million at May 28, 2010.
 
    MutualFirst Financial, Inc. of IN. MutualFirst Financial operates through 33 offices in northern and central Indiana. MutualFirst Financial’s balance sheet structure reflects a balance sheet structure similar to the average Peer Group company. The loan composition weighted toward residential mortgages and the Company reported positive operating returns (0.19% ROA) in contrast to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s losses on average. The favorable earnings performance in comparison to the Peer Group may be attributable to its comparatively lower level of NPAs (2.44% versus 4.28% for the Peer Group on average). At March 31, 2010, MutualFirst Financial had total assets of $1.5 billion, deposits of $1.1 billion, and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 8.4%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, MutualFirst Financial reported

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.5
      earnings of $2.7 million for a return on average assets of 0.19%. MutualFirst Financial had a market capitalization of $54 million at May 28, 2010.
 
    Abington Bancorp of PA operates 20 branches in the Philadelphia metropolitan area. The asset structure reflects a relatively modest proportion of loans/assets, as Abington Bancorp has sought to leverage its strong capital ratio following the completion of its second step conversion in June 2007. Abington Bancorp’s loan portfolio reflects a high level of construction lending in comparison to the Peer Group average and NPAs have increased as a result to levels exceeding the Peer Group average and median. The deteriorating asset quality has impacted Abington Bancorp’s earnings as loan loss provisions as a percent of average assets exceeded the level of any Peer Group company individually and the Company’s ROA was at the lower end of the Peer Group range. At March 31, 2010, Abington Bancorp had total assets of $1.3 billion, deposits of $877.6 million, a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 16.9% and a NPA/Assets ratio equal to 4.73%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, Abington Bancorp reported net a net loss equal to $7.7 million for a return on average assets of -0.63%. Abington Bancorp had a market capitalization of $185 million at May 28, 2010.
 
    CFS Bancorp, Inc. of IN. CFS Bancorp is a savings and loan holding company operating 22 banking offices in northern Indian and Illinois. CFS Bancorp maintains a diversified loan portfolio with levels of commercial mortgage and non-mortgage loans exceeding the Peer Group average. CFS Bancorp has recently reported operating losses as NPAs/assets have increased to 7.35% which exceeds the level of any Peer Group company individually and loan losses have increased as a result. At March 31, 2010, CFS Bancorp had total assets of $1.3 billion, deposits of $877.6 million a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 10.2%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, CFS Bancorp reported a net loss of $1.3 million for a net loss of 0.12%. CFS Bancorp had a market capitalization of $55 million at May 28, 2010.
 
    Legacy Bancorp of MA operates 20 branch offices in western Massachusetts and eastern New York. The overall balance sheet structure and composition of the loan portfolio are similar to the Peer Group averages. Operating losses were comparatively significant (-0.87% ROA) reflecting the impact of losses on investment securities as well as high loan loss provisions. NPAs are at the lower end of the Peer Group range equal to 2.06% of assets. At March 31, 2010, Legacy Bancorp had total assets of $946.2 million, deposits of $661.2 million, and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 11.5. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, Legacy Bancorp reported a net loss of $8.3 million for a return on average assets of -0.87%. Legacy Bancorp had a market capitalization of $76 million at May 28, 2010.
 
    First PacTrust Bancorp of CA operates through 9 offices in San Diego and Riverside Counties. Like the Company’s markets, First PacTrust’s markets have been significantly impacted by the recessionary economic environment which has resulted in increased delinquency and foreclosure rates as well as declining real estate values. First PacTrust’s status as a former credit union also enhances its comparability to the Company. The majority of First PacTrust’s loans are for 1-4 family residential loans, but it has also diversified modestly into

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.6
      commercial real estate lending. First PacTrust’s balance sheet composition is broadly similar to the Company in terms of loan and deposit concentrations while recent operating losses reflect the impact of very high levels of loan loss provisions, as the NPA/Assets ratio has increased to 7.25%, which is at the upper end of the Peer Group range. At March 31, 2010, First PacTrust had total assets of $903.8 million, deposits of $691.7 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 10.9%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, First PacTrust reported net income equal to $2.5 million for a return on average assets of 0.27%. First PacTrust had a market capitalization of $39 million at May 28, 2010.
 
    Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA operates through 18 offices in Oregon and Washington, primarily in the Portland metropolitan area. Riverview Bancorp’s assets and liabilities reflect a greater proportion of loans and deposits than the Peer Group average with a significant proportion of the loan portfolio devoted to high risk-weight lending including both income producing property loans and construction and development loans. Like the Company’s markets, Riverview Bancorp’s markets have been significantly impacted by the recessionary economic environment which has resulted in increased delinquency and foreclosure rates as well as declining real estate values. Coupled with the high risk-weight portfolio, Riverview Bancorp has posted the highest level of loan loss provisions (1.81% of average assets) of any of the Peer Group institutions reflecting its relatively high level of NPAs (5.89% of assets versus the Peer Group average of 4.28%). At March 31, 2010, Riverview Bancorp had total assets of $838.0 million, deposits of $688.0 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 7.0%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, Riverview Bancorp reported a net loss equal to $5.4 million for a return on average assets of -0.62%. Riverview Bancorp had a market capitalization of $33 million at May 28, 2010.
 
    Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA operates through a total of 14 branch offices in the Pittsburgh metropolitan area. The balance sheet reflects a significant wholesale component with investments and borrowings comprising a larger proportion of total assets in comparison to the Peer Group average. Fidelity Bancorp reported a loss over the last twelve months primarily owing to realized and unrealized losses on investment securities and other than temporary impairment charges on investment securities. Lending is primarily concentrated in 1-4 family mortgage loans, both in terms of whole loans and through a significant investment in MBS, while diversification into commercial mortgage lending is below the Peer Group average. At March 31, 2010, Fidelity Bancorp had total assets of $708.0 million, deposits of $446.1 million, a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 6.4% and an NPA/Assets ratio equal to 2.62%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, Fidelity Bancorp reported a net loss of $2.6 million for a loss on average assets of -0.35%. Fidelity Bancorp had a market capitalization of $14 million at May 28, 2010.
 
    Jefferson Bancshares, Inc. of Tennessee. Jefferson Bancshares, Inc. (“Jefferson Bancshares”) is a savings and loan holding company based in Morristown, Tennessee, which is located in the northeastern portion of the Tennessee. Jefferson Bancshares recently completed an acquisition transaction on an unassisted basis but at a nominal purchase price effectively doubling the

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.7
      branch structure to a total of 12 offices. As a result, Jefferson Bancshares has substantially leveraged the capital raised in its second step conversion which was completed in 2003. The ratio of NPAs/Assets equals 3.82% which falls modestly below the Peer Group average and the loan portfolio reflects a broad mix of mortgage loans and comparatively smaller balances of non-mortgage loans. At March 31, 2010, Jefferson Bancshares had total assets of $663.2 million, deposits of $480.4 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 8.4%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, Jefferson Bancshares reported earnings of $1.1 million for a return on average assets of 0.16%. Jefferson Bancshares had a market capitalization of $28 million at March 31, 2010.
     In the aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintain a slightly higher tangible equity level in comparison to the industry average (10.46% of assets versus 10.04% for all public companies). Moreover, both the all public group and the Peer Group are reporting operating losses on a core basis (core operating loss equal to 0.11% of average assets for the Peer Group versus a loss of 0.23% for all public companies). Accordingly, both reported negative ROEs. Credit quality issues were important factors impacting earnings for both — NPAs/Assets averaged 3.52% and 4.28% for all public companies and the Peer Group, respectively, while the median ratios were nearly equal, at 2.44% and 3.94%, respectively. Overall, the Peer Group’s key pricing ratios were at a discount to all publicly traded thrift institutions on a P/TB basis (85.20% P/TB for all full stock publicly traded thrifts versus 61.61% for the Peer Group on average) reflecting in part, the Peer Group’s smaller size, higher NPAs and lower profitability. Importantly, the P/E multiple was not meaningful for the Peer Group given their low or negative earnings levels and similarly, many institutions in the all public group were reporting operating losses or very low earnings levels rendering the earnings approach to valuation less important in the current environment.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.8
                 
    All    
    Publicly-Traded   Peer Group
 
               
Financial Characteristics (Averages)
               
Assets ($Mil)
  $ 3,006     $ 1,152  
Market Capitalization ($Mil)
  $ 347     $ 76  
Tangible Equity/Assets (%)
    10.04 %     10.46 %
NPA/Assets(1)
    3.52 %     4.28 %
Core Return on Average Assets (%)
    (0.23 %)     (0.11 %)
Core Return on Average Equity (%)
    (0.77 %)     (0.82 %)
 
               
Pricing Ratios (Averages)(2)
               
Price/Core Earnings (x)
    16.60x       N.M.  
Price/Tangible Book (%)
    85.20 %     61.61 %
Price/Assets (%)
    8.54 %     6.28 %
 
(1)   Includes all NPAs and 90+ day accruing delinquent loans.
 
(2)   Based on market prices as of May 28, 2010.
Sources: Table 4.3.
     The companies selected for the Peer Group were relatively comparable to ACFC on average, and are considered to be the “best fit” Peer Group. While there are many similarities between ACFC and the Peer Group on average, there are some differences as well. The following comparative analysis highlights key similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group.
Financial Condition
     Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for ACFC and the Peer Group, reflecting balances as of March 31, 2010 for the Company and the Peer Group. Importantly, the pre-conversion balance sheet ratios have been adjusted to take into account the net proceeds from the Supplemental Offering consistent with the presentation set forth in Table 1.1. The growth rates have not been adjusted as the impact would be limited except for the one-time impact to the capital growth figures.
     ACFC’s equity-to-assets ratio of 7.8% was below the Peer Group’s average equity/assets ratio of 11.7%. Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 7.8% and 10.3%, respectively, with the narrowed differential reflecting the Company’s nominal goodwill balance in comparison to the Peer Group. On a pro forma basis, ACFC’s reported and tangible equity will fall slightly below the Peer Group average and median

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.9
Table 3.2
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2010
                                                                                                                                                                     
        Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets (1)   Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates   Regulatory Capital
        Cash &   MBS &                           Borrowed   Subd.   Net   Goodwill   Tng Net           MBS, Cash &                   Borrows.   Net   Tng Net            
        Equivalents   Invest   BOLI   Loans   Deposits   Funds   Debt   Worth   & Intang   Worth   Assets   Investments   Loans   Deposits   &Subdebt   Worth   Worth   Tangible   Core   Reg.Cap.
 
                                                                                                                                                                   
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
                                                                                                                                                               
March 31, 2010
    5.8 %     23.6 %     2.5 %     65.0 %     62.9 %     28.8 %     0.0 %     7.8 %     0.0 %     7.8 %     -8.14 %     17.15 %     -15.48 %     -7.76 %     -1.00 %     -30.28 %     -27.78 %     5.83 %     5.83 %     11.29 %
 
                                                                                                                                                                   
All Public Companies                                                                                                                                                                
Averages
    5.2 %     20.5 %     1.4 %     67.9 %     71.9 %     15.0 %     0.5 %     11.6 %     0.9 %     10.7 %     4.00 %     12.55 %     1.40 %     9.71 %     -15.74 %     1.82 %     2.29 %     10.62 %     10.48 %     17.29 %
Medians
    4.1 %     18.1 %     1.4 %     68.8 %     72.3 %     12.9 %     0.0 %     10.2 %     0.1 %     9.5 %     2.49 %     7.98 %     -0.52 %     7.36 %     -13.37 %     1.26 %     1.52 %     9.40 %     9.31 %     14.41 %
 
                                                                                                                                                                   
State of GA                                                                                                                                                                
Averages
    4.2 %     23.4 %     2.5 %     66.2 %     64.0 %     29.3 %     0.0 %     6.2 %     0.0 %     6.2 %     -8.14 %     17.15 %     -15.48 %     -7.76 %     -1.00 %     -30.28 %     -27.78 %     5.83 %     5.83 %     11.29 %
Medians
    4.2 %     23.4 %     2.5 %     66.2 %     64.0 %     29.3 %     0.0 %     6.2 %     0.0 %     6.2 %     -8.14 %     17.15 %     -15.48 %     -7.76 %     0.00 %     -30.28 %     -27.78 %     5.83 %     5.83 %     11.29 %
 
                                                                                                                                                                   
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                
Averages
    6.3 %     15.3 %     1.9 %     70.2 %     74.7 %     12.1 %     0.7 %     11.7 %     1.4 %     10.3 %     -0.02 %     30.56 %     -7.02 %     6.26 %     -26.67 %     -0.92 %     0.18 %     10.73 %     10.73 %     14.86 %
Medians
    5.2 %     11.1 %     1.8 %     68.8 %     76.0 %     12.5 %     0.2 %     11.2 %     0.8 %     9.3 %     0.03 %     21.35 %     -7.91 %     3.68 %     -22.84 %     -0.17 %     0.14 %     9.84 %     9.84 %     13.45 %
 
                                                                                                                                                                   
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                                
ABBC
  Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA     5.6 %     27.8 %     3.3 %     59.4 %     69.3 %     12.9 %     0.0 %     16.9 %     0.0 %     16.9 %     5.87 %     13.55 %     0.10 %     20.28 %     -26.93 %     -7.11 %     -7.11 %     13.22 %     13.22 %     21.70 %
BFIN
  BankFinancial Corp. of IL     11.3 %     7.1 %     1.3 %     73.9 %     79.0 %     3.1 %     0.0 %     16.9 %     1.7 %     15.2 %     0.05 %     80.87 %     -10.37 %     6.78 %     -61.21 %     -0.73 %     -0.11 %     15.41 %     15.41 %     21.10 %
CITZ
  CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN     3.6 %     19.5 %     3.2 %     68.1 %     81.2 %     7.6 %     0.0 %     10.2 %     0.0 %     10.2 %     -1.78 %     -11.62 %     0.36 %     2.69 %     -33.12 %     0.40 %     0.40 %     8.92 %     8.92 %     12.63 %
FSBI
  Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA     4.1 %     36.2 %     0.7 %     55.1 %     63.0 %     28.1 %     1.1 %     6.8 %     0.4 %     6.4 %     -1.72 %     21.35 %     -14.67 %     3.50 %     -11.01 %     -1.38 %     -1.42 %   NA   NA     13.55 %
FDEF
  First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH     7.5 %     8.2 %     1.5 %     75.3 %     77.7 %     8.3 %     1.8 %     11.4 %     3.1 %     8.4 %     2.39 %     26.49 %     -2.13 %     3.85 %     -6.33 %     2.19 %     3.94 %     10.52 %     10.52 %     13.45 %
FPTB
  First PacTrust Bancorp of CA     4.9 %     8.9 %     2.0 %     80.4 %     76.5 %     12.2 %     0.0 %     10.9 %     0.0 %     10.9 %     0.84 %   NM     -8.27 %     9.76 %     -34.09 %     3.28 %     3.28 %     9.33 %     9.33 %     13.51 %
JFBI
  Jefferson Bancshares Inc. of TN     11.7 %     8.6 %     1.0 %     67.7 %     72.4 %     13.8 %     1.1 %     12.1 %     3.7 %     8.4 %     0.01 %     81.77 %     -11.75 %     -0.36 %     -0.21 %     1.47 %     10.39 %   NA   NA   NA
LEGC
  Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA     4.1 %     20.9 %     1.7 %     67.7 %     69.9 %     16.5 %     0.0 %     12.7 %     1.2 %     11.5 %     -2.26 %     11.59 %     -7.54 %     2.73 %     -18.74 %     -3.05 %     -2.76 %     7.90 %     7.90 %     12.40 %
MFSF
  MutualFirst Financial Inc. of IN     8.2 %     13.4 %     3.0 %     69.4 %     75.5 %     14.5 %     0.3 %     8.8 %     0.4 %     8.4 %     4.79 %     73.11 %     -6.67 %     10.65 %     -14.39 %     0.63 %     1.87 %   NA   NA     13.28 %
RVSB
  Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA     1.6 %     2.1 %     1.8 %     85.1 %     82.1 %     4.2 %     2.7 %     10.1 %     3.1 %     7.0 %     -8.35 %     -22.04 %     -9.21 %     2.68 %     -60.66 %     -4.86 %     -6.70 %     9.84 %     9.84 %     12.11 %
 
(1)   Includes the impact of the net offering proceeds of the supplemental offering consistent with the presentation set forth in Table 1.1.
 
Source:   SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.10
at the midpoint of the offering range. Both the Company and the Peer Group currently maintain surpluses with respect to their respective regulatory capital requirements.
     The increase in ACFC’s pro forma equity position following the completion of both the Second Step Conversion and the Supplemental Offering will enhance the ability to address the high level of NPAs which management believes will facilitate the restoration of profitable operations. At the same time, the Company’s capital remains at risk in given that the level of NPAs and in view of the uncertainties with respect to the strength of the expected economic recovery and the related recovery of real estate values. Important from the perspective of the valuation, the Peer Group is subject to this same risk given their moderate capital levels on average, and the high level of NPAs and recent history of loan loss provisions and weak earnings or losses (these were primary elements of the Peer Group selection criteria).
     The Company’s asset composition reflects a modestly lower concentration of loans to assets, at 65.0% versus a 70.2% average for the Peer Group. Comparatively, the ratio of cash, investments, and MBS for the Company was higher than for the Peer Group (29.4% of assets versus 21.6% for the Peer Group). The comparatively lower ratio of loans reflects that the Company’s portfolio has realized significant shrinkage in excess of the average rate of shrinkage of the Peer Group’s loan portfolio as the Company has substantially retrenched from lending to fully focus on the resolution of problem assets. Overall, the Company’s interest-earning assets (“IEA”) approximated 94.4% of assets, which is slightly higher than the comparative Peer Group ratio of 91.8%. Both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s IEA ratios exclude BOLI as an interest-earning asset. On a pro forma basis immediately following the Second Step Conversion, a portion of the proceeds will initially be invested into federal funds or shorter term investment securities increasing the relative proportion of cash and investments for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group over the short term.
     ACFC’s funding liabilities currently reflect a higher level of borrowed funds and a lower level of funding through deposits. Specifically, the ratio of deposits/assets equaled 62.9% for the Company versus an average of 74.7% for the Peer Group, while borrowed funds equaled 28.8% and 12.8% (inclusive of subordinated debt for the Peer Group), respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities (“IBL”) maintained as a percent of assets equaled 91.7% and 87.5% for ACFC and the Peer Group, respectively, reflecting the Company’s lower equity position. The ratio of IBL will be reduced on a post-offering basis as the Company funds a greater portion of its operations with equity.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.11
     A key measure of balance sheet strength for a financial institution is IEA/IBL ratio, with higher ratios often facilitating stronger profitability levels, depending on the overall asset/liability mix. Presently, the Company’s IEA/IBL ratio of 102.9% is below the Peer Group’s average ratio of 104.9%. The additional capital realized from stock proceeds will considerably increase the IEA/IBL ratio, as the net proceeds realized from ACFC’s stock offering are expected to be reinvested into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Company’s equity position will result in a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets.
     ACFC posted asset shrinkage equal to 8.14% versus a stable asset base reported by the Peer Group companies on average. The Company’s asset shrinkage, in contrast to the stable asset levels reported by the Peer Group, is attributable in part, to the recessionary environment which has impacted the Company’s Florida markets to a greater extent than many of the Peer Group’s markets (i.e., higher unemployment rates, declining real estate values, higher foreclosure rates, etc.). Additionally, the Company has actively sought to undertake shrinkage with the objective of minimizing its regulatory required capital levels. As a result, ACFC realized 15.48% shrinkage of the loan portfolio for the most recent twelve month period versus a reduction of 7.02% on average for the Peer Group. A portion of the funds generated through loan portfolio shrinkage was redeployed into cash, investments and MBS, which increased by 17.15% for the Company and 30.56% for the Peer Group.
     The Company’s deposit base diminished by 7.76% for the most recent twelve month period as compared to an average deposit growth rate of 6.26% for the Peer Group. Both the Company and the Peer Group’s borrowings declined, by 1.00% and 26.67%, respectively, with the Peer Group’s positive deposit growth funding a portion of the borrowings repaid by the Peer Group.
     The Company’s equity decreased by 30.28% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010, versus an average rate of shrinkage of less than 1% for the Peer Group. The significant shrinkage of ACFC’s capital reflects the more significant recent operating losses reported by the Company, as its ROA equaled -2.99% versus a much less significant loss equal to -0.17% reported for the Peer Group on average. The Company is projecting a more modest loss for the balance of fiscal 2010, and is targeting modest profitability for fiscal 2011. However, reversing the recent trend of capital erosion will be primarily dependent on reducing loan loss provisions and improving asset quality.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.12
Income and Expense Components
     Table 3.3 shows comparative income statement measures for ACFC and the Peer Group, reflecting earnings for the twelve months ended March 31, 2010 for ACFC and the Peer Group. ACFC reported a significant operating loss equal 2.99% of average assets versus a net loss equal to 0.17% of average assets for the Peer Group based on the average, and a loss equal to 0.07% based on the median. Important from a valuation perspective in the current environment, both the Company’s and the Peer Group’s earnings have been depressed by deteriorating asset quality which was a key characteristic for inclusion in the Peer Group. However, loan loss provisions reported by ACFC have been materially higher than the Peer Group average contributing to the Company’s significantly greater net overall operating losses.
     The Company’s interest income to average assets exceeded the Peer Group average while the ratio of interest expense to average assets was also higher such that ratio of net interest income to average assets was below the Peer Group average. The Company’s higher interest income ratio was the result of both a higher yield on interest-earning assets (5.23% which exceeds the Peer Group average and median of 5.16% and 5.17%, respectively) and a higher IEA ratio. Overall, the Company’s ratio of interest income to average assets equaled 4.91% versus an average of 4.75% for the Peer Group.
     The Company’s interest expense ratio to average assets, equal to 2.62% versus 1.68% of average assets for the Peer Group, reflects the Company’s higher utilization of borrowings and the Company’s deposit composition reliant on CDs and money market accounts, both of which entail a relatively high cost; the Company’s average cost of funds equaled 3.01% versus an average of 1.92% for the Peer Group. Additionally, ACFC’s IBL ratio exceeds the Peer Group average further contributing to its higher interest expense ratio when measured as a percentage of average assets.
     Non-interest operating income is a higher contributor to ACFC’s earnings relative to the Peer Group, at 0.91% and 0.75%, respectively. The Company’s non-interest income ratio is comparatively higher, primarily reflecting the high level of fee income generated through the Company’s deposit accounts and ATM network.
     ACFC operates with a modestly lower operating expense ratio than the Peer Group, primarily reflecting the impact of the Company’s recent cost cutting measures which resulted in approximately $2.5 million of aggregate cost savings. The operating expense ratios for ACFC and the Peer Group were 2.39% and 2.89%, respectively. Intangible assets amortization was

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.13
Table 3.3
Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended March 31, 2010
                                                                                                                                                             
                Net Interest Income           Other Income           G&A/Other Exp.   Non-Op. Items   Yields, Costs, and Spreads        
                                        Loss   NII                           Total                                                           MEMO:   MEMO:
        Net                           Provis.   After   Loan   R.E.   Other   Other   G&A   Goodwill   Net   Extrao.   Yield   Cost   Yld-Cost   Assets/   Effective
        Income   Income (1)   Expense   NII   on IEA   Provis.   Fees   Oper.   Income   Income   Expense   Amort.   Gains   Items   On Assets   Of Funds   Spread   FTE Emp.   Tax Rate
 
                                                                                                                                                           
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
                                                                                                                                                       
March 31, 2010
    -2.99 %     4.91 %     2.62 %     2.30 %     2.36 %     -0.07 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.91 %     0.91 %     2.39 %     0.29 %     -0.63 %     0.00 %     5.23 %     3.01 %     2.22 %   $ 5,473       0.00 %
 
                                                                                                                                                           
All Public Companies                                                                                                                                                        
Averages
    -0.12 %     4.83 %     1.89 %     2.94 %     0.93 %     2.02 %     0.03 %     -0.07 %     0.81 %     0.77 %     2.72 %     0.09 %     -0.04 %     0.03 %     5.15 %     2.17 %     2.98 %   $ 6,095       31.64 %
Medians
    0.25 %     4.86 %     1.83 %     2.98 %     0.48 %     2.29 %     0.00 %     -0.01 %     0.57 %     0.55 %     2.63 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     5.13 %     2.15 %     3.01 %   $ 4,858       31.79 %
 
                                                                                                                                                           
State of GA                                                                                                                                                        
Averages
    -3.06 %     4.96 %     2.66 %     2.30 %     2.40 %     -0.10 %     0.00 %     -0.24 %     1.45 %     1.21 %     2.42 %     0.30 %     -0.65 %     0.00 %     5.30 %     2.89 %     2.41 %   $ 5,749     NM
Medians
    -3.06 %     4.96 %     2.66 %     2.30 %     2.40 %     -0.10 %     0.00 %     -0.24 %     1.45 %     1.21 %     2.42 %     0.30 %     -0.65 %     0.00 %     5.30 %     2.89 %     2.41 %   $ 5,749       0.00 %
 
                                                                                                                                                           
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                        
Averages
    -0.17 %     4.75 %     1.68 %     3.07 %     1.04 %     2.03 %     0.02 %     -0.12 %     0.85 %     0.75 %     2.89 %     0.05 %     -0.16 %     0.00 %     5.16 %     1.92 %     3.24 %   $ 5,260       33.10 %
Medians
    -0.07 %     4.69 %     1.78 %     3.08 %     1.01 %     2.17 %     0.00 %     -0.01 %     0.63 %     0.60 %     2.88 %     0.04 %     -0.07 %     0.00 %     5.17 %     2.06 %     3.24 %   $ 4,190       29.39 %
 
                                                                                                                                                           
Comparable Group                                                                                                                                                        
ABBC
  Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA     -0.63 %     4.35 %     1.77 %     2.57 %     1.57 %     1.00 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     -0.14 %     -0.14 %     1.88 %     0.00 %     -0.04 %     0.00 %     4.67 %     2.19 %     2.48 %   $ 8,227       43.54 %
BFIN
  BankFinancial Corp. of IL     -0.01 %     4.62 %     1.20 %     3.42 %     0.53 %     2.89 %     0.00 %     -0.07 %     0.67 %     0.60 %     3.24 %     0.11 %     -0.10 %     0.00 %     4.99 %     1.46 %     3.53 %   $ 4,190       23.91 %
CITZ
  CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN     -0.12 %     4.59 %     1.12 %     3.47 %     1.25 %     2.22 %     0.07 %     -0.29 %     1.50 %     1.28 %     3.85 %     0.00 %     -0.10 %     0.00 %     5.01 %     1.26 %     3.75 %   $ 3,500       55.58 %
FSBI
  Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA     -0.35 %     4.40 %     2.36 %     2.04 %     0.77 %     1.27 %     0.09 %     0.00 %     0.51 %     0.60 %     2.05 %     0.00 %     -0.56 %     0.00 %     4.59 %     2.56 %     2.03 %   $ 4,849       49.89 %
FDEF
  First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH     0.26 %     4.90 %     1.53 %     3.36 %     1.35 %     2.02 %     0.00 %     -0.01 %     1.18 %     1.17 %     2.83 %     0.07 %     0.12 %     0.00 %     5.36 %     1.75 %     3.61 %   $ 3,723       19.56 %
FPTB
  First PacTrust Bancorp of CA     0.27 %     5.03 %     1.78 %     3.25 %     1.40 %     1.85 %     0.00 %     -0.09 %     0.42 %     0.33 %     1.85 %     0.00 %     -0.08 %     0.00 %     5.31 %     2.01 %     3.30 %   $ 9,718     NM
JFBI
  Jefferson Bancshares Inc. of TN     0.16 %     4.70 %     1.88 %     2.82 %     0.54 %     2.28 %     0.09 %     0.00 %     0.44 %     0.53 %     2.59 %     0.09 %     0.18 %     0.00 %     5.33 %     2.15 %     3.19 %   $ 4,068       28.74 %
LEGC
  Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA     -0.87 %     4.67 %     1.81 %     2.86 %     0.69 %     2.17 %     0.00 %     -0.02 %     0.59 %     0.57 %     2.93 %     0.07 %     -0.90 %     0.00 %     5.02 %     2.10 %     2.92 %   $ 5,376       29.39 %
MFSF
  MutualFirst Financial Inc. of IN     0.19 %     4.97 %     2.05 %     2.92 %     0.46 %     2.45 %     0.00 %     0.00 %     0.95 %     0.95 %     2.99 %     0.10 %     -0.05 %     0.00 %     5.47 %     2.29 %     3.18 %   $ 3,690       7.81 %
RVSB
  Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA     -0.62 %     5.26 %     1.29 %     3.97 %     1.81 %     2.16 %     0.00 %     -0.73 %     2.35 %     1.62 %     4.65 %     0.01 %     -0.06 %     0.00 %     5.89 %     1.45 %     4.44 %   NM     39.48 %
 
(1)   Adjusted for the reinvestment income generated by the supplemental offering consistent with the presentation in Table 1.2.
 
Source:   SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
    III.14
nominal for both the Company and the Peer Group. On a post-offering basis, the Company’s operating expenses can be expected to increase with the incremental cost of the stock-based benefit plans as well as the reestablishment of a portion of the SERP Plan expense upon completion of the Second Step Conversion Offering.
     ACFC’s efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 74.5% is more favorable than the Peer Group’s ratio of 75.7%, as the Company’s lower net interest income was more than offset by its lower operating expense ratio and higher non-interest income from a core earnings standpoint. However, loan loss provisions have adversely impacted the Company’s core earnings levels to a greater extent as noted below. On a post-offering basis, the Company’s efficiency ratio may improve marginally with the reinvestment of the offering proceeds, and thus remain at an advantage.
     Loan loss provisions are at high levels relative to the historical averages reflecting the increasing level of NPAs for both the Company and the Peer Group. Specifically, loan loss provisions equaled 2.36% of average assets for ACFC for the 12 months ended March 31, 2010, which exceeded the average of 1.04% for the Peer Group. While the Company is anticipating that its loan loss provisions may be lower in the future, estimating the level of future loan loss provisions is difficult in the current operating environment and may be predicated on the stabilization of ACFC’s credit quality ratios among other factors. In this regard, the Company’s is seeking to reduce NPAs through a sale of assets (estimated $7.0 million net book value) in June 2010 and while the resulting loss ($2.0 million to $3.0 million) will diminish capital, the proceeds from the Second Step Conversion and Supplemental Offering will more than offset the reduction in capital. Management believes that the reduction in NPAs will enhance and stabilize the Company’s long-term earnings.
     Non-operating expenses were comparatively modest for the Peer Group, equal to 0.16% of average assets, in comparison to the Company’s non-operating expenses equal to 0.63%. The Company’s non-operating expenses consisted of loss on the sale of loans and REO as well as non-cash OTTI and goodwill impairment charges offset by more modest gains on securities sales and elimination of the SERP liability. Notwithstanding the magnitude of the non-operating losses, the Company was not profitable even after excluding such items in the calculation of estimated core earnings.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.15
     The Company reported a tax expense for the most recent twelve month period notwithstanding the operating losses. The tax expense reflects the establishment of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets rather than an actual cash payment for taxes. The Company expects to be in a non-taxable position for at least the near term future. In contrast, it appears that the majority of the Peer Group companies are in a taxable position with an average tax rate of 33.10%.
Loan Composition
     Table 3.4 presents the most recent data related to the Company’s and the Peer Group’s loan portfolio compositions, as well as data pertaining to investment in mortgage-backed securities, loans serviced for others, and risk-weighted assets. The Company’s loan portfolio composition reflected a higher level of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans/assets based on respective ratios of 42.77% and 31.48%. Coupled with a higher portion of assets in MBS (19.18% for the Company versus 8.02% for the Peer Group), the combination of 1-4 family mortgages and MBS equaled 61.95% for the Company as compared to 39.50% for the Peer Group.
     The data reflects that the Peer Group’s lending activities show greater diversification in multi-family and commercial mortgage lending. Specifically, multi-family and commercial mortgage loans represented 8.67% of assets for the Company versus an average of 24.85% for the Peer Group. Most other areas of high risk-weight lending were also modestly greater for the Peer Group as the proportion of construction and land loans and commercial business loans both exceeded ACFC’s investment. Conversely, the Company’s investment in consumer loans exceeded the Peer Group average (7.87% for the Company versus an average of 1.38% for the Peer Group). Reflecting the Company’s lower investment in loans overall, and higher proportion of assets invested in MBS and 1-4 family mortgage loans, the Company’s risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio equaled 57.89% which was below the average of 74.69% for the Peer Group.
Credit Risk
     Given the importance of asset quality in investors’ perception of value in the current environment, coupled with the recent increase in NPAs, and loan loss provisions reported by the Company, we sought to include thrifts with similar asset quality characteristics in the Peer Group. Accordingly, the ratio of NPAs/assets (Including 90+ day delinquencies) equaled 6.33% for the Company versus an average of 4.28% and median of 3.94% for the Peer Group as

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.16
Table 3.4
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2010
                                                                         
    Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets            
                            5+Unit                        
            1-4   Constr.   Comm   Commerc.           RWA/   Serviced   Servicing
Institution   MBS   Family   & Land   RE   Business   Consumer   Assets   For Others   Assets
    (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($000)   ($000)
 
                                                                       
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
    19.18 %     42.77 %     5.25 %     8.67 %     1.93 %     7.87 %     57.89 %   $ 2,520     $ 0  
 
                                                                       
All Public Companies
                                                                       
Averages
    12.18 %     35.02 %     5.06 %     22.18 %     4.56 %     2.28 %     65.30 %   $ 606,479     $ 5,873  
Medians
    10.58 %     35.32 %     3.90 %     21.65 %     3.39 %     0.61 %     65.21 %   $ 45,390     $ 140  
 
                                                                       
State of GA
                                                                       
Averages
    18.98 %     43.08 %     4.52 %     8.76 %     2.12 %     8.76 %     57.84 %   $ 2,520     $ 0  
Medians
    18.98 %     43.08 %     4.52 %     8.76 %     2.12 %     8.76 %     57.84 %   $ 2,520     $ 0  
 
                                                                       
Comparable Group
                                                                       
Averages
    8.02 %     31.48 %     6.21 %     24.85 %     7.04 %     1.38 %     74.69 %   $ 222,794     $ 1,520  
Medians
    7.04 %     27.82 %     4.18 %     24.46 %     5.91 %     0.32 %     76.22 %   $ 51,000     $ 270  
 
                                                                       
Comparable Group
                                                                       
ABBC  Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    17.04 %     36.53 %     11.66 %     10.20 %     1.67 %     0.02 %     64.07 %   $ 4,180     $ 31  
BFIN    BankFinancial Corp. of IL
    5.97 %     18.42 %     1.61 %     39.40 %     15.17 %     0.15 %     85.58 %   $ 267,110     $ 1,474  
CITZ    CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN
    11.14 %     23.69 %     5.25 %     32.98 %     7.00 %     0.08 %     77.68 %   $ 22,410     $ 0  
FSBI    Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    12.68 %     31.56 %     2.65 %     14.90 %     4.22 %     0.53 %     56.36 %   $ 0     $ 0  
FDEF   First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH
    4.09 %     18.40 %     4.31 %     35.80 %     16.93 %     1.31 %     82.57 %   $ 1,265,750     $ 9,283  
FPTB   First PacTrust Bancorp of CA
    7.26 %     71.99 %     1.30 %     7.66 %     0.06 %     0.18 %     74.88 %   $ 0     $ 0  
JFBI    Jefferson Bancshares Inc. of TN
    3.39 %     24.08 %     8.77 %     25.06 %     9.51 %     1.03 %     77.56 %   $ 0     $ 0  
LEGC  Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    6.82 %     36.96 %     4.04 %     23.86 %     3.35 %     0.34 %     67.36 %   $ 79,590     $ 526  
MFSF  MutualFirst Financial Inc. of IN
    11.44 %     39.67 %     3.91 %     12.03 %     4.82 %     9.85 %     73.05 %   $ 459,360     $ 3,379  
RVSB  Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA
    0.37 %     13.49 %     18.60 %     46.58 %     7.67 %     0.31 %     87.76 %   $ 129,540     $ 509  
     
Source:   SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.17
shown in Table 3.5. While the NPA/Assets ratio is relatively high, the Company’s ratio includes $18.4 million of TDRs which are performing in accordance with the restructured terms but are considered to be an impaired asset. Excluding performing TDRs, the Company’s ratio of NPAs/Assets is materially lower, equal to 4.31% of assets.
     Reserve coverage for the Company reflects some similarities and some differences relative to the Peer Group. ACFC’s loss reserves as a percent of loans equaled 2.15% and thus exceeded the Peer Group average of 1.81% but fell within the range of ratios exhibited by the Peer Group companies individually. At the same time, the higher reserve level may be warranted by the Company’s ratio of NPAs and 90+ Day Accruing Delinquencies/Assets such that ACFC’s ratio of Reserves/NPLs, equal to 38.70%, fell between the Peer Group average and median.
Interest Rate Risk
     Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, ACFC interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be slightly less favorable than the Peer Group’s, as implied by the Company’s lower tangible equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios. The Company’s non-interest earning assets were modestly below the Peer Group average. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to improve these ratios relative to the Peer Group.
     To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we also reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for ACFC and the Peer Group. In general, the recent relative fluctuations in the Company’s net interest income to average assets ratios were considered to be slightly greater than the Peer Group average, and thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.6, ACFC was viewed as maintaining a similar degree of interest rate risk exposure in the net interest margin. However, the Company’s net interest income ratio should be stabilized to some degree following the Offering, given the initial expected proceeds reinvestment strategy (primarily short-to-intermediate term investment securities).

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.18
Table 3.5
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31 , 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
                                                                 
            NPAs &                           Rsrves/        
    REO/   90+Del/   NPLs/   Rsrves/   Rsrves/   NPAs &   Net Loan   NLCs/
Institution   Assets   Assets   Loans   Loans   NPLs   90+Del   Chargoffs   Loans
    (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($000)   (%)
 
                                                               
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
    0.55 %     6.33 %     5.73 %     2.17 %     38.70 %     25.21 %   $ 23,899       3.98 %
 
                                                               
All Public Companies
                                                               
Averages
    0.50 %     3.76 %     4.66 %     1.66 %     64.71 %     48.71 %   $ 1,470       0.65 %
Medians
    0.23 %     2.61 %     3.68 %     1.35 %     45.03 %     40.21 %   $ 448       0.26 %
 
                                                               
State of GA
                                                               
Averages
    0.55 %     6.51 %     8.81 %     2.15 %     24.43 %     22.36 %   $ 4,224       2.63 %
Medians
    0.55 %     6.51 %     8.81 %     2.15 %     24.43 %     22.36 %   $ 4,224       2.63 %
 
                                                               
Comparable Group
                                                               
Averages
    0.80 %     4.28 %     4.63 %     1.81 %     44.29 %     34.56 %   $ 1,989       1.00 %
Medians
    0.70 %     3.94 %     4.41 %     1.55 %     33.24 %     28.66 %   $ 1,286       0.72 %
 
                                                               
Comparable Group
                                                               
ABBC  Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    1.72 %     4.73 %     3.60 %     1.22 %     33.96 %     15.55 %   $ 334       0.17 %
BFIN    BankFinancial Corp. of IL
    0.44 %     4.05 %     4.62 %     1.50 %     32.40 %     27.72 %   $ 1,957       0.66 %
CITZ    CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN
    0.97 %     7.35 %     8.94 %     2.67 %     29.86 %     25.42 %   $ 769       0.40 %
FSBI    Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    0.04 %     2.62 %     4.26 %     1.39 %     32.52 %     29.60 %   $ 776       0.77 %
FDEF   First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH
    0.62 %     2.59 %     2.55 %     2.45 %     96.03 %     73.05 %   $ 4,456       1.14 %
FPTB   First PacTrust Bancorp of CA
    1.07 %     7.25 %     7.54 %     1.91 %     25.29 %     21.54 %   $ 1,180       0.63 %
JFBI    Jefferson Bancshares Inc. of TN
    0.79 %     3.82 %     4.55 %     1.19 %     26.21 %     21.39 %   $ 1,268       1.10 %
LEGC  Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    0.19 %     2.06 %     2.73 %     1.25 %     45.77 %     41.59 %   $ 5,411       3.29 %
MFSF  MutualFirst Financial Inc. of IN
    0.60 %     2.44 %     2.61 %     1.59 %     60.77 %     45.88 %   $ 1,304       0.49 %
RVSB  Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA
    1.59 %     5.89 %     4.90 %     2.95 %     60.10 %     43.87 %   $ 2,437       1.32 %
     
Source:   Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering circulars, and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.19
Table 3.6
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of March 31, 2010 or Most Recent Date Available
                                                                         
    Balance Sheet Measures    
    Tang.           Non-Earn.   Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income
    Equity/   IEA/   Assets/                        
Institution   Assets   IBL   Assets   3/31/2010   12/31/2009   9/30/2009   6/30/2009   3/31/2009   12/31/2008
    (%)   (%)   (%)   (change in net interest income is annualized in basis points)
 
                                                                       
Atlantic Coast Federal Corp. of GA MHC
    7.8 %     102.9 %     5.6 %     14       2       21       -14       8       -21  
 
                                                                       
All Public Companies
    10.6 %     106.6 %     6.3 %     5       7       8       1       -4       -1  
State of GA
    6.2 %     100.6 %     6.2 %     14       2       21       -14       8       -21  
 
                                                                       
Comparable Group
                                                                       
Averages
    10.3 %     105.0 %     8.3 %     -2       -1       5       1       -7       -4  
Medians
    9.3 %     103.7 %     8.3 %     -3       -3       2       0       -7       -5  
 
                                                                       
Comparable Group
                                                                       
ABBC  Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    16.9 %     112.9 %     7.3 %     -4       21       -10       1       -6       -7  
BFIN    BankFinancial Corp. of IL
    15.2 %     112.4 %     7.7 %     -5       -4       10       -1       -15       1  
CITZ    CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster IN
    10.2 %     102.6 %     8.9 %     -11       13       7       10       17       -8  
FSBI    Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA
    6.4 %     103.6 %     4.5 %     -3       -10       -1       -41       -4       26  
FDEF   First Defiance Financial Corp. of OH
    8.4 %     103.7 %     9.0 %     -12       -4       27       -2       -6       -11  
FPTB   First PacTrust Bancorp of CA
    10.9 %     106.2 %     5.8 %     2       -1       0       14       30       -2  
JFBI    Jefferson Bancshares Inc. of TN
    8.4 %     100.9 %     12.0 %     14       -17       -7       16       -47       -39  
LEGC  Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA
    11.5 %     107.2 %     7.4 %     5       -12       4       -3       -21       -3  
MFSF  MutualFirst Financial Inc. of IN
    8.4 %     100.8 %     9.0 %     -3       0       0       -2       -7       21  
RVSB  Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA
    7.0 %     99.7 %     11.2 %     -1       6       21       19       -7       -19  
NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.
     
Source:   SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
III.20
Summary
     Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of ACFC. Such general characteristics as asset size, equity position, IEA composition, funding composition, core earnings measures, loan composition, credit quality and exposure to interest rate risk all tend to support the reasonability of the Peer Group from a financial standpoint. Those areas where differences exist will be addressed in the form of valuation adjustments to the extent necessary.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.1
IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS
Introduction
     This section presents the valuation analysis and methodology used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued by ACFC in conjunction with the Second Step Conversion transaction and Supplemental Offerings . The valuation incorporates the appraisal methodology promulgated by the Federal and state banking agencies for standard conversions and mutual holding company offerings, particularly regarding selection of the Peer Group, fundamental analysis on both the Company and the Peer Group, and determination of the Company’s pro forma market value utilizing the market value approach.
Appraisal Guidelines
     The OTS written appraisal guidelines, originally released in October 1983 and updated in late-1994 specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution. The OTS written appraisal guidelines specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution pursuant to a mutual-to-stock conversion. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
     The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes “fundamental analysis” techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a “technical analysis” of recently completed stock conversions, particularly second-step conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.2
     The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Company’s to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in ACFC’s operations and financial condition; (2) monitor ACFC’s operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks and ACFC’s stock specifically; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings, particularly second-step conversions, (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.
     The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including ACFC’s value, or ACFC’s value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Company’s value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.
Valuation Analysis
     A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.3
1. Financial Condition
     The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s financial strengths are noted as follows:
    Overall A/L Composition . The Company’s asset composition includes a lower proportion of loans overall, with residential mortgage loans exceeding the Peer Group average reflecting both the historical emphasis on residential mortgage lending and recent retrenchment from high risk-weight lending by ACFC. Notwithstanding the lower ratio of total loans to assets, the Company’s ratio of interest income to average assets is above the Peer Group average. The Company’s funding base exhibits some differences in relation to the Peer Group as the greater proportion of borrowings and the Company’s Florida’s operations and credit union roots have contributed to its relatively high funding costs. The Company’s less favorable ratio of IEA/IBL will improve on a post-Offering basis, thereby diminishing or reversing the current disadvantage
 
    Credit Quality . The Company’s ratio of NPAs and 90+ Day Accruing Delinquencies/Assets exceeded the Peer Group average. At the same time, ACFC’s NPAs had a significant balance of TDRs which were performing pursuant to their renegotiated terms such that the ratio of NPAs/Assets compared more closely to the Peer Group average. The Company maintains greater reserve coverage in relation to total loans but reserve coverage in relation to NPLs is similar. The Company’s NPLs may be subject to further reduction in the future as it seeks to complete a bulk sale transaction but capital may also diminish as a result in the event there is a loss on sale.
 
    Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Company currently maintains a higher level of cash, investments and MBS and the level of cash and investments will be bolstered over the near term with the infusion of the offering proceeds from the Second Step Conversion. The Company’s borrowing capacity is considered to be modestly lower relative to the Peer Group’s borrowings capacity, given the Company’s higher level of borrowings.
 
    Equity . The Company currently operates with a lower equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. However, following the stock offering, ACFC’s pro forma capital position will be enhanced modestly to levels approaching the Peer Group average and approximating the Peer Group median based on the current estimated offering range. The Company’s increased pro forma equity will enhance the leverage capacity relative to the Peer Group while the anticipated reduction in the IBL ratio will enhance ACFC’s comparability to the Peer Group.
     On balance, we considered that the completion of the Second Step Conversion will enhance the Company’s liquidity in comparison to the Peer Group while such key factors as credit risk and capital will be similar to the Peer Group. Overall, we have applied no adjustment for this factor.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.4
2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
     Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institution’s earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.
    Reported Earnings . The Company reported significantly higher operating losses relative to the Peer Group based on an average returns/(losses) on average assets (“ROAA”) basis (-2.99% of average assets versus -0.17% for the Peer Group). Reinvestment of the net conversion proceeds into interest-earning assets will increase the Company’s profitability, after taking into account the additional expenses related to the new stock benefit plans that will be implemented in connection with or after the Second-Step Conversion offering.
 
    Core Earnings . The most significant disparity between the Company and the Peer Group’s earnings composition is with respect to loan loss provisions, which totaled 2.36% for the Company versus an average of 1.04% for the Peer Group. Additionally, net non-operating expenses equaled 0.63% for the Company which exceeded the Peer Group average of 0.16%. Accordingly, the Company’s greater operating loss is primarily attributable to these two factors. Until the level of NPAs for the Company and the Peer Group has stabilized or starts to diminish, it is expected that core earnings may continue to be subject to volatility owing to credit-related factors and other non-operating items.
 
    Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Company’s and the Peer Group’s net interest income to average assets ratios indicated the degree of volatility associated with the Company’s net interest margin fell within the range exhibited by the Peer Group. Other measures of interest rate risk such as the capital and the IEA/IBL ratio were less favorable for the Company, thereby indicating that the Company maintained a higher dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain net interest income. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s capital position and IEA/IBL ratio will be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds and, thus, diminish the Peer Group’s relative advantage in this regard and improve the Company’s interest rate risk exposure position.
 
    Credit Risk . As noted above, loan loss provisions were a significant factor contributing to the Company’s greater operating losses in comparison to the Peer Group. Additionally, given the high level of NPAs, both the Company and the Peer Group’s earnings will continue to be subject to credit-related volatility until the ratio of NPAs/Assets stabilizes and/or diminishes.
 
    Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the infusion of stock proceeds will increase the Company’s earnings growth potential with respect to increasing earnings through leverage. Moreover, to the extent the increased capitalization facilitates the reduction of NPAs for ACFC (potentially through bulk sale transactions at a loss to the Company), ACFC’s long term earnings potential may be enhanced. Other factors impacting the Company’s earnings growth potential include future reductions in funding costs as CDs and term borrowings mature and are replaced

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.5
      with deposit or borrowed funds at the lower rates prevailing today. Additionally, the Company has a 100% valuation allowance established for its deferred tax asset — to the extent the Company can reverse the current operating losses to earnings, NOLs may be available to offset the taxable income until they are exhausted. The availability of NOLs is potentially subject to future annual usage limitation as a result of the Second Step Conversion and Supplemental Offering and potentially owing to future ownership changes.
 
    Return on Equity . Current operating losses for the Company and the Peer Group have resulted in a negative ROE, reflecting erosion of their respective capital bases. The Company is projecting that losses will diminish in the future. However, the reversal of earnings to positive levels which would result in future capital increases for both the Company and the Peer Group continues to be highly dependent on stabilization of asset quality as well as the strength and direction of the local economy and real estate markets.
     Overall, we concluded that a slight downward adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings was appropriate, reflecting the Company’s greater operating losses on both a core and reported basis. The adjustment takes into account the Company’s expectations that future loan loss provisions will likely be below the fiscal 2009 levels but that the improvement will be dependent upon future economic conditions and stabilization and/or improvement in the asset quality ratios.
3. Asset Growth
     The Company’s assets shrank at an 8.1% pace for the most recent twelve month period versus a stable asset base reported by the Peer Group on average. The Company’s comparatively modest growth in the most recent period is attributable in part, to the recessionary environment which has impacted the Company’s Florida markets (Georgia markets as well but to a lesser degree) to a greater extent than many of the Peer Group’s markets (i.e., higher unemployment rates, declining real estate values, higher foreclosure rates, etc.). At the same time, the Peer Group’s growth rates are also being impacted by a recessionary economic environment and increasing NPAs. On a pro forma basis, the Company’s tangible equity-to-assets ratio will be enhanced and the Company has indicated an intent to limit the shrinkage following completion of the Second Step Conversion and Supplemental Offering. On balance, no adjustment was applied for asset growth.
4. Primary Market Area
     The general condition of an institution’s market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.6
served. The majority of the Company’s retail lending and depository operations are generated in Ware County, Georgia, and Duval County, Florida. Whereas the former has a relatively small population base and limited growth characteristics, the latter has is comparatively larger in terms of its total population and its historical demographic growth trends have been more favorable (see Exhibit III-2).
     Overall, the average characteristics of the Peer Group’s markets generally fell within the range reflected for ACFC’s principal markets. Specifically, the Peer Group’s markets were moderately sized in terms of total population in comparison to the relatively small market represented by Ware County and the relatively large market represented by Duval County. While population growth rates were comparatively strong for Duval County in comparison to the Peer Group average, growth in Ware County fell below the Peer Group average, while per capita income levels were below the Peer Group average for Ware County, the Company’s Florida markets including Duval, Clay and St. Johns Counties had income levels approximating or exceeding the Peer Group averages. The Peer Group’s deposit market share and average unemployment rate fell within the range exhibited by ACFC’s principal markets.
     On balance, we concluded that a slight downward adjustment was required for the Company’s market area, primarily reflecting the Company’s exposure to the Florida market and owing to investors perceptions that real estate price depreciation in Florida’s real estate markets has been greater than many other market areas and that the expected economic recovery may take longer as a result.
5. Dividends
     ACFC is currently precluded from paying a dividend under the terms of the MOU unless prior approval is received from OTS. Until the Company is released from the terms of the MOU, the Company is not expected to pay a dividend. Accordingly, no dividends are expected to be paid by ACFC over the near to intermediate term
     Seven out a total of ten of the Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.79% to 3.28%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 1.50% as of May 28, 2010, representing an average payout ratio of 40.55% of core earnings. However, six of the seven Peer Group companies had payout ratios in excess of 100% or otherwise not meaningful as a result of trailing twelve month operating losses. As of May 28, 2010, approximately 63% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting an average yield of

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.7
3.06%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.
     The Company’s dividend capacity will be enhanced by the Second Step Conversion and resulting increase in capital to levels more closely approximating the Peer Group average. At the same time, the Company’s recent earnings history and the presence of the MOU which restricts the Company’s capacity to pay a dividend until the MOU’s termination or amendment are both negatives with respect to the dividend. On balance, we concluded that a slight downward adjustment was warranted for the dividends valuation parameter in comparison to the Peer Goup.
6. Liquidity of the Shares
     The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $21.6 million to $185.3 million as of May 28, 2010, with average and median market values of $76.2 million and $54.1 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 3.0 million to 21.4 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 10.2 million and 8.4 million, respectively. The Company’s Second-Step stock offering coupled with the Supplemental Offering is expected to provide for a pro forma market value and shares outstanding that will be in the middle to lower end of the range of market values and shares outstanding indicated for Peer Group companies. Like the large majority of the Peer Group companies, the Company’s stock will continue to be quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market following the stock offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Company’s stock will have a comparable trading market as the Peer Group companies on average and, therefore, concluded no adjustment was necessary for this factor.
7. Marketing of the Issue
     We believe that four separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as ACFC’s: (A) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (B) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.8
evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; (C) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Florida and Georgia; and (D) the market for the public stock of ACFC. All of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Company’s to-be-issued stock.
     A.  The Public Market
          The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.
          In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. Stocks started the fourth quarter of 2009 with a sell-off, as investors reacted negatively to economic data showing a slowdown in manufacturing activity from August to September and more job losses than expected for September. Energy and material stocks led a stock market rally heading into mid-October, as stock markets rallied around the world. Good earnings reports from J.P. Morgan Chase and Intel pushed the Dow Jones Industrial Average (“DJIA”) above a 10000 close in mid-October. Mixed economic data and concerns of the sustainability of the recovery following the removal of the federal stimulus programs provided for volatile trading at the close of October. Stocks moved higher in early-November, with the DJIA topping 10000 again on renewed optimism about the economy aided by a report that manufacturing activity rose around the world in October. Expectations that interest rates and inflation would remain low, following a weaker than expected employment report for October, sustained the rally heading into mid-November. The DJIA hit new highs for the year in mid-November, as investors focused on upbeat earnings from major retailers, signs of economic growth in Asia and the Federal Reserve’s commitment to low interest rates. Stocks traded unevenly through the second half of November, reflecting investor uncertainty over the strength of the economic recovery and Dubai debt worries. Easing fears about the Dubai debt crisis, along with a favorable employment report for November, served to bolster stocks at the end of November and into early-December. Mixed economic data, including a better-than-expected increase in November retail sales and November

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.9
wholesale inflation rising more than expected, sustained a narrow trading range for the broader stock market heading into mid-December. Worries about the state of European economies and the dollar’s surge upended stocks in mid-December. Helped by some positive economic data and acquisition deals in mining and health care, the DJIA posted gains for six consecutive sessions in late-December. Overall, the DJIA closed up 18.8% for 2009, which was 26.4% below its all time high.
          Stocks started 2010 in positive territory on mounting evidence of a global manufacturing rebound, while mixed earnings reports provided for an up and down market in mid-January. The DJIA moved into negative territory for the year heading in into late-January, with financial stocks leading the market lower as the White House proposed new limits on the size and activities of big banks. Technology stocks led the broader market lower at the close of January, as disappointing economic reports dampened growth prospects for 2010. Concerns about the global economy and European default worries pressured stocks lower in early-February, as the DJIA closed below 10000 for the first time in three months. Upbeat corporate earnings and some favorable economic news out of Europe and China help stocks to rebound in mid-February. The positive trend in the broader stock market continued into the second half of February, as investors seized on mild inflation data and more signs that the U.S. economy was recovering. Weak economic data pulled stocks lower at the end of February, although the 2.6% increase in the DJIA for the month of February was its strongest showing since November.
          The DJIA moved back into positive territory for 2010 in early-March, as the broader market rallied on a better-than-expected employment report for February. Stocks trended higher through mid-March, with the DJIA closing up for eight consecutive trading sessions. Factors contributing to the eight day winning streak in the DJIA included bullish comments by Citigroup, expectations of continued low borrowing costs following the Federal Reserve’s mid-March meeting that concluded with keeping its target rate near zero and a brightening manufacturing outlook. Following a one day pull back, the positive trend in the broader market continued heading into late-March. Gains in the health-care sector following the passage of health-care legislation, better-than-expected existing home sales in February, first time jobless claims falling more than expected and solid earnings posted by Best Buy all contributed to the positive trend in stocks. The DJIA moved to a 19-month high approaching the end of the first quarter, as oil stocks led the market higher in response to new evidence of global economic strength. Overall, the DJIA completed its best first quarter since 1999, with a 4.1% increase for the quarter.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.10
          More signs of the economy gaining strength sustained the positive trend in the broader stock market at the start of the second quarter of 2010. The DJIA closed above 11000 heading into mid-April, based on growing optimism about corporate earnings and a recovering economy. Fraud charges against Goldman Sachs halted a six day rally in the market in mid-April, as financial stocks led a one day sell-off in the broader market. The broader stock market generally sustained a positive trend during the second half of April, with encouraging first quarter earnings reports and favorable economic data supporting the gains. Financial stocks lead the broader stock market lower at the end of April on news of a criminal investigation of Goldman Sachs. The sell-off in the stock market sharpened during the first week of May, largely on the basis of heightened concerns about possible ripple effects from Greece’s credit crisis. Stocks surged after European Union leaders agreed to a massive bailout to prevent Greece’s financial troubles from spreading throughout the region, but then reversed course heading into the second half of May on continued worries about the fallout from Europe’s credit crisis and an unexpected increase in U.S. jobless claims. China’s promise not to unload its European debt sparked a one-day rally in late-May, which was followed by a lower close for the DJIA on the last trading day of May as a downgrade of Spain’s credit rekindled investors’ fears about Europe’s economy. Overall, it was the worst May for the DJIA since 1940. On May 28, 2010, the DJIA closed at 10136.63, an increase of 19.2% from one year ago and a decrease of 2.8% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 2257.04, an increase of 27.2% from one year ago and a decrease of 0.5% year-to-date. The Standard & Poor’s 500 Index closed at 1089.41 on May 28, 2010, an increase of 18.5% from one year ago and a decrease of 2.3% year-to-date.
          The market for thrift stocks has been somewhat uneven in recent quarters, but in general has underperformed the broader stock market. Some disappointing economic data pushed thrift stocks along with the broader market lower at the beginning of the fourth quarter of 2009. Thrift stocks rebounded modestly through mid-October, aided by a rally in the broader stock market and a strong earnings report from J.P. Morgan Chase. Concerns of more loan losses and a disappointing report on September new home sales provided for a modest retreat in thrift prices in late-October. After bouncing higher on a better-than-expected report for third quarter GDP growth, financial stocks led the broader market lower at the end of October in the face of a negative report on consumer spending. In contrast to the broader market, thrift stocks edged lower following the Federal Reserve’s early-November statement that it would leave the federal funds rate unchanged. Thrift stocks rebounded along with the broader market going into

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.11
mid-November, following some positive reports on the economy and comments from the Federal Reserve that interest rates would remain low amid concerns that unemployment and troubles in commercial real estate would weigh on the economic recovery. Fresh economic data that underscored expectations for a slow economic recovery and Dubai debt worries pushed thrift stocks lower during the second half of November. Financial stocks led a broader market rebound at the close of November and into early-December, which was supported by a favorable report for home sales in October and expectations that the Dubai debt crisis would have a limited impact on U.S. banks. The favorable employment report for November added to gains in the thrift sector in early-December. Financial stocks edged higher in mid-December on news that Citigroup was repaying TARP funds, which was followed by a pullback following a report that wholesale inflation rose more than expected in November and mid-December unemployment claims were higher than expected. More attractive valuations supported a snap-back rally in thrift stocks heading into late-December, which was followed by a narrow trading range for the thrift sector through year end. Overall, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts was down 10.2% in 2009, which reflects significant declines in the trading prices of several large publicly-traded thrifts during 2009 pursuant to reporting significant losses due to credit quality related deterioration.
          Thrift stocks traded in a narrow range during the first few weeks of 2010, as investors awaited fourth quarter earnings reports that would provide further insight on credit quality trends. An unexpected jump in jobless claims and proposed restrictions by the White House on large banks depressed financial stocks in general heading into late-January. Amid mixed earnings reports, thrift stocks traded in a narrow range for the balance of January. Financial stocks led the broader market lower in early-February and then rebounded along with the broader market in mid-February on some positive economic data including signs that home prices were rising in some large metropolitan areas. Mild inflation readings for wholesale and consumer prices in January sustained the upward trend in thrift stocks heading into the second half of February. Comments by the Federal Reserve Chairman that short-term interest rates were likely to remain low for at least several months helped thrift stocks to ease higher in late-February.
          The thrift sector moved higher along with the broader stock market in-early March 2010, aided by the better-than-expected employment report for February. Financial stocks lead the market higher heading into mid-March on optimism that Citigroup would be able to repay the U.S. Government after a successful offering of trust preferred securities. The

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.12
Federal Reserve’s recommitment to leaving its target rate unchanged “for an extended period” sustained the positive trend in thrift stocks through mid-March. Thrift stocks bounced higher along with the broader stock market heading into late-March, which was followed by a slight pullback as debt worries sent the yields on Treasury notes higher.
          An improving outlook for financial stocks in general, along with positive reports for housing, employment and retail sales, boosted thrift stocks at the start of the second quarter of 2010. A nominal increase in March consumer prices and a strong first quarter earnings report from JP Morgan Chase & Co. supported a broad rally in bank and thrift stocks heading into mid-April, which was followed by a pullback on news that the SEC charged Goldman Sachs with fraud. Thrift stocks generally underperformed the broader stock market during the second half of April, as financial stocks in general were hurt by uncertainty about the progress of financial reform legislation, Greece’s debt crisis and news of a criminal investigation of Goldman Sachs. Thrift stocks retreated along the broader stock market in the first week of May, based on fears that the growing debt crisis in Europe could hurt the economic recovery. Likewise, thrift stocks surged higher along with the broader stock market after European Union officials announced a massive bailout plan to avert a public-debt crisis and then fell heading into the second half of May on lingering concerns about the euro. News of rising mortgage delinquencies in the first quarter of 2010, an expected slowdown in new home construction and uncertainty over financial reform legislation further contributed to lower trading prices for thrift stocks. Thrift stocks participated in the one-day broader market rally in late-May and then declined along with the broader stock market at the close of May. On May 28, 2010, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 594.2, an increase of 9.9% from one year ago and an increase of 1.2% year-to-date.
     B.  The New Issue Market
          In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Bank’s pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.13
existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (“P/B”) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.
          The marketing for converting thrift issues turned more positive in the fourth quarter of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010, as indicated by an increase in conversion activity and the relative success of those offerings. For the most part, the recent conversion offerings experienced healthy subscription takedowns and have traded above their IPO prices in initial trading activity. Consistent with the broader thrift market, conversion pricing reflects continued investor uncertainty over stock market trends, credit quality trends, economic trends and financial reform legislation.
          As shown in Table 4.1, one standard conversion and one second-step conversions were completed during the past three months. The standard conversion offering, Harvard Illinois Bancorp, Inc (“Harvard”), is considered to be more relevant for our analysis. Harvard’s offering was completed in April 2010 and closed between the minimum and midpoint of the offering range. Harvard’s closing pro forma price/tangible book ratio equaled 43.1%. Harvard’s stock is quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board and, as of May 28, 2010, Harvard’s stock price closed at $7.85 or 21.5% below its IPO price.
          Shown in Table 4.2 are the current pricing ratios for Eagle Bancorp Montana, which is the only company that has completed a fully-converted offering during the past three months and is traded on NASDAQ or an Exchange. Eagle Bancorp’s offering was a second-step conversion, which tends to be priced higher on a P/TB basis relative to full standard conversion offerings. Eagle Bancorp’s current P/TB ratio equaled 81.77%.
     C.  The Acquisition Market
          Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact on ACFC’s stock price of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other thrift institutions operating in Florida and Georgia. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were 23 Florida and Georgia bank and thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2008 through May 28, 2010, and there are currently 8 acquisitions pending of Florida and Georgia financial institutions. The recent acquisition activity involving Florida and Georgia savings institutions may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Company’s stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.14
Table 4.1
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
Recent Conversions Completed (Last Three Months)
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             
                                                                                                Insider Purchases                                                                   Post-IPO Pricing Trends
                Pre-Conversion Data                                   Contribution to   % Off Incl. Fdn.                   Pro Forma Data           Closing Price:
Institutional Information   Financial Info.   Asset Quality   Offering Information   Charitable Found.   Benefit Plans           Initial   Pricing Ratios(3)   Financial Charac.           First           After           After            
    Conver.               Equity/   NPAs/   Res.   Gross   %   % of   Exp./           % of           Recog.   Stk   Mgmt.&   Dividend           Core           Core           Core   IPO   Trading   %   First   %   First   %   Thru   %
Institution   Date   Ticker   Assets   Assets   Assets   Cov.   Proc.   Offered   Mid.   Proc.   Form   Offering   ESOP   Plans   Option   Dirs.   Yield   P/TB   P/E   P/A   ROA   TE/A   ROE   Price   Day   Change   Week(4)   Change   Month(5)   Change   5/28/10   Change
            ($Mil)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($Mil.)   (%)   (%)   (%)           (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)(2)   (%)   (%)   (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   ($)   ($)   (%)   ($)   (%)   ($)   (%)   ($)   (%)
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Standard Conversions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Harvard Illinois Bancorp, Inc. — IL*
    4/9/10     HARI-OTCBB   $ 156       7.85 %     1.78 %     62 %   $ 7.9       100 %     88 %     11.0 %     N.A.       N.A.       8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     6.9 %     0.00 %     43.1 %   NM     4.9 %     -0.4 %     11.3 %     -3.4 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 7.85       -21.5 %
Averages — Standard Conversions:
              $ 156       7.85 %     1.78 %     62 %   $ 7.9       100 %     88 %     11.0 %     N.A.       N.A.       8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     6.9 %     0.00 %     43.1 %   NM     4.9 %     -0.4 %     11.3 %     -3.4 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.00 %   $ 10.00       0.00 %   $ 7.85       -21.50 %
Medians — Standard Conversions:
              $ 156       7.85 %     1.78 %     62 %   $ 7.9       100 %     88 %     11.0 %     N.A.       N.A.       8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     6.9 %     0.00 %     43.1 %   NM     4.9 %     -0.4 %     11.3 %     -3.4 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.00       0.0 %   $ 10.00       0.00 %   $ 10.00       0.00 %   $ 7.85       -21.50 %
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Second Step Conversions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Eagle Bancorp Montana, MT
    4/5/10     EBMT-NASDAQ   $ 306       9.89 %     0.75 %     33 %   $ 24.6       60 %     103 %     7.4 %     N.A.       N.A.       8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     1.0 %     0.00 %     81.4 %     12.69       12.5 %     1.0 %     15.4 %     6.4 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.55       5.5 %   $ 10.50       5.0 %   $ 10.50       5.0 %   $ 10.05       0.5 %
Averages — Second Step Conversions:
              $ 306       9.89 %     0.75 %     33 %   $ 24.6       60 %     103 %     7.4 %     N.A.       N.A.       8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     1.0 %     0.00 %     81.4 %     12.7x       12.5 %     1.0 %     15.4 %     6.4 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.55       5.5 %   $ 10.50       5.0 %   $ 10.50       5.0 %   $ 10.05       0.5 %
Medians — Second Step Conversions:
              $ 306       9.89 %     0.75 %     33 %   $ 24.6       60 %     103 %     7.4 %     N.A.       N.A.       8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     1.0 %     0.00 %     81.4 %     12.7x       12.5 %     1.0 %     15.4 %     6.4 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.55       5.5 %   $ 10.50       5.0 %   $ 10.50       5.0 %   $ 10.05       0.5 %
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Mutual Holding Company Conversions
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Averages — Mutual Holding Company Conversions:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Medians — Mutual Holding Company
Conversions:
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           
Averages — All Conversions:
              $ 231       8.87 %     1.27 %     47 %   $ 16.3       80 %     95 %     9.2 %   NA   NA     8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     4.0 %     0.00 %     62.2 %   $ 12.69       8.7 %     0.3 %     13.3 %     1.5 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.28       2.8 %   $ 10.25       2.5 %   $ 10.25       2.5 %   $ 8.95       -10.5 %
Medians — All Conversions:
              $ 231       8.87 %     1.27 %     47 %   $ 16.3       80 %     95 %     9.2 %   NA   NA     8.0 %     4.0 %     10.0 %     4.0 %     0.00 %     62.2 %   $ 12.69       8.7 %     0.3 %     13.3 %     1.5 %   $ 10.00     $ 10.28       2.8 %   $ 10.25       2.5 %   $ 10.25       2.5 %   $ 8.95       -10.5 %
Note:   * — Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD=RP Financial did the Conversion Business Plan. “NT” — Not Traded; “NA” — Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.
 
(1)   Non-OTS regulated thrift.
 
(2)   As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
 
(3)   Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
 
(4)   Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
 
(5)   Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
 
(6)   Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
 
(7)   Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
 
(8)   Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
 
(9)   Former credit union.
May 28, 2010

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.15
Table 4.2
Market Pricing Comparatives
Prices As of May 28, 2010
                                                                                                                                                                   
    Market   Per Share Data                                                
    Capitalization   Core   Book                                           Dividends(4)   Financial Characteristics(6)
    Price/   Market   12 Month   Value/   Pricing Ratios(3)   Amount/           Payout   Total   Equity/   Tang Eq/   NPAs/   Reported   Core
Financial Institution   Share(1)   Value   EPS(2)   Share   P/E   P/B   P/A   P/TB   P/Core   Share   Yield   Ratio(5)   Assets   Assets   Assets   Assets   ROA   ROE   ROA   ROE
    ($)   ($Mil)   ($)   ($)   (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (x)   ($)   (%)   (%)   ($Mil)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)
 
                                                                                                                                                               
All Public Companies
  $ 10.29     $ 298.47       ($0.10 )   $ 12.55       18.90x       84.72 %     9.99 %     92.76 %     17.17x     $ 0.24       2.03 %     35.47 %   $ 2,707       11.28 %     10.53 %     3.76 %     -0.13 %     -0.36 %     -0.15 %     -0.47 %
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
  $ 10.05     $ 41.03     $ 0.79     $ 12.29       12.72x       81.77 %     12.58 %     81.77 %     12.72x     $ 0.27       2.69 %     34.18 %   $ 327       0.00 %     0.00 %     0.77 %     0.99 %   NM     0.98 %   NM
 
                                                                                                                                                               
Converted Last 3 Months (no MHC)
                                                                                                                                                               
EBMTD  
Eagle Bancorp Montanta of MT $ 10.05     $ 41.03     $ 0.79     $ 12.29       12.72x       81.77 %     12.58 %     81.77 %     12.72x     $ 0.27       2.69 %     34.18 %   $ 326       0.00 %     0.00 %     0.77 %     0.99 %   NM     0.99 %   NM
 
(1)   Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
 
(2)   EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis.
 
(3)   P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
 
(4)   Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
 
(5)   Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
 
(6)   ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
 
(7)   Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
 
Source:   SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 


 

     
RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
IV.16
may impact the Company’s offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Company’s market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence ACFC’s stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in ACFC’s stock would tend to be less compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.
     D.  Trading in ACFC’s Stock
          Since ACFC’s stock currently trades under the symbol “ACFC” on the NASDAQ, RP Financial also considered the recent trading activity in the valuation analysis. ACFC had a total of 13,415,545 shares issued and outstanding at May 28, 2010, of which 4,687,045 shares were held by public shareholders and traded as public securities. The Company’s stock has had a 52 week trading range of $1.18 to $4.25 per share and its closing price on May 28, 2010 was $2.95, implying an aggregate value of $39.6 million.
          There are significant differences between the Company’s stock (currently being traded) and the conversion stock that will be issued by the Company. Such differences include different liquidity characteristics, a different return on equity for the conversion stock, the stock is currently traded based on speculation of a range of exchange ratios. Since the pro forma impact has not been publicly disseminated to date, it is appropriate to discount the current trading level. As the pro forma impact is made known publicly, the trading level will become more informative.
* * * * * * * * * * *
          In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift stocks. Additionally, we have considered the pro forma impact of the Supplemental Offering including the incremental capital to be raised over what the Company could raise absent the Supplemental Offering and participation in the offering by several large well known investors. Taking these factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a slight downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.17
8. Management
     ACFC’s management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Company’s operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of ACFC’s Board of Directors and senior management. The Company has recently experienced operating losses and erosion of its capital base and there is currently an informal regulatory agreement in place. Importantly, many of the Peer Group companies have also experienced deterioration of their respective asset quality ratios and have reported lower earnings (or losses) relative to the historical average. The Company has recently bolstered the Board by employing an individual as Executive Chairman who has lengthy experience in the banking industry at senior executive levels of much larger institutions than ACFC. The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant.
     Overall, there does not appear to be a significant disparity between the quality and depth of management of the Company and the Peer Group. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.
9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
     In summary, as a fully-converted regulated institution, ACFC will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members — all of whom are in capital compliance. Exhibit IV-6 reflects ACFC’s pro forma regulatory capital ratios. At the same time, the Company is operating under the terms of the MOU which subjects the Company to a higher level of regulatory scrutiny and oversight and, as noted previously, requires OTS approval for any dividend payments. Based on the available public disclosures, only two of the Peer Group companies are subject to similar regulatory agreements — Riverview Bancorp of WA and CFS Bancorp of IN, both of which are subject to informal regulatory agreements similar in nature to the Company’s MOU. Additionally, Fidelity Bancorp of PA has made an informal commitment to the Federal Reserve not to pay dividends.
     On balance, we have applied a slight downward for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform, primarily to account for the presence of the MOU and the resulting enhanced regulatory oversight that the MOU implies.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.18
Summary of Adjustments
     Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Company’s pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:
     
Key Valuation Parameters:   Valuation Adjustment
Financial Condition
  No Adjustment
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
  Slight Downward
Asset Growth
  No Adjustment
Primary Market Area
  Slight Downward
Dividends
  Slight Downward
Liquidity of the Shares
  No Adjustment
Marketing of the Issue
  Slight Downward
Management
  No Adjustment
Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform
  Slight Downward
Valuation Approaches
     In applying the accepted valuation methodology promulgated by the OTS and adopted by the FDIC, i.e., the pro forma market value approach, including the fully-converted analysis described above, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Company’s to-be-issued stock — price/earnings (“P/E”), price/book (“P/B”), and price/assets (“P/A”) approaches — all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the Second Step Conversion and the Supplemental Offering and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Company’s prospectus for offering expenses, reinvestment rate, effective tax rate and stock benefit plan assumptions (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8). In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.
     In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings.
     RP Financial’s valuation placed an emphasis on the following:
    P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. However, both the Company and the Peer Group have experienced either operating losses or weak earnings levels which was a defining criteria for the Peer Group selection. Accordingly, the earnings approach has been rendered less

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.19
      meaningful to the Company’s pro forma valuation and we have given comparatively greater weight to the other valuation approaches.
 
    P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, particularly as the earnings approach has been rendered less meaningful to the Company’s valuation in view of ACFC recent operating losses and low earnings or losses reported by the Peer Group. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or “P/TB”), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.
 
    P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, can be a valuable indicator of value when equity and/or earnings are low, which is the case for ACFC.
 
    Trading of ACFC stock . Converting institutions generally do not have stock outstanding. ACFC, however, has public shares outstanding due to the mutual holding company form of ownership. Since ACFC is currently traded on the NASDAQ, it is an indicator of investor interest in the Company’s conversion stock and therefore received some weight in our valuation. Based on the May 28, 2010, stock price of $2.95 per share and the 13,415,545 shares of ACFC stock outstanding, the Company’s implied market value of $39.6 million was considered in the valuation process. However, since the conversion stock will have different characteristics than the Company’s shares, and since pro forma information has not been publicly disseminated to date, the current trading price of ACFC’s stock was somewhat discounted herein but will become more important towards the closing of the offering.
     The Company has adopted Statement of Position (“SOP”) 93-6, which causes earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of SOP 93-6 in the valuation.
     In preparing the pro forma pricing analysis we have taken into account the pro forma impact of the MHC net assets that will be consolidated with the Company and thus will increase equity and earnings. At March 31, 2010, the MHC had unconsolidated net assets of $62

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.20
thousand. These entries have been added to the Company’s March 31, 2010 reported financial information to reflect the consolidation of the MHC into the Company’s operations. ‘
     Consistent with the prospectus disclosure, we have taken into account the establishment of the liability for the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) equal to $925,000. The adjustment is made to historical equity in the computations of pro forma equity set forth in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8.
     Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above and the dilutive impact of the stock contribution to the Foundation, RP Financial concluded that, as of May 28, 2010, the aggregate pro forma market value of ACFC’s conversion stock, including the stock to-be-issued in the Supplemental Offering net of expenses, was $53,387,560 at the midpoint, equal to 5,338,756 shares at $10.00 per share. The midpoint and resulting valuation range is based on the sale of a 65.06% current MHC ownership interest to the public, which provides for an $24,000,000 public offering at the midpoint value, and includes the impact of completion of the sale of 1,650,000 shares of stock resulting in gross proceeds of $16,500,000 in the Supplemental Offering.
     1.  Price-to-Earnings (“P/E”) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple (fully-converted basis) to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The reinvestment rate of 3.15% was based on the Company’s business plan for reinvestment of the net proceeds, which assumes that the net proceeds will be invested in a mix of 15 year MBS (50% of total proceeds) and U.S. Treasury securities with a weighted average maturity of five years (50% of total proceeds).
     The Company’s reported a loss equal to $28.8 million for the most recent twelve month period. Even after excluding net non-operating losses, ACFC was in a loss position owing to the high level of loan loss provisions. Six of the ten Peer Group also reported trailing twelve month operating losses while the remaining four Peer Group companies reported modest operating returns such that only one Peer Group company reported a meaningful core earnings multiple. Accordingly, in the absence of core earnings for the Company and a meaningful core earnings multiple for the Peer Group, we have primarily relied on the remaining valuation approaches to derive the Company’s pro forma market value.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.21
     2.  Price-to-Book (“P/B”) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Company’s pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, derived from the Peer Group’s P/B ratio, to the Company’s pro forma book value. The Company’s pre-conversion equity of $56.4 million was adjusted to include the impact of the net proceeds from the Supplemental Offering ($15.895 million) as well as the impact of the MHC’s net assets equal to $62 thousand (MHC assets will be consolidated with the Company’s financial statements as the result of the Second Step Conversion). In applying the P/B approach, we considered both reported book value and tangible book value. Based on the $53.4 million midpoint valuation, ACFC’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 58.64% and 58.70%, respectively. In comparison to the respective average P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 54.18% and 61.61%, the Company’s ratios reflected a premium of 8.2% and discount of 4.7%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/B and P/TB ratios of 50.78% and 56.98%, respectively, the Company’s pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected premiums of 15.5% and 3.0%, respectively. The Company’s pro forma P/TB ratios at the minimum and the super maximum equaled 54.51% and 66.80%, respectively.
     3.  Price-to-Assets (“P/A”) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Company’s pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. At the $53.4 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Company’s value equaled 5.62% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 6.28%, which implies a discount of 10.5% has been applied to the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Group’s median P/A ratio of 4.31%, the Company’s pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 30.4%.
Comparison to Recent Offerings
     As indicated at the beginning of this chapter, RP Financial’s analysis of recent conversion offering pricing characteristics at closing and in the aftermarket has been limited to a “technical” analysis and, thus, the pricing characteristics of recent conversion offerings can not be a primary determinate of value. Particular focus was placed on the P/TB approach in this analysis, since the P/E multiples do not reflect the actual impact of reinvestment and the source of the stock proceeds (i.e., external funds vs. deposit withdrawals). As discussed previously, Eagle Bancorp was the only second step conversion offering completed during the past three

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.22
months. In comparison to Eagle Bancorp’s 81.4% closing forma P/TB ratio, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 58.70% at the midpoint value reflects an implied discount of 27.9%. At the top of the superrange, the Company’s P/TB ratio of 66.80% reflects an implied discount of 17.9% relative to Eagle Bancorp’s closing pro forma P/TB ratio.
Valuation Conclusion
     Based on the foregoing, it is our opinion that, as of May 28, 2010, the estimated aggregate pro forma valuation of the shares of the Company to be issued and outstanding at the end of the conversion offering including: (1) newly-issued shares representing the MHC’s current ownership interest in Company; (2) exchange shares issued to existing public shareholders of the Company; and (3) 1,650,000 shares issued in the Supplemental Offering with a value of $16,500,000 (based on the offering price), was $53,387,560 at the midpoint, equal to 5,338,756 shares at $10.00 per share. Based on the pro f orma valuation and the percent ownership interest represented by the MHC Shares, the number of shares of common stock offered for sale in the Second Step Conversion will range from a minimum of 2,040,000 shares to a maximum of 2,760,000 shares, with a midpoint offering of 2,400,000 shares. Based on an offering price of $10.00 per share, the amount of the offering in the Second Step Conversion will range from a minimum of $20,400,000 to a maximum of $27,600,000 with a midpoint of $24,000,000. If market conditions warrant, the number of shares offered can be increased to an adjusted maximum of 3,174,000 shares (the “supermaximum”) equal to an offering of $31,740,000 at the offering price of $10.00 per share. The pro forma figures for shares outstanding, aggregate market value and exchange ratio at each point in the valuation range are shown below. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.3 and are detailed in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.23
                                           
            Breakdown of Shares Issued in Second Step Conversion
            and Simultaneous Supplementary Offering of Common Stock
                      Second Step Conversion Characteristics
                      2nd Step   Exchange Shares    
            Supplemental     Offering   Issued to the   Exchange
    Total Shares   Offering     Shares   Public Shareholders   Ratio
                                      (x)
Shares                                      
Super Maximum
    6,528,380       1,650,000         3,174,000       1,704,380       0.3636  
Maximum
    5,892,070       1,650,000         2,760,000       1,482,070       0.3162  
Midpoint
    5,338,756       1,650,000         2,400,000       1,288,756       0.2750  
Minimum
    4,785,443       1,650,000         2,040,000       1,095,443       0.2337  
Distribution of Shares
                                         
Super Maximum
    100.00 %     25.27 %       48.62 %     26.11 %        
Maximum
    100.00 %     28.00 %       46.84 %     25.15 %        
Midpoint
    100.00 %     30.91 %       44.95 %     24.14 %        
Minimum
    100.00 %     34.48 %       42.63 %     22.89 %        
Aggregate Market Value(1)
                                         
Super Maximum
  $ 65,283,800     $ 16,500,000       $ 31,740,000     $ 17,043,800          
Maximum
  $ 58,920,700     $ 16,500,000       $ 27,600,000     $ 14,820,700          
Midpoint
  $ 53,387,560     $ 16,500,000       $ 24,000,000     $ 12,887,560          
Minimum
  $ 47,854,430     $ 16,500,000       $ 20,400,000     $ 10,954,430          
 
(1)   Based on offering price of $10.00 per share.
Establishment of the Exchange Ratio
     OTS regulations provide that in a conversion of a mutual holding company, ACFC’s stockholders are entitled to exchange the public shares for newly issued shares in the fully converted company. The Board of Directors of ACFC has independently determined the exchange ratio, which has been designed to preserve the current aggregate percentage ownership in the Company held by the public shareholders. The exchange ratio to be received by the existing ACFC shareholders of the Company will be determined at the end of the offering, based on the total number of shares sold in the subscription and syndicated offerings and the final appraisal. Based on the valuation conclusion herein, the resulting offering value and the $10.00 per share offering price, the indicated exchange ratio at the midpoint is 0.2750 shares of the Company for every one public share held by public shareholders. Furthermore, based on the offering range of value, the indicated exchange ratio is 0.2337 at the minimum, 0.3162at the maximum and 0.3636 at the supermaximum. RP Financial expresses no opinion on the proposed exchange of newly issued Company shares for the shares held by the public stockholders or on the proposed exchange ratio.

 


 

RP ® Financial, LC.   VALUATION ANALYSIS
    IV.24
Table 4.3
Public Market Pricing
Atlantic Coast Federal Corp. Groupand the Comparables
As of May 28, 2010
                                                                                                                                                                                   
    Market   Per Share Data(2)                                                            
    Capitalization   Core   Book                                           Dividends(4)   Financial Characteristics(6)           2nd Step
    Price/   Market   12 Month   Value/   Pricing Ratios(3)   Amount/           Payout   Total   Equity/   Tang Eq/   NPAs/   Reported   Core   Exchange   Offering
    Share(1)   Value   EPS   Share   P/E   P/B   P/A   P/TB   P/Core   Share   Yield   Ratio(5)   Assets   Assets   Assets   Assets   ROA   ROE   ROA   ROE   Ratio   Amount
    ($)   ($Mil)   ($)   ($)   (x)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (x)   ($)   (%)   (%)   ($Mil)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)   (%)           ($Mil)
Atlantic Coast Federal Corp.
                                                                                                                                                                               
Superrange
  $ 10.00     $ 65.28       ($4.32 )   $ 14.99     NM       66.73 %     6.83 %     66.80 %   NM     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 956       10.23 %     10.22 %     4.96 %     -2.95 %     -28.82 %     -2.43 %     -23.80 %     0.3636     $ 31.74  
Maximum
  $ 10.00     $ 58.92       ($4.79 )   $ 15.99     NM       62.55 %     6.18 %     62.62 %   NM     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 953       9.89 %     9.88 %     4.97 %     -2.96 %     -29.99 %     -2.45 %     -24.77 %     0.3162     $ 27.60  
Midpoint
  $ 10.00     $ 53.39       ($5.30 )   $ 17.05     NM       58.64 %     5.62 %     58.70 %   NM     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 950       9.59 %     9.58 %     4.99 %     -2.98 %     -31.07 %     -2.46 %     -25.68 %     0.2750     $ 24.00  
Minimum
  $ 10.00     $ 47.85       ($5.92 )   $ 18.37     NM       54.45 %     5.06 %     54.51 %   NM     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 946       9.29 %     9.28 %     5.01 %     -2.99 %     -32.24 %     -2.47 %     -26.65 %     0.2337     $ 20.40  
 
                                                                                                                                                                               
All Non-MHC Public Companies (7)
                                                                                                                                                                               
Averages
  $ 10.75     $ 346.94       ($0.15 )   $ 13.90       18.56 x     76.73 %     8.54 %     85.20 %     16.60 x   $ 0.26       2.01 %     36.14 %   $ 3,006       10.82 %     10.04 %     3.52 %     -0.19 %     -0.44 %     -0.23 %     -0.77 %                
Medians
  $ 10.08     $ 55.71     $ 0.20     $ 13.32       16.40 x     76.18 %     6.85 %     80.30 %     15.25 x   $ 0.20       1.63 %     0.00 %   $ 942       9.31 %     8.68 %     2.44 %     0.17 %     2.04 %     0.11 %     1.67 %                
 
                                                                                                                                                                               
Comparable Group Averages
                                                                                                                                                                               
Averages
  $ 7.32     $ 76.18       ($0.04 )   $ 13.73       26.70 x     54.18 %     6.28 %     61.61 %     20.11 x   $ 0.12       1.50 %     19.61 %   $ 1,152       11.68 %     10.46 %     4.28 %     -0.17 %     -1.89 %     -0.11 %     -0.82 %                
Medians
  $ 8.10     $ 54.13       ($0.01 )   $ 12.97       27.08 x     50.78 %     4.31 %     56.98 %     20.11 x   $ 0.14       1.65 %     0.00 %   $ 1,019       11.17 %     9.45 %     3.94 %     -0.08 %     -0.63 %     -0.01 %     -0.13 %                
 
                                                                                                                                                                               
Comparable Group
                                                                                                                                                                               
ABBC
Abington Bancorp, Inc. of PA   $ 8.88     $ 185.25       ($0.36 )   $ 10.28     NM       86.38 %     14.62 %     86.38 %   NM     $ 0.20       2.25 %   NM     $ 1,267       16.93 %     16.93 %     4.73 %     -0.63 %     -3.48 %     -0.61 %     -3.39 %                
BFIN
BankFinancial Corp. of IL   $ 8.53     $ 182.68     $ 0.04     $ 12.31     NM       69.29 %     11.72 %     76.99 %   NM     $ 0.28       3.28 %   NM     $ 1,559       16.91 %     15.49 %     4.05 %     -0.01 %     -0.08 %     0.05 %     0.32 %                
CITZ
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN   $ 5.06     $ 54.75       ($0.06 )   $ 10.28     NM       49.22 %     5.01 %     49.22 %   NM     $ 0.04       0.79 %   NM     $ 1,092       10.18 %     10.18 %     7.35 %     -0.12 %     -1.17 %     -0.06 %     -0.58 %                
FSBI
Fidelity Bancorp, Inc. of PA   $ 7.10     $ 21.63       ($0.10 )   $ 13.63     NM       52.09 %     3.06 %     55.69 %   NM     $ 0.08       1.13 %   NM     $ 708       6.82 %     6.47 %     2.62 %     -0.35 %     -6.18 %     -0.04 %     -0.63 %                
FDEF
First Defiance Fin. Corp of OH   $ 10.83     $ 87.92     $ 0.20     $ 24.55       27.08       44.11 %     4.27 %     64.50 %   NM     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 2,059       11.45 %     8.65 %     2.59 %     0.26 %     1.39 %     0.08 %     0.70 %                
FPTB
First PacTrust Bancorp of CA   $ 9.25     $ 39.26     $ 0.46     $ 18.70       27.21       49.47 %     4.34 %     49.47 %     20.11 x   $ 0.20       2.16 %     58.82 %   $ 904       10.89 %     10.89 %     7.25 %     0.27 %     1.49 %     0.22 %     2.02 %                
JFBI
Jefferson Bancshares Inc of TN   $ 4.13     $ 27.60     $ 0.04     $ 11.98       25.81       34.47 %     4.16 %     49.58 %   NM     $ 0.00       0.00 %     0.00 %   $ 663       12.07 %     8.72 %     3.82 %     0.16 %     1.34 %     0.04 %     0.33 %                
LEGC
Legacy Bancorp, Inc. of MA   $ 8.76     $ 76.39       ($0.30 )   $ 13.80     NM       63.48 %     8.07 %     70.30 %   NM     $ 0.20       2.28 %   NM     $ 946       12.72 %     11.63 %     2.06 %     -0.87 %     -6.75 %     -0.27 %     -2.13 %                
MFSF
MutualFirst Fin. Inc. of IN   $ 7.66     $ 53.51     $ 0.19     $ 14.12     NM       54.25 %     3.60 %     57.46 %   NM     $ 0.24       3.13 %   NM     $ 1,487       8.76 %     8.42 %     2.44 %     0.19 %     0.70 %     0.09 %     1.02 %                
RVSB
Riverview Bancorp, Inc. of WA   $ 3.00     $ 32.77       ($0.47 )   $ 7.68     NM       39.06 %     3.91 %     56.50 %   NM     $ 0.00       0.00 %   NM     $ 838       10.06 %     7.20 %     5.89 %     -0.62 %     -6.19 %     -0.58 %     -5.82 %                
 
(1)   Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
 
(2)   EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
 
(3)   P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
 
(4)   Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
 
(5)   Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
 
(6)   ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
 
(7)   Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
 
Source:   SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2010 by RP ® Financial, LC.

 

Exhibit 99.4
CONFIDENTIAL
May 28, 2010
Mr. Robert J. Larison, Jr.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
12724 Grand Bay Parkway
Suite 150
Jacksonville, Florida 32258
Re:   Proposed Conversion – Records Processing Services
Dear Mr. Larison:
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated (“Stifel Nicolaus”) is pleased to submit this letter agreement setting forth the terms of the proposed engagement of Stifel Nicolaus as data processing records management agent (the “Records Agent”) for Atlantic Coast Bank (the “Bank”) in connection with the proposed mutual-to-stock conversion of the MHC (as defined below) (the “Conversion”) and the concurrent sale of common stock of a new stock holding company (the “Stock Company”) to be formed in connection with the Conversion representing the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier (as defined below) currently owned by the MHC (as defined below).
1.   CONVERSION AND OFFERING
Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC (the “MHC”), Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (the “Mid-Tier”) and the Bank will effect the Conversion by undergoing a series of transactions and forming the Stock Company (the MHC, the Mid-Tier, the Bank and the Stock Company are together referred to herein as the “Company”). The common stock of the Stock Company (the “Common Stock”) will be offered for sale on a priority basis in a subscription offering with any remaining shares expected to be sold in a community offering and, if necessary, a syndicated community offering or pubic underwritten offering (collectively, the “Offering”). In connection therewith, the MHC’s, the Mid-Tier’s and the Bank’s Board of Directors will adopt a plan of conversion and reorganization (the “Plan”). Stifel Nicolaus will act as Records Agent to the Company with respect to the subscription and community offerings. Specific terms of services shall be set forth in the Data Processing Records Management Engagement Terms (the “Terms”), which is an integral part of this letter and is incorporated herein. In the event of any conflict between this letter and the Terms, the Terms shall control.

 


 

Pursuant to a separate engagement letter by and between Stifel Nicolaus and the MHC and the Mid-Tier, Stifel Nicolaus will serve as conversion advisor and marketing agent for the Company in connection with the Conversion and Offering.
2.   SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED BY STIFEL NICOLAUS
In connection with the subscription and community offerings, Stifel Nicolaus will serve as Records Agent. A stock offering requires accurate and timely record keeping, processing and reporting. We will coordinate with the Bank’s data processing contacts and applicable members of the Conversion working group. We will also interface with and support the Stock Information Center, which will serve as the “command center” during a stock offering. Specifically, we will provide the records processing, proxy and stock order services described below, each as needed or reasonably requested by the Bank and the Company.
Preparation
    Provide the Bank with an account record layout format and consult with the Bank’s data processing contacts.
 
    Read, edit, balance and convert the Bank’s customer account records (the “Account Records”) that are provided to Stifel Nicolaus.
 
    Provide customer account totals based on the Account Records, for the Bank to balance to its internal records.
 
    Identify accounts coded as “Bad Address” and “No Mail” and provide to the Bank.
 
    Identify accounts that are eligible according to the Plan and consolidate like accounts in order to reduce printing costs.
 
    Allocate votes according to the Plan.
 
    “Household” consolidated accounts, where possible, in order to reduce printing/postage costs.
 
    If the Account Records do not contain a high percentage of phone numbers, contact Telematch service bureau to locate customer phone numbers, with the Bank’s authorization.
 
    Provide counsel with a list of aggregate accounts by state.
 
    Provide the Stock Information Center with “Folio Views” computer record of customer account, household and vote information.
 
    Provide financial printer with electronic information to imprint order forms/proxycards with name, address and codes.
 
    Provide phone records for Stock Information Center personnel to use for customer proxy solicitation.
Processing and Reporting
    Tabulate proxy votes.
 
    Record stock order information and, in the event of oversubscription, allocate shares in accordance with the Plan.
 
    Produce information for “unvoted” follow-up proxy calls/mailings, in selected vote range.
 
    Provide the Company with up-to-date subscriber order totals.
 
    Produce subscriber stock order acknowledgement letters, to be mailed.
 
    Assign an individual to serve as the Inspector of Elections for the Special Meeting of Members.
 
    Calculate interest/refund amounts and provide the Bank with records, for check imprinting.
 
    Supply deposit account withdrawal records to the Bank.

2


 

    Send transfer agent the new investor files for certificate preparation.
 
    If requested, produce year end subscriber 1099-INT forms and electronically submit information to IRS.
3.   RELIANCE ON INFORMATION PROVIDED
In order to provide services effectively and efficiently, Stifel Nicolaus must be provided complete, accurate and timely record date customer account files as well as other information and responses to our inquiries. We must be notified promptly of Plan changes or other facts that impact our duties hereunder. Stifel Nicolaus will rely on the information provided without independently verifying same and will not assume responsibility for the completeness or accuracy of that information.
4.   COMPENSATION
For its services hereunder, the Company will pay to Stifel Nicolaus a fee of $30,000. Additional fees may be negotiated, provided however any such fees shall not exceed $5,000, if significant additional work is required due to unexpected circumstances such as:
  a.)   customer account records provided to us in a format substantially different than our requested format;
 
  b.)   necessity to produce more than four accountholder files (three depositor eligibility dates plus a depositor “test date”), whether due to eligibility date changes, timetable changes or other circumstances requiring duplicate or additional processing;
 
  c.)   untimely communication by the Company or its agents of material information, or untimely delivery of customer records, resulting in additional time or resources expended by Stifel Nicolaus;
 
  d.)   processing of stock orders resulting from a resolicitation of subscribers by the Company; or
 
  e.)   non-standard services requested by the Company.
The above compensation shall be paid as follows: an advance payment of $10,000 upon executing this letter and the balance upon the closing of the Offering. Year-end 1099 files related to interest earned by subscribers can be prepared for an additional fee.
If the Offering is not consummated for any reason, Stifel Nicolaus shall be entitled to retain the advance payment described above and any additional fees earned hereunder through the termination date. Additionally, Stifel Nicolaus shall be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses as set forth below, incurred through the termination date.
5.   EXPENSES AND REIMBURSEMENT
The Company will bear all of its expenses in connection with the Conversion and the Offering. The Company shall reimburse Stifel Nicolaus for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the services contemplated hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, provided that such out-of-pocket expenses shall not exceed $5,000. Typical expenses include, but are not limited to, postage, overnight delivery, telephone and travel. Not later than two

3


 

days before the Offering closing, Stifel Nicolaus will provide the Company with a detailed accounting of all reimbursable expenses of Stifel Nicolaus, to be paid at closing.
6.   ENTIRE AGREEMENT
This letter and the incorporated Terms reflect the entire agreement between us related to the services described herein. This agreement may be amended by a written document signed by both parties.

4


 

Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing in the place provided below and returning one copy of this letter to our office together with the retainer payment in the amount of $10,000. We look forward to working with you.
         
STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED
 
By:   /s/ Ben Plotkin    
  Ben Plotkin   
  Executive Vice President   
 
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL, MHC
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
ATLANTIC COAST BANK

 
 
By:   /s/ Robert J. Larison, Jr.   
  Robert J. Larison, Jr.   
  President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
Accepted and Agreed to This 1st Day of June, 2010

5


 

STIFEL NICOLAUS
DATA PROCESSING RECORDS MANAGEMENT ENGAGEMENT TERMS
This document, which is integral to the Records Processing Services letter of the same date (together, the or this “Agreement”), applies to all records processing services (the “Services”) performed, unless a specific engagement letter is entered into for certain services. The Services are to be provided by Stifel Nicolaus (the “Agent”) to Atlantic Coast Bank and a new stock holding company to be formed (together, the “Company”) in connection with a mutual-to-stock conversion of Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and related stock offering (the “Stock Offering”) to be conducted pursuant to a Plan of Conversion (the “Plan”).
Section 1 — DUTIES OF STIFEL NICOLAUS
     a.) The Agent hereby agrees to perform the Services set forth in this Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner, to comply with all timely, appropriate and lawful instructions received from previously identified duly authorized representatives of the Company. The Agent makes no warranties regarding the rendering of the Services (including, without limitation, warranties of merchantability, security, accuracy, noninfringement, and fitness for a particular purpose), and no additional warranties may be implied from the terms of this Agreement. The Company will: (i) inform all of its authorized representatives, which may include attorneys, agents and advisors, that the Agent shall act as the exclusive data processing records management agent and that they are authorized and directed to communicate with the Agent and to promptly provide the Agent with all information that is reasonably requested; (ii) cause the Agent to have adequate notice of, and permit the Agent to attend, meetings (whether in person or otherwise) where the Agent’s attendance is, in the discretion of the Agent, relevant, advisable or necessary; (iii) cause the Agent to receive, as they become available, copies of the documents relating to the Plan, the mutual-to-stock conversion and the Stock Offering, to the extent the Agent believes that such documents are necessary or appropriate for the Agent to perform the Services and (iv) cause the Agent to have adequate advance notice of any proposed changes to the Plan, the proposed Services or the Stock Offering timetable. Failure by the Company to keep the Agent timely and adequately informed or to provide the Agent with complete and accurate necessary information on a timely basis shall excuse the Agent’s delay in the performance of its Services and may be grounds for the Agent to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 2 hereof.
     b.) The actions to be taken by the Agent hereunder are deemed by the parties to be ministerial only and not discretionary. The Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be called upon at any time to give any advice regarding implementing the Plan. The Company shall have the sole responsibility to make any and all decisions with respect to implementing the Plan, including but not limited to decisions regarding which customer bank accounts are to be included in accountholder records provided to the Agent. The Agent may rely on records and information received and is not responsible for ensuring the completeness and accuracy of the accountholder records provided or processed.
     c.) The Agent may rely upon the instructions and representations (whether oral or in writing) of the Company’s duly authorized representatives, without inquiry or investigation. The Agent shall

1


 

not be responsible for any action taken in reliance upon any signature, endorsement, assignment, certificate, order, request, notice or instruction (whether written or oral), or other instrument or document reasonably believed by it to be valid, genuine and sufficient in carrying out its duties hereunder. The Agent shall not be liable or responsible, and shall be fully authorized and protected for, acting or failing to act in accordance with any oral instructions or requests.
     d.) The Agent may consult with legal counsel chosen in good faith as to Agent’s obligations or performance under this Agreement, and the Agent shall not incur any liability in acting in good faith in accordance with any advice from such counsel with respect to Agent’s obligations or performance under this Agreement.
     e.) The Agent expects to subcontract certain data processing functions integral to the Services with any one or more of its affiliates or with any other party. The fees and expenses of such subcontractor shall not be billed to the Company, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties hereto in writing. Such subcontractor shall agree to comply with the provisions of this Agreement relating to Confidentiality (Section 3), Consumer Privacy (Section 4) and Process (Section 5).
     f.) Neither Stifel Nicolaus nor any of its directors, managers, officers, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries or agents nor any of their respective controlling persons, heirs, representatives, estates, successors and assigns shall be liable, directly or indirectly, for any losses, claims, judgments, damages or expenses suffered or incurred by the Company, or any person claiming through it, arising out of or relating to the Services provided, other than for, subject to Section 1 g.) below, direct damages or expenses directly related solely to the bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent as finally and specifically determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. Moreover, Stifel Nicolaus shall not be responsible nor liable for delays, errors or omissions arising from, relating to or made in connection with circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to, acts or omissions of the Company or any of its advisors or agents, acts of governmental authorities, acts of civil commotion or riot, insurrection, acts of military authority, war or acts of war or terrorism, national emergencies, labor difficulties, fire, flood, weather-related problems, acts of God or nature, mechanical or electrical breakdown, computer problems, failure or unavailability of communications or power supply or any change in law or regulation materially affecting the Agent or the Company.
     g.) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted by it or for any error or judgment made by it in the performance of its duties under this Agreement, except for acts or omissions directly relating solely to the Agent’s bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct as finally and specifically determined by a court of competent jurisdiction . In no event shall the Agent be liable for: (i) acting in accordance with or relying upon any instruction, request, notice, demand, certificate, order or document from the Company or any authorized representative acting on its behalf or (ii) for any consequential, indirect, incidental, punitive, exemplary or special damages of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits) even if the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such damages. Any liability of the Agent shall be limited to the amount of fees paid to the Agent for the Services performed by the Agent pursuant to this Agreement, in accordance with Section 7 hereof.
     h.) The duties, responsibilities and obligations of the Agent shall be limited to those expressly set forth herein, and no duties, responsibilities or obligations shall be inferred or implied. The Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be subject to, nor required to comply with, any other agreement between or among any or all of the parties hereto and/or any other person or entity, even though

2


 

reference thereto may be made herein or therein, or to comply with any direction or instruction (other than those contained herein or delivered in accordance with this Agreement) from any person or entity other than the Company. Except as may otherwise be set forth herein, the Agent shall not be required to, and shall not, expend or risk any of its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties hereunder.
     i.) The parties hereto acknowledge that there are no third party beneficiaries to this Agreement, which is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto. No other person or entity or their respective heirs, successors and assigns shall be deemed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim hereto.
     j.) In the event of any ambiguity or uncertainty hereunder or in any notice, instruction or other communication received by the Agent hereunder, the Agent will provide the Company a reasonable opportunity to resolve such uncertainty or ambiguity and in the event that such uncertainty or ambiguity is unresolved the Agent may, in its sole discretion, take any action it deems appropriate or refrain from taking any action unless and until the Agent receives written instructions from the Company clarifying the ambiguity or uncertainty, and the Agent shall not be liable for acting or the failure to take any action during this period. In the event of any disagreement between the Company and any other person or entity resulting in adverse claims and demands being made herein or affected hereby, the Agent shall be entitled to refuse to comply with any such claims or demands as long as such disagreement may continue, and in so refusing, shall make no delivery or other disposition under this Agreement, and in so doing shall be entitled to continue to refrain from acting until: (i) the right of adverse claimants shall have been finally settled by binding arbitration or finally adjudicated in a court of competent jurisdiction or (ii) all differences shall have been settled by agreement among the adverse claimants and the Company or other persons or entities and the Agent shall have been notified in writing of such agreement signed by the Company and the adverse person(s) or entity(ies). In the event of such disagreement, the Agent may, but need not, tender into the registry or custody of any court of competent jurisdiction all property in the Agent’s possession pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, together with such legal proceedings as the Agent deems appropriate, and thereupon the Agent shall be discharged from all further duties under this Agreement. The filing of any such legal proceeding shall not deprive the Agent of compensation or expenses paid or payable hereunder for Services, and the Agent shall not be liable with respect to any suspension of performance, delay or otherwise as a result of the tendering of such property. The Agent shall have no obligation to take any legal action in connection with this Agreement or towards its enforcement, or to appear in, prosecute or defend any action or legal proceeding which would or might involve the Agent in any cost, expense, loss or liability unless indemnification, satisfactory to the Agent, in its sole discretion, shall be furnished by the Company. The Agent shall be indemnified for all reasonable costs (including employee time at the employee’s hourly rate determined by his annual salary) and attorneys’ fees and expenses in connection with any such action.
Section 2 — COMMENCEMENT AND TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT
     This Agreement shall commence immediately upon execution hereof by all parties and shall continue in force until the consummation or termination of the Stock Offering and mutual-to-stock conversion or the termination of this Agreement. This Agreement may only be terminated by the Company for cause due to action by the Agent constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement, which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of such breach is delivered by the Company to the Agent. This Agreement may only

3


 

be terminated by the Agent in the event of: one or more of the following: (i) termination of the separate agreement designating the Agent as conversion advisor and marketing agent related to the mutual-to-stock conversion and related Stock Offering; (ii) circumstances described in Section 1 j.) hereof; (iii) action by the Company constituting a material violation of applicable law or a material breach of this Agreement (including as described in Section 1 a.) hereof) or failure to pay the fees and expenses of the Agent) which breach remains uncured for ten (10) business days after written notice of breach is delivered by Stifel Nicolaus to the Company or (iv) any proceeding in bankruptcy, reorganization, rehabilitation, guaranty fund action, receivership or insolvency is commenced by or against the Company, the Company shall become insolvent, or cease paying its obligations as they become due.
Section 3 — CONFIDENTIALITY
     a.) The parties hereto will: (a) hold, and will cause their respective employees, officers, directors and authorized representatives (including attorneys, advisors and agents) to hold, in strict confidence, unless compelled to disclose by judicial, regulatory or administrative process and then (i) only with written notice prior to disclosure to the disclosing party and (ii) still maintaining the confidential status of any such documents and information, all documents and information, in any medium (the “Information”), concerning the disclosing party, whether the Information is furnished to the receiving party by the disclosing party or its representatives in connection with this Agreement or the Information is received, transmitted, created, generated or otherwise processed by the receiving party based, in whole or in part, upon the Information of the disclosing party, except to the extent that such Information can be shown to have been (iii) previously known by the receiving party other than through a breach of a confidentiality agreement by a third party; (iv) in the public domain through no fault of the receiving party or (v) later lawfully acquired by the receiving party from other sources) (the “Confidential Information”), and (b) not use such Confidential Information except for the purposes set forth herein and (c) unless prior written consent is obtained, release Confidential Information only to persons described in this Section 3 (a). It is understood by the parties hereto that the receiving party shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligation to hold the Confidential Information confidential if it exercises the same care as it takes to preserve the confidentiality of its own similar information.
     b.) The parties hereto agree to the use of facsimile, email and voicemail as means to communicate both sensitive and non-sensitive information related to the Services.
Section 4 — CONSUMER PRIVACY
     a.) In connection with this Agreement, the Company will cause the Agent to be provided Information, which will include nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank account records. Unless required by law or unless prior written consent is obtained from the Company, the Agent will not knowingly disclose any such nonpublic personal data except to persons described in Section 3 a.), in connection with performing the Services.
     b.) The Agent (or its agents) has implemented and will maintain physical, electronic and procedural safeguards reasonably designed to protect the security, confidentiality and integrity of, to prevent unauthorized access to or use of, and to ensure the proper disposal, of nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank accounts records. Notwithstanding the foregoing, given the nature of electronic communications and the Internet, the Agent makes no absolute guarantees regarding the

4


 

safety and security of any data transmitted over or accessible via the Internet or any other public networks.
     c.) Upon consummation of the Stock Offering, termination of this Agreement or other reasonable time, at the written request of the Company, and at its sole expense, the Agent shall use its reasonable efforts to transfer to the Company or destroy all physical or electronic Confidential Information, including nonpublic personal data regarding customers and bank account records (excluding data, software and documentation proprietary to the Agent (or its agents)) and shall not retain copies of such data and documentation; provided however, that the Agent (and its agents) may retain copies to the extent necessary, but only for as long as necessary, to comply with legal, regulatory and archival requirements.
Section 5 — PROCESS
     If at any time the Agent is served with any judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, motion, writ, or other form of judicial or administrative process which in any way affects any property of the Company, the Agent is authorized to comply therewith in any reasonable manner as it or its legal counsel of its own choosing deems appropriate; provided that the Agent shall endeavor to give notice thereof to the Company. If the Agent complies with any such judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, writ or other form of judicial or administrative process, the Agent shall not be liable to any of the parties, or to any other person or entity, even though such order, judgment, decree, writ or process may be subsequently modified or vacated or otherwise determined to have been without legal force or effect.
Section 6 — INDEMNIFICATION
     The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, its directors, officers, employees, affiliates, subsidiaries, agents, and each of their controlling persons, if any (within the meaning of Section 15 or Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and their respective heirs, representatives, successors and assigns (together, the “Agent Group”) against any loss, liability, claim or expense (“Loss”), joint or several, to which the Agent Group may become subject, under any federal or state law or regulation, at common law, in equity or otherwise, insofar as such Loss (or actions in respect thereof) arises out of or is based on or is in connection with or is related to this Agreement and the Services, except to the extent the Agent is finally found, by a court of competent jurisdiction, to have engaged in bad faith, willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Company agrees to advance or reimburse the Agent Group (or any one or more of them) within fifteen (15) business days of a written request therefor in connection with investigating, preparing or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action by the Agent Group (or any one or more of them). The indemnification obligations of the Company as provided above are in addition to any liabilities that the Company may have under other agreements, under common law or otherwise.
Section 7 — LIMIT OF LIABILITY
     The Agent will provide the Services with due care, in a timely manner, so the provisions of this section establishing a limit of liability will not apply if, as determined in a judicial proceeding, we performed our services with bad faith, gross negligence or willful misconduct. However, our engagement with you is not intended to shift risks normally borne by you to us. With respect to

5


 

any services or work product or this engagement for Services in general, the liability of the Agent and its personnel shall not exceed the fees we receive for the portion of the work giving rise to liability nor include any special, consequential, incidental, or exemplary damages or loss nor any lost profits, savings, or business opportunity. A claim by Company for a return of fees paid to the Agent by the Company for the Services performed by the Agent pursuant to this Agreement shall be the sole and exclusive remedy for any damages. This limitation of liability is intended to apply to the full extent allowed by law, regardless of the grounds or nature of any claim asserted.
Section 8 — SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS
     The covenants and agreements of the parties hereto, including Sections 6 and 7 above, will remain in full force and effect and will survive the consummation of the Stock Offering and mutual-to-stock conversion or the termination of this Agreement, and the Agent Group shall be entitled to the benefit of the covenants and agreements thereafter.
Section 9 — AGREEMENT
     a.) This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes any other agreements, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof, but not any engagement, underwriting, agency or other agreements among the parties pursuant to which Stifel Nicolaus is acting as the Company’s financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity. Except for Section 1 e) of this Agreement, each party hereto acknowledges that no representation, inducement, promise or agreement, written, oral or otherwise, has been made by any party, or anyone acting on behalf of any party, which is not embodied or expressly stated herein, and that no other agreement, statement, or promise not contained in this Agreement shall be valid or binding in relation to the Services. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that: (i) Stifel Nicolaus has made full and complete disclosure to the Company of the possibility or existence of any conflict of interest resulting from Stifel Nicolaus serving as both data processing records management agent pursuant to this Agreement and as financial advisor, underwriter, placement agent, investment banker or in any similar capacity pursuant to a separate agreement and (ii) having received full disclosure thereof, the Company hereby waives any such conflict of interest and consents to Stifel Nicolaus serving in such dual capacity.
     b.) This Agreement may be enforced only by the parties hereto and shall be interpreted, construed, enforced and administered in accordance with the internal substantive laws (and not the choice of law rules) of the State of New York. Each of the parties hereto hereby submits to the personal jurisdiction of, and each agrees that all proceedings relating hereto shall be brought in, courts located within the State of New York. Each of the parties waives the right to a trial by a jury. To the extent that in any jurisdiction any party hereto may be entitled to claim, for itself or its assets, immunity from suit, execution, attachment (whether before or after judgment) or other legal process, each hereby irrevocably agrees not to claim, and hereby waives, such immunity. Each party hereto waives personal service of process and consents to service of process by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, directed to it at the address last specified for notices hereunder.
     c.) This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, which taken together, shall constitute one and the same document. All section headings used herein are for convenience and ease of reference only and do not constitute part of this Agreement and shall not be referred to for

6


 

the purpose of defining, interpreting, construing or enforcing any of the provisions of this Agreement. All pronouns and variations thereof shall be deemed to refer to the masculine, feminine, neuter, singular or plural, as the identity of the party or parties to this Agreement may require.
     d.) This Agreement may not be assigned by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto and any purported assignment made in violation of the foregoing shall be void and have no legal effect; except that consent is not required for an assignment to a Stifel Nicolaus affiliate or successor in interest. This Agreement may be modified only by a written amendment signed by all of the parties hereto and no waiver of any provision hereof shall be effective unless expressed in a writing signed by the party to be charged. No waiver of the breach of any provision or term of this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.
     e.) No implied duties or obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Agent, and the Agent, in its capacity as such, shall not be bound by any provision of any agreement between the Company and any other person or entity other than this Agreement, and the Agent shall have no duty to inquire into, or to take into account its knowledge of, the terms and conditions of any agreement made or entered into in connection with this Agreement.
     f.) Should any term or provision, or portion of such provision, of this Agreement be invalid or unenforceable, the scope thereof or the period covered thereby or otherwise, such term, provision, or portion of such provision, shall be deemed to be reduced and limited to enable Stifel Nicolaus or the Company, as applicable, to enforce it to the maximum extent permissible under the laws and public policies applied under the jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought. If any term or provision of this Agreement is held or deemed to be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, by a court of competent jurisdiction, such term or provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement which shall be construed to preserve, to the maximum extent permissible, the intent and purposes of this Agreement. Any such invalidity or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such terms or provisions in any other jurisdiction.
     g.) The Agent, in furnishing services to the Company under this Agreement, is acting only as an independent contractor and is not a fiduciary of, nor will its entering into this Agreement give rise to fiduciary duties to, the Company. The Agent does not undertake by this Agreement or otherwise to perform any obligation of the Company, whether regulatory, contractual, or otherwise. The Agent has the sole right and obligation to supervise, manage, contract, direct, procure, perform or cause to be performed, all work to be performed by the Agent under this Agreement unless otherwise provided in this Agreement. The Company understands and agrees that the Agent may perform services substantially similar to those to be performed hereunder for others, and nothing herein is intended to restrict or prohibit the Agent from performing such services for others.
     h.) All media releases, public announcements and public disclosures by either party or its agents relating to this Agreement or the subject matter of this Agreement, but not including any announcement intended solely for internal distribution at such party or any disclosure required by legal, accounting or regulatory requirements beyond the reasonable control of such party, shall be coordinated with and approved by the other party prior to the release thereof, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

7


 

Section 10 — NOTICES
              Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all notices, demands, requests or other communications which may be or are required to be given, served or sent by any party to any other party pursuant to this Agreement, other than in the normal course of conducting the Services, can be by certified or registered mail, personal delivery or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication with proof of delivery addressed as follows:
  (a)   If to the Agent:
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
1600 Market Street, Suite 1210
Philadelphia, PA 19103
Attn: Michelle Darcey
Telephone: (215) 861-7158
Fax: (215) 861-7149
With a copy to:
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
237 Park Avenue, 8 th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Attn: Ben Plotkin
Telephone: (212) 847-6460
Fax: (212) 682-3778
If to the Company:
Atlantic Coast Bank
12724 Grand Bay Parkway, Suite 150
Jacksonville, Florida 32258
Attn: Robert J. Larison, Jr.
Telephone: (904) 998-5511
Fax: (904) 564-4084
With a copy to:
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
Attn: Richard Garabedian
Telephone: (202) 274-2030
Fax: (202) 362-2902

8


 

Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address/addressee to which any notice, demand, request or communication may thereafter be provided.

9

Exhibit 99.5
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
May 28, 2010
Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501
Re:   Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
Atlantic Coast Federal MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Members of the Boards of Directors:
     All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal MHC (the “MHC”), Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (the “Company”) and Atlantic Coast Bank (the “Bank”), all based in Waycross, Georgia. The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the capital stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into the Company and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Company now owned by the MHC and the new holding company will be Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation.
     We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) the Tax-Qualified Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community, syndicated and supplemental offerings, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:
  (1)   the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,
 
  (2)   the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.
     Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Company’s value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.
Sincerely,
/s/ RP Financial, LC.               
RP Financial, LC.
     
Washington Headquarters    
Three Ballston Plaza   Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite1100   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com   E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

Exhibit 99.6
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
Serving the Financial Services Industry Since 1988
June 17, 2010
Boards of Directors
Atlantic Coast Federal MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
505 Haines Avenue
Waycross, Georgia 31501
Re:   Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
Atlantic Coast Federal MHC
Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation
Atlantic Coast Bank
Members of the Boards of Directors:
     All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the “Plan”) adopted by the Board of Directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Mutual Holding Company (the “MHC”), Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation (the “Mid-Tier”) and Atlantic Coast Bank, all based in Waycross, Georgia. The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the full stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into the Mid-Tier and the Mid-Tier will merge with Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a newly-formed Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier now owned by the MHC.
     We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of (i) the MHC’s ownership interest in the Mid-Tier’s total stockholders’ equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus plus (ii) the value of the net assets of the MHC as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition of the MHC prior to the consummation of the conversion (excluding its ownership of the Mid-Tier). The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain deposits in Atlantic Coast Bank. We further understand that Atlantic Coast Bank will also establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the Company’s liquidation account, pursuant to the Plan. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of Atlantic Coast Bank (or the Company and Atlantic Coast Bank).
     In the unlikely event that either Atlantic Coast Bank (or the Company and Atlantic Coast Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to depositors as of March 31, 2009, and June 30, 2010 of the liquidation account maintained by the Company. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Atlantic Coast Bank, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Atlantic Coast Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Atlantic Coast Bank has positive net worth, Atlantic Coast Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Company’s remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Atlantic Coast Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Atlantic Coast Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall have an equivalent interest in such bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account.
     
Washington Headquarters    
Three Ballston Plaza   Telephone: (703) 528-1700
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 1100   Fax No.: (703) 528-1788
Arlington, VA 22201   Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594
www.rpfinancial.com   E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com

 


 

RP Financial, LC.
Boards of Directors
June 17, 2010
Page 2
     Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of Atlantic Coast Bank (or the Company and Atlantic Coast Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to Atlantic Coast Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Atlantic Coast Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the OTS, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors’ interest in such account to Atlantic Coast Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Atlantic Coast Bank no longer subject to the Company’s creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Atlantic Coast Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.
         
  Sincerely,
 
 
  /s/ RP Financial, LC.   
  RP Financial, LC.   
     
 

 

Exhibit 99.9
REVOCABLE PROXY
ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION
SPECIAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS
                     , 2010
     The undersigned hereby appoints the proxy committee of the board of directors of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, a Federal corporation, with full powers of substitution, to act as attorneys and proxies for the undersigned to vote all shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation that the undersigned is entitled to vote at the Special Meeting of Stockholders (“Special Meeting”) to be held at the main office of Atlantic Coast Bank, 505 Haines Avenue, Waycross, Georgia 31501, at ___:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on _________, 2010. The proxy committee is authorized to cast all votes to which the undersigned is entitled as follows:
                     
            FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
1.   The approval of a plan of conversion and reorganization pursuant to which: (a) Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC and Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation will convert and reorganize from the mutual holding company structure to the stock holding company structure; (b) Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation, a Maryland corporation, will become the holding company for Atlantic Coast Bank; (c) the outstanding shares of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation, other than those held by Atlantic Coast Federal, MHC, will be converted into shares of common stock of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation; and (d) Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a subscription offering, and, if necessary, a community offering and/or syndicated community offering;   o   o   o
 
                   
2.   The approval of the adjournment of the Special Meeting, if necessary, to solicit additional proxies in the event that there are not sufficient votes at the time of the Special Meeting to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization;   o   o   o
 
                   
3.   The following informational proposals:            
 
  3a.   Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority vote of stockholders to approve certain amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation;   o   o   o
 
                   
 
  3b.   Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation requiring a super-majority   o   o   o


 

                     
            FOR   AGAINST   ABSTAIN
 
      vote of stockholders to approve stockholder-proposed amendments to Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s bylaws;            
 
                   
 
  3c.   Approval of a provision in Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s articles of incorporation to limit the voting rights of shares beneficially owned in excess of 10% of Atlantic Coast Financial Corporation’s outstanding voting stock; and   o   o   o
Such other business as may properly come before the meeting.
The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” each of the above-listed proposals.
VOTING FOR APPROVAL OF THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION WILL ALSO INCLUDE APPROVAL OF THE EXCHANGE RATIO, THE ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION (INCLUDING THE ANTI-TAKEOVER/LIMITATIONS ON STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PROVISIONS AND THE ESTABLISHMENT OF A LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT FOR THE BENEFIT OF ELIGIBLE STOCKHOLDERS OF ATLANTIC COAST BANK) AND THE AMENDMENT TO ATLANTIC COAST BANK’S CHARTER TO PROVIDE FOR RESTRICTIONS ON THE OWNERSHIP OF MORE THAN 10% OF ATLANTIC COAST BANK’S COMMON STOCK AND A LIQUIDATION ACCOUNT FOR ELIGIBLE DEPOSITORS.
THE PROVISIONS OF ATLANTIC COAST FINANCIAL CORPORATION’S ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION THAT ARE SUMMARIZED AS INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS 3A THROUGH 3C WERE APPROVED AS PART OF THE PROCESS IN WHICH THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF ATLANTIC COAST FEDERAL CORPORATION APPROVED THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION. THESE PROPOSALS ARE INFORMATIONAL IN NATURE ONLY, BECAUSE THE OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION’S REGULATIONS GOVERNING MUTUAL-TO-STOCK CONVERSIONS DO NOT PROVIDE FOR VOTES ON MATTERS OTHER THAN THE PLAN. WHILE WE ARE ASKING YOU TO VOTE WITH RESPECT TO EACH OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS LISTED ABOVE, THE PROPOSED PROVISIONS FOR WHICH AN INFORMATIONAL VOTE IS REQUESTED WILL BECOME EFFECTIVE IF STOCKHOLDERS APPROVE THE PLAN, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER STOCKHOLDERS VOTE TO APPROVE ANY OR ALL OF THE INFORMATIONAL PROPOSALS.
THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED AS DIRECTED, BUT IF NO INSTRUCTIONS ARE SPECIFIED FOR ONE OR MORE PROPOSALS, THIS PROXY, IF SIGNED, WILL BE VOTED FOR THE UNVOTED PROPOSALS. IF ANY OTHER BUSINESS IS PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING, THIS PROXY WILL BE VOTED BY THE MAJORITY OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS. AT THE PRESENT TIME, THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS KNOWS OF NO OTHER BUSINESS TO BE PRESENTED AT THE SPECIAL MEETING.
THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
     Should the above-signed be present and elect to vote at the Special Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at the Special Meeting of the stockholder’s decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorneys and proxies shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect. This proxy may also be


 

revoked by sending written notice to the Secretary of Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation at the address set forth on the Notice of Special Meeting of Stockholders, or by the filing of a later-dated proxy prior to a vote being taken on a particular proposal at the Special Meeting.
     The above-signed acknowledges receipt from Atlantic Coast Federal Corporation prior to the execution of this proxy of a Notice of Special Meeting and the enclosed proxy statement/prospectus dated                                          , 2010.
     
Dated:                                , 2010
  o       Check Box if You Plan to Attend the Special Meeting
     
 
   
 
   
PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER
  PRINT NAME OF STOCKHOLDER
 
   
 
   
 
   
SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER
  SIGNATURE OF STOCKHOLDER
     Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. If shares are held jointly, each holder should sign.
Please complete, sign and date this proxy card and return it promptly
in the enclosed postage-prepaid envelope.